The idea of moving abroad can be both exciting and daunting. While the question of how to move to another country may seem complex, the process can be surprisingly smooth with careful planning. Use our guide below for a seamless transition as you move, and download our moving checklist to stay on track. 1. Start planning and saving early Moving to another country is a significant life change, and planning early is key to a smooth transition. You’ll want to consider factors such as your desired location, finances and other necessary research. Kick off your planning with the following: Explore potential new destinations: When researching the best countries to move to, consider factors like climate, cost of living, job markets and the overall culture. Create a timeline: Set realistic deadlines for each step of the moving process. Determine your monthly expenses: When estimating your monthly expenses in your new location, consider housing, food, transportation, utilities and entertainment costs. Consider one-time costs: Factor in one-time costs like moving expenses, visa fees, flight tickets and anything else you’ll need for the move. Create a savings plan: Set aside enough money to cover your initial expenses and any potential emergencies. It helps to use a physical planner or digital tool to track your progress and keep everything in one place as you plan the different aspects of your move. 2. Get or renew your passport ASAP If you plan on moving to another country, you’ll need a valid passport. If you don’t have one, start the application process immediately. Here’s what to do: Check your current passport: Ensure that it is valid for at least six months beyond the date you plan to move to another country. Gather required documents: Prepare copies of your birth certificate and proof of citizenship. Submit your application: Visit your local passport office or apply online, following the specific instructions for your country. Allow for processing time: Be aware of the processing time for passport applications and submit your application accordingly. If your current passport is about to expire, it’s best to renew it well in advance to avoid any delays. 3. Connect with an immigration professional If learning how to move to another country permanently seems overwhelming, an immigration professional can offer valuable guidance and support. They can walk you through complex immigration laws, help prepare the necessary documents for your visa application and address any potential challenges when buying a home abroad. 4. Apply for your visa and permits Obtaining the necessary visa and permits is crucial in successfully moving internationally. These documents authorize your ability to enter and stay in the country you’ll be living in. Here’s what steps to expect: Research visa requirements: Determine your chosen country's specific visa type and application process. Gather required documents: Prepare copies of your passport, proof of finances and any other required documents. Complete the application: Fill out the visa application forms accurately. Submit your application: Submit your application to the relevant embassy or consulate. Attend the visa interview: If required, prepare for and attend your visa interview. Await approval: Allow for processing time and be prepared to address any additional requests or questions. Your immigration professional can guide you through this process to ensure you complete each step accurately. 5. Contact your bank If you plan to live overseas, you must inform your bank to ensure smooth financial transactions during and after the move. Here are the important steps to take to avoid any issues: Update your address: Notify your bank of your new address to prevent any transaction delays. Review your account fees: Ask your bank about any foreign transaction fees or currency exchange rates that may be tied to your account. Arrange for international transfers: If you need to transfer funds from your home country to your new one, ask your bank about available options. 6. Dive into research on your future home country Whether you want to own a home in Paris, Cabo or elsewhere, learning to move abroad isn’t solely about logistics. You’ll also want to take some time to understand your new country’s culture, customs and way of life. This will help you adapt to your surroundings and adjust to the new place you’ll call home. Here are some helpful places to start: Learn about the culture: Explore the country’s history, traditions and social norms. Study the language: Consider taking classes to learn the local language, as this will help with communication and a more seamless transition. Research healthcare systems: Find out what healthcare options are available in your new country and how to access them. Research transportation options: Research the public transportation system and whether you’ll need to purchase a vehicle or make arrangements to move your current vehicle with you. 7. Find a place to call home Finding the right place to live is a crucial step in moving overseas. Here’s what to consider when searching for your new home: Research neighborhoods: Explore different areas in your desired country to find a location that suits your lifestyle and preferences. Consider transportation: Evaluate access to public transportation, schools and other essential amenities like grocery stores. Weigh different housing options: Determine whether you’ll be renting an apartment, buying a vacation home or purchasing a primary residence.. Hire a real estate agent: Hire a local real estate agent for support with your search from someone who knows the area. Consider your needs: Think about your life stage and what amenities or characteristics of a location are most important to you. For example, the best places to live for empty nesters will be different than those with young children. Be sure to do your research well before moving somewhere new so you have plenty of time to find the right location. 8. Decide what to do with your car(s) One decision you may face when moving to a different country is what to do with your cars. Will you sell them or bring them with you? If you’re planning on buying a vacation home and only moving part-time, you can likely get away with keeping your car and planning on using other modes of transportation in your new country. Otherwise, consider the following when weighing your options: Evaluate costs: If you want to keep your car, find out the cost to ship it to your new country. Take into account import duties, taxes and any necessary certifications. Consider regulations: Research the import regulations that apply in your new country, if any. Consider selling options: If you decide to sell your car, consider options like selling privately, trading in or even auctioning it. Unless you’re moving somewhere with limited public transportation, selling your car can often be the simplest option due to the complexities of international car shipping and registering in a new country. 9. Sort out healthcare options Research the healthcare coverage you’ll need and how to secure it before relocating to another country. Consider the following: Understand the healthcare system: Get familiar with your new country’s healthcare system, including public and private options. Research insurance: Explore available insurance plans and compare coverage, costs and deductibles. Obtain necessary records: Prepare any required medical records or documentation for your insurance application. Enroll in a new healthcare plan: Once you find suitable coverage, complete enrollment before you move. 10. Gather and organize important documents Much like buying a house in another state, you’ll need various essential documents to prepare for a smooth transition. Whether you create a digital or physical file, be sure to store copies of all relevant documents, including: Personal identification: This includes copies of your passport, birth certificate, driver’s license and any other identification documents. Financial documents: Prepare copies of your bank statements, credit card statements, tax returns and investment documents—you’ll need these when applying for housing in your new country. Medical records: Gather copies of your medical records, immunization records and any prescriptions. Legal documents: Secure copies of your marriage certificate, divorce papers or any other relevant legal documents. Insurance documents: Gather copies of your health insurance, car insurance (if you’re bringing your car) and any other insurance documents. Travel documents: Secure copies of your flight tickets, visa application materials and other travel-related documents. 11. Set up your phone and internet When moving to a new country, you will need a reliable phone and internet connection. Research your options and set up your services before or shortly after you move to avoid any service interruptions. Here’s what to do: Purchase a local SIM card Purchase a local SIM card in your new country and activate your mobile service to keep your phone carrier and phone number. Set up internet service: Research internet providers in your new area and select a plan that suits your needs. 12. Prep your pets If you’re bringing your pets with you on your international move, you’ll want to plan ahead to ensure their safe and comfortable transition. Moving abroad requires more than just planning a pet-friendly vacation, so be sure to consider the following: Check import regulations: Find out the necessary vaccinations or health certificates (sometimes called an international health certificate) needed to bring your pet abroad. Check whether your destination country requires the certificate to be endorsed by the USDA. Gather required documents: Be sure to have all pertinent documentation, such as health certificates, vaccination records and microchip information, with you. Arrange transportation: Make sure the flight you book is pet-friendly, or consider hiring a pet relocation service. Check quarantine requirements: Some countries, like rabies-free countries, may require a quarantine period for international pets, so check whether your new location requires this and make arrangements accordingly. Get pet insurance: Explore international pet insurance options to protect your pets in case of emergencies while abroad. 13. Choose how you want to move your stuff Next, you’ll need to decide how to transport your belongings.To keep costs down, it’s helpful to downsize your items as much as possible. Then, you’ll want to compare quotes from various shipping companies. There are a few different options for the exact method of how you’ll move your stuff: Shipping containers: This option can be cost-effective for larger shipments and tends to be the most flexible with packing and loading. However, it can come with longer transit times and may have additional fees for customs clearance. Air freight: Air freight offers quick transport, ideal for urgent or time-sensitive shipments. However, it’s also the most expensive option and may have weight and size restrictions. Hiring an international moving company: A full-service option covers all moving logistics, but can get expensive due to the specialized services needed for long-distance moving. 14. Book your flight and moving method To keep things organized and on track, it’s best to book your flight and moving method well before your actual move date. Here’s a quick checklist: Research and book your flight: Compare prices, flight times and airline preferences in advance. Confirm your moving method: Finalize and book your moving method. Coordinate logistics: Coordinate your items' pickup and delivery dates with your flight schedule. Get travel insurance: Purchase travel insurance in case of unexpected flight cancellations or changes. 15. Learn the local language and culture Learning the local language and unique culture in your new home country can make for a more seamless integration. Here are a few helpful places to start: Start learning the language: Consider taking language classes, using online resources or practicing with native speakers once you arrive. Plug yourself into the local culture: Attend local events, festivals and social gatherings to get a feel for the country’s customs and lifestyle. Join language exchange groups: In a language exchange group, you can connect with native speakers and practice your language skills in a supportive social setting. Explore local customs and traditions: Take the time to learn about the country’s customs and etiquette. 16. Get movin’ The last step in moving to another country is to pack your bags, say goodbye and embark on your new adventure. Prepare for the following: Pack your luggage: Pack your essentials and remember to follow your airline’s weight and size restrictions. Say goodbye: Spend quality time with loved ones before you leave to say your goodbyes. Check-in for your flight: Arrive early to check in with plenty of time before you board. Arrive at your destination: Once you arrive, unpack your bags, explore your new neighborhood and make new connections. Once you arrive in your new country, you can look ahead as you begin this new chapter. If your new country is simply a place for your second home, you can skip unpacking and dive straight into your home away from home. 17. Stay on track with a checklist for moving abroad With everything to consider when moving to another country, a well-organized relocation checklist can help you stay on top of every detail and task. Use our checklist to track your moving to-dos by month, from obtaining your passport and visa to packing up your belongings. Take your first steps with Pacaso While learning how to move to another country may feel overwhelming, it doesn’t have to be with proper planning and preparation. Following our checklist to help keep you on track, you’ll be ready for your big move abroad! If you want to enjoy the perks of living abroad without the stress of moving to a new country full-time, consider co-owning a vacation home with Pacaso. This means less time spent preparing for a full-time move and more time spent relaxing in your destination of choice while the logistics are handled for you.
If you love the activities that make Vail, Colorado, a famous winter destination, you’ll love all of the things to do in Vail in summer as well. Vail is a resort town with plenty to offer solo adventures, couples and families who are eager to enjoy Colorado’s hiking trails, scenic mountain views and food scene. From golf and garden exploring to fly fishing and white water rafting, our guide offers 25 top activities to enjoy during your trip to Vail this summer. 1. Wander the Betty Ford Alpine Gardens Topping our list is one of the most popular things to do in Vail. As the world’s highest-altitude botanical garden at 8,200 feet, the Betty Ford Alpine Gardens are bursting with color during the summer months. More than 120,000 visitors wander this idyllic spot every year. If you have a green thumb, you can even do some drop-in volunteer gardening on Mondays and Thursdays. 2. Visit the Colorado Snowsports Museum and Hall of Fame The Colorado Snowsports Museum and Hall of Fame is a must-see attraction for anyone who loves winter sports like skiing and snowboarding. The museum showcases the history and culture of snowsports in the state, from early pioneers to modern champions. You can explore exhibits featuring artifacts, memorabilia, photographs and videos that tell the stories of the people and places that shaped Colorado's snowsports scene. 3. Sample 10th Mountain Whiskey & Spirits 10th Mountain Whiskey & Spirits Co. is a distillery that produces a variety of spirits, such as bourbon, rye, vodka and gin, using local ingredients and water from the Rocky Mountains. The distillery is named after the 10th Mountain Division, a group of ski soldiers who trained in Colorado during World War II and fought in the Alps and Apennines. In the summer, visitors can enjoy tours and tastings at the distillery, as well as live music and events. 4. Try new sports at Vail Ski Resort Vail Ski Resort is one of the most popular ski destinations in Colorado — and the entire country. In summer, Vail Ski Resort has a scenic gondola, mountaintop yoga, hiking, fly fishing, golf and bike hauls. 5. Sip some brews at Vail Brewing Company Vail Brewing Company is a craft brewery with two taprooms — one in Eagle-Vail and one in Vail Village. Customers can enjoy the beers on tap or take them home in cans and growlers. The brewery hosts live music, food trucks and other events throughout the year. 6. Explore Lionshead Village Scenic Lionshead Village offers a variety of lodging options — from luxury hotels to cozy condos — as well as shops, restaurants and entertainment venues. To keep vacation costs low, visitors can take advantage of the free shuttle service that connects Lionshead Village with Vail Village and other nearby attractions. 7. Enjoy outdoor concerts at The Amp Fittingly located next door to the Betty Ford Alpine Gardens, the Gerald R. Ford Amphitheater is home to all kinds of outdoor entertainment, from the popular Hot Summer Nights weekly concert series to chorale, theater and classical music performances. “The Amp,” as it’s affectionately known, offers both a covered seating area and grassy hillside, the latter providing beautiful views of the surrounding hills. 8. Taste summer’s bounty at the Vail Farmers Market If you are looking for a fun and delicious way to hang out in Vail in the summer, you should check out the Vail Farmers Market. For more than two decades, the Sunday market features dozens of tents full of local food and artisan products. You can taste delicious treats made in Colorado and browse through a variety of handmade jewelry, pottery, paintings and clothing. 9. Play outside at Piney River Ranch Piney River Ranch is a popular destination for outdoor enthusiasts who want to enjoy the natural beauty of summer in Vail. The ranch offers hiking, fishing, canoeing, horseback riding and wildlife viewing. The ranch is located at the edge of Piney Lake, which reflects the majestic peaks of the Gore Range. The ranch also has a lodge and cabins for guests who want to stay overnight and experience the tranquility of the wilderness. 10. Play a round of golf surrounded by mountains The award-winning Vail Golf Club is an 18-hole, par 71 course surrounded by incredible vistas of the Gore Range. With tree-lined fairways and challenging bunkers and ponds, this course will test your skill. The best part? Because of Vail’s high altitude, your ball will fly about 10% farther! 11. Have an adventure at Epic Discovery A true mountain playground for daredevils of all ages, Epic Discovery is home to the Forest Flyer Mountain Coaster that weaves its way 3,400 feet down the mountain. You’ll also find zip lines for kids and adults, a climbing wall, a bungee trampoline and an aerial adventure course and summer inner tubing on a special course. 12. Get your blood pumping at Vail Nordic Center Vail Nordic Center is a popular destination for cross-country skiing and snowshoeing in the winter, and it offers a variety of activities in the summer. You can enjoy hiking, biking, disc golf and yoga on the scenic trails and fields of the center. The center has a pro shop that rents and sells equipment, clothing and accessories for your outdoor adventures. 13. Ride the Eagle Bahn Gondola The Eagle Bahn Gondola is a scenic ride that takes you from Lionshead Village to the top of Eagle's Nest in Vail, Colorado. In the summer, you can enjoy breathtaking views of the Rocky Mountains and the valley below, as well as access to various activities such as hiking, biking and zip lining. The gondola operates daily from late June to early September and on weekends in May and October. The ride takes about 15 minutes each way and can accommodate up to 10 people per cabin. 14. Take a self-guided art walk at Vail Village Vail Village is a charming Bavarian-style ski village, making it a lovely place to spend an afternoon. Discover the incredible 55 works of public art that are spread throughout town. To see them all, you’ll want to stop by the welcome center to pick up a free map. Guided tours are also available during the summer. 15. Catch a sunrise or sunset at Bighorn Park Bighorn Park is a popular destination for nature lovers and outdoor enthusiasts in the summer, perfect for hiking, biking, fishing and camping. The park is home to a large herd of bighorn sheep, which can be seen grazing on the grassy slopes or climbing the rocky cliffs. The park also has stunning views of the surrounding mountains and valleys, especially at sunrise and sunset. 16. Make friends with a llama Yes, really. Paragon Guides offers unique guided hikes with a llama to carry your gear and a picnic lunch. Gentle and curious creatures, llamas turn an ordinary hike into a memorable adventure. Kids are welcome, and you can choose from a variety of hiking trails to fit your group’s abilities and preferences. 17. Explore the Vail Nature Center The Vail Nature Center is located on a 7-acre 1940s homestead between a mountain meadow and the banks of Gore Creek. Explore the many trails on your own, or sign up for a birding tour, wildflower viewing, stargazing excursion or nature tour. The center also offers fun and educational programs for kids. 18. Go whitewater rafting Cool off on a hot summer day with an exhilarating ride down the Colorado and Arkansas Rivers. Local outfitters offer a range of rafting options, from kid-friendly introductory trips to technical rafting experiences with rapids up to Class IV. Looking for something a little more relaxing? Opt for a low-key float trip through Browns Canyon, where your guide will do all the paddling. 19. Sample wines from around the world Root & Flower is a chic wine bar that’s perfectly suited for a pre-dinner happy hour or a nightcap after a day of adventures. The menu features 50 wines by the glass, as well as a hand-picked selection of bottles from all over the world. And be sure to check out the bar’s wine tasting classes. 20. Enjoy tubing in Vail Relish in the thrill of tubing in Vail while being surrounded by the greenery and beauty of the Colorado mountains. Eagle's Nest Tubing is a 550-foot tubing hill that is accessed by the Adventure Bahn carpet at Adventure Ridge. It’s open from June to October, but it requires a scenic gondola lift ticket to access. 21. Fly through the sky on a zip line Soar through the air and enjoy the scenic views of Colorado. If you are looking for a zip line adventure in Vail, you have plenty of options to choose from in the summer. You can zip line over the Colorado River, through the alpine forests or across the Rocky Mountains. Tours vary in length, difficulty and price, but they all guarantee a memorable and exciting experience. Whether you are a beginner or an expert, you can find a zip line tour that suits your level of adventure and budget. 22. Bike Vail’s trails Vail offers many trails and paths for cyclists of all levels and abilities. You can enjoy the fresh air and stunning views as you pedal along the paved and dirt roads or cruise through downtown Vail. Whether you want to challenge yourself with steep climbs and descents, or relax and enjoy the scenery at a leisurely pace, there is a route for you in Vail. 23. See Vail on horseback Horseback riding in Vail is a great way to enjoy the scenic beauty of summer in the Rocky Mountains. Whether you are a beginner or an expert rider, you can find a trail that suits your skill level and preferences. You can choose from half-day, full-day or overnight trips, and explore the alpine meadows, aspen forests and wildflower fields with your friendly steed. 24. Spend the day fly fishing Vail is a popular destination for fly fishing enthusiasts, as it offers a variety of rivers and streams to explore. Some of the best spots for fly fishing in Vail are Eagle River, Gore Creek and the Colorado River. You will need a fishing license, which you can buy online or at local shops. Enjoy the scenic views and the fresh mountain air that make Vail a perfect place for fly fishing. 25. See it all with a hot air balloon ride If you’re looking for one of the most thrilling things to do in Vail in summer, consider taking a hot air balloon ride. A hot air balloon ride is a great way to experience the stunning scenery of the Rocky Mountains from a bird's-eye view. You can soar over the lush green valleys and sparkling rivers, enjoying the peace and tranquility of the clear blue sky. Vail, Colorado, is a nature lover's dream. Although the town is famous for its winter sports scene, there are plenty of things to do in Vail in summer as well. If you could see yourself in this year-round paradise, skip the vacation rentals and consider investing in a second home in Vail.
Contrary to the spring break reputation you may associate Cabo with, it has matured into a haven for sophisticated travelers. This sun-kissed region at the tip of Baja California boasts two distinct areas: Cabo San Lucas for a vibrant nightlife and San José del Cabo for a tranquil escape. Nestled along the 20-mile coastal stretch between them, you’ll find a collection of Mexico’s most luxurious hotels. If you’re wondering where to stay in Cabo, we’ve rounded up 20 of the top luxury hotels in Cabo to help you plan your perfect getaway. 1. Waldorf Astoria Los Cabos Pedregal Imagine plunging into your private infinity pool overlooking the Pacific Ocean. That’s the kind of luxury offered by Waldorf Astoria Los Cabos Pedregal. Situated among the dramatic cliffs of Pedregal, this iconic resort offers unparalleled seclusion. You can indulge in gourmet dining at the cliffside El Farallon, or experience the Waldorf Astoria Spa, where treatments incorporate traditional Mexican folk healing practices. Location: San Jose del Cabo Luxury amenities: Private plunge pools in every room, personalized butler service, a world-class spa, gourmet dining options and stylish in-room amenities Who it’s for: Travelers seeking unparalleled privacy, personalized service and a luxurious escape Travel tip: For an unforgettable experience, book a private dinner on the cliffside terrace that overlooks the ocean. 2. Las Ventanas al Paraiso Las Ventanas al Paraiso, a Rosewood Resort, promises an unforgettable Cabo escape. Nestled on the Sea of Cortez in Los Cabos, this beachfront location is ideal for relaxation. The resort’s design blends seamlessly with the natural landscape, offering breathtaking ocean views from the expansive suites and private villas. The impeccable service and world-class amenities will elevate your experience during your stay, including personal butler service for luxury suites, activities like yachting, surfing or scuba diving, and a rejuvenating spa. Location: Los Cabos Luxury amenities: Private villas with plunge pools, gourmet dining options, a state-of-the-art spa, championship golf course and personalized butler service Who it’s for: Travelers seeking luxury, privacy and personalized service with a focus on relaxation 3. Esperanza At Esperanza, Auberge Resorts Collection, you’ll find an idyllic escape on the shores of Cabo San Lucas. This resort boasts the distinction of being the only private beach resort in Los Cabos, which means only the guests of Esperanza get to experience this pristine part of the coastline. Located on the Punta Ballena peninsula, the resort offers experiences like whale watching, private beach picnics and golf courses overlooking the sea. Location: Cabo San Lucas Luxury amenities: Luxurious accommodations, a world-class spa, multiple restaurants featuring gourmet cuisine, an adults-only pool for relaxation and a variety of wellness programs Who it’s for: Travelers seeking an exclusive beachfront retreat and personalized attention 4. The Cape The Cape, a Thompson Hotel, is a chic boutique property on Monuments Beach, just a few minutes from Cabo San Lucas’ downtown hub. Experience the luxury of oceanfront rooms with private balconies. Enjoy thoughtfully curated cuisine at award-winning restaurants like Manta and The Ledge, unwind at the rooftop bar with panoramic views, and participate in water activities like paddle boarding or snorkeling on the private beach. Location: Monuments Beach near Cabo San Lucas Luxury amenities: Oceanfront rooms with private balconies, award-winning restaurants, a rooftop bar, two infinity pools, a full-service spa and private beach club access Who it’s for: Travelers seeking a stylish and intimate escape and vibrant dining 5. Chileno Bay Resort & Residences Known for its contemporary luxury, Chileno Bay Resort, Auberge Resorts Collection, is on a protected cove with swimmable waters and vibrant coral reefs. You can unwind in spacious rooms with private terraces that blur the lines between indoor and outdoor living. In need of some rejuvenation? Wellness brand The Well opened its first location in Mexico at this resort, where you can indulge in holistic spa treatments that call upon ancient Baja healing traditions. If you’re looking for the nicest hotel in Cabo, this is certainly one of them. Location: Los Cabos Luxury amenities: Spacious accommodations with private terraces, a world-class spa, exceptional dining options, private beach access and proximity to various outdoor activities Who it’s for: Travelers seeking a mix of relaxation and adventure Travel tip: Take a guided snorkeling or diving tour to explore the coral reefs of Chileno Bay. 6. Grand Fiesta Americana Los Cabos All Inclusive Golf & Spa Grand Fiesta Americana is a sprawling resort located along the coastline of Los Cabos. Each room offers views from an oceanfront balcony, and you can unwind in one of six sparkling pools at the resort. Enjoy pampering yourself at the renowned SOMMA WineSpa, which features specialty vinotherapy treatments that use fine wines from around the world. Location: Los Cabos Luxury amenities: Spacious suites, multiple pools and jacuzzis, a world-class spa and all-inclusive dining and drinks Who it’s for: Travelers seeking an all-inclusive experience with convenient access to the surrounding area 7. Grand Solmar Land’s End Resort and Spa Grand Solmar Land’s End Resort and Spa is perched on dramatic cliffs at the tip of the Baja Peninsula, offering a sense of seclusion and ocean views. You’ll relax in large suites with private balconies, most of which come with plunge pools. Sip a cocktail at one of the many swim-up bars or practice your golf swing at nearby Cabo San Lucas Country Club. Location: Cabo San Lucas Luxury amenities: Suites with private balconies (many with plunge pools), a spa, multiple restaurants, access to a nearby golf course and infinity pools. Who it’s for: Travelers seeking the option for both on-site relaxation or nearby activities 8. Grand Velas Boutique Hotel Grand Velas Boutique Hotel is an adults-only resort on the prestigious Tourist Corridor. This luxurious retreat boasts a beachfront setting just outside of Cabo San Lucas, where you can unwind in one of 79 suites with private beach access. You can enjoy cuisine curated by a Michelin-starred chef, spend time at the renowned SE Spa or simply bask in the sun by the infinity pool while enjoying views of the Sea of Cortez. If you’re feeling adventurous, there are many things to do near the hotel, from yacht charters at Cabo San Lucas Marina to snorkeling at Santa Maria Beach. Location: Tourist Corridor near Cabo San Lucas Luxury amenities: Suites with private terraces, Michelin-starred dining options, the renowned SE Spa, an infinity pool and access to sister property, Grand Velas Los Cabos Who it’s for: Honeymooners or couples seeking a romantic escape 9. Grand Velas Los Cabos Grand Velas Los Cabos, the sister property of Grand Velas Boutique Hotel, is a family-friendly hotel with all-inclusive features. You’ll find gourmet cuisine at seven restaurants, from casual bars to formal dining options. The hotel offers nightly entertainment, allowing you to have a night out without leaving the resort. You can also access three-tiered infinity pools: one closest to the ocean for adults only, two upper tiers for all ages and a kids’ pool. Location: Tourist Corridor near Cabo San Lucas Luxury amenities: Suites with private terraces, seven gourmet restaurants, the renowned Se Spa, a fitness center, water sports and activities for both kids and teens Who it’s for: Families with kids or teens 10. Hilton Los Cabos Beach & Golf Resort Hilton Los Cabos Beach & Golf Resort is a beachfront paradise with a touch of luxury, situated in a prime location on the Los Cabos coastline. Every hacienda-inspired suite has ocean views, and you can enjoy the cuisine at one of the seven award-winning restaurants where the culinary team draws on global travel and local traditions for a unique dining experience. Indulge in a breezy outdoor spa treatment at Eforea Spa, or opt for a couple’s suite for a treatment with your loved one. You can also practice your swing at the on-site championship golf course. Location: Los Cabos Luxury amenities: Oceanfront rooms, golf course access, the Eforea spa and award-winning restaurants Who it’s for: Travelers seeking a luxurious escape with convenient access to activities Travel tip: If you’re traveling with a significant other, book a private sunset cruise with dinner on board. 11. Le Blanc Spa Resort Los Cabos Le Blanc Spa Resort is an adults-only resort located between Cabo San Lucas and San Jose del Cabo, and it’s tailored for couples and solo travelers. Enjoy luxe amenities like butler service, infinity pools with panoramic ocean views, fine dining with a variety of global cuisine and luxurious accommodations such as BVLGARI bath products. There are also many wellness-focused activities, from paddleboard yoga to hydrotherapy. Location: Between Cabo San Lucas and San Jose del Cabo, Luxury amenities: Butler service, 24/7 in-room service, complimentary hydrotherapy, infinity pool and a shuttle service to explore the surrounding area. Who it’s for: Couples or solo travelers seeking personalized service. 12. ME Cabo If you’re looking for a modern and stylish getaway, ME Cabo is a beachside resort of choice. Here, design, art, music and top-tier service come together for an unforgettable stay—it even won the Forbes Travel Guide Star Award. Located on the El Medano seafront, a few minutes from downtown Cabo San Lucas, ME Cabo has much to offer: innovative cuisine with Mexican influences, a rooftop bar with vibrant energy and a luxury spa experience at KORPO Spa. If you want the true VIP experience, you can upgrade your stay with ME+ for exclusive perks and further personalized service. Location: Cabo San Lucas Luxury amenities: Rooms with private balconies (some with swim-up access), a rooftop bar, a spa, pet-friendly options and a ME+ luxury upgrade option Who it’s for: Young adults seeking a stylish escape with access to nightlife 13. Montage Los Cabos Montage Los Cabos sits on the beachfront overlooking Santa Maria Bay, offering seclusion and stunning ocean vistas. Accommodation options range from luxurious guest rooms to expansive casas, and they all come with private terraces. Choose from world-class restaurants offering coastal cuisine or tee off at the award-winning Twin Dolphin Club if you want to get some golfing in. If you’re after relaxation, head to Spa Montage for various rejuvenating treatments. Pool cabanas offer a private oasis and your own personal cabana butler for the ultimate getaway. Location: Cabo San Lucas Luxury amenities: Rooms with private terraces, an award-winning golf course, Spa Montage, infinity pools and the Compass Center for excursions and activities Who it’s for: Travelers seeking a mix of luxury relaxation and outdoor activities 14. Nobu Hotel Los Cabos With a prime location on the southern tip of the Baja Peninsula, Nobu Hotel Los Cabos is a beachfront paradise that fuses Japanese minimalism and Cabo festiveness. You’ll find amazing views and convenient access to San Jose del Cabo. Each guest room provides terraces with picturesque views. This resort also boasts the world-renowned Nobu restaurant, featuring signature dishes from Chef Nobu Matsuhisa. Pamper yourself at the Asian-inspired spa in the outdoor hydrotherapy garden, relax in infinity pools or unwind right on the beach. Location: Baja Peninsula Luxury amenities: Guest rooms and suites with private terraces (some with plunge pools), the world-renowned Nobu restaurant and a hydrotherapy spa garden. Who it’s for: Travelers seeking world-class cuisine and proximity to nearby towns for exploration 15. One&Only Palmilla Located on the edge of the Baja Peninsula, the One&Only Palmilla resort promises an unforgettable experience with one of the few swimmable beaches in Cabo. This resort is hard to beat, with spacious, chic suites and villas — all offering ocean views — personalized butler service and world-class restaurants. If you want a truly custom experience, opt for the private dining option: You can partake in an immersive culinary demonstration or customized in-room dining with knowledgeable chefs. Location: Baja Peninsula Luxury amenities: Suites and villas with ocean views, personalized butler service, private dining options, sea-based activities and watersports, an award-winning golf course and the Espace Wellness spa Who it’s for: Travelers seeking exceptional service and luxury Travel tip: To immerse yourself in the history and culture of the Los Cabos region, take a guided tour of the nearby San Jose del Cabo art district. 16. Paradisus Los Cabos This adults-only luxury beach resort sits along a stunning beach with views of the Sea of Cortés. If you’re looking for the VIP experience, Paradisus Los Cabos has you covered: suites with a garden or oceanfront view, butler service, gourmet dining options and plenty of pampering at YHI Spa. If you want to practice your golf swing, you can do so at the nearby Querencia Golf Course. This resort also offers seven restaurants, sports like beach volleyball and live music every night. Location: San Jose del Cabo Luxury amenities: Guest rooms and suites with private terraces, seven restaurants, the YHI spa, a championship golf course, infinity pools and concierge services for exploring the area Who it’s for: Travelers seeking a hassle-free, all-inclusive escape 17. Solaz Solaz, a Luxury Collection Resort, is a beachfront paradise in San Jose del Cabo with sparkling ocean views and proximity to the airport. The luxurious suites offer exquisite designs, many with private furnished patios and outdoor showers. Indulge in the flavors of Mexico and the Baja in five different restaurants, with cuisine ranging from Mexican at Al Pairo to Italian at Riccio di Mare. Spend your days lounging by the ocean or unwinding at the state-of-the-art Ojo de Liebre Spa + Thalasso. Location: San Jose del Cabo Luxury amenities: Luxurious suites and private villas (many with private patios and outdoor showers), a state-of-the-art spa and personalized butler service Who it’s for: Travelers seeking world-class cuisine and proximity to nearby towns for exploration 18. Viceroy Los Cabos Winner of Travel + Leisure World’s Best 2024, Viceroy Los Cabos is a sophisticated resort in San Jose del Cabo perched along the Sea of Cortez. Escape in lavish suites, casitas or private villas and enjoy world-class cuisine at one of the six on-site restaurants. If you’re in the mood for golf, visit the world-renowned Cabo San Lucas Country Club. If you prefer to rest and recharge, you can do so at the holistic-focused spa or in your own private plunge pool if you select a Junior Suite. If you’d like to explore the surrounding area, you’re also close to the streets of San José. Location: San Jose del Cabo Luxury amenities: Suites, casitas and private villas (many with plunge pools), access to a championship golf course, a spa and multiple pools Who it’s for: Travelers seeking a luxurious escape 19. Zadún Zadún, a Ritz-Carlton Reserve, is a resort that embraces the untouched beauty of the desert meeting the sea. Accommodations range from luxurious rooms to sprawling five-bedroom residences, all featuring ocean views and handcrafted Mexican décor. Savor fresh cuisine at one of the on-site restaurants or take advantage of service from your personal butler. Unwind at Spa Alkemia or practice your swing at the Puerto Los Cabos Golf Club, which boasts breathtaking views of the Sierra de la Laguna Mountains and the Sea of Cortés. Location: San Jose del Cabo Luxury amenities: Beachfront accommodations, infinity pools, a spa with local treatments and personalized butler service Who it’s for: Travelers seeking personalized service and connection to the natural beauty of Los Cabos Travel tip: Sign up for The Sea of Cortés, a classroom where guests can explore above and below the water’s surface with Zadún’s nature experts and guides. 20. Four Seasons Resort and Residences Los Cabos at Costa Palmas Located on a remote stretch of coastline along the East Cape, Four Seasons Resort and Residences Los Cabos provides secluded tranquility. The spacious guest rooms, suites or private villas blend indoor and outdoor living, each with expansive terraces and ocean views. With five dining options featuring fresh, local ingredients, the rejuvenating Oasis Spa, six pools and two miles of swimmable beach, this is among the best luxury resorts in Cabo. Location: East Cape of Los Cabos Luxury amenities: Accommodations with expansive terraces (guest rooms, suites and private villas), a world-class spa, exceptional dining featuring renowned chefs, access to a nearby championship golf course and infinity pools Who it’s for: Travelers seeking a secluded beachfront escape in the East Cape Find your perfect Cabo vacation home From secluded retreats to vibrant escapes, these Los Cabos luxury hotels offer a blend of luxury, attentive service and incredible views. Ready to keep that vacation vibe going by owning your own piece of this paradise? Pacaso can help you find the best Cabo vacation home that suits your needs and preferences.
Do you dream of sun-soaked days on the beaches of Mexico? Buying property in Mexico isn’t as difficult as you might think. Instead of uprooting your life to move abroad, co-ownership allows you to enjoy the benefits of owning property in Mexico without the full-time commitment. Let’s walk through the 10-step process of owning your own piece of paradise. 1. Find a property you love Whether you're seeking to buy a beach house, a historic colonial home or a modern retreat, start your search by exploring different regions, cities and neighborhoods in Mexico. Once you’ve found a property you love, you can work with a local real estate agent to negotiate a fair price with the seller. Finding the perfect property is key to a successful purchase, so take your time and explore all your options. Tip: It’s easy to find the perfect property and navigate the luxury housing market with Pacaso’s curated portfolio of vacation homes spanning over 40 markets. 2. Make an offer Once you’ve found the right property and determined how much you’ll offer the seller, your real estate agent can assist you in drafting a formal offer letter. It will include details such as the purchase price, terms and conditions. Be prepared to include an earnest money deposit to show your commitment to the purchase. Remember that the seller may choose to counter your offer, so be ready for potential negotiations until you both reach an agreement. 3. Agree on terms and sign the sales contract Once you and the seller have agreed on the purchase price and terms, it’s time to formalize the sale with an official sales contract. This contract will outline all of the purchase details, including the purchase price, closing date, financing terms and any contingencies. Be sure to carefully review the contract with a real estate attorney to ensure your legal rights are fully protected. Once both parties sign the contract, you’ll be officially committed to buying real estate in Mexico. If the property is a Pacaso second home, we handle all of the logistics for a smooth purchasing process. Tip: Ensure the contract is drafted in both English and Spanish. 4. Pay a deposit Once you’ve signed the sales contract, you’ll likely need to pay an earnest money deposit, which is typically around 10% of the purchase price. The deposit is a sign of your intent to purchase the property and is held in escrow by a neutral third party. Once the home sale closes successfully, the deposit is applied toward your down payment. If you fail to complete the purchase for any reason, you may have to forfeit your deposit. Be sure to consult with your real estate agent to understand Mexico's exact deposit requirements and procedures. 5. Set up a fideicomiso if in a restricted zone If you’re buying a property located in a restricted zone (50 kilometers from the Mexican coast or 100 kilometers from a U.S. border), you must establish a fideicomiso, or a bank trust. This allows foreigners to retain property rights in Mexico. A fideicomiso is required for non-Mexican citizens to own property in these restricted areas. Your real estate agent can guide you through the processes of setting it up while ensuring you comply with all Mexican laws and regulations. Tip: Choose a reputable bank with experience in handling fideicomisos, and ask your real estate agent if there are any specific requirements for setting one up in your particular region of Mexico. 6. Get permission from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs Once you’ve established a fideicomiso, you’ll also need permission from the Ministry of Foreign Affairs to complete your purchase. This is another requirement for foreigners buying property in Mexico in restricted zones. Typically, you must submit documentation related to your identity, the property you’re purchasing and the fideicomiso. Lean on your real estate agent to help prepare the proper paperwork and navigate the application process. 7. Conduct due diligence checks and title review Before purchasing, you’ll want to conduct a few due diligence checks. Have a lawyer review the property’s title, conduct a valuation and verify that all necessary legal documents are in order. Once all parties are in agreement, the documents can be notarized. Due diligence checks are crucial to protect your purchase and avoid any potential legal issues. Tip: Simplify this process with co-ownership. Pacaso conducts due diligence checks on your behalf and takes care of all the complexities involved in an international purchase so you can own abroad with ease. 8. Sign the escritura and complete the closing process Once due diligence is complete, you’re ready to sign the escritura, or the deed of sale, transferring ownership of the property to you. You’ll also need to register the property with the local land registry office. Ask your real estate agent for help with this part of the process. 9. Pay taxes and fees After you officially close, you’ll need to pay any remaining costs, like taxes and fees associated with the property purchase. These costs typically include property registration fees, stamp duty and any other relevant Mexican taxes. Be sure to budget for these expenses beforehand so you know you have the funds to cover them when the time comes. If you’re purchasing a second home, it’s also wise to understand what is considered a second home for U.S. tax purposes. Tip: Ask your real estate agent for a detailed breakdown of the estimated costs involved, and consult with a tax professional to understand your tax obligations as a foreign property owner. 10. Finalize registration of ownership The last step to buying property in Mexico is to finalize the registration of ownership in your name. This involves submitting the proper documents to the local land registry office and paying any remaining fees. Once the registration is complete, you’ll officially own your chosen property in Mexico. Be sure to secure a copy of the property title so you have proof of ownership for your records. You’ll also need this document if you decide to sell your property. Where to find properties in Mexico When searching for the perfect Mexican property, consider exploring popular regions known for their beauty, amenities and way of life. Some popular areas include: Pacific Coast: Puerto Vallarta, Los Cabos Caribbean Coast: Playa del Carmen, Tulum Colonial cities: San Miguel de Allende, Guanajuato You’ll want to factor in your stage of life when deciding on a property location. For example, the best places for empty nesters will differ from what a young couple may be after. For a truly seamless buying process, partner with Pacaso. Our team of experts can guide you through every step, from finding the best property to handling all the legal complexities. Average price of properties in Mexico The average price of a home in Mexico varies by region. According to Global Property Guide, an average middle class home in Mexico City is around $90,650 while luxury villas fall between $2,000,000 to $4,000,000. Coastal properties, such as those found in Cancún are around $250,000 on average. Taxes and fees you can expect to pay Whether you’re buying property in Los Cabos or somewhere else in Mexico, it’s important to be aware of the taxes and fees you may encounter. These costs can vary depending on the property’s exact location, value and unique circumstances. The table below outlines some common taxes and fees associated with property ownership in Mexico: Tax or fee Amount / % / range Property acquisition tax 2%-5% of the property value Annual property tax Varies by state and municipality, typically 0.25-1% of the property value Transfer tax 1%-3% of the property value Notarization Fees Approximately 1%-2% of the property value Registration fees Varies depending on the property's value and location Challenges of buying property in Mexico While there are many benefits to buying property in Mexico, be aware of the potential challenges that may arise. Here are some key areas to consider: Ejido land: A significant portion of Mexico’s land is classified as ejido land, meaning it is communally owned. Foreigners can’t directly purchase ejido land, but there are ways around this, such as long-term lease agreements or fideicomisos. Legal complexity: Understanding a foreign legal system can be challenging, and navigating a property purchase will likely require the assistance of qualified local professionals. It’s wise to work with a real estate agent and lawyer specializing in Mexican property law. Avoiding scams: Unfortunately, scams aren’t unheard of in the Mexican real estate market. That’s why conducting thorough due diligence checks is crucial at every step of the home buying process. International home buying made easy with Pacaso Buying property in Mexico can be exciting and rewarding, offering your own retreat abroad and another place to call home. By following the steps above and working with qualified professionals, you can confidently navigate the process. For a truly seamless international home buying experience, consider co-owning a vacation home with Pacaso. By sharing ownership with friends or family, you can reduce upfront costs and simplify the burden of property management. Whether you want to own a vacation home in Los Cabos or enjoy a beachside cabana in Tulum, Pacaso can help make it happen.
Wondering about the best place to buy a vacation home? We’ve analyzed destinations based on factors like safety, walkability and weather to deliver 25 great places to buy a vacation home. Let’s dive into the top 10, plus we’ll share how to enjoy a luxurious vacation home without the hassles of solo ownership. Destination Safety score Walkability score Cap rate Median home price Comfort index Hudson, New York 1 67 7.74 450,000 9.1 Portsmouth, New Hampshire 2 78 7.1 824,000 9.2 Sandusky, Ohio 2 37 10.5 155,000 9.1 San Diego, California 2 51 9.22 914,809 9.6 Cape Cod, Massachusetts 3 37 10.88 641,000 9.1 Harbor Springs, Michigan 4 29 11 525,300 9.2 Wisconsin Dells, Wisconsin 2 35 6.6 224,950 9.1 Healdsburg, California 3 65 6.4 1,158,000 8.3 Ocean City, Maryland 1 40 7.39 439,438 7.4 Bend, Oregon 3 36 7.54 789,000 9 1. Hudson, New York Hudson, located in the Hudson Valley, offers a charming escape brimming with history and artistry. Rolling hills surround the town, providing a picturesque natural backdrop and making it a wonderful place for a second home. Beyond its natural beauty, Hudson boasts a rich history and an eclectic arts scene. Explore the historic architecture of Warren Street, a charming main street lined with 18th and 19th-century buildings. Visit Olana State Historic Site, the home and studio of famed landscape painter Frederic Edwin Church. Art galleries showcase the works of local and regional artists, while music venues and theaters host a variety of performances. Foodies will delight in the farm-to-table cuisine offered by the many restaurants that showcase fresh, seasonal ingredients from the surrounding Hudson Valley. Speaking of seasons, Hudson's high comfort index of 9.1 suggests a pleasant climate with mild temperatures that most people will find enjoyable year-round. Safety score: 1 Walkability score: 67 Cap rate: 7.74 Median home sale price: $450,000 Comfort index: 9.1 2. Portsmouth, New Hampshire Portsmouth is a gem for those seeking to buy a vacation home in a community that offers a delightful blend of historic charm and waterfront attractions. Portsmouth is nestled along the Piscataqua River and boasts a walkable downtown packed with brick buildings and cobblestone streets. History buffs will love exploring the waterfront, which significantly shaped the town's shipbuilding heritage. Beyond its rich past, Portsmouth is a vacation destination for all seasons. Summer brings the Prescott Park Arts Festival, a gathering of theater, music and dance enthusiasts. Take a bike ride along the Portsmouth Harbor Trail or a boat tour to spot whales and soak in the stunning coastal views. The peak tourist season falls between June and October, so if you prefer a quieter experience, consider spring vacationing. This city has a 9.2 comfort index similar to that of nearby Hudson, New York. The safety score of 2 indicates that Portsmouth may be a safer — although more expensive — vacation home destination. Safety score: 2 Walkability score: 78 Cap rate: 7.1 Median home sale price: $824,000 Comfort index: 9.2 3. Sandusky, Ohio Located on one of the Great Lakes, Sandusky is a great destination for water enthusiasts. Multiple water parks options cater to all preferences. Kalahari Resorts boasts an expansive indoor water park complex, ideal for year-round enjoyment. For those seeking a more natural aquatic experience, Lake Erie's shores beckon with pristine beaches, perfect for swimming and sunbathing. Sandusky has a bustling tourist season, so consider the type of vacation home experience you desire. If you plan on using your vacation home frequently throughout the year, look for a property with easy access to non-seasonal attractions like museums or historic sites. This way, you can enjoy the town's offerings even during the quieter off-season months. A 37 walkability score means you’ll need a car to explore all Sandusky offers. Safety score: 2 Walkability score: 37 Cap rate: 10.5 Median home sale price: $155,000 Comfort index: 9.1 4. San Diego, California San Diego basks in sunshine, making it ideal for those who crave a warm-weather escape. This coastal city offers a plethora of outdoor activities and stunning beaches amidst a relaxed Southern California vibe. Nature lovers will find endless opportunities to explore. Hike and bike the scenic trails of Torrey Pines State Natural Reserve, kayak in the calm waters of Mission Bay, or go whale watching off the coast. When considering a vacation home in San Diego, remember that neighborhoods offer distinct experiences. La Jolla boasts luxurious beachfront living, while Pacific Beach provides a lively atmosphere close to the beach. Mission Beach offers a classic boardwalk experience, and Coronado Island delivers a charming island getaway. Don’t let the median home sale price scare you. A 9.22 cap rate in San Diego indicates that those looking to purchase real estate are likely to gain a good amount of equity in Southern California. Safety score: 2 Walkability score: 51 Cap rate: 9.22 Median home sale price: $914,809 Comfort index: 9.6 5. Cape Cod, Massachusetts Cape Cod beckons with its iconic lighthouses, villages and beaches. This enchanting peninsula provides an environment for relaxation and exploration, making it a perfect vacation home destination. Spend your days sunbathing or indulging in watersports along the endless coastline. Explore quaint villages brimming with art galleries and fresh seafood shacks. Summer is peak season, bustling with activity and offering the warmest weather. Shoulder seasons provide comfortable temperatures and fewer crowds. Choose a village close to the beach if you crave a vibrant summer atmosphere. If tranquility is your priority, consider a more secluded spot. Cape Cod's safety score and comfort index tell us that it is a great place to bring the kids as the seasons change. Safety score: 3 Walkability score: 37 Cap rate: 10.88 Median home sale price: $641,000 Comfort index: 9.1 6. Harbor Springs, Michigan On the shore of Lake Michigan, Harbor Springs offers an escape that transforms throughout the year. Fall ignites the landscape with stunning foliage that’s perfect for hikes on trails like the Bluffton Headlands Hiking Trail. When considering a vacation home in Harbor Springs, remember that the town offers a variety of settings. The core village, centered around Main Street, bustles with shops and restaurants, while the surrounding areas, like Wequetonsing and Bay Harbor, provide a more secluded atmosphere. Lakefront property on Little Traverse Bay offers stunning views and water access, while tucked-away cabins near Hidden Lake offer peaceful retreats. With the highest safety score possible, Harbor Springs is a prime destination for solo travelers and families. Safety score: 4 Walkability score: 29 Cap rate: 11 Median home sale price: $525,300 Comfort index: 9.2 7. Wisconsin Dells, Wisconsin Wisconsin Dells, also known as the "Waterpark Capital of the World," is a Midwest vacation spot for families seeking excitement and adventure. Beyond the world-famous waterparks, the Dells offers an appealing blend of natural wonders and family-friendly activities. Thrill-seekers of all ages will find endless fun at iconic waterparks like Noah's Ark Water Park and Mt. Olympus Water & Theme Park. Take a break from water slides to explore the Dells' breathtaking natural beauty. Kayak or canoe down the Wisconsin River, spelunk in scenic caves or hike through towering sandstone cliffs at Devil's Lake State Park. The Dells also boasts a bustling downtown with shops, restaurants and family-friendly entertainment options like Ripley's Believe It or Not Museum. Since the safety and walkability scores are lower, consider securing a vehicle to explore the "Waterpark Capital of the World." Safety score: 2 Walkability score: 35 Cap rate: 6.6 Median home sale price: $224,950 Comfort index: 9.1 8. Healdsburg, California Healdsburg offers a compelling blend of sophistication, world-class wineries and outdoor adventure — making it a romantic destination for wine lovers seeking a California retreat. Located in the middle of Sonoma County, Healdsburg boasts a downtown square lined with art galleries, upscale boutiques and restaurants showcasing farm-to-table cuisine. Explore rolling vineyards by bike, indulge in wine tastings at boutique wineries, or take a hot air balloon ride for breathtaking aerial views. The area also boasts plenty of non-wine-related activities. Foodies will delight in Michelin Star restaurants and innovative cafes, while outdoor enthusiasts can embark on hikes through Alexander Valley or kayak down the Russian River. A high comfort index lets you know that you can enjoy plenty of days outdoors if you buy a vacation home here. A higher safety score also indicates this is a family-friendly destination in the heart of Wine Country. Safety score: 3 Walkability score: 65 Cap rate: 6.4 Median home sale price: $1,158,000 Comfort index: 8.3 9. Ocean City, Maryland Ocean City is an attractive vacation home destination with its vibrant three-mile boardwalk and a family-friendly atmosphere. Beyond the iconic boardwalk with its amusement rides, arcades and delicious treats, Ocean City offers a variety of things to do. Thrill-seekers can tackle the waves at Assateague State Park, while fishing enthusiasts can cast a line at the Ocean City Fishing Center. Nature lovers can explore the nearby Assateague Island National Seashore, a haven for wild horses and diverse wildlife. While summers are the busiest season, spring and fall offer comfortable weather and fewer crowds, making them ideal for shoulder-season getaways. Although it has a lower safety score, the relatively high comfort index indicates that Ocean City is a good place to own an off-season beach house for those looking to be further away from the boardwalk. Safety score: 1 Walkability score: 40 Cap rate: 7.39 Median home sale price: $439,438 Comfort index: 7.4 10. Bend, Oregon Bend is an outdoor paradise offering a great blend of adventure, craft beer culture and stunning natural beauty. Outdoor enthusiasts seeking more active vacations will love this vacation home destination. Surrounded by towering ponderosa pines and majestic mountains, Bend caters to all seasons. Hike or bike well-marked trails, explore cascading waterfalls like Deschutes Falls, or go whitewater rafting down the Deschutes River. Winter transforms Bend into a wonderland, offering opportunities for skiing and snowboarding at Mt. Bachelor. Bend also boasts a thriving craft beer scene, with numerous breweries offering tours and tastings. Foodies will delight in the town's innovative restaurants, many featuring locally sourced ingredients. Summer, spring and fall offer comfortable weather for exploring. With so many hikes and winter sports activities available, a car is necessary to enjoy all that Bend offers. A higher safety score means peace of mind while hitting the slopes or exploring the charming downtown. Safety score: 3 Walkability score: 36 Cap rate: 7.54 Median home sale price: $789,000 Comfort index: 9 Top 25 best places to buy a vacation home Destination Safety score Walkability score Cap rate Median home price Comfort index Hudson, New York 1 67 7.74 450,000 9.1 Portsmouth, New Hampshire 2 78 7.1 824,000 9.2 Sandusky, Ohio 2 37 10.5 155,000 9.1 San Diego, California 2 51 9.22 914,809 9.6 Cape Cod, Massachusetts 3 37 10.88 641,000 9.1 Harbor Springs, Michigan 4 29 11 525,300 9.2 Wisconsin Dells, Wisconsin 2 35 6.6 224,950 9.1 Healdsburg, California 3 65 6.4 1,158,000 8.3 Ocean City, Maryland 1 40 7.39 439,438 7.4 Bend, Oregon 3 36 7.54 789,000 9 Minneapolis, Minnesota 1 70 6.5 343,683 6.6 Rehoboth Beach, Delaware 2 50 7.54 765,420 7.4 Rockaway Beach, Oregon 2 42 10.11 533,500 6.9 Newport Beach, California 1 55 3.14 3,356,190 9.7 Carmel-by-the-Sea, California 4 59 6.2 2,200,000 8.3 Santa Barbara, California 3 61 4.5 2,195,208 8.9 Asheville, North Carolina 3 36 6.77 488,117 7.6 Santa Cruz, California 1 62 4.5 1,305,000 8.5 Bar Harbor, Maine 3 29 7.28 770,000 9.2 Santa Fe, New Mexico 3 40 6.6 622,027 7.5 Manchester, Vermont 4 49 7.87 450,000 6.3 Fort Bragg, California 3 33 6.73 640,000 8.9 Galveston, Texas 2 54 6.36 445,361 6.7 Branson, Missouri 3 22 11.8 259,994 7.8 Newport, Rhode Island 3 72 5.64 850,000 7.1 Co-own a vacation home with Pacaso If you want to own a vacation home but are worried about the commitment and expense, Pacaso offers a revolutionary approach to second home ownership. Pacaso co-ownership allows you to own a share of a fully managed, luxurious vacation property in a coveted location. Pacaso takes care of everything: professional home design and furnishings, property management and, maintenance, and easy online scheduling. You spend your time relaxing and creating memories in your dream destination. Search for the perfect home in your ideal destination, and start spending your vacations in the place you love. Methodology Here are the factors we used to analyze 100 cities and find the 25 best places to buy a vacation home. Safety score: This indicates how safe the neighborhood is. A score of 4 represents a grade of A, indicating the location is as safe as it gets. Walkability score: This score indicates how easy it is to get around on foot. The higher the score, the more walkable an area. Cap rate: This is the potential rate of return on investment from rental income. The higher the cap rate, the higher the potential ROI. Median home sale price: This is the midpoint price of homes typically sold in the area. We ranked lower home sale prices higher in favor of affordability. Comfort index: This index considers factors like weather, humidity and allergens to gauge year-round comfort. The higher the comfort index, the more mild the temperatures are year-round.
Whether you’re road tripping through SoCal or hoping to catch a wave at one of many Santa Barbara surf spots, you can’t skip a dining experience at one of the top Santa Barbara restaurants on the beach. From gourmet seafood to classic California cuisine using fresh, local ingredients, we've rounded up 13 beachside restaurants that can take any Santa Barbara stay to the next level, and we've ordered them from most affordable to most expensive: 1. On The Alley Average rating: 4.5 stars Cost: $ Cuisine: American Tucked away near the Santa Barbara Maritime Museum, On The Alley offers quick counter service with outdoor picnic tables close enough to the water that you can feel the ocean breezes. On The Alley serves breakfast all day, with simple and delicious favorites like breakfast bowls, oatmeal with fresh blueberries, waffles, French toast sticks and fresh fruit smoothies. Headed out boating? Order ahead on their website and enjoy a takeout breakfast on the water. 2. Chad’s Average rating: 4.4 stars Cost: $$ Cuisine: Breakfast With an enviable location adjacent to Santa Barbara Harbor, Chad’s offers breakfast classics like omelets, eggs Benedict, French toast and oatmeal, as well as a unique take on the California breakfast burrito — with bacon, avocado and french fries! Adventurous diners will want the 911 Emergency Omelet, which is packed with chorizo, roasted green chiles and jalapeños. You also won’t want to miss the mimosa flight. 3. Shoreline Beach Cafe Average rating: 4.4 stars Cost: $$ Cuisine: American Grabbing a bite to eat before a day spent at the beach is easy when your restaurant of choice is literally on the beach. Shoreline Beach Cafe offers outdoor dining on the beach as well as on a shaded deck. Sink your toes into the sand of Leadbetter Beach while enjoying breakfast favorites like pancakes with fresh fruit, scrambles, breakfast burritos and huevos rancheros. Come back in the afternoon for weekday happy hour! 4. Santa Barbara Shellfish Company Average rating: 4.5 stars Cost: $$ Cuisine: Seafood You can’t get more waterfront than dining on a pier! Santa Barbara Shellfish Company has been a mainstay since 1980, with favorite dishes like Dungeness crab, shrimp ceviche, oysters, clams and lobster. The restaurant is popular, so don’t be surprised if there’s a wait. If you’re in a rush, you can always order from the walk-up window. 5. Boathouse at Hendry's Beach Average rating: 4.5 stars Cost: $$ Cuisine: Seafood For sunset cocktails, a romantic dinner or a celebratory evening, book a table at the Boathouse at Hendry's Beach. The restaurant features a cozy heated patio and a menu that goes on and on. There are extensive raw bar offerings, plus plenty of seafood starters. Main course options include (you guessed it) fresh seafood, or opt for classically prepared Harris Ranch steaks. 6. Moby Dick Average rating: 4 stars Cost: $$ Cuisine: Seafood Moby Dick is a popular seafood spot located on Santa Barbara’s historic Stearns Wharf. The restaurant offers a variety of dishes, from fresh fish and lobster to burgers and salads, all with a stunning view of the Pacific Ocean. The restaurant is open for breakfast, lunch and dinner, and also hosts special events such as weddings and parties. 7. Brophy Bros Average rating: 4.5 stars Cost: $$$ Cuisine: Seafood Enjoy American cuisine overlooking the Santa Barbara Marina at Brophy Bros. Grab a table on the patio and treat yourself to an impressive variety of fresh seafood. Start with steamed clams or mussels, ceviche or oyster shooters. Main course specials vary, but popular dishes include grilled swordfish, Cajun sea bass and beer-battered fish and chips. 8. Bluewater Grill Average rating: 4.3 stars Cost: $$$ Cuisine: Seafood Specializing in seafood and local cuisine, Bluewater Grill offers a variety of dishes, including oysters, lobster and the ever-popular fish tacos. The restaurant has a full bar with wine, beer and cocktails. Bluewater Grill is open daily for lunch and dinner, andr brunch on weekends. The restaurant has a classic Santa Barbara atmosphere, with indoor and outdoor seating options. Bluewater Grill is a popular destination for those who enjoy fresh and delicious food, friendly service and scenic views of the harbor. 9. Tydes Average rating: 4.3 stars Cost: $$$ Cuisine: Seafood Enjoy indoor-outdoor fine dining at Tydes, a chic restaurant in the Four Seasons Resort The Biltmore. In addition to jaw-dropping views, Tydes features incredible dishes like poached local halibut, grilled lobster with black truffle gnocchi and Wagyu beef short ribs. The upscale atmosphere makes it the perfect venue for a Santa Barbara date night. If you can see yourself enjoying all that Santa Barbara has to offer — including its rapidly growing food scene — consider owning your own second home in the area. 10. Padaro Beach Grill Average rating: 4.3 stars Cost: $$ Cuisine: Californian Padaro Beach Grill is a casual dining restaurant specializing in local dishes with fresh ingredients. The restaurant has a full bar, a spacious patio and a playground for kids. Padaro Beach Grill is a great place to enjoy a relaxing meal with family and friends while taking in the stunning views of the ocean and mountains. 11. Bella Vista Average rating: 4.4 stars Cost: $$$ Cuisine: Californian Bella Vista is a popular destination for locals and tourists alike. The restaurant offers a variety of dishes, from pasta and pizza to seafood and steak. The atmosphere is cozy and elegant, with stunning ocean and mountain views. Bella Vista is open for breakfast, lunch and dinner, and also hosts special events and catering services. 12. Toma Restaurant & Bar Average rating: 4.6 stars Cost: $$$ Cuisine: Italian Open for dinner only, the award-winning Toma Restaurant & Bar is an upscale Mediterranean eatery on the waterfront. Start by sharing handcrafted flatbread before enjoying an incredible array of house-made pastas, risottos and main dishes like braised beef short ribs or seared scallops. There’s also an extensive wine list featuring selections from both California and Italy. Time for an after-dinner beach walk? Cross the street and you’re on the sand of West Beach. 13. OKU Restaurant Average rating: 4.6 Cost: $$$ Cuisine: Japanese OKU restaurant is a popular destination for sushi lovers and Asian fusion cuisine enthusiasts. The chef uses fresh, high-quality ingredients such as wild-caught fish, organic vegetables and homemade sauces. The restaurant also has a full bar, featuring sake, cocktails, wine and beer. But the best part is the stunning view of the ocean — perfect to enjoy while eating sushi. Savor the good life Want to turn Santa Barbara into your go-to vacation destination? Become a co-owner of a beautiful luxury second home and return year-round to relax, dine and explore everything the Central California coast has to offer.
No matter the season, the town of Bend in Central Oregon is simply bursting with fun activities for visitors of all ages. But there’s something extra special about visiting this town of 100,000 in the peak of winter. Pack your warmest gear and spend some time exploring this outdoor paradise. Here are five of our favorite ways for families to explore Bend during winter. 1. Discover Oregon WinterFest Hosted in Bend every February, the three-day Oregon WinterFest celebrates everything that’s wonderful about winter. While you’ll find your festival standards like live music, arts and crafts, and great food, this event also wows attendees with light-art exhibits, ice carving demonstrations and fire sculptures. Specifically for kids, you’ll find magic shows, science trivia and even a foot race with hot cocoa at the finish line. 2. Hit the slopes Bend is a jumping-off point for skiers and snowboarders of all skill levels. The town is just 30 minutes from Mt. Bachelor, the sixth-largest ski resort in the United States. Thanks to its location in Oregon’s Central Cascades, Mt. Bachelor racks up an impressive 462 inches of snow each year. The resort offers 101 runs and over 4,300 skiable acres. It’s a great place for kids (and adults!) to learn to ski or snowboard. Choose from 2-hour and full-day ski lessons for kids as young as 3 ½. For ages 6+ through adults, you’ll want to check out the “Ski or Ride in 5” program, which turns first-timers into skiers and boarders in just five lessons. 3. Go ice skating Lace up your skates and choose from multiple ice rinks around town. Seventh Mountain Resort is home to Bend’s only open-air ice skating rink. It’s a charming spot day or night, with glittering lights and a forested setting. Check the calendar for special events, like kids’ themed skating sessions and live music events. If the weather’s less than ideal during your visit, head indoors to The Pavilion, Central Oregon’s only full NHL-sized rink. Drop in for a public ice skating session or sign up for figure skating, hockey or curling classes. 4. Take a dog sled ride Mush! Mush! Take a sled dog tour through snowy meadows with incredible mountain views. Oregon Trail of Dreams is owned by Iditarod racer Rachel Scdoris, the first legally blind person to complete the grueling 1,049-mile Alaskan race. These action-packed interactive tours are designed to share her love of dog sledding. Plus, participants can interact with the dogs and help care for them. 5. Warm up at a family-friendly brewery Bend regularly tops lists of cities with the most (and most delicious) breweries, and luckily for parents, many of them are family-friendly. Choose from close to two dozen breweries including the well known Crux Fermentation Project, 10 Barrel and Worthy Brewing. At all three, you’ll find great kids menus, a casual environment and plenty of room to roam. And at Worthy, you can even visit their Hopservatory, an on-site observatory with a powerful telescope, so aspiring astronomers can spot stars, planets and more. Find your family’s second home in Bend There’s no better place to make family memories than in a second home in Bend. Spend days exploring the snowy wonderland together and evenings curled up around a fire, cooking meals or playing games. It’s all within reach when you become a co-owner of a Pacaso in Central Oregon. Plus, Pacaso's Family-Friendly Second Homes™ make it easy to just show up and relax — from cribs and high chairs, to games, streaming services and more, we have you (and your kids) covered.
Ideally located south of West Palm Beach and north of vibrant urban hubs like Fort Lauderdale and Miami, Delray Beach offers a melting pot of food cultures and styles. Whether you’re looking for a casual spot to gather with friends, the perfect date night destination or you just want to sample something new, these six Delray Beach restaurants are yours for the taking. City Oyster & Sushi Bar Calling all seafood lovers. This downtown restaurant serves up an ever-changing menu of fresh oysters from both the East Coast and West Coast. It’s the perfect date night restaurant, thanks to a huge wine list, full sushi menu and plenty of ambience — the decor at City Oyster is all antique brick, tin ceilings and oak floors. Oh, and be sure to save room for dessert: An in-house bakery is located above the restaurant. Cabana El Ray The greater Miami area is simply bursting with Cuban culture, and in Delray Beach, Cabana El Rey is the best place to sample authentic Cuban and Nuevo Latino cuisine. Favorite dishes include the seafood ceviche, tostones rellenos (fried green plantains with chicken sofrito), empanadas and sea bass. The coconut brownies are the perfect way to end your meal. Dada Every visit to Dada is deliciously unique. Located in a historic house downtown, each room in the restaurant has a different theme and features works from local artists. On a warm evening, the outdoor patio is the place to be, with hanging lanterns, large trees and live music. The new American cuisine features a wide range of interesting options like braised short ribs, bolognese, pork schnitzel and grilled artichokes. Papa’s Tapas If you’re the kind of person who wants to try a little bit of everything instead of committing to one entree, head to Papa's Tapas. The charming family-owned restaurant in the Pineapple Grove District has a menu full of small plates, including traditional Spanish tapas fare like croquetas, calamari, meatballs Andalucia and sauteed octopus. Bring a few friends and dig into the Instagram-worthy paella, which includes seafood, chicken and vegetarian options. El Camino Satisfy your craving for flavorful Mexican fare at El Camino, where everything on the menu is made in house, including tortillas and sauces. Choose from creative takes on Mexican favorites, like pork belly tacos with pineapple slaw, squash blossom quesadillas and queso fundido with roasted mushrooms. Pair it with your favorite tequila from a list of literally hundreds of options. Can’t get enough of El Camino? Come back for late-night happy hour, available from midnight to 2 a.m. nightly. Lionfish The Delray Beach outpost of the famous Lionfish Seafood restaurant in San Diego, Lionfish Delray is the place to enjoy the freshest sea-to-table fare, caught in an environmentally responsible way. The menu showcases simple but sophisticated preparations of fresh swordfish, scallops, snapper and lobster. You can even sample the namesake lionfish, an invasive species that’s ravaging the Caribbean — but it tastes delicious in a citrus-infused ceviche, so why not do your part to remove these pests from the ocean? Dine anytime in Delray Beach As the co-owner of a luxury second home in Delray Beach, you’ll have endless opportunities to get to know the local food scene and discover your favorite restaurant. Find your luxury home away from home in South Florida today.
It’s only about 220 miles from San Diego to Santa Barbara — roughly a 3.5- to 4-hour trip, assuming L.A. traffic isn’t bad. But as you travel between these two sunny cities, give yourself ample time to explore. Choose one or two of the following destinations, or extend your adventure and check out all seven as you make your way north. Just pack your favorite road trip snacks, buckle up, and hit the road! Grab a Hodad’s burger in San Diego A San Diego institution for over 50 years, Hodad’s Burgers, located in the heart of the Ocean Beach neighborhood, is the best place to chow down before you start your drive. They’re famous for their gigantic burgers, mountains of crispy onion rings and thick milkshakes, which hungry diners line up for every day in a queue that can wrap around the block if you come right at lunchtime. (These burgers are worth the wait.) Catch some waves in Encinitas The quintessential SoCal beach town of Encinitas is just up the road from San Diego proper, along historic Highway 101. Nearby Moonlight State Beach is the perfect place to walk the wide sandy beaches, go for a swim or play a game of beach volleyball. With gentle waves, Moonlight has multiple surf schools offering lessons for everyone, even if you’re a Barney (that’s a first-timer). Rather leave the surfing to the experts? Swami’s Beach is a great place to watch local surfers show off. Embrace your inner child at Legoland Just 10 miles north of Encinitas is Legoland California, a must-visit for families with kids or anyone who can’t get enough of those little bricks. Buy a one-day ticket to ride, build and play to your heart’s content. Or you can stay on site at the fun-filled Legoland Hotel or Legoland Castle Hotel. Choose from room themes like Knights & Dragons, Royal Princess, Ninjago or Lego Friends. And don’t forget your swimsuit to enjoy the Lego-themed water park next door. Get back to nature at Crystal Cove For an alternative to the Legoland crowds, continue driving an hour north to Laguna Beach, and discover one of Orange County’s largest open wilderness areas, Crystal Cove State Park, which boasts 2,400 acres of backcountry wilderness and 3.2 miles of pristine coastline. If you time your visit to align with low tide, you can explore the park’s well-known tidepools, spotting creatures like sea anemones, sea urchins, sea stars, hermit crabs, snails and — if you’re really lucky — octopuses. The park is also a great place to stretch your legs, with 18 miles of hiking trails that offer incredible ocean views. Play tourist at Santa Monica Pier Travel for another 60 or so miles to reach Santa Monica, just west of Los Angeles. As a National Historic Landmark and the western end of iconic Route 66, it’s no wonder Santa Monica Pier is one of California’s most photographed locations. You can stroll the pier and snap a few Instagram-worthy photos or spend a whole day in this fun-filled destination. Fish off the pier, shop for souvenirs, ride the historic merry-go-round, try your luck in the classic arcade or experience the unique talents of the area’s many street performers. Live the celebrity life in Malibu From Santa Monica, a quick 30-minute drive along a southern stretch of coastline brings you to the chic enclave of Malibu. When you arrive, keep your eyes peeled — many Hollywood celebrities call this beach town home, so you never know who you’ll spot. And while you’re in Malibu, you can embrace the laid-back luxury, no matter your celebrity status. Sink your toes into the sand during low tide at Carbon Beach (dubbed Billionaire’s Beach), treat yourself to sushi at famed Nobu, or simply shop your way through the well-known Malibu Farmers Market, happening every Sunday morning. Take a detour to the Channel Islands Due west of Malibu in the Pacific Ocean, the five islands that make up Channel Islands National Park are nothing short of spectacular. Leave your car on the mainland and take a scenic one- to three-hour boat ride or a half-hour plane ride to these unspoiled islands. They offer ample opportunities for hiking, snorkeling, kayaking, bird watching and whale watching (depending on the time of year). Stay for the day or make reservations for a rustic, walk-in camping experience. Say cheers at a Santa Barbara winery Back on the mainland, and a little over an hour from Malibu, you’ll reach Santa Barbara. The town has a great reputation among wine lovers, and it’s easy to see why. Right in town, you’ll find a whopping 28 tasting rooms along the Urban Wine Trail. With all the tasting rooms located within a few blocks of each other in the downtown core, spending an afternoon sampling local wines is a great way to get the lay of the land. After your tasting experience, grab a bite to eat at one of Santa Barbara’s many beachfront restaurants. Want to explore further? Travel 45 minutes to the Santa Ynez and Santa Maria Valleys and visit the wineries themselves. Find your own California paradise If you fall in love with one of these great destinations, why not become a regular? Buy a Pacaso in Southern California or the Central Coast for as little as ⅛ the cost of full ownership, and have ample time to explore.
Dreaming of a vacation home in Lake Tahoe? Who wouldn’t be, with its crystal-clear alpine waters, stunning vistas and endless year-round recreation opportunities. But before you take the plunge (the water’s cold!), here are five key questions to ask yourself. 1. What type of home fits my needs? As a popular multi-season vacation and recreation destination, Tahoe offers all kinds of properties, from condos and timeshares to single-family homes and full-fledged mountain chalets. Vacation home owners in Tahoe tend to pick properties based on their personal interests — would you rather be close to one of Lake Tahoe’s six world-class ski resorts, or along the shores of the lake for summer watersports? Simply put: What kind of memories are you hoping to make in Lake Tahoe? (More on Tahoe’s specific neighborhoods below.) 2. How much can I afford? Just like any real estate purchase, what you can afford comes down to your interest rate, down payment amount and your level of comfort with the monthly payment. When considering a Tahoe vacation home, however, there are a couple more factors you should keep in mind. First, you may be considering using the home as a vacation rental, given the area’s popularity with tourists. If so, you’ll need to factor in property management fees, increased maintenance costs and potential tax intricacies. Second, Lake Tahoe gets an average of 200-plus inches of snow each year, so winter maintenance like snow removal is crucial to keeping your home in good condition, and it can be expensive — as well as tricky to manage from afar. To maximize your vacation home budget, consider buying a Pacaso. As a co-owner of a second home in Lake Tahoe, you can enjoy all the benefits of ownership without the full price tag. Instead, you could own a budget-friendly ⅛ share of a property that might otherwise be out of reach. 3. Where should I buy in Tahoe? Believe it or not, there’s no actual city called “Lake Tahoe.” The famous lake is called Lake Tahoe, of course, but the name also refers to the entire area surrounding this recreation destination. The lake itself straddles the California-Nevada border, and the biggest towns are on the north and south ends of the lake, as well as along the Truckee River. Here’s a quick rundown: Tahoma: The town of Tahoma, California, is on the western shore of the lake. A popular summer destination for outdoor enthusiasts, Tahoma offers seemingly endless hiking trails and is home to gorgeous Meeks Bay Beach. Truckee: With a charming historic downtown, a vibrant cultural scene and easy access to North Lake Tahoe’s most popular ski resorts, Truckee is (not surprisingly) a very popular vacation home location. Incline Village: This hilly enclave boasts magnificent mountain estates and ample activities. Summer brings the Lake Tahoe Shakespeare Festival and adrenaline-pumping mountain biking, while winter sees skiers flocking to Mt. Rose Ski Tahoe and the Diamond Peak Ski Area, the latter of which is within city limits. Tahoe City: The small mountain town has an enviable location where the Truckee River meets Lake Tahoe’s north shore. Residents of Tahoe City love its walkable downtown, lakefront boardwalk and historic sites (some of which just may be haunted). Olympic Valley: Located halfway between Truckee and Lake Tahoe, Olympic Valley is considered one of the best places to ski in the U.S. Since hosting the 1960 Winter Olympics, Palisades Tahoe (formerly Squaw Valley) has been a haven for experienced skiers looking for long, steep runs. South Lake Tahoe: The largest of the cities surrounding the lake, South Lake Tahoe offers something for everyone, whether you’re looking for family-friendly activities, casinos and nightclubs, or outdoor recreation. 4. How often will I use the home? According to our Second Home Sentiment Report, only 25.6% of second home owners used their home more than four weeks a year. Close to a third said they use their home more in the wake of Covid-19, but over half say they use it the same amount. What’s more, among would-be vacation home owners, almost 17% say they won’t use the home enough to justify the purchase. When you buy with Pacaso, you can co-own as much of a single-family home as you’ll use for just a fraction of the cost of full ownership — and you’ll never have to worry about it sitting unused. 5. Would renting it out cover my ownership costs? When you’re buying a second home in a popular destination like Lake Tahoe, it can be tempting to try to recoup some of your ownership costs by turning it into a vacation rental. However, the vacation rental market in Lake Tahoe is highly seasonal, with the bulk of rentals taking place during the relatively short winter and summer recreation seasons. And, when you factor in property management fees, it can be hard to make short-term rentals pencil out. In addition, short-term rental regulations in some municipalities can restrict owners from offering nightly rentals of their properties. One benefit of Pacaso is that homes are occupied only by owners and their guests, and they are never rented. This means you are free to enjoy your second home without the stress and hassle of managing a rental property. Discover your Lake Tahoe second home with Pacaso If snowy winters, sun-kissed summers and incredible natural beauty are your top criteria for a second home destination, Lake Tahoe might be just the right place for you. Take the first step by viewing our Tahoe listings and learning more about Pacaso co-ownership.
Traveling solo has so many advantages. You can tailor your adventures for you and you alone. Want to splurge on a destination resort or a fine meal? Prefer to relax in a spa or go for a hike? The decisions are all yours. To help you narrow your choices, we’ve conducted a city study of 20+ places ideal for solo travel. Since 87% of Americans surveyed prefer traveling domestically instead of going abroad, we’ve focused our study on the top solo travel destinations in the United States. We analyzed four key solo travel factors: Safety: Travel with peace of mind Cost of living: Know what to budget for Number of attractions: Plan your itinerary Internet speed: Stay connected (or go off-grid) Whether you’re a retired empty nester, working remotely or taking a well-earned vacation, these solo travel destinations offer plenty of fun — and you may even find the perfect spot for a second home. 1. Atlanta, Georgia Great for solo travelers who want it all Topping our list is Atlanta, one of the best places to travel alone. Solo travelers can stroll or bike along the vibrant Eastside Trail of the Atlanta BeltLine, soaking in local culture and lush greenery. From museums to down-home cooking, this city has something for everyone. Dive into the underwater wonders at the Georgia Aquarium or hang with the hundreds of plants at the Atlanta Botanical Garden. For a hands-on history lesson, explore the Martin Luther King Jr. National Historic Park to learn about the civil rights movement. And don’t miss your chance to indulge in Southern cuisine at renowned restaurants like Mary Mac's Tea Room. Safety score rank: 11 Cost of living index rank: 7 Number of attractions: 936 Internet speed: 92.1 Mbps 2. Tampa, Florida Great for solo travelers who love wildlife Ready to Immerse yourself in the natural beauty of the Southeast coast? Head to Tampa. Visit the Tampa Riverwalk and take a relaxing cruise on the Hillsborough River. For history buffs, the Tampa Bay History Center is a treasure trove of local stories and artifacts. And no solo trip to Tampa is complete without a visit to Busch Gardens, where you can enjoy thrilling rides and encounter exotic animals. Safety score rank: 18 Cost of living index rank: 3 Number of attractions: 774 Internet speed: 128.92 Mbps 3. Santa Fe, New Mexico Great for solo travelers who thrive in the desert Santa Fe offers a unique blend of culture, art and natural beauty. Begin your solo travel journey by exploring the historic Santa Fe Plaza, where you can visit the adobe-style Palace of the Governors and shop for Native American crafts. Explore the rich art scene at the Georgia O'Keeffe Museum and explore Canyon Road, lined with galleries showcasing Southwestern art. Take a scenic hike in the Sangre de Cristo Mountains, offering breathtaking vistas of the surrounding desert. Safety score rank: 7 Cost of living index rank: 6 Number of attractions: 678 Internet speed: 58.19 Mbps 4. Scottsdale, Arizona Great for snowbirds Calling all snowbird solo travelers: Skip the snow and head to Scottsdale. Wander through Old Town Scottsdale, with its charming streets lined with boutiques, art galleries and Southwestern flair. Hike the trails in the McDowell Sonoran Preserve for stunning desert views or visit the Western Spirit, Scottsdale's Museum of the West, to delve into the history of the American West. And don’t miss the Desert Botanical Garden, showcasing the unique flora of the surrounding Sonoran Desert. Safety score rank: 14 Cost of living index rank: 12 Number of attractions: 537 Internet speed: 150.42 Mbps 5. Jackson Hole, Wyoming Great for solo travelers who love to go off-grid With the second highest safety score, Jackson Hole is one of the safest places to travel alone while exploring the great outdoors. Head to the Grand Teton National Park, where you can hike, spot wildlife and marvel at the iconic Teton Range. Slither down the Snake River for an unforgettable rafting trip. As far as indoor activities are concerned, the National Museum of Wildlife Art is a must-see. Treat yourself to winter adventures or enjoy vibrant summer festivals and concerts. Safety score rank: 2 Cost of living index rank: 10 Number of attractions: 369 Internet speed: 34.18 Mbps 6. Las Vegas, Nevada Great for solo travelers who love nightlife Is the famous Las Vegas Strip calling your name? Marvel at iconic landmarks like the Bellagio Fountains and catch world-class entertainment every night of the week. For a change of pace, take a day trip to the stunning Red Rock Canyon National Conservation Area for superb hiking trails. The city's numerous museums, like the Mob Museum and Neon Museum, provide fascinating insights into the city’s history. And don't forget to try your luck at the many casinos dotting the city. Safety score rank: 30 Cost of living index rank: 5 Number of attractions: 995 Internet speed: 119.23 Mbps 7. Boise, Idaho Great for solo travelers who love greenery Boise is known as the “City of Trees” due to the 4.7 million acres of forest surrounding the urban scene. The blend of amenities and nature makes Boise one of the best places to solo travel. Stroll along the Boise River Greenbelt or head to the Boise National Forest for more extensive adventures. Visit the Old Idaho Penitentiary and the Boise Art Museum for a glimpse into the state's history and culture Safety score rank: 15 Cost of living index rank: 2 Number of attractions: 292 Internet speed: 121.96 Mbps 8. Virginia Beach, Virginia Great for solo travelers who love to be seaside At the Virginia Beach Boardwalk, you can enjoy ocean views, local eats and street performers. Relax on the sandy shores of the city's pristine beaches or take a bike ride along the scenic Cape Henry Trail. Discover maritime history at the Military Aviation Museum or explore the Old Cape Henry Lighthouse. For a more cultural experience, visit the Virginia Museum of Contemporary Art. With so much to enjoy, Virginia Beach is one of the best places for solo travel year-round. Safety score rank: 4 Cost of living index rank: 21 Number of attractions: 418 Internet speed: 97.68 Mbps 9. Napa Valley, California Great for solo travelers who love Wine Country Napa Valley is one of the best solo travel places in the United States. Napa offers a delightful solo travel experience for wine enthusiasts and nature lovers. Explore picturesque wineries where you can indulge in wine tasting and enjoy the vineyard vistas. Take a hot air balloon ride for a breathtaking view of the valley's rolling hills from above. Visit charming towns like St. Helena for boutique shopping, and don't miss the scenic Napa Valley Wine Train for an adventure through the heart of Wine Country. Safety score rank: 16 Cost of living index rank: 36 Number of attractions: 921 Internet speed: 226.5 Mbps 10. Sedona, Arizona Great for solo travelers seeking a spiritual place Visitors often describe Sedona as highly spiritual due to its world-famous energy vortex. No Sedona trip is complete without a serene and enriching hike in the stunning Red Rock State Park, where the vibrant rock formations create a dazzling backdrop. Explore the town's art galleries and shops, known for their Southwest-inspired creations. Take a guided vortex tour to tap into the region's famed energy centers. For a scenic drive, follow the Red Rock Scenic Byway, which offers magnificent views at every turn. Safety score rank: 5 Cost of living index rank: 28 Number of attractions: 558 Internet speed: 83.71 Mbps 11. Austin, Texas Great for solo travelers who love live music Welcome to Austin, the live music capital of the world. Immerse yourself in the live music scene by visiting iconic venues like The Continental Club or catching local acts on Sixth Street. Solo travelers can experience the city's natural beauty with a kayak or paddleboard adventure on Lady Bird Lake or a hike through the Barton Creek Greenbelt. Stop by one of the many food trucks scattered across the city to try local cuisines — Tex-Mex and BBQ. Safety score rank: 34 Cost of living index rank: 14 Number of attractions: 1,255 Internet speed: 133.18 Mbps 12. San Diego, California Great for solo travelers who love warm weather and Mexican cuisine If the sunshine of Southern California is calling your name, head to San Diego. Start your solo adventure with a visit to Balboa Park, home to museums, gardens and the San Diego Zoo. Say hello to local wildlife at La Jolla Cove, ideal for sunbathing, snorkeling and tide pool exploration. Stroll through the historic Gaslamp Quarter for dining and entertainment options, or take a harbor tour to appreciate the city's coastline. Safety score rank: 17 Cost of living index rank: 45 Number of attractions: 1,781 Internet speed: 112.72 Mbps 13. Portland, Maine Great for solo travelers who love seafood Solo travelers can visit Portland’s historic Old Port district, known for its cobblestone streets and local shops. Explore the Portland Head Light, an iconic lighthouse set against rugged cliffs and enjoy a leisurely stroll along the scenic Eastern Promenade Trail — with stunning views of Casco Bay. Dive into the local food scene by sampling fresh lobster rolls and seafood chowder at numerous waterfront restaurants. Complete your trip with a ferry ride to nearby islands like Peaks Island or Great Diamond Island. Safety score rank: 13 Cost of living index rank: 30 Number of attractions: 417 Internet speed: 208.14 Mbps 14. Nantucket, Massachusetts Great for solo travelers who love small-town charm Nantucket is a quaint island destination with a lot to offer solo travelers. Explore the island's beautiful beaches, such as Madaket Beach or Surfside Beach and enjoy some solitude by the sea. Visit the Nantucket Whaling Museum to delve into the island's rich maritime history and take a guided tour to discover the lighthouses and cranberry bogs that dot the landscape. Treat yourself to fresh seafood and classic New England fare at the island's many cozy restaurants. Safety score rank: 8 Cost of living index rank: 16 Number of attractions: 156 Internet speed: 180.63 Mbps 15. Ann Arbor, Michigan Great for solo travelers who enjoy the energy of lively college towns Ann Arbor is a vibrant college town with a variety of activities for solo travelers. Consider catching a performance or exhibition at the University of Michigan Museum of Art. Take a leisurely stroll through the Nichols Arboretum, known as the "Arb," to enjoy nature in the heart of the city. Discover the eclectic dining scene with a visit to Kerrytown Market & Shops and indulge in local cuisine. Safety score rank: 10 Cost of living index rank: 41 Number of attractions: 175 Internet speed: 164.03 Mbps 16. Miami, Florida Great for solo travelers who love hitting the beach Begin your solo beach vacation to Miami by exploring vibrant neighborhoods like the Design District, known for its vivid street art and galleries. Relax on stunning sandy beaches like South Beach, ideal for sunbathing and people-watching. Take a walk along the Ocean Drive promenade, lined with the Art Deco architecture the city is famous for. And don't forget to indulge in the city's cuisine. From Cuban sandwiches to fresh seafood, Miami restaurants have it all. Safety score rank: 32 Cost of living index rank: 25 Number of attractions: 1,761 Internet speed: 95.03 Mbps 17. Chicago, Illinois Great for solo travelers who love to sightsee Chicago is a bustling metropolis with a wealth of solo traveler-friendly activities. Explore Millennium Park, home to iconic attractions like the Cloud Gate sculpture, also known as "The Bean." Enjoy stunning views of the city from the Willis Tower Skydeck and take an architectural boat tour to admire the city's famous skyscrapers. Immerse yourself in culture at the Art Institute of Chicago, which houses an extensive collection of world-class art. Don't miss the vibrant food scene — indulge in deep-dish pizza and Chicago-style hot dogs. Safety score rank: 43 Cost of living index rank: 20 Number of attractions: 2,493 Internet speed: 116.94 Mbps 18. New York City, New York Great for solo travelers who love fast-paced and foodie-friendly living New York City — where solo travel dreams come true. Blend into the crowd at Central Park, where you can visit museums like The Met and The Museum of Natural History or simply people-watch. Explore iconic Times Square and SoHo, known for their vibrant atmosphere, restaurants and shopping. Catch a Broadway show or a live jazz performance for a taste of the city's culture. And most importantly, stop into hole-in-wall spots to sample what it’s like to live like a local. Safety score rank: 21 Cost of living index rank: 49 Number of attractions: 1,759 Internet speed: 119.1 Mbps 19. Lake Tahoe, California Great for solo travelers seeking peace/tranquility in nature Lake Tahoe is the perfect destination for solo travelers in need of rest and relaxation. Hit the Tahoe Rim Trail to immerse yourself in the tranquil landscape. Enjoy views of the crystal-clear waters of Lake Tahoe as you wander the trails. Visit South Lake Tahoe for shopping, dining and spa time. In the winter, hit the slopes at world-class ski resorts like Heavenly. No matter which season you visit, you’ll leave Lake Tahoe feeling more peaceful than when you arrived. Safety score rank: 24 Cost of living index rank: 27 Number of attractions: 485 Internet speed: 154.6 Mbps 20. Bend, Oregon Great for solo travelers who love mountain hideouts Capping our list of the top 20 destinations for solo travelers is Bend, a year-round destination for those who love the great outdoors. Enjoy exploring the scenic Deschutes River Trail, then visit the charming Old Mill District for shopping, dining and entertainment. Embark on a brewery tour to sample the area's renowned craft beers, or explore the Bend Ale Trail independently. Don't miss the opportunity to go skiing and snowboarding at nearby Mount Bachelor in the winter months for an epic solo adventure. Safety score rank: 12 Cost of living index rank: 19 Number of attractions: 251 Internet speed: 50.24 Mbps Top 50 solo travel destinations Here are the 50 top destinations for solo travelers — and all places to potentially find a second home. 50 best destinations for solo travelers Atlanta, Georgia Tampa, Florida Santa Fe, New Mexico Scottsdale, Arizona Jackson Hole, Wyoming Las Vegas, Nevada Boise, Idaho Virginia Beach, Virginia Napa Valley, California Sedona, Arizona Austin, Texas San Diego, California Portland, Maine Nantucket, Massachusetts Ann Arbor, Michigan Miami, Florida Chicago, Illinois New York City, New York Lake Tahoe, California Bend, Oregon Aspen, Colorado Savannah, Georgia Los Angeles, California Steamboat Springs, Colorado New Orleans, Louisiana Fort Lauderdale, Florida Portland, Oregon Honolulu, Hawaii Gatlinburg, Tennessee Boston, Massachusetts Charleston, South Carolina Telluride, Colorado Salt Lake City, Utah Asheville, North Carolina Key West, Florida Pensacola Beach, Florida Seattle, Washington Breckenridge, Colorado Flagstaff, Arizona Santa Barbara, California Park City, Utah Minneapolis, Minnesota Washington, D.C. Delray Beach, Florida Palm Springs, California San Francisco, California Carmel-by-the-Sea, California Malibu, California Memphis, Tennessee Anchorage, Alaska Solo traveler checklist Solo travel can be an exciting and enriching experience, but it also requires careful planning to ensure a safe and enjoyable journey. Here's a checklist to help you prepare for your solo adventure. Before you book Research your destination: Learn the best time to visit and identify must-see attractions and activities. Budget: Create a travel budget, including accommodations, transportation, food and activities. Calculate travel time: Select a mode of transportation and see how long it would take to get from the airport to your hotel and other attractions. Create a rough itinerary: Map out potential accommodations and attractions, and draft a schedule around your must-do activities. Before taking your trip Book your flight: Secure your transportation to and from your destination. Get travel Insurance: Purchase comprehensive travel insurance that covers medical emergencies, trip cancellations and theft. Choose accommodations: Select a home base for your adventure. Notify your bank of your travel plans to avoid card issues. Make copies of important documents like hotel reservations and tickets. Share your itinerary with friends or family and establish regular check-ins. While packing Pack light: Choose versatile clothing suitable for the destination's climate. Pack climate-appropriate items like sunblock or thermal layers. Prepare necessary medications: Bring enough for the entire trip. Bring electronic essentials like phone chargers, power banks and a camera. Pack a reusable water bottle to avoid having to buy single-use plastic bottles. Take a first-aid kit in case of an emergency while you’re alone. While traveling Know where you’re going: Download navigation apps and offline maps for your destination. Use reputable transportation options like public transport or verifiable rideshares and taxis. Avoid notoriously risky areas, especially at night. Sign up for social events: Go to public spaces and engage in group tours or activities to meet fellow travelers. Carry cash: This is ideal when visiting mom-and-pop shops or off-the-beaten-path excursions. Keep your belongings securely attached to your person and be mindful of pickpockets. Send souvenirs: Avoid heavy bag fees by sending yourself and your loved ones souvenirs by mail. Document your travels: Whether that means just for yourself or sharing on social media. Get plenty of rest: You can’t enjoy your adventures if you’re exhausted. When traveling solo, remember to stay flexible, be open to new experiences and prioritize your safety throughout your journey. Methodology This study was conducted in September 2023. To determine the best destinations for solo travelers in the United States, we compared four ranking factors across 50 cities. The following ranking factors were used to determine how suitable a city is for solo travelers and assigned out of a weight of 100: Safety — 35 points: The crime rate of each destination was taken into consideration to ensure that solo travelers feel safe during their trip. Number of attractions — 30 points: It’s important to have a wide range of both group and independent activities to choose from. Cost of living — 25 points: The average cost of a meal and accommodations can help you understand which destinations are in your budget. Internet speed — 10 points: Staying connected is a great safety precaution and can also help digital nomads get the job done while traveling solo. Each solo travel destination was given a score based on these factors and assigned an overall ranking. The destinations with the highest scores were deemed the best destinations for solo travelers in the United States. Our data was sourced from City-Data.com, Salary.com, Tripadvisor and Speedtest.net Since safety, affordability, connectivity and the number of attractions were determining factors, the best destinations for solo travelers could also be the best places to find your second home. Thanks to co-ownership, it’s never been easier to enjoy seasonal solo vacations to your favorite places. All Pacaso properties are fully managed, so you can focus on creating new memories at your home away from home.
For some, there’s nothing better than a laid back vacation at the shore — sun, waves and miles of beach to explore. Others want their time off to be bursting with city charms like bustling shopping streets, new restaurants and museums to discover. Here’s our take on what makes both great destinations — plus, an option for creating your very own home away from home. Why cities are the best 1. Food for all Great cities mean great restaurants — from high-end fine dining establishments to cozy neighbourhood cafes. Avoid touristy hot-spot areas and spend some time scoping out restaurants that really deliver the goods. 2. Soak up the culture The rhythm and energy of a city are almost palpable, especially in a capital like London. The hustle and bustle and throngs of people going about their daily life mix with a rich history and fascinating architecture. Even a short visit gives you a real sense of place. 3. See the sites Every city is home to must-see sites — and London is no exception, with Big Ben, Buckingham Palace, The London Eye, just to name a few. Check those off your to-do list if you’d like, but try exploring off the beaten path. Lesser-known pockets of any city may surprise and delight you. 4. Move like a local Tube, bus, electric bike or scooter? With a wide selection of public transport offered in most cities, exploring has never been easier. Moving like a local is also a great way to see the city in a different light. Whether you’re squeezing onto an overpacked tube at rush hour or cruising down a street with the wind on your face, there’s no wrong way to get around. 5. Ticket for one A city break is the ideal trip if you want to spend some time on your own. Linger at an outdoor cafe with a new book, watch people in a city park or snag a ticket for a hot show. There’s plenty of entertainment on offer, and London — home to approximately 250 theatres — is a great place to watch big productions like “Les Misérables" and “The Phantom of the Opera” or edgy new work from an up-and-coming playwright. Why beach holidays are the best 1. More time to relax In our fast-paced lives, having dedicated time to switch off and do nothing is a true luxury. Life seems to slow down by the water, with nowhere to be but the beach. It’s much easier to fully relax and unwind with the sound of waves in the background. 2. Fun in the sun The best beach holidays happen under sunny skies and starry nights. With an average of 320 sunny days every year, Spain’s Costa del Sol or “sunshine coast” is an ideal year-round destination. 3. Make a splash Swimming, paddle boarding, kayaking, surfing or simply walking along the shore line — a beach vacation is the perfect time to get active. In the summer months, the sea temperature in Marbella reaches the mid to high 60s, whilst over the winter it drops to a manageable 58 Fahrenheit . Spain, here we come! 4. Catch of the day A beach holiday needn’t mean you forgo eating great local food. Many of Marbella's beach restaurants serve right to sunbed, offering a wide variety of fresh seafood and delicious Spanish delights. A beach holiday is the perfect time to dine on the local catch of the day. 5. Feeling beachy There’s nothing quite like spending an entire day at the beach to leave you feeling relaxed and recharged. The potent mix of the sun’s vitamin D, alluring waves and warm sand offers the perfect cure to a stressful lifestyle. Find your perfect escape Pacaso offers amazing second homes in more than 40 destinations worldwide, so we have you covered whether you love escaping to the beach or the city. Find a co-owned second home that’s right for you.
There’s so much to love about Sarasota and Naples, two sunny cities on the southwestern coast of Florida. When you’re looking for warm Gulf of Mexico waters, white-sand beaches and incredible sunsets, both offer them in spades. But how do you decide where to visit or even buy a second home? Here’s our quick comparison of these two Florida dream destinations. Beaches Winner: Sarasota Both cities have incredible stretches of public beaches and world-class sunsets, but if you’re a classic beachcomber, looking for wide stretches of sand on which to relax, play and wander, Sarasota is the clear winner. The area is home to Siesta Key Beach, which is a regular winner on best beaches list from TripAdvisor, the Travel Channel and Dr. Beach, who lauds Siesta Key’s fine sand, clear water and outdoor recreational options. Outdoor activities Winner: Naples Naples and Sarasota offer a range of recreational activities, thanks to ample days of sunshine and waterfront locations. However, Naples has the edge in outdoor recreation, starting with its huge sportfishing scene — the 1,000-foot-long Naples Pier is the first clue as to the fishing scene in this city! On any sunny day, you’ll also find locals and visitors alike exploring mangrove estuaries, barrier islands and wildlife refuges by kayak. Plus, there are loads of hiking and walking trails, bike trails, golf courses and public parks. Luxury living Winner: Naples It’s no surprise that these two waterfront cities appeal to those looking to live in luxury. Both cities have gorgeous waterfront homes, chic condos and yacht clubs, but Naples is the clear winner in luxury living, with a higher median home price. The city has a stylish vibe and is simply brimming with designer boutiques, upscale eateries, art galleries and impeccably groomed pedestrian paths. Family activities Winner: Sarasota For a beach-loving family, either destination fits the bill. But overall, Sarasota offers more family-friendly activities than Naples, which tends to cater more to a retiree crowd. On any given day in Sarasota, families can discover native and exotic plants and animals at the Sarasota Jungle Gardens, hunt for fossilized shark teeth on Venice Beach, attend a family-friendly festival at Mixon Fruit Farms and splash in the children’s fountain at Bayfront Park. Cultural activities Winner: Sarasota With almost triple the population of Naples, Sarasota is simply a bigger city, and with that comes more opportunities for cultural enrichment. Sarasota boasts a vibrant bayfront downtown, which serves as the area’s civic and cultural hub. A day spent exploring downtown will uncover the Sarasota Opera House, the Florida Studio Theatre, the Burns Court Cinemas and the Westcoast Black Theatre Troupe, which produces performances celebrating the Black experience. Dining Winner: Naples Fresh seafood is always on the menu in Southwest Florida, with catches coming in around the clock from the Gulf of Mexico. But Naples has the edge as far as the dining scene goes, with an incredible 700 restaurants. Naples has an awesome selection of epic brunch restaurants, plus everything from food trucks to fine dining later in the day. Best of all, many of the city’s best dining establishments also boast incredible water views. Nightlife Winner: Sarasota Naples offers a quieter scene, with restaurants and entertainment venues closing earlier. That makes Sarasota the winner as far as nightlife goes. Throughout town, you’ll find great happy hours, live music, bars, dance clubs and comedy venues. Did we mention the tiki bars? There’s nothing like ending your day with your toes in the sand and an umbrella in your drink. You can’t go wrong in Naples or Sarasota No matter which city you choose, there’s so much to explore — much more than you can do in just a weekend. Become a Florida local when you co-own a Pacaso second home. Every time you arrive, simply unpack and start exploring — we take care of the rest.
Whether you’re looking for flower-filled meadows, roaring waterfalls or mountain vistas, hiking in Telluride does not disappoint. We’ve compiled a list of the most popular Telluride hikes, ranging from easy riverside strolls to challenging rocky climbs. And just like Pacaso, most of these trails are dog friendly. According to alltrails.com, leashed dogs are permitted except on Via Ferrata. Easy Telluride hikes Bridal Veil Falls — It’s virtually impossible to find a list of the best Telluride hikes that doesn’t mention the Bridal Veil Falls Trail. This 3.6-mile out-and-back trek ends at the top of Colorado’s tallest waterfall (365 feet) and can also be accessed by bike or four-wheel-drive vehicle. Bear Creek Trail — Accessible right from downtown Telluride, Bear Creek Trail is a 4.4-mile out-and-back trail that takes you through the Bear Creek Preserve to the 80-foot Bear Creek Falls. Keep in mind that this trail gets busy during warmer months, so plan to hike early in the day for fewer crowds. Cornet Creek — If you’re looking for short and sweet, Cornet Creek is your hike. The trailhead is conveniently located at the end of North Aspen Street in downtown Telluride. Enjoy a half-mile out-and-back hike to the beautiful Cornet Falls, but be prepared: The trail is steep, so it’s best to wear sturdy shoes. San Miguel River — With multiple access points from downtown Telluride, the 3.3-mile San Miguel River Trail lets you choose your distance. The flat terrain is easy for hikers of all levels, but the trail can get busy as it’s quite popular with runners. Moderate Telluride hikes Blue Lake — There are few better ways to spend a day in the Colorado wilderness than taking this Telluride hike through an old-growth forest to a sparkling subalpine lake. A round trip to Blue Lake is about 5.25 miles, and majestic views of mountain peaks along the way make the 2,000-foot elevation gain worth every step. Hope Lake — If you’re a lake lover, then Hope Lake should definitely be on your list of top Telluride hikes. The road to reach the trailhead is a bit rough (leave the sedan at home and bring the SUV) but the 6-mile roundtrip lake trek is rewarding, with waterfalls and beautiful mountain views. Jud Wiebe Trail — Another trail that’s easily accessible from town, the 2.7-mile Jud Wiebe loop offers amazing views of forests, meadows and mountains. It’s one of the earliest trails to be clear of snow, so it’s perfect for taking advantage of warmer early spring days. Challenging Telluride hikes Sneffels Highline — If you’re looking for a challenging trek with top-of-the-world views, plan a full day to experience the 13-mile Sneffels Highline loop. Be prepared for loose rocks and potentially deep snow, even during the summer months. Ballard Mountain — Who needs a stair climber when you have Ballard Mountain? You’ll gain close to 4,000 feet of elevation on this 6.4-mile out-and-back trail, but you’ll also be rewarded with stunning views of Telluride below. Be prepared for couloir crossings and snow on this trail as well. Via Ferrata — Italian for “Iron Way,” Via Ferrata may only be 3 miles long, but that doesn’t include the treacherous vertical ascents up rock faces. This trail/climb is only for those who are adept at both hiking and rock climbing. Those without helmets and harnesses need not apply!
Picture a classic California boardwalk: A towering wooden roller coaster, brightly colored amusement park rides and a humming arcade — all set against a backdrop of palm trees and the blue ocean. You’ve just conjured up the Santa Cruz Beach Boardwalk, an icon of the central California coast since 1907. Thinking of taking a trip to this postcard-perfect family destination? Here are five things you need to know. Getting there The Santa Cruz Beach Boardwalk is just 10 minutes from downtown Santa Cruz, a beach town of 62,000 located 70 miles south of San Francisco and 35 miles north of Monterey that's known for sandy beaches, redwood forests and great surfing. But the boardwalk is an anchor of waterfront fun. Especially in the summer months and on weekends, the boardwalk area can get crowded and finding parking can be a challenge, so plan to arrive early in the day. Attractions The boardwalk is home to two National Historic Landmarks: the 1911 Looff Carousel and the 1924 Giant Dipper wooden roller coaster. These two attractions are a great place to start your day of fun. After you’ve crossed those two classic rides off your list, you’ll find a wide range of rides for everyone from little kids to serious thrill-seekers. Favorites include the Sea Swings, Sky Glider, bumper cards, Wave Rider slide and the Cyclone. The rides are just the beginning, though. There are two on-site arcades, miniature golf, laser tag, bowling and a spooky Fright Walk, which takes brave visitors under the Boardwalk for some haunting fun. Be sure to save time to test your luck on a few classic carnival games on the Midway. Try long-shot basketball, knock down some clowns, bust some balloons or knock over a stack of milk bottles in pursuit of stuffed animal prizes. Admission to the boardwalk itself is free, but you’ll have to pay for the rides and other attractions. Savvy visitors and those who enjoy the attractions regularly may want to opt for the unlimited wristbands or even a season pass. The food It’s always best to arrive at the boardwalk hungry, as the classic carnival fare is almost impossible to resist. Treat yourself to corn dogs, garlic fries, turkey legs or pizza. Ready to indulge your sweet tooth? Choose from saltwater taffy, churros, funnel cakes, deep-fried Twinkies, ice cream in freshly made waffle cones, and more. You’ll also find espresso, fresh-squeezed lemonade and local craft beers. Special events No matter the time of year you visit, the Santa Cruz Beach Boardwalk offers plenty of special events. Choose from fun runs, cultural events, outdoor concerts, movie nights, food and drink-related events, and holiday celebrations. Visiting during non-peak times can mean great discounts and perks, such as discounted arcade games on weekdays and Monday night football specials. In the winter months, you can reserve a private fire pit so you can stay warm while enjoying your favorite snacks and treats. The beach Despite its proximity to the action-packed boardwalk, the beach here is delightfully clean and primed for family fun. Enjoy a wide sandy shoreline, warmer-than-expected water and ample space for recreation like boogie boarding and beach volleyball. If you’re traveling with young kids, head for the area where the San Lorenzo River meets Monterey Bay. It’s a great place for the youngest of beach lovers to splash around in small pools of calm water. Beach facilities include public restrooms and lifeguards in the busy summer months. Enjoy life on the California coast Santa Cruz makes the perfect home base for enjoying everything Central California has to offer. With a luxury Pacaso second home in Santa Cruz, you’ll have ample time to enjoy the fun and dynamic scene on the boardwalk, plus explore nearby coastal towns, historical sites and the rugged natural beauty that makes the region so special.
Marco Island, a barrier island on Florida’s southwest coast, is known for its laid-back lifestyle and natural beauty. And little is more beautiful than Tigertail Beach, a must-see for every visit to Marco Island. Here’s what you need to know to make the most of your trip to this iconic beach. About Tigertail Beach Given all of Marco Island’s high-rises and resort developments, you might not expect it to be home to one of the most ruggedly beautiful beaches in the Everglades region. Yet the white sands of Tigertail Beach offer just that. One of just two public beaches on Marco Island, Tigertail Beach is actually a new beach. Tigertail Beach was an offshore sandbar until Hurricane Wilma hit the Paradise Coast in 2005 and sand piled up, connecting the beach to the mainland. The inner beach Tigertail is really two beaches in one, known by locals as the inner and outer beach. The inner beach is the most easily accessible, with multiple boardwalks connecting the parking lot with the sand. It’s a great family beach, with a beach cafe serving food and cold drinks, a playground, picnic area, watersports rentals and restrooms. There’s even a bird-watching tower that offers amazing views of the wildlife. The inner beach is a nice place to spend a day and a good launch point for exploring the surrounding mangroves by kayak. The outer beach Tigertail’s outer beach, sometimes called Sand Dollar Beach, is accessible by wading across the saltwater lagoon. This is best done at low tide if you’re carrying a lot of gear or have young children with you, but it can also be done at high tide, when the depth is a few feet. The best place to cross is marked by a floating buoy about 50 yards offshore. The lagoon bottom is a bit mucky and grassy, so you might want to rent a paddleboard or kayak to make the crossing if you don’t want to feel the “squish” between your toes. A word of caution: Sands shift and currents can be strong when the tide is moving in and out. Exercise caution when walking to the north end of the beach at low tide — you could end up surrounded by water when the tide comes back in. Once you’ve made the crossing, your belongings held above your head, you’ll be rewarded with three miles of pristine, secluded coastal beauty. The outer beach boasts soft white sand, beautiful shells in a rainbow of colors, fiddler crabs scurrying around and pods of dolphins frolicking offshore. It’s a popular destination for birdwatchers, as the island is part of the Great Florida Birding Trail. Sit back and look up — you’ll see a wide variety of shore birds, including eagles, osprey, terns and plovers. Before you leave, see if you can find the seashell tree. Visitors who made the trek to the beach often leave messages they’ve written on shells and hung from the branches. Getting there Marco Island is easily accessible from Naples, Florida, via two bridges. Once you have arrived on the island, you can find Tigertail Beach at the end of Hernando Drive. There’s a conveniently located parking lot with over 200 spots for beach lovers. Expect to pay a small fee to park for the day. The beach is open from 8 a.m. to sunset, year-round. Make your home in the Everglades Tigertail Beach is just one of many unspoiled wilderness areas on the Paradise Coast. Give yourself ample time to explore Marco Island and the whole Everglades area when you become a co-owner of a second home through Pacaso. Browse Florida listings today.
From winter skiing to summer hiking and everything in between, Steamboat Springs, Colorado is an outdoor lover’s dream. No matter what brings you to this charming mountain town, one thing’s for sure: With so many recreational opportunities to enjoy, you’re going to work up quite an appetite. Luckily, the culinary scene is top notch. Check out our guide to the best Steamboat Springs restaurants. Breakfast & brunch Winona’s Restaurant A Steamboat Springs mainstay in the heart of historic downtown, Winona’s is known for classic all-American breakfasts. You’ll find scrambles, breakfast burritos, biscuits and gravy, and five types of eggs Benedict. The restaurant has a warm, casual atmosphere, and the service is just as friendly. Local tip: Winona’s plate-sized cinnamon rolls are the stuff of legend — soft, chewy, plenty of cinnamon flavor and topped with a mountain of gooey frosting. Yampa Valley Kitchen Yampa Valley Kitchen operates under the motto “uncompromised food.” That means they source local, organic and sustainable ingredients, down to the spices and oils. When you dine at YVK (as the locals call it), you can expect an ever-changing menu that makes the most of the seasonal bounty. Breakfast is served every weekday, and the weekend brunch is luxuriously long — lasting until 3 p.m. You’ll find fabulous frittatas, crepes and breakfast sandwiches. Pair your meal with a specialty latte, organic tea or mimosa while preparing for the day’s adventures. Local tip: In the warmer months, nothing beats dining in the outdoor garden — but the early bird gets the table! Lunch Salt & Lime A colorful interior and an inviting deck create the perfect backdrops for flavorful Mexican fare at Salt & Lime. The menu offers a unique mix of classic and modern cuisine using traditional cooking methods and inventive ingredients. Fan favorites include a Colorado bison burrito, chicken tinga tacos, loaded guacamole and veggie queso fundido. Local tip: Head to the rooftop deck and soak up the Colorado sunshine while enjoying tacos, burritos and all-day happy hour drink specials. The Paramount Located at the base of the Steamboat Resort, this friendly spot offers ski-in, ski-out access. The Paramount is known for using seasonal ingredients, creating homemade sauces and mayo, and serving up made-from-scratch offerings, including grilled sandwiches, fresh salads, flavorful soups and hand-cut fries. Local tip: The Paramount serves a great breakfast, too. Grab a breakfast sandwich, vegetarian breakfast pita, Nutella and toast, or chicken and waffles before hitting the slopes. Dinner Mazzola’s Italian Diner Mazzola’s has been creating classic Italian fare in downtown Steamboat since 1970. Come hungry, as every part of the menu has wonderful options. Start with the Tuscan white bean dip and Sicilian steamed mussels. Move on to classic pasta dishes, seafood-laden cioppino or chicken piccata. Pizzas are another great option, thanks to the homemade dough and roasted garlic-infused olive oil. Local tip: The wine list at Mazzola’s is packed with Italian wines, from crisp pinot grigios to hearty sangiovese blends. Sauvage One of the newest restaurants on the Steamboat culinary scene, Sauvage is the perfect location for a special occasion. The handcrafted cocktails are a thing of beauty and the dishes just beg to be posted to Instagram. The French fusion menu changes seasonally, and the three- and six-course tasting menus are the perfect way to sample a little bit of everything. Local tip: Several days a week, budget-minded diners can sample the most popular cocktails, half-priced beers and small plates on their happy hour menu, which showcases Sauvage’s French-American inventions. Or you be the chef! While restaurant dining has its appeal, making meals in the comfort of your own home can be very appetizing. As a co-owner of a Pacaso second home in Steamboat Springs, you’ll enjoy a fully stocked gourmet kitchen, professional-grade appliances and beautiful dining spaces for gathering with family and friends.
Life in the Coachella Valley comes with a lot of perks. The mountains offer a stunning backdrop for days on the golf course or seeing the sights. And 350 days of sunshine each year make it an ideal spot for indoor/outdoor living. Whether you’re searching for a second home to call your own or planning a trip to one of the valley’s several resorts, the Palm Springs area is a true hot spot (and not just because it’s located in the desert). These seven stunning spaces showcase some of the great living this Southern California city has to offer. Palm perfection Find your paradise at this head-turning 4-bedroom Palm Springs Pacaso. The home's indoor/outdoor layout make the San Jacinto Mountains a stunning natural backdrop. Glass doors open to expand the living space and provide access to the home’s sparkling lap pool. With more than 50,000 pools in greater Palm Springs, the area boasts more swimming holes per capita than anywhere else in the country. Outdoor oasis When a drop of rain falls in Palm Springs, you’ll know about it — it’s often headline news. But you won’t feel it underneath the grand veranda which looks out on this one-acre Old Las Palmas estate. Rain or shine, this Pacaso’s covered living space offers a cool escape from the desert heat. Contemporary masterpiece The amenities in this Palm Springs Pacaso is reminiscent of a five-star resort. An open floor plan, outdoor kitchen, multiple entertaining areas and views of the pool provide an inviting and luxurious space to sink into the desert lifestyle. Poolside reflection Located in La Quinta, Casa Del Sol is truly a desert paradise. Owners can enjoy privacy in the walled courtyard, sunbathe next to the zero edge pool or gaze at the Santa Rosa Mountains from the comforts of the open-plan living space. Coachella calm Indulge in luxury at this sophisticated 4-bedroom home nestled in the heart of Coachella Valley. Outside, you'll find an entertainment-ready backyard oasis, adorned with the timeless elegance of Spanish-style tile roofing and mature landscaping. Inside, you'll find relaxation among Palm View's ultra-contemporary furnishings and elegant living spaces. Courtyard brilliance Casa Del Sol's walled courtyard is perfect for watching the stars — or entertaining them. Just under two hours from Hollywood, Palm Springs has long been a place celebrities love to live and play. This modern, new-construction home offers the ultimate privacy and relaxation with indoor/outdoor spaces and a zero-edge pool. Desert daze This cool home in the desert isn't a mirage. Before exploring the Coachella Valley's many attractions and music festivals, your group can unwind at this Palm Desert Pacaso, where a private courtyard, refreshing pool and blended indoor/outdoor living give that desert luxe vibe you’re searching for. Picturesque paradise Envisioning a contemporary residence amidst the stunning beauty of Palm Springs? Transform your desert bucket list into a reality with this contemporary, magazine-worthy. Awaken to breathtaking mountain vistas and then indulge in moments of serenity as you sip, swim, and relax on the outdoor terrace. Seamless living has never been more within reach. Second home living in Palm Springs Palm Springs is a true desert oasis and an ideal place to own a second home. The benefits and beauty of life in this historic city can be yours throughout the year when you own a Pacaso. We simplify finding, buying and owning a second home so you can do more than just visit this sought-after California sanctuary. Check out our listings to get started.
Once a tiny hot springs town, Steamboat Springs has now become one of Colorado’s most popular tourist destinations — especially in the summer. While the hot springs are still thriving, a local foodie scene and dozens of outdoor activities have sprung up as well. Read our guide to learn all about the top 22 Steamboat Springs summer activities that are perfect for the whole family to enjoy in 2023, including: 1. Marvel at Fish Creek Falls If you’re looking for a tranquil adventure in Steamboat Springs, head over to Fish Creek Falls. This scenic waterfall is one of the most popular attractions in the area, and it offers something for everyone. You can hike along the trails that surround the falls, enjoy a picnic at the shaded tables or cool off in the pristine water. The best time to go is early in the morning or late in the afternoon when the sun isn’t too harsh and the crowds are smaller. You can park in the main lot near the entrance for a small fee, or find free spots along the road if you don't mind walking a bit to reach the waterfall wonderland. 2. Stroll through Yampa River Botanic Park Yampa River Botanic Park is a beautiful oasis of flowers, ponds and trails that showcases the natural beauty of the Yampa Valley. You can stroll through the different gardens, each with its own theme and design, and enjoy the sights and smells of local plant species. If you’re feeling adventurous, you can rent a kayak to explore the Yampa River and a bike to pedal through the park. Or simply enjoy the native birds and wildlife while sitting on a park bench and watching the kayakers pass by. Whether you want to relax or be active, this park is a great place to enjoy summertime Steamboat activities. 3. Relax at Steamboat Ski Resort Steamboat Ski Resort is a popular destination for winter sports enthusiasts, but it also offers plenty of fun activities for the summer season. Take advantage of the mild climate with a round of golf or set out on one of the many hiking trails. This resort is full of amenities that will help you relax and recharge for more adventuring the next day. Book excursions like horseback riding and ziplining, or become a regular at the resort’s nightly sunset happy hours. 4. Take a dip at Old Town Hot Springs This historic recreational facility offers eight pools with healing mineral water, a world-class gym and a variety of fitness classes to sign up for while you're in town. This magical place is so much more than a hot spring — not only can you enjoy soaking in the warm water, but your whole family can slide down waterslides and practice new yoga poses together. You can also explore the nearby downtown area of Steamboat Springs, which has many shops, local restaurants and attractions to enjoy. Whether you’re a local or a visitor, a visit to Old Town Hot Springs is one of the best things to do in Steamboat Springs. 5. Try a new sport at Howelsen Hill Ski Area Howelsen Hill Ski Area is a historic and scenic destination for outdoor enthusiasts in Steamboat Springs, Colorado. Whether you are looking for a relaxing or adventurous way to spend a summer day, you’ll find plenty of options at this versatile park. Picnics are a popular activity for families to enjoy in the summer, but skiing is also available. Yes, you read that right — skiing in the summer. You can even ski jump in the summer at Howelsen Hill Ski Area, thanks to the plastic surface that covers the jumps. Watch the athletes practice their skills or sign up for a lesson and try it yourself. 6. Become a history buff at the Tread of Pioneers Museum If you’re looking for a fun and educational way to spend a summer day in Steamboat Springs, you need to visit the Tread of Pioneers Museum. This museum showcases the rich history and culture of the Yampa Valley and its people, from the Ute Native Americans to the early settlers and ranchers. Explore exhibits on local skiing, mining and agriculture practices. You can also see historic buildings such as a pioneer home, a schoolhouse, a cabin and a barn. The museum offers guided tours, special events and interactive programs for all ages. Whether you are interested in learning about the past or enjoying the present, the Tread of Pioneers Museum is one of the top Steamboat Springs things to do. 7. Bike the Yampa River Core Trail Steamboat Springs is known as “Bike Town USA,” thanks to its many paved trails and some 500 miles of single-track mountain biking trails. For casual cyclists, the 7-mile Yampa River Core Trail is a great place to start. This picturesque paved trail follows the path of the Yampa River through town, connecting one side of Steamboat with the other. On a warm summer day, it’s a popular spot for both cyclists and walkers, many of whom stop along the way to grab a bite to eat or a cold drink. Since the path is mostly flat and you can hop on and off wherever you want, it’s a popular activity for families with kids of all ages. 8. Have a ball at Howelsen Ice Arena Howelsen Ice Arena is a year-round facility that offers winter activities like ice skating and hockey, making it one of the coolest things to do in Steamboat Springs in the summertime. If you want to learn how to skate or improve your skills, you can sign up for a group or private lesson with one of the certified instructors. Lessons are available for all ages and levels, from beginner to advanced. You can also join a hockey clinic or camp if you’re interested in playing the sport while you’re in town. 9. Soak away stress at Strawberry Park Hot Springs Practice self-care at Strawberry Park Hot Springs. This scenic destination offers a variety of natural mineral pools with different temperatures and sizes, surrounded by lush forests and mountains. After soaking in the healing waters, enjoy a massage or yoga class and explore the nearby trails. Reservations are recommended. 10. Sample the seasonal bounty at the Steamboat Springs Farmers Market Come hungry to the Main Street Steamboat Farmers Market. With a friendly and upbeat vibe, the market is the best place to taste locally grown produce and get a sense of the local culture. Taking place every Saturday from early June through mid-September on Main Street, the market gathers vendors offering fruits and vegetables, fresh baked goods and locally ranched bison, plus crafts by area artisans. Arrive early to shop before the crowds, then stay to enjoy some live music. 11. Hike the Zirkel Circle With almost 160,000 acres of pristine wilderness, the Mount Zirkel Wilderness area is a must-visit for outdoor adventurers. While there are some 150 miles of hiking trails in the area, the Mount Zirkel Loop Trail is a perennial favorite for hikers looking for a challenge. The trail spans 10.3 miles and has almost 2,500 feet of elevation gain, leading intrepid hikers through expansive wilderness areas and meadows filled with summer wildflowers, and rewarding them with gorgeous alpine lakes. At the midpoint of the hike, you’ll find yourself at Gilpin Lake — a perfect place for a picnic lunch. Pro tip: The loop hike can be done either clockwise or counterclockwise, but counterclockwise gives you a more gradual ascent. 12. Take a day trip to Steamboat Lake The 27-mile scenic drive from Steamboat Springs to Steamboat Lake is nothing short of beautiful, and the lake at the end of your drive doesn’t disappoint either. Pack a picnic and head to the lake for the day, where you can rent boats, canoes and paddle boards. Fishing and hiking are also popular activities at the lake, which is nestled below Hahns Peak. If a day isn’t enough, there’s also on-site camping and cabin rentals. 13. Take flight on a hot air balloon ride On crisp summer mornings, look up and you’re likely to see colorful hot air balloons dotting the sky over Steamboat Springs. A hot air balloon ride is a wonderful (and exhilarating!) way to take in the beauty of the whole Yampa Valley from above. Multiple purveyors in town offer hot air balloon rides. Arrive at sunrise and watch your balloon inflate. Then climb into the basket and allow yourself to be whisked away over 1,000 feet above town. 14. Take a day trip to Mount Werner Mount Werner is a popular ski resort in the winter, but it also offers many activities in the warmer months. Take a scenic gondola ride to the top of the mountain, where you can enjoy breathtaking views of the Yampa Valley and the surrounding peaks. You can also hike or bike on one of the many trails that crisscross the mountain, or try your hand at disc golf. If you’re feeling more adventurous, you can zipline through the trees or climb the ropes course or the rock wall. 15. Take a Steamboat Springs food tour If you’re looking for a delicious way to spend a summer day in Steamboat Springs, you might want to consider joining a Steamboat Springs food tour. The guided walking tour takes you to some of the best local restaurants and cafes in town where you can sample a variety of dishes and drinks, and learn about the history and culture of the area. You might even be able to meet some of the chefs and owners behind the local food scene. A food tour is a great way to explore the culinary scene in Steamboat Springs, as well as discover some hidden gems and local favorites you might not find on your own. 16. Gaze over the town atop Emerald Mountain Emerald Mountain is a popular destination for outdoor enthusiasts in Steamboat Springs. If you enjoy hiking, you can choose from several trails that range from easy to challenging. Some of the trails offer panoramic views of the Yampa Valley and the Steamboat Ski Resort, while others take you through lush forests and meadows. You can also hike to the historic Howelsen Hill ski jump, where many Olympic athletes have trained. There are also horseback riding and biking opportunities available. Whatever you choose to do on Emerald Mountain, you will have a memorable summer day in Steamboat Springs. 17. Tube down the Yampa River One of the best ways to enjoy a summer day in Steamboat Springs is to go tubing down the Yampa River. The Yampa River is a scenic and refreshing waterway that flows through the heart of the town. Tubing is a simple and inexpensive way to experience the river, as you just need a tube, a life jacket and some sunscreen. The most popular section of the river for tubing is from 5th Street Bridge to James Brown Soul Center of the Universe Bridge — a 2-mile stretch that takes about an hour and a half to complete. This section has gentle rapids and waves that add some excitement to the ride, but nothing too challenging or dangerous. You can also extend your trip by starting from Fetcher Park or ending at Rotary Park, which will add another mile or two to your journey. 18. Explore King Solomon Falls If you’re looking for a thrilling way to spend a summer day in Colorado, you might want to check out King Solomon Falls near Steamboat Springs. This hidden gem is a spectacular waterfall that plunges into a deep pool surrounded by cliffs and rocks. It is a great spot for swimming and fishing — even cliff jumping for the risktakers in your group. After about a mile of hiking, you’ll be greeted by a stunning sight of water cascading down from about 70 feet into a clear pool. King Solomon Falls is a unique and beautiful destination that offers a lot of fun and excitement for those who are willing to make the effort. It is also a well-kept secret that not many people know about, so you might have it all to yourself if you go on a weekday or early in the morning. 19. Camp under the stars at Routt National Forest Routt National Forest is a hub of activity for travelers coming to Steamboat Springs and seeking adventure. Hiking, horseback trail rides, fishing and more are a short walk away when you camp in the forest. Some popular trails include Fish Creek Falls, Mad Creek and Rabbit Ears Pass. You can also kayak, raft or tube on the Yampa River that flows through Steamboat Springs. After a long day of thrills, cool off in one of the many nearby creeks and prepare yourself for a gorgeous night under the stars. 20. Fly over Steamboat Springs in a helicopter tour For an unforgettable way to experience the beauty of Steamboat Springs in the summer, consider taking a helicopter tour. This tour will give you a bird's-eye view of the stunning scenery, from the lush green valleys and meadows to the majestic peaks and ridges of the Rocky Mountains. You’ll also get to see some of the landmarks and attractions of Steamboat Springs, such as the Steamboat Ski Resort, the Yampa River and Fish Creek Falls. You can choose from different tour packages and durations, depending on your budget and preferences. Some tours even offer landing options, where you can get out of the helicopter and explore some of the scenic spots on foot. A helicopter tour is your opportunity to see Steamboat Springs from a different perspective. 21. Dance the day away at a concert If you’re looking for some entertainment in Steamboat Springs, you might want to check out concerts that are held throughout the year. Whether you enjoy rock, jazz, bluegrass or classical music, there is a genre for everyone at these events. Music on the Green is held at Yampa River Botanic Park, Steamboat Free Summer Concerts are performed at the Howelsen Hill Amphitheater and the Strings Music Festival hosts artists at different venues across Steamboat Springs for a small fee. 22. Two-step at the local rodeo One of the most popular events in Steamboat Springs is the Steamboat Pro Rodeo, which runs every Friday and Saturday night from late June to late August. The summer rodeo in Steamboat Springs is a thrilling spectacle that showcases the skills and courage of cowboys and cowgirls from all over the country. You can watch bull riding, barrel racing, team roping, bronc riding and more. The rodeo also features entertainment for the whole family, such as clown acts, mutton busting, a calf scramble and live music. The rodeo grounds are located just a few minutes from downtown Steamboat Springs, where you can enjoy shopping, dining and nightlife. Although Steamboat Springs' summer activities are full of adventure, it’s also enjoyable year-round, making it an ideal location for a second home. If the breathtaking views, relaxing hot springs and adorable downtown keep you coming back for more, then consider co-owning a luxurious second home in Steamboat Springs.
London’s charm is defined by its walkable neighborhoods, world-class dining, and cultural landmarks — and our newest homes, the Kings Yard Penthouse in Mayfair and the Ebury Street Townhouse in Belgravia, place you right in the heart of it all. Explore our lifestyle guide to these neighborhoods — designed for those who appreciate culture, luxury, and effortless convenience. London neighborhood highlights Kings Yard Penthouse Claridge’s (1-minute walk): A luxurious, art-deco hotel known for its impeccable service and elegant afternoon tea. Hyde Park (3-minute walk): One of London’s largest and most famous green spaces, perfect for a stroll, picnic, or boat ride on the Serpentine. Connaught Bar (5-minute walk): A sophisticated cocktail bar offering expertly crafted drinks in a chic and intimate setting. Bond Street Shopping (7-minute walk): A world-renowned shopping street featuring luxury boutiques, designer brands, and high-end fashion. Ebury Street Townhouse Chuc’s Belgravia (3-minute walk): A chic Italian spot serving exquisite pasta and elegant dishes in the heart of Belgravia. Colbert (9-minute walk): A stylish French bistro offering classic Parisian fare in a charming, bustling atmosphere. Buckingham Palace (10-minute walk): The iconic residence of the British monarchy, where you can witness the Changing of the Guard ceremony. Sloane Square (12-minute walk): A fashionable square surrounded by high-end shops, cafes, and beautiful garden views. Discover all that London has to offer for you and your family with our curated 5-day itinerary guide!
With beautiful beaches, championship golf and so many year-round outdoor activities — on both land and water — Cabo San Lucas is a world-class vacation destination. More than three million people visit this Baja hotspot every year, and Cabo is well equipped with accommodations, amenities and attractions. Cabo San Lucas is located on the southernmost tip of the 1,000-mile-long Baja Peninsula. It’s bordered by the Pacific Ocean on the west and the Sea of Cortez on the east. The town is about 40 minutes southwest of the airport. Cabo San Lucas is the undisputed tourist hub of the region, but visitors sometimes choose to stay in quieter San José del Cabo, a quieter town east of Cabo San Lucas, on the other side of the tourist corridor — more on that later. So where should you stay on your next trip to Cabo? It all depends on the experience you’re looking for. Consider these six distinct neighborhoods for your Cabo vacation. And if you want to enjoy regular getaways to your favorite neighborhood, take a peek at Pacaso's co-owned second homes in Los Cabos. 1. The Marina Cabo is known as one of the best sport fishing destinations in the world, so it’s no wonder there is a vibrant marina area. It’s the base for most fishing charters and whale watching cruises, but it’s also a great place to stay. You’ll find charming hotels, a vibrant nightlife scene and plenty of great dining. Seafood restaurants abound, some of which have a “you hook it, we’ll cook it” policy, meaning that you can bring whatever you’ve caught back to the restaurant and have it expertly prepared. Part of the Malecon — Cabo’s waterfront promenade — is home to what’s known as the Marina Golden Zone. It’s a luxury shopper’s paradise, with boutiques and easy access to the Puerto Paraiso Mall. 2. Downtown Downtown is a great choice for travelers who want a more affordable and, perhaps, more authentic experience. You’ll find a range of accommodations at different price points, a charming town square and authentic Mexican fare, often served up at family-owned restaurants. At open-air stalls and in boutiques, vendors sell a wide range of traditional arts and crafts, including ever-popular Talavera pottery and Taxco silver jewelry. Many tour operators have offices nearby, making downtown a perfect home base for travelers who plan on exploring the broader Baja California area. It’s also worth noting that two of Cabo’s most famous nightlife spots, El Squid Roe and Cabo Wabo, are located downtown. 3. Medano Beach Playa el Medano, or Medano Beach in English, is the epicenter of Cabo’s famous spring break scene. Its golden sand beaches are a hub of activity, with beachfront cantinas, watersports rentals and roaming vendors ready to tempt you to try and make a deal on a souvenir. Most of the accommodations in Medano Beach are in the high-rise hotels that line the beach and deliver incredible water views. You’ll find a range of options, from all-inclusive hotels to luxury properties to hotels geared toward revelers — think palapa-shaded swim-up bars and live DJs. 4. Pedregal A luxury enclave tucked away on a hillside overlooking the Pacific Ocean, Pedregal is where you’ll find the city’s most luxurious hotels and vacation rentals. Pedregal is the ideal neighborhood for those looking for rest and relaxation. Instead of raucous nightclubs, Pedregal’s after-dark scene is more about swanky hotel bars. The neighborhood also has quite the reputation among foodies. In addition to an organic farmers market every Wednesday and Saturday, Pedregal is where you’ll find great fine dining restaurants, many with incredible views as their backdrop. Visitors staying in Pedregal also have access to some incredibly pristine and beautiful beaches. They’re ideal for strolling, relaxing in a lounge chair or watching the sunset, but strong rip currents make it a dangerous place to swim. 5. Tourist Corridor The Tourist Corridor is a 20-mile stretch of Sea of Cortez coastline that connects Cabo San Lucas with neighboring San José del Cabo. This area is home to many sprawling resorts, including many upscale options. You’ll also find a handful of boutique hotels for those who want a more intimate experience. Many of these exclusive properties are paired with world-class golf courses, making this the ideal neighborhood for those planning on hitting the links. There are more than a dozen golf courses in this area, including coveted courses designed by Jack Nicklaus and Robert Trent Jones II. Another key benefit to staying in the Tourist Corridor is that the beaches are swim- and snorkel-friendly (compared to the less-friendly riptides on the Pacific Coast). And while you won’t find the around-the-clock nightlife of Cabo San Lucas here, there are plenty of friendly seafood restaurants, low-key hangouts and a charming surf culture that’s worth experiencing. 6. San José del Cabo While it can’t exactly be considered a neighborhood in Cabo San Lucas, no Cabo exploration would be complete without talking about San José del Cabo. If you follow the Tourist Corridor east roughly 20 miles, you’ll find yourself in charming San José del Cabo. It’s a popular destination for people who enjoy art, history and a slower pace of life. This quiet town is simply bursting with Spanish colonial charm, boasting sites like the 18th-century Misión de San José del Cabo Añuití. On the coast, you’ll find Playa Hotelera, or Hotel Beach, home to a collection of all-inclusive resorts. For those looking for a resort vacation, these properties offer the best of both worlds: You’re away from the hustle and bustle of Cabo San Lucas and near the picturesque San José del Cabo, but you can still enjoy a resort experience. If you’d rather stay right in town, you’ll find an eclectic mix of boutique hotels, guesthouses and hostels. Pick your favorite … and become a local Most travelers can agree that Cabo San Lucas is a dynamic destination and the perfect place for a second home. Pacaso co-ownership puts vacation homes within reach for more people. For just ⅛ the cost, find your luxury vacation home in the Los Cabos area. Every home is professionally decorated, fully furnished and expertly managed. That means you can just arrive, unpack and sink your toes into the sand … or board a fishing charter … or play 18 holes … or dance the night away.
From the windswept majesty of the Outer Banks to the sky-grazing peaks of the Blue Ridge Mountains, North Carolina brims with possibilities for all kinds of people, from solo travelers to vacationing families. Vibrant cities hum with energy, while pristine coastlines whisper promises of relaxation. Our curated list unveils 27 captivating places to visit in North Carolina, pinpointed on regional maps to help easily guide your exploration. Whether you yearn for invigorating mountain hikes, calming coastal strolls or the pulse of city life, North Carolina has a vacation spot for you — and even a place to call your second home. 1. Asheville Main attraction: Biltmore Estate Nestled amidst the Blue Ridge Mountains, Asheville reigns as the crown jewel of Western North Carolina. This vibrant city seamlessly blends the rugged beauty of its mountain getaway setting with a thriving arts scene and a rich cultural tapestry. History buffs can explore the grand Biltmore Estate, America's largest home, while outdoor enthusiasts can conquer hiking trails or fly fish in the crystal-clear French Broad River. Then, stroll through the vibrant River Arts District, overflowing with artist studios and galleries or catch a captivating performance at the renowned Wortham Center for the Performing Arts. 2. Great Smoky Mountains National Park Main attraction: Clingmans Dome Encompassing a vast swathe of the Blue Ridge Mountains on the North Carolina-Tennessee border, Great Smoky Mountains National Park beckons nature enthusiasts with a primal call. This UNESCO World Heritage Site boasts the distinction of being the most visited national park in the United States, and for good reason. While the park offers many experiences, the top attraction is the Clingmans Dome, the highest point on the entire range east of the Mississippi River. Ascend to the observation tower perched atop the peak and be rewarded with 360-degree vistas that stretch for miles across the Smokies. Prospective North Carolina vacation home owners can enjoy these grand views at an affordable price. 3. Pisgah National Forest Main attraction: Scenic drives Pisgah National Forest, a sprawling wonderland encompassing over half a million acres, seamlessly complements the majesty of the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Empty nesters looking to take up a hiking hobby may love living nearby. For a leisurely exploration, scenic drives along the Blue Ridge Parkway or the Forest Heritage Scenic Byway unfold beautiful vistas of rolling mountains and lush valleys. 4. Blue Ridge Parkway Main attraction: Skyline Drive Nicknamed "America's Favorite Drive," the Blue Ridge Parkway is more than just a scenic route — it's a journey through the heart of the Appalachian Mountains. This national parkway stretches from Virginia to North Carolina and winds through a kaleidoscope of landscapes. The Skyline Drive is the most well-known portion. Numerous designated overlooks dot the entire 469-mile stretch. These viewpoints offer gorgeous vistas of the dynamic landscape. Imagine rolling emerald meadows giving way to dramatic mountain ranges, all bathed in the warm glow of a sunrise or sunset. 5. Chimney Rock State Park Main attraction: Hickory Nut Falls Carved by millennia of wind and water, Chimney Rock State Park offers a great introduction to the wonders of the Blue Ridge foothills. Here, the star of the show is Chimney Rock, a 315-foot-tall granite monolith that soars skyward above the vast expanse of Hickory Nut Gorge. Adrenaline seekers can take their experience to new heights by venturing onto the Outcroppings at the Top, a series of natural rock platforms that jut out from the precipice of Hickory Nut Falls. 6. Grandfather Mountain Main attraction: Mile High Swinging Bridge Grandfather Mountain reigns supreme as a haven for outdoor enthusiasts and thrill seekers. This iconic destination, reaching over 6,000 feet, is synonymous with good views and pulse-pounding experiences. Its Mile High Swinging Bridge holds the distinction of being America's highest suspension footbridge. Stroll across the bridge, suspended 800 feet above the chasm, and take in the beauty of North Carolina in the clouds. 7. Lake Lure Main attraction: Lake Lure Flowering Bridge This reservoir, surrounded by lush forests and dramatic cliffs, offers a captivating backdrop for a multitude of activities. While the lake boasts a wealth of experiences, you can’t miss the Lake Lure Flowering Bridge. This pedestrian bridge, adorned with over 10,000 vibrant blooms throughout the spring and summer seasons, transforms into a floating path rich in color. Walk across the bridge and immerse yourself in a floral wonderland, with the shimmering lake and verdant mountains creating a picture-perfect postcard scene. Beyond the bridge, water enthusiasts can indulge in kayaking and paddleboarding or simply bask in the sun's warm rays from a rented pontoon boat. 8. Sliding Rock Main attraction: 60-foot natural water slide Nestled within the verdant embrace of Pisgah National Forest lies Sliding Rock, a natural phenomenon transformed into a summertime favorite. A millennia of rushing water carved a smooth 60-foot-high natural water slide into the rock face, which offers a thrilling and refreshingly cool experience for all ages. Climb to the top, take a deep breath and plunge into the invigorating waters below. The 8-foot-deep pool at the base provides a welcome splash after your exhilarating descent. 9. Boone Main attraction: Horn in the West This vibrant college town, home to Appalachian State University, pulsates with youthful energy while retaining its deep-rooted Appalachian spirit. Boone boasts many attractions, but for those seeking a taste of history, you need to enjoy a performance of Horn in the West Outdoor Drama. Beyond the historical stage, Boone offers a plethora of activities. Delve into the fascinating exhibits at the Appalachian Cultural Museum or simply relax in the charming downtown area, savoring local cuisine and browsing through unique shops. 10. Charlotte Main attraction: Discovery Place Science Thriving at the heart of North Carolina, Charlotte offers a captivating blend of Southern hospitality and cosmopolitan flair. This dynamic city caters to various interests, whether you’re a history buff or a foodie. Charlotte has everything from world-class museums and acclaimed restaurants to professional sports and a vibrant nightlife scene. A highlight of a trip to Charlotte is Discovery Place Science. Explore fascinating exhibits that delve into the wonders of the human body, space exploration and the natural world. Get hands-on with interactive displays, witness captivating live science shows or embark on a thrilling simulated space mission. 11. Raleigh Main attraction: Museums North Carolina's capital city, Raleigh, seamlessly blends Southern hospitality with a vibrant spirit of innovation. Learn about the state's rich heritage at the North Carolina Museum of History or lose yourself amidst the masterpieces in the North Carolina Museum of Art. At the family-friendly Museum of Natural Sciences, you’ll find fascinating exhibits that delve into the natural world's mysteries. Dinosaur skeletons tower over you and captivating displays showcase the wonders of the North Carolina ecosystem. 12. Hanging Rock State Park Main attraction: Upper Falls Trail Hanging Rock State Park is full of historical intrigue. Hikers can explore a network of trails, including the popular Window Falls Trail. This challenging trek rewards determined adventurers with breathtaking panoramic vistas from the top of the 500-foot quartz monolith known as Hanging Rock. Enter the visitor center to take a guided tour to learn about the unique flora and fauna of the region, or simply relax and soak in the serenity of the waterfalls and lush surrounding woodlands. 13. Chapel Hill Main attraction: University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Chapel Hill exudes a quintessential college-town vibe. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill features Gothic architecture and a beautiful campus. Beyond the academic influence, Chapel Hill offers a downtown area teeming with unique shops, art galleries and local restaurants. Another popular institution is the Morehead Planetarium and Science Center. Journey through the cosmos in the planetarium, witness interactive science demonstrations and explore exhibits that delve into the mysteries of the natural world. 14. Durham Main attraction: American Tobacco Historic District Durham, also known as the "Bull City," is full to the brim with industrial heritage and a thriving arts scene. Once a tobacco powerhouse, Durham has transformed into a dynamic city full of creativity. Explore the American Tobacco Historic District, a stunning example of early 20th-century architecture, where historic factories have been revitalized into art galleries, restaurants and performance venues. Art lovers can immerse themselves in the vibrant street art murals or delve into the rich collections housed at the Nasher Museum of Art. 15. Winston-Salem Main attraction: Old Salem Museums & Gardens Winston-Salem, often referred to as "Twin City," boasts Moravian heritage and modern innovation. History lovers can delve into the city's unique past at Old Salem Museums & Gardens, a history museum recreating life in an 18th-century Moravian settlement. Stroll along cobblestone streets, visit restored buildings and witness costumed interpreters demonstrating traditional crafts and trades. Visit the Reynolda House Museum of American Art, showcasing an impressive collection spanning centuries. 16. Lake Norman Main attraction: Lake Norman State Park Lake Norman, a sprawling reservoir amidst rolling hills, beckons water enthusiasts and nature lovers. This man-made lake has over 500 miles of shoreline and offers a plethora of activities for all ages. Boating is king on Lake Norman, with sailboats, pontoons and jet skis carving paths across the glistening water. The abundance of outdoor activities makes the lake a great pet-friendly vacation spot. Cast a line and try your luck at reeling in largemouth bass, crappie or catfish. For a more relaxed experience, rent a kayak or paddleboard and explore the lake's hidden coves and tranquil inlets. Encompassing over 1,300 acres, Lake Norman State Park has hiking and biking trails, picnic areas with lake views and swimming beaches. 17. Greensboro Main attraction: International Civil Rights Center and Museum Greensboro, North Carolina's third-largest city, is home to the International Civil Rights Center and Museum, commemorating Greensboro's pivotal role in the Civil Rights Movement. Art fans can lose themselves amidst the masterpieces housed at the Weatherspoon Art Museum or appreciate the region's rich history at the Greensboro Science Center. Foodies will be delighted by the city's diverse culinary scene, featuring everything from traditional Southern fare to international flavors. 18. Fayetteville Main attraction: Airborne & Special Operations Museum Fayetteville, North Carolina, has a rich military heritage and a modern spirit. Uncover the fascinating story of Fort Bragg, one of the largest military installations in the world. Explore the Airborne & Special Operations Museum, which showcases the history of these elite fighting forces. Beyond the military influence, Fayetteville offers a vibrant downtown area that includes the Museum of the Cape Fear. This captivating institution sheds light on the area's Native American heritage, the rise and fall of piracy and the impact of the Civil War. 19. Emerald Isle Main attraction: Marine life Emerald Isle shimmers along North Carolina's Crystal Coast, beckoning beach lovers. This barrier island boasts miles of pristine beaches, where powdery sand meets gentle waves lapping at the shore. Spend your days building sandcastles, soaking up the sunshine or splashing in the refreshing Atlantic Ocean. For the more adventurous sort, kayaking and paddleboarding offer a chance to explore the island's calm waters and observe diverse marine life. Buying a beach house in the region could make this paradise a regular getaway for your family. 20. Outer Banks Main attraction: Cape Hatteras National Seashore The Outer Banks is a string of barrier islands stretching along North Carolina's coast. Sunbask on pristine shores, hang ten on world-renowned waves or explore the Cape Hatteras National Seashore, a vast expanse of protected wilderness. Ride horses along the shore, pack a picnic or simply let the kids play in the sand at North Carolina’s famously family-friendly beach region. 21. Bald Head Island Main attraction: Bald Head Island Club Bald Head Island is perfect for those seeking an escape from the ordinary. Accessible only by ferry or private boat, this car-free island prioritizes peace and tranquility. Explore miles of pristine beaches on foot, bike along scenic trails or kayak through the island's tranquil waterways. With a guest pass in hand, golf enthusiasts can tee off at the award-winning Bald Head Island Club. Nature lovers can explore the Maritime Forest filled with towering live oaks and diverse birdlife. 22. Carolina Beach Main attraction: Carolina Beach Boardwalk Carolina Beach is a classic American beach destination with a wide stretch of pristine shoreline, perfect for building sandcastles, sunbathing and splashing in the waves. The famous Carolina Beach Boardwalk is alive with energy and features a variety of amusement rides and arcade games. Take a thrilling ride on the Carolina Beach Ferris wheel or play a game of miniature golf. Sprawling over 1,600 acres, Carolina Beach State Park offers a chance to escape the crowds and explore nature trails, kayak through tranquil marshes or go fishing from the Carolina Beach State Park Fishing Pier. 23. Wilmington Main attraction: USS North Carolina Battleship Wilmington is home to the USS North Carolina Battleship, a World War II relic turned museum. Dive into the rich past at the Cape Fear Museum of History and Science. Walk through the breezy downtown area teeming with art galleries and unique shops. The Riverfront District is another lively area with historic buildings revamped into trendy restaurants, shops and bars, all with stunning views of the Cape Fear River. 24. Merchants Millpond State Park Main attraction: Beaverdam Creek Merchants Millpond State Park is a haven for nature lovers and paddlers. This park centers around a tranquil millpond formed by a dam on Beaverdam Creek. Rent a kayak or canoe and explore the calm waters, looking for diverse birdlife and basking turtles. Hiking and biking trails weave through the park's woodlands, offering scenic overlooks and a chance to commune with nature. Anglers can cast a line in the millpond. The park offers guided kayaking tours, perfect for exploring hidden coves and learning about the area's unique ecosystem. 25. Cape Hatteras Main attraction: Cape Hatteras Lighthouse Cape Hatteras juts out into the Atlantic Ocean. This dramatic finger of land, part of the Cape Hatteras National Seashore, is renowned for its powerful waves, a draw for experienced surfers. Dotting the landscape are historic lighthouses. Visitors can explore the Cape Hatteras Lighthouse, the tallest brick lighthouse in the United States, and climb the 257 steps to the observation deck for panoramic vistas. 26. New Bern Main attraction: Tyron Palace New Bern is a small city that is home to Tryon Palace, a stunning example of Georgian architecture. This grand estate, built in the mid-18th century for Royal Governor William Tryon, offers a glimpse into the lives of North Carolina's historic elite. Step back in time as you explore the meticulously restored rooms furnished with period antiques and elegant artwork. The main attraction of the palace is the fully operational 18th-century kitchen that allows visitors to witness cooking demonstrations. 27. Kitty Hawk Main attraction: The Wright Brothers National Memorial Kitty Hawk, North Carolina, holds a special place in aviation history as the birthplace of flight. The Wright Brothers National Memorial commemorates the Wright brothers' groundbreaking achievement: the first successful, sustained and controlled heavier-than-air powered flight. Visitors can explore a replica of the Wright brothers' workshop, where they meticulously designed and built their gliders and airplanes. Walk in their footsteps on the spot where they launched their historic flight in 1903. Co-own a North Carolina vacation home with Pacaso Our curated list of the best places to visit in North Carolina just scratches the surface of the Tar Heel State. Ready to explore the possibilities of life here? Consider co-owning a North Carolina vacation home. With Pacaso, you can co-own a luxurious North Carolina property, enjoying all the benefits of ownership without the full burden. Our meticulous selection process ensures your vacation home boasts a prime location, exquisite design and top-notch amenities. Plus, Pacaso handles everything from property management and maintenance to scheduling and communication.
Northern California’s bucolic Napa Valley is arguably the country’s most famous wine region, producing vintages sought by wine lovers the world over. And while locals and visitors alike do spend plenty of time sipping and savoring wines from the region’s nearly 500 wineries, that’s not all there is to do in Napa Valley. With an irresistible Mediterranean-type climate, plenty of unspoiled nature and distinctly lovely communities, Napa Valley offers something for everyone. If you’re considering making the Napa Valley area your home away from home, you’ll want to add these 10 great activities to your to-do list. 1. Savor world-class cuisine Where there’s great wine, there’s usually great food, and that’s definitely true in Napa. The valley is home to more than a few acclaimed restaurants. Perhaps the best-known is The French Laundry in Yountville. Located in a historic building dating back to 1900, this Thomas Keller restaurant serves classic French fare and has been awarded three Michelin stars. Can’t get a reservation? Try his Bouchon Bakery nearby. Farm-to-table restaurants make the most of the region’s bounty, whether you’re eating at a fine dining establishment, casual bistro or Napa’s Oxbow Market, a 40,000- square-foot marketplace filled with local food vendors, casual cafes and organic produce. 2. Get an aerial view Crisp, early morning breezes and incredible vistas await when you start your day with a hot air balloon ride over the valley. Take in views of rolling hills, Mount Saint Helena and acres and acres of vines. If you’re lucky enough to take flight on an exceptionally clear day, you may be rewarded with views of the San Francisco skyline! 3.Treat yourself to a spa day The north end of the valley boasts soil with high volcanic ash content (one of the reasons Napa Valley is an ideal grape-growing region) and geothermal hot springs, especially in the area surrounding the town of Calistoga. The town’s therapeutic and rejuvenating mud and mineral baths have made it a haven for spa-lovers. Whether you’re looking for one simple treatment or indulging in a full spa getaway, Calistoga boasts more than a dozen spas to fit your needs. 4. Hop aboard the dinner train What’s more romantic than enjoying a gourmet meal on a beautifully restored 1915 Pullman train car as you roll through vineyards and watch the sun set over the valley? Not much — and that’s why the Napa Valley Wine Train is one of the valley’s most popular attractions. Over the course of three hours, the elegant, historic train travels 36 miles from Napa to Saint Helena and back. The Wine Train also offers a lunch train service with seating in a vintage two-story observation-style dining car. 5. Explore charming towns The valley is studded with many small towns, each with a distinctive vibe and plenty of things to do. Calistoga, at the northern tip of the valley, has an old-world feel, with a wooden sidewalk, the previously mentioned natural hot springs and authentic Victorian architecture. Continue south and you’ll find yourself in St. Helena. Walk down charming Main Street and stop in unique shops, galleries and restaurants. Next comes Yountville, and make sure you’re hungry. This town is a foodie paradise, boasting more Michelin stars per capita than any other town in America! Finally, the town of Napa is the most cosmopolitan — it even plays host to the Napa Valley Film Festival each November. 6. Take a hike Nature lovers will find plenty to do in Napa Valley. Beat the summer heat with a walk along a creek in the redwood and madrona forests of Bothe-Napa Valley State Park. Take the 1.3-mile loop to Linda Falls near Calistoga — the namesake waterfall is most spectacular in the winter and early spring. Looking for more of a challenge? Hike to the top of Mount Saint Helena, the highest peak in the region. The 10-mile hike has an elevation gain of 2,230 feet, and when you reach the top, your efforts will be rewarded with 360-degree views of the countryside. 7. Explore on two wheels Burn off all those fine meals and wine tastings with a bike ride on the Napa Valley Vine Trail. This 12.5-mile paved path goes from South Napa to Yountville. Eventually the trail system, which is being developed by a grassroots non-profit organization, will stretch 47 miles and connect the entire Napa Valley, from Vallejo to Calistoga. 8. Hit the links With gorgeous scenery and unbeatable weather, Napa Valley is a great place to work on your golf game. The aptly named Chardonnay Golf Club features 18 holes of championship golf surrounded by 150 acres of chardonnay vineyards. If you’re more of a spectator than a participant, you’ll want to snag tickets to the PGA Tour Safeway Open, which happens every fall at the Silverado Resort and Spa. 9. Enjoy the nightlife In Napa Valley, the after-dark scene is more focused on the arts, theater and music, and less about nightclubs and bars. Be sure to check out the Napa Valley Performing Arts Center at Lincoln Theater in Yountville for symphony performances, the Napa Valley Conservatory Theater for performing arts (and theater classes, if you’re feeling brave), and Napa’s Lucky Penny Community Arts Center for stage plays and musicals in an intimate setting. 10. Check out the music and arts scene From festivals and jazz to pottery and paintings, Napa Valley has a thriving music and arts scene. Bottlerock Napa Valley is a must-see annual music festival where chart-topping headliners, wine tasting and culinary delights come together. For art lovers, the 217-acre di Rosa Center for Contemporary Art in Napa is another must-see, as it houses over 2,000 works by Northern California artists. You’re also likely to come across many inventive art galleries as you stroll through the valley's various towns. Make Napa Valley your second home With endless activities, fantastic dining and great entertainment, Napa Valley is a delightful second home destination. And Pacaso makes owning a second home easy, even in sought-after wine country. Check out our Napa Valley listings.
Charleston is a charming, culture-filled South Carolina destination that seems to get more and more popular every year. Some 7 million visitors are drawn to the subtropical weather, an incredible food scene, nearby beaches and the 17 championship golf courses within swinging distance. Whether you’re a first-time visitor or a regular, here are five things you should definitely know about Charleston, nicknamed the Holy City for its history of religious tolerance and numerous places of worship. 1. Being full of firsts Dating from 1736, the Charleston Stage Company's Dock Street Theater is touted as America’s first theater and has since been revived after the Great Fire of 1740, the Civil War and again in 2010. Today, it’s at the heart of Charleston’s artistic scene, hosting over 100 performances each year. Charleston is also home to the nation’s first city-supported college, the College of Charleston, founded in 1770. And just three years later came the Charleston Museum, inspired by the world-famous British Museum and now commonly regarded as America’s first museum. 2. Its many haunted spots Many believers of the paranormal profess Charleston to be one of the most haunted cities in the United States. Multiple companies offer walking tours of some of Charleston’s spookiest sites, including the Old Exchange Building, which has an underground dungeon used as a prison during the American Revolution and once housed the notorious pirate Blackbeard. Less than a mile away, the Old City Jail is a popular stop on ghost tours, and it’s been featured on the TV series “Ghost Hunters” and “Paranormal State.” The jail once housed the city’s most notorious convicts, including the first convicted U.S. female serial killer, Lavina Fisher, who was publicly executed there, wearing her wedding dress. 3. Incredible local food Foodies from near and far head to the South for the food scene, and Charleston offers a culinary experience all its own. With a combination of European, African and Native American influences, the cuisine in Charleston has a long history — and plenty of flavor. You can find iconic local dishes like shrimp and grits and cornbread all over town. Fried green tomatoes make a popular appetizer, and boiled peanuts are so loved, they’re called the “caviar of the South.” You’ll find she-crab soup at many local restaurants — a rich, bisque-like crab soup that’s called “she-crab” because it contains orange crab roe, found only in female crab. For a hearty dinner, try frog-free Frogmore stew — named for the South Carolina town where it originated. This one-pot meal has shrimp, corn on the cob, new potatoes, and smoked sausage. Wash it all down with a glass of Planter’s punch, a cocktail invented at the historic Planters Inn in downtown Charleston. 4. Rich history History buffs can’t get enough of Charleston’s historic buildings, monuments, museums and walking tours. Charleston celebrated its 350th anniversary in 2020, and the city’s most storied historical sites span the centuries. Start at the famous Angel Oak, a live oak tree believed to be over 400 years old. At 65 feet tall and with branches spanning to 180 feet, it creates an incredible 17,000 square feet of shade. Then, check out the 1713 Powder Magazine, the last remaining structure from Charleson’s original walled city from pirate times. The Old Slave Mart Museum is the best place to learn about the tragedy of the once-booming slave trade in Charleston. At one point, as many as 35 to 40% of slaves entered the United States through Charleston. A visit to Fort Sumter is also a must, as you’ll learn more about how the Civil War started, right in Charleston. 5. Proximity to beautiful beaches Just 15 miles from downtown Charleston are some of the East Coast’s most gorgeous beaches and five distinct beach towns to explore. Folly Beach is the closest to Charleston and features an action-packed boardwalk, wonderful locally owned shops and restaurants, white sands and crystal-clear waters perfect for watersports. Isle of Palms is a barrier island located between the Atlantic Ocean and the Intracoastal Waterway. With broad sandy beaches, resort communities, watersports and multiple golf courses, it’s a popular vacation destination for families. Just south of Isle of Palms is Sullivan’s Island, a laid-back beach town popular with locals and visitors alike, and home to the Revolutionary War site of Fort Moultrie. Kiawah Island is the most luxurious of the bunch. It’s a private resort island where you’ll find 10 miles of beaches and the famous Kiawah Island Golf Resort. Finally, Seabrook Island has a serene and secluded feel and ample ways to soak up the South Carolina sunshine, whether your idea of a good time is fishing, golf, tennis, horseback riding or a nature walk to explore the maritime forest and marshlands. What will you love most about Charleston? There’s so much to discover in Charleston and so many ways to spend your time. Whether you love history, art and culture, outdoor activities, food or a little bit of everything, you need ample time to explore. Become a Charleston local when you buy a Pacaso second home.
There’s so much to love about Lake Tahoe, from its world-class skiing and snowboarding to the sparkling clear waters of the lake. Conveniently located right on the border of California and Nevada, this outdoor lover’s paradise draws more than 15 million visitors every year. And they stay on all sides of the lake, as each town offers something unique. If you’re considering visiting Lake Tahoe (or maybe even buying a second home there), picking the right location is key. Here’s what you need to know about the five most popular cities near Lake Tahoe so you can pick the right home base for all your adventures. 1. Tahoma: Quiet and natural While many parts of the Lake Tahoe area can get crowded during peak summer and winter seasons, the hamlet of Tahoma on the lake’s western shore remains blissfully low key. While you won’t find any glittering casinos or apres-ski hotspots here, you will find plenty of unspoiled lakefront and easy access to hiking trails and campgrounds. Accommodations in Tahoma include cozy cabin rentals, small lakeside resorts and cozy bed and breakfasts. Don’t miss: Meeks Bay Beach and Sugar Pine Point are perennial favorites for swimming, boating, picnicking and playing in the water. 2. Truckee: Action packed Located in the Sierra Nevada mountains just 12 miles from the north shore of Lake Tahoe, Truckee is the perfect home base for year-round outdoor adventures. In the winter months, Truckee is between 15 and 45 minutes from seven ski resorts, including over 3,000 skiable acres at Northstar and the beginner and intermediate-friendly terrain of Sugar Bowl. Once the snow melts, a whole new world of adventure awaits in and around Truckee. Go whitewater rafting on the Truckee River, hike Johnson Canyon for views of Donner Lake or golf at one of nine area courses. When you’re sufficiently tired, head to Truckee’s Old West-inspired downtown for California cuisine, locally brewed beers and live music. Accommodations in Truckee run the gamut, from small historic inns to luxury vacation rentals and mountainside resorts. Don’t miss: Learn about the famous Donner Party with a visit to Donner Memorial State Park and the Emigrant Trail Museum. 3. Incline Village: Upscale living The town of Incline Village is tucked away on the far north end of the lake, within a short drive of both Mt. Rose Ski Resort and Diamond Peak Ski Resort. It’s located right on the water, on beautiful Crystal Bay between Speedboat Beach and Lake Tahoe State Park. It was once a humble, 19th century logging town, named for its Great Incline Tramway, but today it’s arguably Lake Tahoe’s most upscale destination. Visitors can enjoy championship golf, luxury hotels, incredible dining and indulgent spas. The town also plays host to the Lake Tahoe Shakespeare Festival every summer. You’ll find accommodations at every price point in Incline Village, from budget-friendly inns to family-friendly hotels to massive, all-encompassing resorts. Don’t miss: Take a hike on the 19th century Flume Trail — 14 miles long and reaching a peak elevation of over 8,100 feet! It’s not a casual stroll, but adventurous hikers will be rewarded with unparalleled views from high above Lake Tahoe’s eastern shore. A shorter, 4.4-mile out-and-back trail is also an option. 4. Tahoe City: Family fun Located on the northwest shore of the lake, the Gold Rush town of Tahoe City is a great destination for families and history buffs alike. It’s located where the Truckee River meets Lake Tahoe, which means it’s also a great place for watersports. Warm-weather days are best spent splashing in the lake and barbecuing at Commons Beach, browsing the farmer’s market or floating the Truckee River. In the winter, skiers and snowboarders of all ages flock to nearby Homewood Mountain Resort and Palisades Tahoe. Formerly known as Squaw Valley, Palisades Tahoe is the site of the 1960 Winter Olympics. Feel like sledding instead? The Granlibakken Ski and Sled Area is the place to be. Year-round, Tahoe City boasts family-friendly dining, museums that showcase the interesting history of the region and casual shopping. When it’s time to rest, choose from casual inns, vacation rentals and cozy condos. Don’t miss: Get your adrenaline pumping at Tahoe Treetop Adventure Park. With elevated aerial trekking courses, a high ropes course and ziplines, it’s challenging fun for the whole family. 5. South Lake Tahoe: Something for everyone As the largest city along the lake, South Lake Tahoe is the ideal jumping-off point for any kind of Lake Tahoe vacation. You’ll find abundant natural spaces, plenty of recreational activities and incredible views, among other attractions. The South Lake Tahoe area straddles the California-Nevada border and sits right at the base of the world-class Heavenly Mountain Resort. In the winter, Heavenly boasts more skiable acres than any other Lake Tahoe resort, with everything from wide-open runs for beginners to challenging backcountry conditions for pros. During the summer months, ride the gondola to the peak for incredible lake views. Off the mountain, the south shore boasts watersports on the lake or two rivers, great hiking, championship golf, local craft breweries and casinos — on the Nevada side of town. As the largest lakeside town, you’ll have plenty of options for lodging. Choose from convenient ski-in, ski-out condos or hotels, rustic lodges, luxury resorts and more. Don’t miss: Just 12 miles south of town is Adventure Mountain, 40 groomed acres built for tubing. Groomed runs are designed for every age and thrill level, from mini tubers for the youngest visitors to long, fast runs up to 500 feet long. Live the lake life Can’t get enough of Lake Tahoe? Once you’ve found your favorite part of the Tahoe area, why not set down roots? With its year-round recreation, beautiful surroundings and convenient location, Lake Tahoe is the perfect second home destination. Pacaso second homes in Lake Tahoe gives you the benefits of owning a vacation property without having to shoulder the full cost. As a ⅛ owner of a Lake Tahoe second home, you’ll enjoy luxury living without the hassles of maintenance and management.
There’s a lot to love about both Big Bear and Lake Arrowhead. Both are charming California alpine towns nestled in the San Bernardino Mountains, less than two hours from Los Angeles. And while both boast summer lakefront fun and winter snow play, there are five key differences you’ll want to know before picking your favorite. 1. Lake access: Big Bear Both towns have mountain lakes as their centerpiece, but Big Bear Lake is much larger than Lake Arrowhead. And that’s not the only difference. If you’re headed to Lake Arrowhead for some watersports fun, it’s important to know that the lake is privately owned. That means lake access is limited to local homeowners and their guests living right on the water or within about a one-mile perimeter, known as Arrowhead Woods. Without a home here, the only way to enjoy some time on the water is if you’re staying at a waterfront resort, camping at the campgrounds on either side of the lake, or enjoying a guided boat ride on the Lake Arrowhead Queen. Big Bear Lake is open to all and offers a wide range of watersports, thanks to multiple marinas and boat launches dotting the shoreline. For a day, a weekend or longer, enjoy boating, kayaking, canoeing, paddleboarding, fishing or guided tours. 2. Winter sports: Big Bear While both Big Bear and Lake Arrowhead get enough snow in the winter to give you that cozy winter wonderland feel, Big Bear is far and away the better option for those looking for snowsports activities. Big Bear sits at an elevation of roughly 7,000 feet — 2,000 feet higher than Lake Arrowhead — and averages 50-plus inches of snow a year, compared to 37 inches in Lake Arrowhead. And there’s even more snow at Snow Summit and Bear Mountain, two ski resorts in the Big Bear area. They’re known for some of the best skiing and snowboarding in Southern California, with a combined 400 acres, 25 lifts and 55 runs. Snow Summit is a great destination for beginners and families, while Bear Mountain delivers more challenging terrain. 3. Village offerings: Lake Arrowhead Both mountain towns have a downtown “village” that serves as the hub for locals and visitors alike. While both villages offer dining, shopping and entertainment, Lake Arrowhead Village is especially big on charm. You’ll find over 50 shops and restaurants, plus plenty of special events throughout the year. Perhaps the most popular event is the Summer Concert Series, which runs from Memorial Day Weekend to Labor Day Weekend with tribute bands performing on the Center Stage multiple times each week. 4. Ease of access: Tie Which destination is easier to get to? That depends on where you’re coming from. From Los Angeles, both are fairly easily accessible by car, but Lake Arrowhead is a bit closer. In fact, you’ll pass Lake Arrowhead on Highway 18 en route to Big Bear. Also, since Big Bear is larger and more popular, you’re more likely to hit weekend traffic heading in and out of town. If you’re traveling by air, you’ll only have one option: Big Bear. The town has a small airport, Big Bear City Airport, that’s popular with jet setters who travel by private or charter plane. 5. The vibe: Tie Which mountain retreat you fall in love with depends on your preferences. Lake Arrowhead is widely considered to be an upscale retreat, with more private residences than resorts and far fewer visitors each year. Many call Lake Arrowhead their home away from home for its solitude and slower pace of life. Big Bear is a better known vacation destination, which means more people — and more activities. Adventure travelers and outdoors lovers flock to Big Bear all year to enjoy their favorite adrenaline-pumping activities and active pursuits. Find your second home in the mountains Whether your style is Big Bear or Lake Arrowhead, you’ll find great Pacaso co-ownership opportunities. Discover your dream second home today and start exploring this unique part of Southern California.
There’s plenty to do in Palm Springs — the town’s Hollywood-influenced glamour makes for great people watching, boutique shopping and swanky happy hours. But if you’re looking to broaden your horizons, you can also travel to the desert, mountains or ocean in two hours or less. Pack some snacks and strap in the kids, and enjoy these 10 fun and family-friendly day trips from Palm Springs. Laguna Beach If you want to trade a dip in the pool for a splash in the ocean, head to Laguna Beach for a day on the water. Walk the beautiful sandy beaches or explore sea caves and tide pools scattered along miles of coves. The more adventurous in your family can take to the water — there are several good snorkeling and dive spots — or sign up for a surfing lesson. If you prefer to see marine life while on dry land, visit the Pacific Marine Mammal Center. Once you’ve had your fill of the beach, check out the public artworks on display throughout the town, which has its roots as an art colony. Drive time: About 2 hours Julian A world away from the glitz of Palm Springs, Julian is an adorably authentic mining-era town that seems to belong in another time. There’s no club scene here, but you’ll find quaint antique and craft shops, and lots of tasty apples. Yup, apples — the town is known for its many local varieties, and if you visit in the fall, you can stop by an orchard and pick a few. Year-round, stroll down the historic main street or let the kids pan for gold at the Eagle Mining Company. Situated in the Laguna Mountains, Julian has more distinct seasons than a typical Southern California town, so it’s one of the day trips from Palm Springs you can enjoy at any time of year. Drive time: About 2 hours Pioneertown Unlike Julian, Pioneertown is not exactly authentic, but it has a quirky historic charm of its own. Established in 1946 at the heyday of the Western film era, it was envisioned as a “living movie set” — part filming location, part vacation destination, part full-time residence. The grander plans for the town never came to be, and the demand for Westerns faded, but the town remains a unique destination for families looking for something a little different. You’ll find a selection of Western-themed shops selling leather goods, art and pottery, and can dine at the local barbecue joint. Photo ops abound, and you might even see a gunfight on “Mane” Street if you visit on a summer weekend. Drive time: 40 minutes Lake Arrowhead A resort town tucked away in the San Bernardino Mountains, Lake Arrowhead provides a welcome respite from the desert heat. You can pursue almost any outdoor activity here, or explore the shops, dining and seasonal events in the picturesque village. Although the lake and beaches are private, hop aboard the Arrowhead Queen for an up-close tour from the water. And for a full day of excitement, check out Skypark at Santa’s Village. The village will delight children with Santa-themed activities, ice skating and holiday experiences (crafting with Santa’s elves — could you ask for more?), and the adventure park offers thrilling bike trails, climbing walls, zip lines and more. Drive time: 1 hour and 30 minutes Big Bear Lake Another mountain lake in the San Bernardinos, Big Bear also offers a welcome escape from the heat of the Coachella Valley. Big Bear is larger than Lake Arrowhead — both the town and the lake — making it a more popular and thus more crowded place to visit. Its big advantage over Lake Arrowhead is water access: The lake and shoreline are public, so you can enjoy a full day of water play, making it a desirable choice for family day trips from Palm Springs. The marinas rent kayaks, pontoon boats, SUPs and fishing boats, or you can charter a boat for water skiing or wakeboarding. Waterfront parks and beaches are also a great place for a picnic. Other notable kid-friendly activities include a trip to the Big Bear Alpine Zoo, which is dedicated to wildlife rehabilitation, and the Magic Mountain Recreation Area featuring the Alpine Slide and Soaring Eagle seated zip line. Drive time: 1 hour and 45 minutes Tahquitz and Indian Canyons The Coachella Valley has been inhabited by indiginous people for millennia, and the Cahuilla remain an active presence in the region, working to preserve their culture and provide opportunities for visitors to gain an indiginous perspective on the area. The Agua Caliente Band of Cahuilla Indians owns the land occupied by the Tahquitz and Indian Canyons, both culturally and ecologically significant sites, and offers admission to the public. Choose from among a variety of trails ranging from easy to strenuous, depending on your family’s stamina and motivation, and explore the gorgeous desert landscape or the Tahquitz Falls. Because the sites are located just outside of town, you won’t even be in the car long enough to hear, “Are we there yet?” Drive time: 10 minutes from downtown Joshua Tree National Park If you ask someone to list the top day trips from Palm Springs, a visit to Joshua Tree will probably be number one, and for good reason — this iconic national park is a unique and stunning mecca for anyone who appreciates the natural world. Spanning two deserts with different ecosystems, the Colorado and the Mojave, visitors will see fascinating contrasts between the low and high desert regions. The quirky namesake trees, massive granite cliffs and boulders, and flowering cactus gardens are among the notable and sometimes surreal features of this vast landscape. Take your pick of hikes, enjoy a scenic drive, marvel at the panoramic views or even take a rock climbing lesson. Drive time: About 1 hour to the west entrance Anza-Borrego Desert State Park California’s largest state park, Anza-Borrego offers a distinctly different type of desert environment — here you’ll see dramatic rock formations, colorful badlands, twisting canyons, natural springs and oases. You may even spot the park’s namesake bighorn sheep (borrego means sheep in Spanish). Many of the dirt roads within the park are rough and recommended for high-clearance 4WD vehicles; or, let someone else do the driving, and sign up for a jeep tour of the park. If you’d rather explore on foot, you can hike to your heart’s content. And don’t miss the incredible outdoor art installation, not far from the visitor center on Borrego Springs Road — 130 enormous metal sculptures created by artist Ricardo Breceda that emerge from the desert landscape. Drive time: About 1 hour and 30 minutes to the visitor center Amboy Crater The Amboy Crater, a National Natural Landmark, is a geological and geometric marvel — an almost perfectly symmetrical volcanic cinder cone. If your kids aren’t excited by the math and science references, just tell them it’s a massive crater caused by a volcanic eruption, and it’s surrounded by lava lakes and basalt flows, and frequented by cute desert lizards. This cone is a distinctive “bump” on the landscape, and if you hike to the rim, you’ll be rewarded with panoramic views of the Mojave. It’s just about three miles roundtrip, but best undertaken in the cooler months — there’s no shade, and summer temps top 100. Drive time: About 2 hours Coachella Valley Preserve Not far from town, the Coachella Valley Preserve was established to protect the native (and threatened) Coachella Valley fringe-toed lizard, and while you may not see the elusive reptile, you’ll enjoy the beautiful boardwalk trail at Thousand Palms Oasis. Be on the lookout for birds and other wildlife, and take note of the many interesting native plants. There are additional trails to explore, and the preserve makes for one of the easier and more serene day trips from Palm Springs if you only have a few hours to spare. Drive time: 25 minutes Find your private oasis Pacaso offers exceptional second homes in desirable locations. Find luxurious second homes in Palm Springs with resort-like amenities and plenty of sunshine. Co-ownership with Pacaso lets you enjoy all the benefits of a second home without all the hassles — it’s a dream come true. View our listings to get started.
Sun, sand and that endless summer feeling … what’s not to love about Southern California? If you’re dreaming about buying a vacation home in California, it’s hard to know where to begin. Whether you’re looking for a quiet getaway, a big social scene or a laid-back surfer feel, every beach town is a little different. Start your search here, with five great Southern California beach towns to own a second home. Malibu The vibe: Malibu has a feel that is at once super-luxury and delightfully low-key. With 27 miles of Pacific coastline, you might spot your favorite Hollywood celebrity walking their dog along Billionaire’s Beach, but you’ll also see plenty of shaggy-haired, sun-kissed surfers catching waves at iconic Surfrider Beach. With rugged canyons directly east of the often-narrow beach, Malibu is also a paradise for nature lovers, from equestrians to hikers to bird-watchers. Home types: While Malibu is known for its exclusive beachfront properties, this beach town also boasts a wide range of property types in a variety of architectural styles. You’ll find modern waterfront condominiums, sprawling hillside retreats with views of Santa Monica Bay, and ranch-style properties set in the canyon landscape. Live like a local: Catering to the many Los Angeles residents who spend their summers just up Highway 101 in Malibu, this beach town is full of celebrity-owned restaurants as well as offshoots of upscale, big-city favorites. See if you can snag an uber-exclusive membership at Little Beach House by Soho House, dine on seaside sushi at Nobu Malibu, or try the Malibu-style fish tacos at Rande Gerber’s Cafe Habana (oh, and karaoke on Wednesday night is popular with celebs). For a lower-key social scene, spend a Sunday morning at the Malibu Farmers Market or take a surfing lesson from a local surf shop. Santa Monica The vibe: Whereas Malibu has the feel of an outdoorsy getaway, Santa Monica is the perfect Southern California vacation home destination for those who want their days to be more go-go-go than nice and slow. A coastal city just west of downtown Los Angeles, Santa Monica is a vibrant, colorful outpost featuring sprawling beaches, paved biking and running paths, and the iconic Santa Monica Pier. Santa Monica residents soak up every drop of that Southern California sunshine, whether they’re enjoying an al fresco brunch, playing beach volleyball or meandering down the Third Street Promenade to peek into its myriad of boutiques. Home types: Given the oceanside locale, pretty much every vacation home in Santa Monica is blissfully close to the beach. You’ll find classic single-family homes on tree-lined streets, modern beachfront stunners and high-rise condominium buildings with unparalleled views. No matter where you put down roots, you’ll find Santa Monica to be wonderfully walkable, with outdoor plazas and wide sidewalks that connect you with dining, shopping and entertainment. Live like a local: Santa Monica is a wellness-focused beach town — after all, it was home to the first Muscle Beach, before it was moved down the coast to Venice. Sunny days are best spent on active pursuits like lawn bowling at Douglas Park, a bluffside yoga class at Palisades Park, or walking through one of the city’s four weekly farmers markets, which have been lauded by Travel + Leisure. Newport Beach The vibe: 87,000 people call this coastal community home, perhaps because life here has the feeling of being on a permanent luxury vacation. Upscale Newport Beach boasts more than 400 restaurants, the ultra-chic Fashion Island outdoor mall, five-star hotels, and world-class golf at the oceanfront Pelican Hill Golf Club. Newport Beach also has a nautical feel: Newport Harbor is the largest recreational harbor on the West Coast, so the boating and yachting scene is prominent. Home types: Newport Beach offers a wide range of home types, with single-family homes in upscale residential areas, peaceful, bayfront living in Dover Shores, and closely arranged oceanfront condos, townhomes and freestanding houses that line the ocean boardwalk, just steps from the sand. Live like a local: With near-perfect weather and less than 10 inches of rain per year, almost every day in Newport Beach is the ideal beach day. If you ever get tired of sinking your toes in the sand and watching the waves crash (but who would?!), you can treat yourself to the variety of annual events. The Newport Beach Jazz Festival, International Film Festival, Newport Boat Show, and Christmas Boat Parade are among the best known. Laguna Beach The vibe: Tucked away on the southern edge of Orange County, with Crystal Cove State Park to the north and Dana Point to the south, the hidden gem of Laguna Beach has a friendly, small town feel. Midway between Los Angeles and San Diego, this town of 23,000 is known for its vibrant art scene, with famous art festivals, gallery exhibits, art classes and the popular First Thursdays Art Walk. There’s a strong sense of community in this coastal town, making volunteering and local events a great way to get to know your neighbors. Home types: Homes in Laguna Beach include historic estates, quaint beach bungalows and modern luxury properties. Find peace and privacy away from the beach-going crowds in one of Laguna Beach’s upscale gated communities, or choose a neighborhood like Irvine Cove, with its own private beach. Love to be in the middle of the action? The neighborhood known as The Village is among Laguna Beach’s most walkable, as it’s close to both the beach and downtown’s many amenities. If your idea of charm includes picket fences and quirky cottages, look no further than charm-filled South Laguna Village. Live like a local: A paradise for nature lovers, Laguna Beach is surrounded by unspoiled natural beauty. Spend a leisurely morning exploring the town’s seven miles of coastline, which offer your typical sandy beaches, but also sea caves, tide pools and bluffs. If you can tear yourself away from the beach, you’ll find 20,000 acres of protected wilderness. Put on your hiking shoes or hop on your mountain bike to explore hundreds of miles of trails, and you’ll be rewarded with dramatic landscapes and take-your-breath-away ocean vistas. La Jolla The vibe: Head south from Orange County and you’ll find yourself in the enclave of La Jolla, the hilly neighborhood that’s technically part of San Diego proper but has its own small-town feel. Compared to the rest of San Diego, La Jolla residents enjoy a slightly slower, more relaxed pace of life. From wandering the boutiques of downtown La Jolla to marveling at the coastline’s craggy cliffs and abundant marine wildlife, La Jolla offers Southern California living with an idyllic feel. Home types: With residents ranging from college students attending the University of California San Diego to a large population of retirees, La Jolla’s population is diverse, which means the homes are too. Beachfront neighborhoods like La Jolla Cove and Bird Rock tempt with multi-million-dollar homes (and views that can’t be beat). There are also plenty of condominiums and townhomes, plus inland properties near the university. Live like a local: The first step is making sure you’re pronouncing the neighborhood’s name right: It’s pronounced “la hoy-a.” Once you’ve got that down, you’re ready to embrace everything this seaside retreat has to offer. And while there’s plenty to do on land, La Jolla’s most exciting activities happen on the water. Snorkel among leopard sharks in the late summer (they won’t bite), take a nighttime kayak expedition to see bioluminescent creatures glowing in the dark water or compete with the local sea lion population for the best sunning rock at La Jolla Cove. Find your SoCal second home with Pacaso Your beachside oasis could be within reach when you buy your California vacation home with Pacaso. As a co-owner of a second home in Southern California, you’ll enjoy all the benefits of owning, at as little as ⅛ of the cost of full ownership.
Talk about a perfect location: The town of Bend is perched along the winding Deschutes River at the base of the Cascade Mountains, making it a haven for outdoor enthusiasts and adventure lovers. But this Central Oregon city of just under 100,000 people draws visitors with all kinds of interests. Here are 10 special ways to spend a weekend in Bend. Get up close with local wildlife The High Desert Museum is a unique museum experience. Located just five minutes outside Bend on 135 wild acres, this museum gives visitors a crash course on the history, flora and fauna of Central Oregon’s high desert. Indoor and outdoor habitats are home to an amazing array of animals, including otters, foxes, porcupines and a special Birds of Prey Center. If you can tear yourself away from the menagerie, the museum also has great historical exhibits, including an American West stagecoach. Watch the sunset from atop a lava dome Created when a now-extinct volcano erupted, Pilot Butte is a cinder cone butte that rises nearly 500 feet above town, making it a distinct landmark visible from almost anywhere in town. Take the short hike to the top of the butte during the day for views of the surrounding mountains, including Three Sisters, Mount Hood, Mount Jefferson and Black Butte, then hang around until sunset — on a clear evening, Mother Nature puts on an incredible show. Go spelunking Bend’s volcanic history not only created buttes above ground, it carved out incredible caves. One of the most popular is Lava River Cave, a mile-long lava tube. Grab a warm jacket (it’s chilly down there, even in summer), closed-toe shoes, a flashlight (and a backup!), and head down the stairs to the start of the cave. You’ll discover a whole underground world, formed over 80,000 years ago and full of ice stalactites, colorful rocks, and twists and turns. Ski the country’s sixth-largest ski resort With a ski season that regularly lasts until May, Mt. Bachelor is a must-ski (or snowboard) destination for winter sports fans. It’s conveniently located less than 30 minutes from Bend and boasts average yearly snowfall of 462 inches. The resort offers 4,323 skiable acres with 101 runs for skiers and boarders of all experience levels. Skiing and snowboarding not your cup of tea? You’ll also find sledding hills, snowshoeing, cross-country skiing and more. Float the river During the warmer months, visitors and locals alike float down the Deschutes River, which winds its way right through the heart of town. Bring your own tube or rent one from a local outfitter, then float your way through town over the course of an hour or two. Don’t forget to pack drinking water and sunscreen! This activity is so popular that the city operates a Ride the River Shuttle during the summer months. For just $4, you can park upstream, have the shuttle drop you off at the float launch, then get picked up at your choice of two stops down river. Say cheers to the local beer scene Bend is a beer lover’s dream, with close to two dozen breweries operating in town. The most famous is Deschutes Brewery, which operates both a public house and a tasting room. Other well-known breweries include Crux Fermentation Project, Boneyard Beer and 10 Barrel. Not sure where to start? Get yourself a designated driver and explore the Bend Ale Trail or visit during the annual Bend Brewfest. Hit the links Most vacation destinations have a golf course or two, but the Bend area really outdoes itself with over 25 golf courses, including a handful designed by legends of the game. Serious golfers will want to check out the award-winning Pronghorn Resort, with courses designed by Jack Nicklaus and Tom Fazio. Nearby resort communities like Black Butte Ranch, Sunriver Resort and Eagle Crest also offer great courses. No matter where you play, you really can’t go wrong, thanks to sunny weather and gorgeous mountain views. Meander through First Friday Art Walk First Friday Art Walk is a great way to familiarize yourself with downtown Bend. Running year-round in any kind of weather, the event is a celebration of all forms of art, from painting and sculpture to music, comedy, acting and more. It also shows off Bend’s small-town charm, with plenty of complimentary snacks and sips. Enjoy an outdoor concert Bend locals make the most of their gorgeous summer weather with plenty of outdoor events at the Hayden Homes Amphitheater, conveniently located on the riverfront in the Old Mill District. All summer long, you’ll find the calendar packed with free and ticketed events, including traveling musicians, comedy performances and the Bend Brewfest. Rent a movie at the last Blockbuster Need a dose of nostalgia before you leave town? Here’s a really unique experience: Bend is home to the last remaining Blockbuster video store. Whether you’re looking to rent a movie, revel in the 1990s vibes or snap a few selfies, no trip to Bend is complete without stopping by. They also have quite the collection of Hollywood memorabilia. Make Central Oregon your second home There’s so much to explore in Bend, one weekend is never enough. Become a local by co-owning a Pacaso second home. With ⅛ to ½ shares available, co-ownership puts a luxury home in Bend within reach.
Cape Cod is an idyllic summer vacation destination located on a hook-shaped, 60-mile-long peninsula jutting into the Atlantic Ocean. While nearly 6 million people visit Cape Cod each year, the shoreline is surprisingly unspoiled, thanks in large part to the National Park Service, which oversees a 40-mile stretch of coastline designated as the Cape Cod National Seashore. The park, stretching from Chatham to Provincetown and covering 43,500 acres, was established by President John F. Kennedy in 1961. A summer resident of the Cape himself, Kennedy wanted to preserve the natural and historic significance of the area. Six separate beaches make up the Cape Cod National Seashore, each with its own distinct charm and recreational activities. Here’s what you need to know about visiting each beach. Coast Guard Beach in Eastham Called “The Great Beach” by American naturalist Henry David Thoreau, this large strand of golden sand on the Cape’s Atlantic side is a regular on lists of the country’s top beaches. The beach takes its name from an old Coast Guard building that still stands on the dunes, and the maritime force had a good reason to be watchful: These waters have been the site of more than 3,000 shipwrecks in the last 400 years. Coast Guard Beach offers a pathway through Nauset Marsh and Nauset Spit, where you can enjoy birdwatching and spot harbor and gray seals resting on sand bars. Fun fact: This beach is where the Mayflower passengers are said to have first spotted land after crossing the Atlantic in 1620. What you need to know: Coast Guard Beach is located at the intersection of Nauset Road and Ocean View Drive in Eastham. During the summer months, the on-site parking lot is reserved for local residents and those with handicap placards. An open-air shuttle provides transportation to the beach from the nearby Little Creek parking lot. Entry to Coast Guard Beach — and all the National Seashore Beaches — is fee-based, and fees vary depending on your mode of transportation and whether you buy a day or annual pass. Nauset Light Beach in Eastham A broad, sandy beach backed by a steep, rocky slope, Nauset Light Beach is named for the Nauset Lighthouse, which is listed on the National Register of Historic Places. (On select days, free lighthouse tours are available, thanks to the Nauset Light Preservation Society.) It’s common to see seals swimming just offshore, which also means that great white sharks could be close by. Be sure to follow all posted directions and listen to the lifeguards. If you’re in the area in the winter when the beach profile is lower, you may be able to spot the brick foundation of one of the original Three Sisters lighthouses. Fun fact: In the late 1870s, the French Transatlantic Cable line that enabled telegraph communications between Europe and North America ran through Cape Cod. You can see the historic French Cable Hut at the northern edge of the parking lot. What you need to know: On-site parking at Nauset Light Beach is extremely limited, often filling up by mid-morning in the summer months. Arriving by bicycle is a smart move. Simply start at the Salt Pond Visitor Center on the paved Nauset Trail, then continue north on Ocean View Drive, past Coast Guard Beach. Marconi Beach in Wellfleet Marconi Beach has a storied history. It is near the communication station used by Italian inventor Guglielmo Marconi to send the first transatlantic wireless signal between the U.S. and Great Britain in 1903. During World War II, the beach was a site for artillery and rocket testing. Today, it’s known for its incredible, unobstructed natural views in all directions, thanks to the high scarp and Atlantic Ocean. It’s often less crowded than other area beaches and the gentle slope of the beach makes it popular with swimmers, boogie boarders and skimboarders. Fun fact: Located near the Marconi Station site, the Atlantic White Cedar Swamp Trail offers a 1.5-mile nature walk through a wide range of flora, including red maples, pitch pines and white oaks. What you need to know: There’s a large parking lot, but this beach is not handicap accessible because of a long set of stairs down to the sand. Head of the Meadow Beach in North Truro Between Truro and Provincetown is Head of the Meadow Beach, a roomy and open beach with plenty of space for roaming. It’s a bit more remote, on the far reaches of the Cape, so there are fewer visitors. Shifting sands mean that sometimes smaller pools of water are created — perfect for younger swimmers. If you time it right and the conditions are perfect, you may come across some tidepools to explore at low tide. Fun fact: At low tide, you can sometimes see the wreck of the Francis, a ship that sank during a storm in December, 1872. What you need to know: Head of the Meadow Beach is dog friendly except during much of the peak summer season, because the beach is a shorebird nesting habitat for the threatened piping plover. Race Point Beach in Provincetown Race Point Beach is at the tip of Cape Cod where it curves back toward the mainland. It’s popular with both families with children and those interested in watersports, as the waves are much smaller than other beaches on the Cape. Typically, the waters are calm and more bay-like, so you’ll often see visitors swimming, kayaking and stand-up paddleboarding. The beach is also the starting point for a 1.75-mile hike to the remote Race Point Lighthouse along the Hatches Harbor Trail. The trail takes you through sand dunes, wooded areas and beautiful marshland — just don’t forget the mosquito repellant. Fun fact: During the spring months, it’s possible to see whales right from the shore. What you need to know: Race Point Beach is rarely packed, thanks to its remote location on the tip of the Cape. Make a day of it by pairing some time at the beach with a visit to the nearby Pilgrim Monument and Provincetown Museum. Herring Cove Beach in Provincetown Since it’s on the bay side of the Cape, Herring Cove Beach has smaller waves and sunset views. Arguably the most popular of all six beaches, Herring Cove Beach offers easy parking, a convenient beach shuttle, picnic area and a seasonal snack bar. The beach can be a bit rocky, but it’s very accessible — beach wheelchairs are available from the lifeguards. If you’re interested in exploring on two wheels, you can ride the Province Lands Bicycle Trail from Herring Cove Beach to the Province Lands Visitor Center and the Beech Forest. The 5.45-mile loop takes you through pine forest, dunes and cranberry bogs. Fun fact: The Travel Channel named Herring Cove Beach one of the best beaches on the East Coast. What you need to know: You’ll find the beach at the end of Route 6 in Provincetown. Lifeguards are on duty during peak summer months, and there’s plenty of parking just a short walk from the beach. Find your favorite Cape Cod beach With so many beaches, historical sites and recreational opportunities, you’ll want more than just a week’s vacation on Cape Cod. When you become a co-owner of a Pacaso second home, you’ll have time to explore like a local, discovering rugged stretches of coastline, taking nature walks to spot flora and fauna, and watching seals and whales frolic in the Atlantic.
Cape Cod is known for unspoiled beaches, historic lighthouses and natural beauty — which are all on display at a whopping 40+ area golf courses. From unassuming municipal courses to super-exclusive country clubs, the golfing opportunities on Cape Cod and nearby islands are seemingly endless. Not sure which course is right for you? You can’t go wrong hitting the links at these courses. Cape Cod National Golf Club in Brewster Named one of the top 20 courses in Massachusetts by Golf Digest, the Cape Cod National Golf Club is one of the Cape’s most famous courses. Over the years, the course has hosted prestigious events like the U.S. Amateur Championship and the U.S. Women’s Open qualifier. It has a championship yardage of 6,954 feet, and is a par 72 course. It’s known as a challenging course, with rolling hills, 12 doglegs, 90 bunkers and more than a few strategically placed ponds. It’s a private course, so to gain access you must play as a member’s guest or book a stay at neighboring Wequassett Resort and Golf Club. Farm Neck Golf Club in Oak Bluffs on Martha’s Vineyard Take the ferry to the island of Martha’s Vineyard and play a round at the Farm Neck Golf Club, with 18 holes on the eastern edge of the island. You’ll enjoy sweeping views of the Vineyard Sound, as well as wooded areas, salt marshes and meadows. And speaking of water, there’s plenty of it on this course, with the 8th hole running almost entirely along the coast and a 15th hole that seems to be more pond than solid ground. Farm Neck is semi-private, so non-members may have to get a little creative about their tee time — but a twilight round on this course is always stunning. Miacomet Golf Course on Nantucket Miacomet Golf Course on Nantucket is the island’s only 18-hole public golf facility. Built on land once inhabited by the Wampanoag tribes who called it “Miacomet” or “The Meeting Place,” this is a links-style course with wide fairways, grassy knolls, plenty of sand and pristine greens. It’s a 6,167 yard, par 72 course, with a course rating of 69.0, making it an approachable course for the vacationing golfer and weekend warrior. The Captains in Brewster In the self-proclaimed “golf capital of the Lower Cape,” The Captains Golf Course boasts two 18-hole public golf courses, the Port and the Starboard. Both are par 72 and feature tree-lined fairways and blissfully few water hazards. Both courses were designed by famed golf course architect Brian Silva, and each hole is named after a historic New England mariner. Highland Links in Truro Established in 1892, the 9-hole Highlands Links Golf Course is a bit of a hidden gem, known to Cape Cod locals but a surprising treat for visitors. It’s one of the oldest golf courses in the country and part of the Cape Cod National Seashore — two facts that make it unique, but this course is much more than just fun facts. Highland Links is a true Scottish links course, set atop incredible bluffs that show off endless Atlantic Ocean views. It’s a family-friendly course that’s affordable, easy to book and attainable for golfers of all levels. Cape Cod Country Club in East Falmouth Billed as the classic Cape Cod golf experience, Cape Cod Country Club is a public 18-hole championship golf course that has hosted a range of state and local tournaments. The course is known for its pristine greens and year-round operations, as well as its signature 9th hole. Don’t be fooled by its par 3 rating – it’s a 165-yard hole where you tee off over water, then have to navigate two sizable bunkers protecting the green. Tee it high and let it fly on Cape Cod How long would it take you to golf all 40+ courses on Cape Cod and the surrounding areas? There’s only one way to find out! Make a Cape Cod Pacaso your second home and start checking some courses off your list. At the end of the day, return to your luxury second home — there’s plenty of space to store your clubs.
Fall is all about getting cozy, and who better to cozy up to than the one you love? Our curated collection of 22 romantic fall getaways offers something for every couple, whether you crave adventure, relaxation or a blend of both. From secluded mountain hideaways to city escapes, you’re sure to fall for one of our autumn destinations. 1. Acadia National Park, Maine Begin an enchanting visit to Acadia National Park early — with a sunrise hike up Cadillac Mountain. You can share a breathtaking view of the first rays of sun painting the park's rugged coastline in warm hues. Afterward, explore the park's extensive network of hiking trails, hand in hand, amid the vibrant fall foliage. End your day at Jordan Pond, enjoying its serene waters and the park's iconic mountain peaks. Why go in the fall: A glorious sunrise awaits you 2. Nantucket, Massachusetts Take a leisurely bike ride along Nantucket’s picturesque trails, savoring the autumn colors. Explore the charming streets of Nantucket Town, where historic cobblestone lanes lead to cozy cafes and quaint boutiques. In the evening, head to the beach and cozy up under a warm blanket to watch the sunset over the Atlantic Ocean, sharing sweet moments amid the soothing sound of the waves. Why go in the fall: Enjoy autumn, island-style 3. Cape Cod, Massachusetts Cape Cod casts an enchanting spell in the crisp fall air. Take a beachside walk along the Cape Cod National Seashore under the mild autumn sun. Follow this with a visit to a local cranberry bog, where you can take a tour and sample delicious cranberry treats. Cap off your day with a romantic sunset cruise on Cape Cod Bay. Why go in the fall: Participate in a cranberry harvest 4. The Poconos, Pennsylvania As far as autumn getaways are concerned, this is hard to beat. In the enchanting Poconos region of Pennsylvania, autumn bursts with vibrant colors. Begin your romantic mountain getaway with a scenic hike at the iconic Delaware Water Gap — surprise your partner with a picnic for two. Then take on a leisurely drive along the Pocono Wine Trail, visiting charming wineries. Why go in the fall: See the mountains at their peak 5. Willamette Valley, Oregon In Willamette Valley, fall offers a perfect setting for romance. Start your day with a scenic hot air balloon ride, gliding above vineyards as the sun rises. Continue the adventure on the ground with a tasting and picnic at one of the many renowned wineries. In the evening, take a sunset drive along country roads, stopping at cozy farm-to-table restaurants for drinks and a candlelit dinner. Why go in fall: The vineyards shimmer in autumnal hues 6. Bend, Oregon Bend offers a delightful canvas for a romantic fall vacation. Paddle down the Deschutes River with your sweetheart, surrounded by the vibrant hues of autumn foliage. Take a scenic hike along the Deschutes River Trail, where the crisp air and changing leaves provide the perfect setting for hand-in-hand exploration. In the evening, savor a romantic dinner at one of Bend's cozy restaurants with farm-to-table cuisine and local craft beers. Why go in the fall: Hike your way to a romantic spot 7. Sun Valley, Idaho Head to the Sawtooth National Recreation Area in Sun Valley, where the crisp mountain air and colorful foliage provide a picturesque setting for an intimate adventure. Take a leisurely bike ride through the charming streets of Ketchum, stopping at quaint cafes and art galleries along the way. As night falls, head to a cozy restaurant to share a romantic dinner and views of the stunning Sawtooth Mountains. Why go in the fall: Enjoy the town’s charm without the snow 8. Aspen, Colorado In the stunning mountain oasis of Aspen, autumn unveils one of the most romantic trips around. Begin your getaway with a scenic gondola ride to the top of Aspen Mountain, where you can enjoy breathtaking vistas of fall foliage. Follow this with a leisurely hike through the Maroon Bells, two iconic peaks adorned with vibrant aspen trees. Relish a cozy fireside dinner at one of Aspen's upscale restaurants, with fine wines and great conversation. Why go in the fall: Take a scenic gondola ride 9. Steamboat Springs, Colorado Start your romantic getaway to Steamboat Springs with a drive through Yampa Valley, where you can witness the changing leaves and mountain vistas. Follow this with an exhilarating hike or horseback ride through the golden aspen groves. As evening descends, relish a cozy evening by a crackling fire pit at one of the town's charming lodges or resorts, sipping local craft brews. Why go in the fall: Ride horses through golden aspen groves 10. Telluride, Colorado Ride the scenic gondola to the top of the mountain in Telluride, where you can admire the breathtaking views of the colorful aspen groves and rugged peaks. Take on a peaceful hike through the Alpine Meadows, surrounded by beautiful fall foliage. Share a romantic meal at one of Telluride's cozy restaurants, where you can savor locally inspired cuisine and fine wines. Why go in the fall: Relish the peace of Alpine Meadows 11. Park City, Utah Who needs snow? Park City is a great fall destination. Take a hot air balloon ride, drifting above the colorful treetops and enjoying the crisp mountain air together. Take a scenic chairlift ride to the top of the mountains and enjoy panoramic views of fall foliage. And check out historic Main Street, where charming boutiques and cozy restaurants await. Why go in fall: Enjoy the landscape before snow and skiers arrive 12. Jackson Hole, Wyoming Head to the Grand Teton Mountains, where you can share awe-inspiring views of the rugged landscape and serene lakes of Jackson Hole. Continue your adventure with a peaceful hike in Grand Teton National Park, surrounded by the golden hues of aspen trees. As night descends, enjoy a cozy dinner at a rustic mountain lodge, indulging in hearty fare and local spirits by a roaring fireplace. Why go in the fall: The views don’t get any better than this 13. Carmel-by-the-Sea, California The charming coastal town of Carmel-by-the-Sea is one of the most romantic vacation destinations on the West Coast. Take a stroll along the pristine Carmel Beach at sunset, where you can experience the power of the Pacific Ocean. Explore the town’s quaint streets, admiring the fairytale cottages and boutiques. Or take a wine-tasting excursion to the nearby Carmel Valley, savoring local vintages amid vineyards and rolling hills. Why go in the fall: Skip the busy summer tourist season 14. Big Sur, California Begin your date day in Big Sur with a scenic drive along Highway 1, winding through towering redwoods and along coastal cliffs. For an intimate hike, trek to McWay Falls, a secluded cove with a waterfall cascading onto the beach — an enchanting backdrop for a picnic for two. As night falls, retreat to one of the cozy cliffside inns, where you can savor a glass of local wine and watch the stars come to life. Why go in the fall: See the stunning coastal cliffs 15. Lake Tahoe, California Lake Tahoe, with its stunning alpine scenery, is an idyllic getaway destination during the fall season. Kick off your romantic adventure with a kayak or paddleboard excursion on the lake. Explore the charming lakeside villages, like Tahoe City, where you can enjoy boutique shopping and intimate lakeside dining. Finally, share a breathtaking sunset at Emerald Bay State Park, one of Tahoe's most iconic vistas. Why go in fall: Savor the area before snow falls 16. Napa Valley, California Napa Valley sets the stage for fall romance amid its vine-covered hills. Take a scenic drive up the valley, from Napa to Calistoga, stopping for leisurely wine tastings and winery tours. As the sun dips below the horizon, indulge in a gourmet dinner at a Michelin-starred restaurant, accompanied by a bottle of fine Napa wine. Why go in the fall: Enjoy romantic wine-tasting 17. Asheville, North Carolina Start your day in Asheville with a scenic drive along the Blue Ridge Parkway, where you'll see breathtaking vistas of the surrounding mountains draped in autumn colors. Then explore historic Biltmore Estate and toast each other with a glass at its in-house winery. Then savor a romantic dinner at one of Asheville's fine dining establishments, where you can sample local cuisine in an intimate setting. Why go in the fall: Drive the colorful Blue Ridge Parkway 18. Charleston, South Carolina A trip to Charleston is a dreamy fall destination. Impress your partner with a horse-drawn carriage ride through the historic district, where you can admire the charming cobblestone streets and antebellum architecture. Take a leisurely walk through Waterfront Park, where the fall breeze carries a hint of salt from the nearby harbor. In the evening, dine at one of Charleston's renowned seafood restaurants where you can savor local delicacies like frog-free Frogmore stew. Why go in the fall: Travel back in time amid the changing colors 19. Savannah, Georgia Adorned in fall colors, Savannah exudes timeless romance. Take a walk through Forsyth Park, where the changing leaves and historic fountains create a serene setting. On a romantic riverboat cruise along the Savannah River, you can enjoy the city's iconic skyline while savoring a Southern-inspired dinner. Take an evening stroll along the historic district's cobblestone streets, creating the perfect ambiance beneath centuries-old oak trees. Why go in the fall: Take a romantic riverboat cruise 20. The Keys, Florida The Florida Keys, with its warm and inviting waters, is one of the most romantic vacation spots to enjoy in the fall. Begin your day with a sunrise kayaking adventure through the crystal-clear waters of Bahia Honda State Park, where you can explore secluded beaches and coral reefs teeming with marine life. Or take a leisurely drive along the Overseas Highway, stopping at charming waterfront cafes and tiki bars for fresh seafood and tropical cocktails. As the sun sets, savor a beachfront dinner for two. Why go in the fall: The mild climate is perfect for a beachside adventure 21. Sedona, Arizona Take a scenic drive to explore the stunning red rock formations and famed vortexes of Sedona. Or take a hike along the West Fork Trail, meandering through vibrant autumn foliage along the banks of Oak Creek. As the day concludes, savor a candlelit dinner at one of Sedona's upscale restaurants with panoramic views of the majestic canyons, aglow in the soft hues of sunset. Why go in the fall: Beat the desert heat 22. Flagstaff, Arizona Flagstaff's historic streets offer charming shops and photo opportunities. Drive to Lockett Meadow, where you can enjoy an alpine hike amid the fall foliage. In the evening, cozy up by the fire pit at one of the town's rustic lodges, sharing stories and sipping local craft beers under a star-studded night sky. Enjoy romantic getaways all year round when you co-own a luxury second home. We offer turnkey, fully managed luxury homes in sought-after vacation destinations across the country. Why go in the fall: Enjoy the star-studded night sky Co-own a cozy vacation home Picture you and your partner enjoying one of these romantic fall getaways every year. Now imagine enjoying your own vacation home in one of these beautiful destinations. Thanks to Pacaso co-ownership, a luxurious second home is more attainable than ever. Our turnkey, fully managed luxury homes in coveted vacation destinations offer ultimate convenience, elevated amenities and effortless relaxation year-round. Don’t see something that you love? Learn how you can turn a property you’ve been eyeing into a Pacaso.
Whether you're dreaming of a family trip or a sunny vacation home, there’s no shortage of things to do in Destin, Florida. With powdery beaches, turquoise waters and adventures galore, this energetic beach town offers thrilling water sports, world-class fishing, charming shops and delectable seafood. We have selected 20 diverse activities and Florida vacation travel tips to help you plan your perfect Destin getaway. 1. Gulf Breeze Zoo Gulf Breeze Zoo houses over 900 exotic animals from around the world. Take a safari train ride through the African preserve to encounter rhinos, hippos, gorillas and orangutans. Get up close with fascinating creatures at interactive exhibits and animal encounters. Learn about conservation efforts while enjoying a day of fun and education in the 50-acre zoo. 2. Gulfarium Marine Adventure Park Dive into the world of marine life at Gulfarium Marine Adventure Park. The park’s mission is to inspire guests to connect with and preserve wildlife — a goal achieved using fun and educational experiences. These include dolphin and sea lion shows, and informative exhibits featuring a variety of marine animals like penguins, sharks and sea turtles. Gulfarium Marine Adventure Park is perfect for learning about marine conservation efforts and creating lasting memories with your loved ones. 3. The Island Pier Cast a line and experience world-class fishing at The Island Pier. Stretching a quarter-mile into the Gulf of Mexico, this pier offers breathtaking views and the chance to reel in a variety of fish. If you’re looking for fishing-related things to do in Destin — whether you're a seasoned pro or a curious beginner — the pier is a great destination. Rent fishing rods, bait and tackle on-site, or bring your gear. The pier also features a bait shop and a concession stand selling drinks and snacks. 4. Crab Island Looking for a fun social scene? Crab Island, a vibrant sandbar in Destin Harbor, is a popular hangout for locals and tourists alike. You’ll need a boat to get to Crab Island — you can rent a pontoon boat or join a guided tour for a more hassle-free way to your destination. Once you’re there, float around the crystal-clear water, soak up the sun, and enjoy food and drink from the many vendors who set up shop on the island. Be sure to bring your beach gear, as the island has limited shops. 5. Destin History & Fishing Museum Uncover Destin's rich past at the Destin History & Fishing Museum. This museum delves into the town's transformation from a quaint fishing village to the popular vacation destination it is today. Exhibits showcase historic artifacts, fishing equipment used throughout the years and fascinating shipwreck discoveries. Learn about the region's indigenous cultures and the vital role fishing has played in Destin's heritage. The museum is open Tuesday through Saturday from 10 a.m. to 4 p.m. 6. Mattie Kelly Park and Nature Walk If you want an escape from the hustle and bustle on your Destin vacation, check out the Mattie Kelly Park and Nature Walk. With over 10 acres of protected bayou wetlands, this spot is a peaceful retreat with winding nature trails. Cast a line from the pier, or simply relax in the tranquility of the area. Pack a picnic and find a shady spot to unwind. 7. HarborWalk Village If you’re searching for Destin attractions that have it all, look no further than HarborWalk Village. This waterfront complex is full of dining, entertainment and shopping experiences. Walk along the pedestrian-friendly boardwalk for views of the harbor and boats, or sign up for a boat tour to enjoy the water and even better views. Stop for a bite at one of the many harborfront restaurants with outdoor seating. In the evenings, HarborWalk Village transforms into a lively hub — complete with street performers and live music. 8. HarborWalk The nautical HarborWalk Marina offers a variety of activities and entertainment options for the whole family. Explore the specialty shops selling nautical gear, apparel and souvenirs. Foodies can savor fresh seafood at the waterfront restaurants, many with outdoor seating for stunning marina views. If you're looking for adventure, try a dolphin cruise or a relaxing sunset sail. Rent jet skis or pontoon boats for a fun-filled day exploring Destin's coastline. 9. Destin Harbor Boardwalk Experience the vibrant energy of the Destin Harbor Boardwalk. This pedestrian-friendly path stretches along the harbor, offering stunning views of bobbing boats and glistening water. Stroll past charming shops selling souvenirs, beach gear and local crafts. Indulge in fresh seafood or other delicious options at the many harborfront restaurants with outdoor seating, perfect for people-watching and soaking up the atmosphere 10. Buccaneer Pirate Cruise Set sail for plenty of family fun on the Buccaneer Pirate Cruise. Launching from HarborWalk Village, this interactive cruise aboard a replica pirate ship is a fun adventure for all. On the cruise, you’ll find activities like sword fighting and water gun battles to keep kids entertained. Parents can participate or simply take in the views. Your family can also search for buried treasure, listen to captivating pirate tales, and enjoy live music and dancing. 11. Jetty East Beach Jetty East Beach offers an alluring combination of relaxation and aquatic activities. The calm waters near the shore are ideal for families with young children. For the more adventurous, explore the rock jetty jutting into the Gulf, a great spot for spotting marine life or trying your hand at fishing. Be aware of currents and always exercise caution around the jetty. 12. Dolphin Sunset Cruise The Dolphin Sunset Cruise Is a quintessential Destin attraction. You’ll experience the magic of Destin’s coastline while searching for dolphins in their natural habitat. Your captain will lead you to the perfect spot to capture a breathtaking sunset, creating a memorable experience. Many cruises offer beverages or light snacks to enjoy along the way as you sit back and take in the views. Add this romantic option to the list of what to do in Florida. 13. Big Kahuna's Water & Adventure Park Big Kahuna’s Water & Adventure Park is a massive water park with over 40 water attractions for all ages. Race down thrilling slides like the Jumanji that drops five stories. If something more relaxing is your speed, unwind on the Lazy River. For little ones, there's a dedicated splash pad with kid-friendly features. If you’d rather stay dry, the park offers dry-land adventures like miniature golf and the SkyCoaster, a 100-foot-tall swing that lets you soar through the air. With its variety of water slides and exciting rides, you can plan to spend a memorable day here. 14. The Track No list of fun things to do in Destin would be complete without mentioning The Track, a family-friendly amusement park offering a mix of exciting rides and classic attractions for all ages. Race your friends and family on the multi-level Wild Woody go-kart track, a signature attraction featuring a three-and-a-half-story climb and exciting drop. Challenge yourself on the bumper cars, take a spin on the classic Ferris wheel, or enjoy a ride on the SkyFlyer for panoramic views. After enjoying the rides, cool off with some friendly competition at Fat Daddy’s Arcade. 15. Gator Beach Get up close and personal with hundreds of alligators at Gator Beach, the largest alligator park in coastal Florida. Witness live alligator shows, learn about the reptiles, or go a step further and hold a live alligator. You and your family can explore the park’s exhibits featuring alligators of various sizes, including the rare albino alligator named Pearl. Bonus: Admission is free! 16. Henderson Beach State Park Henderson Beach State Park boasts sugar-white sand beaches that are ideal for sunbathing and building sandcastles. The park has picnic pavilions, playgrounds and restrooms, making it a great beach option for kids. If you’re looking to do more than just lounge, the turquoise waters are perfect for swimming, kayaking and paddleboarding. For some land activity, you can explore the scenic nature trails or reserve a campsite with utilities. 17. Destin Commons For a dose of retail therapy and casual dining, head to Destin Commons. This open-air shopping center features a mix of popular brands and local boutiques. Browse for beach essentials, designer clothing, unique souvenirs and more. In between shopping sprees, enjoy a meal at one of the many restaurants offering outdoor seating, perfect for enjoying the fresh air and lively atmosphere. 18. Crystal Sands Beach If your goal is to relax, there’s no better place to unwind than Crystal Sands Beach. This scenic stretch offers plenty of sand and clear waters ideal for swimming, sunbathing and collecting seashells. Relax on the beach or rent chairs and umbrellas for a comfortable day by the sea. This beautiful beach is a must-visit for anyone seeking a quintessential Destin experience. It can get crowded, so plan to arrive early to find the perfect seaside spot! 19. Silver Sands Premium Outlets Shopaholics rejoice: Silver Sands Premium Outlets is a haven for brand-name discounts. This outdoor mall has over 110 stores offering goods for up to 65% off retail prices. Browse popular brands like Nike, Coach, Vera Bradley and Michael Kors. You can fuel your shopping spree at on-site restaurants, with various fast-casual and sit-down dining options. 20. Village of Baytowne Wharf Located within Sandestin Golf and Beach Resort, the Village of Baytowne Wharf is an entertainment complex offering a mix of shops, restaurants and activities. Browse boutiques, explore art galleries or catch a live music performance. Families can enjoy a ride on the carousel or a game of miniature golf. Evenings at Baytowne Wharf transform into a vibrant nightlife scene with bars and live music venues. How to spend a weekend in Destin, Florida Here’s an itinerary to help you plan a memorable weekend in Destin. (Bonus: Our Florida beach guide and ultimate guide to Florida destinations make it easy to plan your next stay in the Sunshine State.) Day 1 Start with a morning at Henderson Beach State Park. Pack a lunch cooler, beach towels and your favorite book for a day in the sun. After a leisurely lunch, explore the bustling Destin Harbor Boardwalk. As the day winds down, head to the Destin History & Fishing Museum to learn about the area’s rich history. Then enjoy a fresh seafood dinner at one of the many waterfront restaurants in Florida — Harry T’s Lighthouse and Boshamps Seafood and Oyster House are popular options near the Destin boardwalk. Day 2 Start things off at Big Kahuna’s Water & Adventure Park, racing down exciting slides or enjoying the lazy river. Grab lunch at the park or refuel at Destin Commons and explore the many shops. Spend the afternoon relaxing on Crystal Sands Beach or Jetty East Beach — Crystal Sands Beach is just six minutes away from Destin Commons, while Jetty East Beach is about 20 minutes away. Cap off your memorable Destin weekend with a dolphin sunset cruise. Co-own a 30A home in Destin, Florida With its stunning natural beauty, diverse attractions and warm Southern hospitality, Destin and the 30A stretch of Florida coastline are the perfect destination for visitors and prospective second home buyers. Co-owning a vacation home means you can split the initial purchase price and the ongoing costs of maintenance and utilities. This makes owning a luxurious property or buying a beach house more manageable compared to going it alone. Find your perfect Florida Pacaso today.
Napa Valley’s fall colors paint a masterpiece in the Golden State. From nostalgic grape stomps to leisurely gondola rides, California Wine Country offers an array of experiences to savor every autumn. Use our guide to the 17 best wineries, local activities and outdoor experiences to plan your fall visit to enchanting Napa Valley. Where to sip back and relax Whether you want to stay in Napa at a winery that doubles as a luxury inn or simply spend the day in the company of golden grape vines, we’ve got you covered. Check out these popular autumn spots. Chateau Montelena Winery Stroll through Chateau Montelena’s lush gardens, where the vines take on an array of autumnal colors. You must taste world-famous Chardonnay and Cabernet Sauvignon while you’re there. And don’t miss the chance to take photos by Jade Lake, framed by fall foliage. Great for those who want to be near the water Sterling Vineyards Start your visit to this iconic winery with a scenic aerial gondola ride, granting you breathtaking views of the valley's colorful vineyards. Once at the winery, embark on a guided tour to explore the winemaking process and Mediterranean-inspired architecture. Conclude your day on the elegant terrace with a wine tasting, where you can savor Sterling's exceptional vintages. Great for enjoying a Mediterranean ambiance Harvest Inn At Harvest Inn in Napa Valley, you can relish curated wine tastings from esteemed local wineries, an exclusive activity for guests. Unwind by the inn’s crackling fireplace with a glass of fine wine. Harvest Inn epitomizes the essence of Napa Valley in the fall, offering a blend of unspoiled nature and luxurious hospitality. Great for an overnight stay in Napa Rutherford Hill Winery As you arrive at Rutherford Hill Winery in Napa Valley, you're in for a treat. The area’s vibrant autumn colors provide a stunning backdrop as you sample the exceptional wines, particularly the renowned merlots. Explore the unique caves that run deep within the hillside. When you’re through adventuring for the day, unwind on the terrace to enjoy an outdoor wine tasting while admiring the sunset over the valley. Great for those who love Merlot Chappellet Winery Embark on a guided vineyard tour at Chappellet Winery, where you'll stroll through rows of grapevines adorned with vibrant autumn foliage while learning about the winemaking process. Savor a wine-tasting session in the courtyard as you sample acclaimed wines, including the renowned cabernet sauvignon. Chappellet also offers gourmet picnic options with locally sourced treats. Great for those who love a good cab Far Niente Winery Take a tour of Far Niente’s vineyards to uncover the artistry behind its renowned chardonnay and cabernet sauvignon production. Then, indulge in a tasting session of exquisite wines, complete with a view of autumn leaves. Opt for a luxury picnic under the trees for the ultimate Napa Valley autumn experience. Great for those who love chardonnay Travel tip: Book a picnic to enjoy a meal perfectly paired with Far Niente wines. Stags' Leap Winery After a tour through the Stags’ Leap estate and vineyards, indulge in a tasting of the winery’s renowned cabernet sauvignon and petite sirah. Take in the sweeping views and fall foliage of Stags Leap Palisades, the prominent row of cliffs that provide the volcanic soil that makes the district’s wine unique. Great for those who want to sip somewhere famous Fall for Napa’s other autumn activities There’s much more to do in Wine Country this fall than tasting wine. Here are just a few. Schramsberg Crush Camp Immerse yourself in the art of winemaking like never before. Roll up your sleeves to participate in the season’s grape harvest. Under the guidance of expert vintners, witness the meticulous process of crafting sparkling wine. This hands-on adventure offers an intimate and educational glimpse into the world of Schramsberg's renowned sparkling wines, giving you a newfound appreciation for every bubble in your glass. Great for budding wine connoisseurs Grape stomping Participate in the age-old tradition of grape stomping during your trip to Napa Valley this fall. Kick off your shoes and step into the bins filled with freshly harvested grapes. With each stomp, you release the juice, and the sweet aroma of fall at the vineyard fills the air. After immersing yourself in the winemaking process, relax with a glass of the winery’s best vintage in hand. Great for those who love hands-on experiences Travel tip: Pack an outfit that you don’t mind getting stained with grape juice. Downtown St. Helena St. Helena is a Napa Valley town that boasts a charming blend of quaint shops and vibrant autumn hues. In the fall, the downtown streets are adorned with golden trees, creating a warm atmosphere to wander in between trips to the wineries. Explore boutique stores, try local eats at an outdoor cafe and sample wine from the nearby vineyards. Great for those who love small-town charm Nimbus Arts sip and paint As you settle into a picturesque outdoor setting for this class, you'll be guided by talented artists to create your masterpiece — all while sipping on legendary local wines. The serene vineyard views and the gentle Napa breeze add to the ambiance, making Nimbus Arts the perfect setting to let the heart of Wine Country inspire your artwork. Great for artists of all levels Travel tip: Head to Napa Valley in October to sip a vintage red while painting something spooky Napa Valley Gondola Old World Venice meets New World Napa! The Napa River is an ideal fall spot to enjoy an authentic Venetian gondola ride. The private cruises are marked by the sounds of Italian music and a singing gondolier as they row you gently through the heart of downtown. Great for those who value luxury Balloons Above the Valley Ascend into the early-morning sky while the world below transforms into a patchwork of vineyards and the sprawling Napa River. ‘With Balloons Above the Valley, you can head to the clouds early enough, and you’ll catch the sunrise illuminating the valley — perfect for professional and amateur photographers alike. Great for thrill seekers and photographers Unwind in Napa nature Autumn is arguably the best Napa Valley season to enjoy a hike or drive, with the foliage turning to warm hues. From lush trails to scenic highways, Napa has all the autumn views you could want and more. Bothe-Napa Valley State Park Bothe-Napa Valley State Park is a prime destination to enjoy Napa Valley fall colors. The park's lush forests transform into a kaleidoscope of reds, oranges and yellows, creating a picturesque backdrop for your hike. Head to the state park’s Redwood Trail for a serene walk under towering redwood and oak trees. Great for avid hikers Oak Knoll Avenue near Napa Oak Knoll Avenue is lined with a stunning tunnel of autumn foliage — making it the perfect setting for a scenic drive or a leisurely bike ride. It is also a wonderful photo spot to take Instagram-worthy portraits that will leave your followers craving those Wine Country views. Great for photography lovers Highway 12 (Wine Road) As you drive along Highway 12, also known as Wine Road, the hills come alive with a vibrant tapestry of autumn colors. You'll find yourself immersed in the heart of Wine Country, with the vineyards framing your journey. Great for those who love to cruise Co-own a vacation home in Napa Valley Imagine crisp mornings, golden vineyards and the intoxicating aroma of freshly pressed grapes. Fall in Napa Valley is all about cozy tasting rooms, scenic hikes and maybe even a second home. Co-owning a home in Napa Valley offers easy access to fine wine, great dining, year-round outdoor adventures and charming towns. Start by finding a turnkey, fully managed Pacaso vacation home in Wine Country, or learn how you can turn a property you’ve been eyeing into a Pacaso.
With its inviting coastline, charming towns and quintessential New England atmosphere, Cape Cod, Massachusetts, is a great vacation destination and one of the most popular second home locations. Let’s explore 16 Cape Cod towns so you can plan the perfect spot for your vacation — or vacation home. 1. Bourne Known for: Maritime history and relaxed access to all of Cape Cod Immersed in maritime history, Bourne serves as an idyllic introduction to the upper Cape Cod region. Stroll or bike the scenic Cape Cod Canal path, marveling at the impressive engineering feats of the Sagamore and Bourne Bridges. Visit the Museums at Aptucxet, including the Aptucxet Trading Post Museum, a living history experience that brings the 17th century to life. Bourne’s culture is all about embracing the outdoors. Cast a line for world-class fishing, kayak the canal's calm waters, or unwind at the shores of Monument Beach. For those seeking a vacation home that blends easy access to the rest of the Cape with a relaxed pace, Bourne has charming cottages and canal-front properties. Average home price: $616,605 Luxury home price: $5.7 million Population: 11,933 2. Falmouth Known for: Picturesque beaches and thriving arts Boasting a rich history and magnetic appeal, Falmouth is a vibrant tapestry of villages. Nicknamed “The Shining Sea,” Falmouth is known for its pristine beaches, from the expansive shores of Old Silver Beach to the charming inlets of Falmouth Heights. Beyond the coastline, Falmouth’s culture thrives on a deep appreciation of the arts. Explore the carefully preserved village of Sandwich or immerse yourself in Falmouth’s vibrant arts scene, including Falmouth Art Center or one of many bustling summer festivals. Falmouth also has a range of vacation homes, from cozy beach cottages to sprawling estates. Average home price: $809,169 Average luxury home price: $6.1 million Population: 31,531 3. Sandwich Known for: Quintessential New England atmosphere Step back in time with a visit to Sandwich, the oldest town on Cape Cod. Steeped in history, Sandwich boasts meticulously preserved buildings, charming shops along tree-lined streets, and the iconic Sandwich Glass Museum, showcasing centuries-old glassblowing techniques and demonstrations by contemporary artists. Enjoy the Thornton Burgess Museum, dedicated to the author of the beloved children’s book “The Adventures of Peter Cottontail.” Explore the sprawling Heritage Museums & Gardens to experience a horticultural wonderland. Sandwich embodies classic New England charm, which is evident in its close-knit community and dedication to preserving its rich heritage. If you’re after a vacation home steeped in character, Sandwich has charming historic cottages and estates. Average home price: $678,300 Average luxury home price: $5.6 million Population: 20,469 4. Mashpee Known for: Rich Native American heritage Mashpee is a captivating blend of rich Native American heritage and a vibrant year-round community. Immerse yourself in the Wampanoag culture at the Mashpee Wampanoag Museum or attend the annual powwow, a celebration of Native American traditions. For outdoor enthusiasts, Mashpee National Wildlife Refuge offers diverse ecosystems and abundant wildlife, while South Cape Beach State Park provides pristine sands and refreshing ocean waters. Mashpee Commons, a shopping and dining destination, adds a touch of modern convenience. Mashpee’s culture is rooted in respect for the land, artistic appreciation and a welcoming spirit. Events and festivals throughout the year foster a strong sense of community. Average home price: $693,198 Average luxury home price: $4.3 million Population: 15,060 Upper Cape travel tip: Cape Cod experiences all four seasons — even summer days can have cool mornings and evenings. Bring layers and a rain jacket to ensure you're comfortable exploring Upper Cape’s beaches, trails and outdoor attractions. 5. Hyannis Known for: Bustling harbor and rich history Serving as the region’s commercial hub and a popular vacation destination, Hyannis pulses with the energy of Cape Cod. This presidential second home destination is the site of the John F. Kennedy Hyannis Museum, dedicated to the 35th president's Cape Cod legacy. Beyond the harbor, catch a live performance at the popular Cape Cod Melody Tent or spend a day at the Cape Cod Maritime Museum, delving into the region's rich nautical history. Hyannis is characterized by a vibrant blend of maritime traditions and artistic appreciation. The town has an energetic atmosphere year-round, with shops, restaurants and festivals catering to every taste. Whether you’re after a luxurious waterfront condo or an in-town cottage, you’ll find a diverse range of vacation rentals and potential second homes perfect for immersing yourself in the heart of Cape Cod action. Average home price: $529,209 Average luxury home price: $6.6 million Population: 14,089 6. Barnstable Known for: Stunning landscapes Barnstable is the largest town on Cape Cod and boasts plenty of natural beauty. Explore the village of Yarmouth Port, a walkable haven lined with art galleries, boutiques and historic sites. Delve into the past at the Barnstable Historical Society & Museum or stroll through the restored Stony Brook Gristmill Complex, a testament to the region's industrial past. Craving nature? Enjoy the soft sand of Craigville Beach or explore the diverse birdlife at the Long Point Wildlife Refuge. Barnstable's culture revolves around its residents' deep connection with the land and the sea. Vacation rentals here cater to various tastes, from charming homes in rolling hills to waterfront estates with stunning ocean views. Average home price: $695,271 Average luxury home price: $6.5 million Population: 49,532 7. Yarmouth Known for: Classic Cape Cod charm and family-friendly activities Yarmouth strikes a delightful balance between quintessential Cape Cod charm and activities that keep families entertained. The vibrant village of Dennis Port boasts a harbor teeming with colorful boats, enticing visitors with fresh seafood shacks and scenic cruises. History buffs can delve into the past at the Captain Bangs Hallet House, a beautifully preserved 17th-century residence. Yarmouth embraces the relaxed pace of Cape Cod life while catering to diverse interests. Families will find a welcoming atmosphere, with ample opportunities for outdoor adventures and exploring the region's rich history. The town has a variety of vacation rentals, from cozy cottages within walking distance of the beach to spacious properties with expansive yards, perfect for creating lasting summer memories. Average home price: $596,478 Average luxury home price: $7.1 million Population: 25,023 8. Dennis Known for: Tranquil beaches and relaxed atmosphere In Dennis, you’ll find a perfect mix of relaxation and artistic exploration. Warm beaches like West Dennis Beach give you ample opportunity for sunbathing and calm waters for swimming. Off the beach, immerse yourself in the local art scene. The Cape Cod Museum of Art showcases a collection of regional works, while the Scargo Stoneware Pottery & Art Gallery lets you witness the creation of local treasures. History buffs can appreciate the well-preserved Josiah Dennis Parsonage, a 1736 sea captain's home. Dennis is a laid-back town celebrating Cape Cod life's simple pleasures. Vacation rentals cater to those seeking a peaceful escape, offering charming cottages near the beach and secluded properties nestled in nature. Average home price: $648,218 Average luxury home price: $4.9 million Population: 14,674 Mid Cape travel tip: The Mid Cape boasts several excellent farmers markets overflowing with fresh produce, seafood and artisan goods. Stock up on picnic supplies or unique souvenirs while supporting local farmers and businesses. 9. Brewster Known for: Natural beauty and outdoor recreation Nestled on Cape Cod Bay, Brewster is ideal for nature enthusiasts and families seeking a classic Cape Cod escape. The town boasts the Cape’s largest state forest, Nickerson State Park, with over 1,900 acres of woodlands, freshwater ponds and hiking trails. Beyond the forest, explore the wonder of Brewster Flats at low tide, a vast expanse of tidal flats teeming with marine life. You can walk, run or ride the Cape Cod Rail Trail, a converted railway line that winds through Brewster and five other towns. Interested in finding the best golf courses on Cape Cod? Check out Cape Cod National Golf Club, one of the area’s most famous courses. With Long Pond, Cape Cod's largest freshwater pond, within its borders, Brewster offers opportunities for swimming, fishing, kayaking and enjoying the tranquility of nature. Vacation rentals range from cottages with easy beach access to luxury properties with stunning water views. Average home price: $784,914 Average luxury home price: $9.6 million Population: 2,509 10. Harwich Known for: Beautiful beaches and family-friendly atmosphere As the largest of all the Lower Cape Cod towns, Harwich is known for its diverse outdoor activities and family-friendly atmosphere. Stroll along the shores of Bank Street Beach or Red River Beach, both havens for sunbathing, swimming and watersports. For a unique experience, explore the vast cranberry bogs that dot the landscape. History buffs will appreciate the Brooks Academy Museum, a meticulously preserved 1837 schoolhouse. Nature lovers can explore the beauty of Bell's Neck Conservation Lands, a network of trails perfect for hiking, biking and birdwatching. Harwich is conveniently located near Cape Cod National Shore, which hosts plenty of family-friendly amenities. Vacation rentals cater to families and those seeking an active escape, with plenty of beach-access options or spacious properties with room for the whole crew. Average home price: $718,775 Average luxury home price: $7.7 million Population: 13,440 11. Chatham Known for: Upscale charm If you’re looking for a refined escape, look no further than Chatham. With an average home price of $1.2M, Chatham is one of the most affluent towns in Cape Cod. It’s located in the southeastern corner or “elbow” of Cape Cod and has become a popular summer destination. The iconic Chatham Lighthouse, operated by the U.S. Coast Guard, is an often-visited attraction, while Main Street is home to upscale shops and galleries. Nature lovers can enjoy Monomoy National Wildlife Refuge, which is full of diverse birdlife, or whale watching tours where lucky visitors can witness humpback whales migrating through Cape Cod Bay. Chatham is one of the best towns in Cape Cod for those seeking a luxury experience. Vacation rentals skew upscale — think waterfront properties with expansive decks — along with in-town cottages, many within walking distance of the Cape Cod's shoreline. Average home price: $1.2 million Average luxury home price: $7.8 million Population: 6,594 Lower Cape travel tip: The Lower Cape offers a quieter, more relaxed experience than the Upper Cape. Consider exploring charming back roads for hidden beaches, scenic overlooks and a taste of authentic Cape Cod charm. 12. Orleans Known for: Laid-back charm Orleans is known for a relaxed vibe steeped in natural beauty. The crown jewel is Nauset Beach, bordering the Cape Cod National Seashore and a haven for sunbathers and beachcombers. For a quieter experience, explore the shores of Skaket Beach on Cape Cod Bay — its calm waters are perfect for families with young children — or the diverse ecosystems and scenic trails of the Nauset Marsh Wildlife Sanctuary. Orleans has an appreciation of the natural environment and a relaxed pace of life. While Orleans lacks the tight-knit feel of some Cape Cod villages, East Orleans offers a charming village atmosphere with local shops and restaurants. Vacation rentals cater to various budgets, making Orleans an accessible option for those seeking a Cape Cod escape. Average home price: $1 million Average luxury home price: $7.8 million Population: 6,307 13. Eastham Known for: Historical significance Nicknamed the "Gateway to the Cape Cod National Seashore," Eastham boasts vast stretches of protected coastline, perfect for exploring diverse ecosystems and indulging in outdoor activities. The famous Nauset Lighthouse is a symbol of the region's maritime history. History buffs will also appreciate the Cape Cod National Seashore Museum and the First Encounter Beach, where the Pilgrims first met the Nauset people in 1620. Eastham's culture revolves around a deep connection to the land and the sea. Imagine mornings spent exploring the Cape Cod National Seashore or learning about Eastham's rich history at the museum, and afternoons swimming at Coast Guard Beach. Average home price: $812,608 Average luxury home price: $3M Population: 5,752 14. Wellfleet Known for: Cape Cod National Seashore access Wellfleet is one of the best Cape Cod towns for outdoor enthusiasts and seafood lovers. The Cape Cod National Seashore sprawls across nearly half the town, offering a massive playground for exploration. Hike scenic trails, relax on the beach or kayak the calm waters of Wellfleet Harbor. Don't miss Marconi Beach, a popular spot for sunbathing and watersports. Wellfleet boasts a vibrant arts scene with galleries and studios showcasing local talent. In October, the town becomes a haven for oyster lovers, hosting the famous Wellfleet OysterFest. While the entire Cape Cod population amounts to 232,457, Wellfleet has a smaller population of just 3,566. Average home price: $964,318 Average luxury home price: $4 million Population: 3,566 15. Truro Known for: Dramatic landscapes Truro features a dramatic landscape unlike any other on Cape Cod. Rolling sand dunes border the Atlantic Ocean, creating a breathtaking backdrop for relaxation and exploration. Visit the iconic Highland Light, one of Cape Cod's oldest and most recognizable lighthouses. For a dose of art and culture, explore the many galleries and studios showcasing the work of local artists. The town also hosts events and festivals throughout the year to celebrate local traditions and creativity. A vacation rental in Truro promises a tranquil escape that allows you to reconnect with nature and experience the artistic spirit of the town, with options like beachside cottages or more secluded properties among the dunes. Average home price: $1 million Average luxury home price: $3-4 million Population: 2,454 16. Provincetown Known for: Vibrant arts scene and inclusivity Provincetown is a vibrant mix of artistic energy, rich history and inclusivity. Stroll along the picturesque harbor lined with shops and restaurants, or explore the beaches at Cape Cod National Seashore. History buffs will appreciate the Pilgrim Monument and Museum, commemorating the arrival of the Mayflower. Art lovers can delve into the renowned Provincetown Art Association and Museum or discover hidden gems in the many galleries and studios. Provincetown is a place where creativity, acceptance and a celebration of individuality thrive. The town boasts a thriving year-round LGBTQ+ community and hosts vibrant events like Carnival in August, attracting roughly 90,000 festival-goers each year. While Provincetown has something for everyone, it caters particularly to those seeking a lively and inclusive atmosphere. Average home price: $988,594 Average luxury home price: $5–9.75 million Population: 3,664 Outer Cape travel tip: The Outer Cape is known for its dramatic landscapes and ocean views, but it can also be quite windy. Be sure to pack a light jacket or sweater to keep you comfortable, or heavier gear in fall and winter. How to spend a weekend in Cape Cod Whether you're a family seeking quality time together or a couple looking for romance, this iconic peninsula offers a quintessential New England escape. Use the sample itinerary suggestions below to help you craft a memorable weekend. Family Cape Cod itinerary Cape Cod has a variety of activities and destinations perfect for families with children of all ages. Here's a sample itinerary of things to do on Cape Cod to get you started. Morning: Start by exploring the wonders of the Cape Cod National Seashore, which spans the towns of Orleans, Eastham, Provincetown, Truro, Chatham and Truro. Hike the scenic trails at Nauset Lighthouse in Orleans, or head to Race Point Beach in Provincetown for expansive dunes and a chance to spot migrating shorebirds. Younger children will enjoy building sandcastles at Coast Guard Beach in Eastham. Afternoon: Take a whale-watching tour from Barnstable or Plymouth. Or cool off at one of Cape Cod’s many water parks. Water Wizz in Yarmouth has slides, a lazy river and a wave pool, perfect for a day of family fun. Evening: Enjoy a delicious seafood dinner at a family-friendly restaurant with harbor views in Hyannis or Dennis Village. Couple’s Cape Cod itinerary Cape Cod is an idyllic romantic getaway for couples seeking relaxation, adventure and a touch of luxury. Here's a potential itinerary to inspire you. Morning: Rent bikes and explore the scenic Cape Cod Rail Trail, a converted railway line winding through charming towns and offering stunning coastal views. Pedal through Falmouth, Mashpee and Brewster, stopping to admire the quaint shops and historic architecture along the way. Pack a light breakfast to enjoy at a scenic overlook or stop by a charming cafe. Afternoon: Pamper yourselves with a couples massage at a luxurious spa, like the Ocean Edge Resort Spa in Brewster or The Sea Spa at Chatham Bars Inn. Then, relax by going to a secluded beach, like Long Beach in Orleans or Marconi Beach in Wellfleet. Evening: Dress up for a gourmet seafood dinner at a waterfront restaurant with sunset views. The Lighthouse Inn in Dennis Port or The Mews in Provincetown offers exceptional culinary experiences and a romantic ambiance. You could also catch a live performance at the Provincetown Theater or stroll along Provincetown’s picturesque harbor. Co-own a home in Cape Cod Cape Cod's charm extends far beyond its iconic beaches. Vibrant villages, rich history, and thriving arts scenes await in its many towns. Cape Cod offers prospective second home buyers everything from quaint beach cottages to luxurious waterfront estates. Co-owning a vacation home means you split the initial purchase price and the ongoing costs of maintenance and utilities. This makes owning a luxurious property in new destinations more manageable while still providing dedicated getaways throughout the year.
One part world-class ski destination, one part charming Colorado mountain town, Aspen is truly a must-visit location. This community of 7,200 year-round residents has an outsized selection of recreational, cultural and historical attractions. If your fall vacation plans bring you to Aspen, you’re in for a treat. Thanks to its location in the White River National Forest and its stunning backdrop of the Elk Mountains, Aspen is legendary for experiencing fall colors — or “leaf peeping,” as New Englanders call it. Check out these 15 great ways to spend a fall day in and around Aspen — all of which give you beautiful views of the changing aspen leaves. 1. Explore the Lost Forest's autumnal glow There’s no better place to immerse yourself in the golden beauty of Aspen than the Maroon Creek Valley. Lace up your hiking boots and trek through this landscape, where you’ll see iconic aspen groves. Pack a picnic and find a serene spot at Crater Lake, where the reflection of the aspens in the still waters is breathtaking. Keep your eyes peeled for wildlife near Maroon Bells — visitors often spot elk and deer in this area. 2. Discover Aspen's Saturday market magic Immerse yourself in Aspen's culture at the Saturday Market. This weekly gathering showcases the best of the Roaring Fork Valley, from farm-fresh produce and artisanal cheeses to handcrafted treasures. Indulge your taste buds with juicy apples, crisp vegetables and honey so pure it's like liquid gold. Explore the Aspen Mall, where local artisans display their creations, from stunning jewelry to one-of-a-kind home decor. As you stroll through the market, enjoy live music performances and soak up the lively atmosphere. It's the perfect way to spend a Saturday morning and get a true taste of Aspen life. 3. Experience Maroon Lake's fall fantasy Maroon Lake is a must-visit if you've chosen Aspen as your fall destination. Surrounded by the iconic Maroon Bells, this stunning alpine lake transforms into a photographer's dream in autumn, perfect for when you’re visiting Aspen in October. For an unforgettable experience, take a boat tour across the crystal-clear waters, surrounded by the warm autumn hues of the aspen leaves. If you're up for a challenge, hike to Crater Lake for breathtaking panoramic views of the valley. And don't forget to capture the perfect shot of the Maroon Bells reflected in the still waters of Maroon Lake — it's an image you'll cherish forever. 4. Uncover Ashcroft's autumnal charm Step back in time with a visit to the charming ghost town of Ashcroft. Explore the remnants of its mining past as you wander through historic buildings and ruins. For a dose of outdoor adventure, hike to stunning Ashcroft Falls, where cascading water is framed by vibrant fall foliage. Pack a picnic and find a secluded spot along the Crystal River for a leisurely afternoon surrounded by the tranquil beauty of the valley. Ashcroft offers a respite from the hustle and bustle, allowing you to fully immerse yourself in the peace and quiet of Colorado’s fall wilderness. 5. Cruise Castle Creek Road for fall colors Take a scenic drive along Castle Creek Road in Aspen's own backyard. This picturesque route winds through stunning landscapes, offering breathtaking views of Red Mountain and Smuggler Mountain. Keep your eyes peeled for wildlife, as you’ll likely spot deer and elk. As you cruise along, you'll be captivated by Aspen's golden groves set against the majestic backdrop of the Elk Mountains. It's the perfect opportunity to relax and soak in the beauty of the Colorado autumn. 6. Conquer Snowmass Mountain in autumn Snowmass Mountain isn't just for winter sports enthusiasts. In the fall, it transforms into a playground for hikers and bikers alike. Lace up your hiking boots and hit the trails, like the popular Fanny Hill Trail or the scenic Lost Lake Trail. As you ascend, the mountain will reward you with panoramic views of Aspen and the surrounding peaks, painted in a beautiful palette of autumn colors. For a bird's-eye perspective, take a gondola ride to the summit of Snowmass, where you can soak in the expansive vistas and crisp mountain air. 7. Hike Hunter Creek Trail for fall freshness Escape the crowds and immerse yourself in nature on the Hunter Creek Trail. This scenic hike follows the winding path of Hunter Creek, offering a tranquil escape from the bustle of Aspen. Enjoy the fall foliage, and listen for the soothing sounds of the rushing water. The crisp mountain air and the beauty of the surrounding forest make this hike a perfect way to recharge and connect with nature. You might even spot colorful birds or curious squirrels enjoying their natural habitat. 8. Immerse yourself in downtown Aspen Downtown Aspen is a shopper's paradise, with high-end boutiques lining Galena Street and Cooper Avenue. When hunger strikes, you won’t be disappointed by Aspen’s culinary scene. Savor exquisite dishes at award-winning restaurants like Element 47, where innovative cuisine meets stunning mountain views. As the sun begins to set, Aspen's nightlife comes alive. Experience the town's energy at popular venues like Belly Up Aspen, where live music and energetic crowds create an electric atmosphere. 9. Enjoy the Aspen Filmfest The Aspen Filmfest is a highlight of the fall season, bringing together film lovers and industry insiders for a week, with red carpet premieres at the historic Wheeler Opera House. Get up close and personal with filmmakers and celebrities at exclusive industry events. And for an unforgettable experience, enjoy outdoor screenings on Aspen Mountain, where stunning mountain views provide the perfect backdrop for cinematic magic. 10. Admire Aspen Art Museum's fall collection Immerse yourself in the world of contemporary art at the Aspen Art Museum. Discover thought-provoking exhibitions that challenge perspectives and inspire creativity. From emerging artists to established masters, the museum showcases a diverse range of works. Expand your artistic horizons by attending engaging workshops and lectures led by renowned artists and curators. And don't miss the opportunity to appreciate the museum's stunning architecture, designed to blend seamlessly with the surrounding mountain landscape. 11. Celebrate Aspen's Oktoberfest If you’re visiting Aspen during the fall, join the festivities at Oktoberfest for an authentic taste of Bavarian culture. Wagner Park transforms into a lively beer garden, offering a delectable array of traditional German food and refreshing brews. Get your groove on with live music and dancing at the Aspen Mall, where you can show off your best polka moves. Join in the fun with various contests and games, from stein-holding competitions to costume contests. Oktoberfest truly captures the spirit of Aspen in autumn. 12. Trek Sunnyside Trail for stunning fall views Escape the crowds and immerse yourself in nature on the Sunnyside Trail. This invigorating hike rewards you with breathtaking overlooks of Aspen and the Roaring Fork Valley, painted in an enchanting tapestry of fall colors. As you ascend, keep an eye out for the changing leaves and the opportunity to spot curious marmots or colorful birds. The fresh mountain air and the stunning scenery make this hike a perfect way to experience the beauty of Aspen's fall. 13. Journey through Independence Pass Embark on an unforgettable adventure as you traverse the iconic Independence Pass. This scenic drive offers breathtaking views of snow-capped peaks, colorful foliage and the rugged beauty of the Colorado Rockies. Stop at the Continental Divide for a photo opportunity at this geological landmark. For the more adventurous, hike to stunning alpine lakes like Turquoise Lake and soak in the serenity of the mountain. Independence Pass is a must-visit for any nature lover exploring Aspen. 14. Relish Hunter Creek's peace Discover tranquility along the crystal-clear waters of Hunter Creek. Cast a line and try your luck at fly fishing in the creek, home to elusive trout. If fishing isn't your thing, simply relax creekside, surrounded by the soothing sounds of nature and the stunning beauty of the Aspen landscape. Pack a picnic basket and find a secluded spot to enjoy a leisurely meal in the peaceful ambiance of the valley. Hunter Creek offers a perfect escape for those seeking relaxation and rejuvenation. 15. Play golf amidst Aspen's fall foliage Aspen offers world-class golfing experiences that are even more spectacular in the fall. Tee off at renowned courses like Aspen Golf Club or Red Butte Ranch, surrounded by the breathtaking beauty of the changing leaves. As you play, take in the stunning mountain views and crisp autumn air. After a day on the course, indulge in a relaxing dinner at Red Mountain Grill at Aspen Golf Club. Aspen in the fall weekend itinerary To help you make the most of your time in Aspen, we've curated a sample weekend itinerary showcasing the best of what the area has to offer in the fall. Whether you’re after a romantic fall getaway or something more adventurous, Aspen has something for everyone. Day 1: Saturday Morning: Start your day with a leisurely hike through the Lost Forest. Hike to Crater Lake for a picnic surrounded by golden aspens. Keep an eye out for wildlife as you explore the Maroon Creek Valley. Afternoon: Head to downtown Aspen for lunch at the Saturday Market. Indulge in local produce, browse handmade crafts and enjoy live music. After lunch, explore the charming shops on Galena Street and Cooper Avenue. Evening: Enjoy a delicious dinner at one of Aspen's renowned restaurants. After dinner, enjoy the town’s nightlife with a visit to Belly Up Aspen for live music. Day 2: Sunday Morning: Begin your day with a scenic boat tour on Maroon Lake, surrounded by the iconic Maroon Bells. Capture stunning photos of the fall foliage reflected in the lake's crystal-clear waters. Afternoon: Drive to the charming ghost town of Ashcroft. Explore the historic buildings and hike to Ashcroft Falls. Enjoy a picnic along the Crystal River, surrounded by the secluded beauty of the valley. Evening: Return to Aspen and enjoy a leisurely dinner at a cozy restaurant. Then, stroll through downtown Aspen, admiring the twinkling lights and the charming atmosphere. Make Aspen a second home location with Pacaso No matter the season, there’s so much to explore in Aspen that you’ll need more than a weekend. Give yourself the time you need by buying a second home in town. When you co-own a vacation home, you can treat yourself to your own mountain retreat for less money and hassle.
Nicknamed the Golden State, California really shines in autumn. After the grapes are harvested, Wine Country vineyards become mosaics of red, yellow and orange. Parks across the state burst with fall colors, and small towns are free from flocks of tourists. Our guide introduces you to the 22 best places to enjoy fall in California. You may even find yourself longing for a cozy vacation home in this beautiful state. 1. Big Bear Lake Lace up your hiking boots and explore the vibrant trails that wind through the mountains near Big Bear Lake, offering breathtaking views of the changing foliage and crisp air that invigorates your senses. Or you can navigate the scenic paths on a rented mountain bike. For a more relaxed outing, take a leisurely boat tour around the lake. 2. Lassen Volcanic National Park Lassen Volcanic National Park promises an unforgettable beautiful experience in the fall. You’ll be awed by the expansive views of golden aspen leaves from atop Cinder Cone and the iconic Lassen Peak. Enjoy volcanic features like steaming fumaroles and bubbling mud pots, and immerse yourself in the serenity of the alpine lakes, their surfaces reflecting the golden hues of autumn. 3. Napa Valley Drive along Napa Valley’s Silverado Trail where the vineyards are awash in vibrant hues of red, orange and yellow, stopping at wineries along the way for a quick tasting (or two!). Or take a leisurely bike ride through the vineyard-lined paths and stop for a picnic among the changing colors. And for unparalleled views of Napa Valley, enjoy a hot air balloon ride at sunrise. 4. Bass Lake Fall is a great time to take leisurely hikes along the well-marked trails around Bass Lake, a 5-mile-long reservoir in the Sierra National Forest. Just a half-hour south of Yosemite National Park, the recreation area also offers kayak rentals. Autumn colors make this the perfect setting for picnics, fishing and watching serene sunsets. 5. Healdsburg This charming town offers farm-to-table dining experiences where the region's flavors come alive. Explore local wineries and taste the best Sonoma County has to offer. Whether you're biking through the countryside or simply soaking in the magic of the season in town, Healdsburg promises to be an enchanting autumn escape. Fun fact: Healdsburg is located in Sonoma County, where wineries abound. 6. June Lake Explore the breathtaking trails that wind through the Eastern Sierra landscape, surrounded by the vibrant hues of autumn foliage. Enjoy a scenic drive along June Lake Loop, where the reflection of golden aspens dances on the tranquil waters. Cast your fishing line into the crystal-clear lakes that dot the region, enjoying the serene atmosphere. 7. Lake Tahoe With a stunning backdrop of fall foliage, Lake Tahoe has a treasure trove of fall activities waiting for you. Drive around the entire lake to witness a vibrant tapestry of forest colors. If adventure calls, hit the mountain bike trails that wind through the area. Water lovers can enjoy a serene boat ride or unwind on the shore, watching the sunset paint the sky in warm hues. 8. Bishop Creek Canyon Bishop Creek Canyon is the perfect place to unwind with your family, enjoy a solo day in nature or stroll with your partner amongst autumn leaves. Immerse yourself in the dazzling foliage as you hike well-marked trails, surrounded by the rich hues of golden aspens and fiery maples. Explore the series of stunning alpine lakes, reflecting the vivid colors of the surrounding forest. Enjoy fishing in the pristine water and trekking to many nearby waterfalls. Fun fact: Fishers flock here to test their luck catching prize-worthy rainbow trout. 9. Truckee Truckee, a gorgeous resort town near Lake Tahoe, is the perfect place to enjoy fall in Northern California. Wander the town's charming streets to admire the rustic architecture and explore boutiques and galleries. Immerse yourself in nature by hiking the nearby trails, like the Donner Lake Rim Trail, enveloped in the rich hues of changing leaves. Consider a scenic drive along Donner Pass or through Martis Valley to witness the picturesque landscape. Travel tip: Visit Truckee in late autumn to get a head start on skiing practice. 10. Rock Creek Lake Rock Creek Lake is an angler’s paradise with an impressive mountain backdrop. Not only a premier fishing destination, Rock Creek Lake offers great hiking in the surrounding forests, river rafting and picnicking spots amongst the trees, and a variety of campgrounds. Try to catch a glimpse of sunrise or sunset over the lake before heading home. 11. Yosemite National Park A world of natural wonders and seasonal delights awaits you in Yosemite National Park. The iconic granite cliffs and graceful waterfalls are even more spectacular when contrasted with the warm and vibrant hues of autumn, creating a breathtaking backdrop for your explorations. Whether you're hiking under the towering sequoias or rafting along the Merced River, Yosemite is the ultimate family-friendly fall vacation. 12. Sonora Head to Gold Country to enjoy the autumn delights of California. Sonora invites you to savor its small-town charm and embrace the ambiance of downtown. After you explore Yosemite and the High Sierra, head to town for shops and eateries — street lamps light up the fall colors at night. 13. Sacramento Take a leisurely stroll along the tree-lined streets of Midtown Sacramento, where the leaves become a brilliant tapestry of reds and oranges. Savor the flavors of the season at local farmers markets, where you can pick up freshly harvested apples, pumpkins and artisanal treats. The city's historic sites come alive with fall festivals and events, allowing you to immerse yourself in the state’s capital. Travel tip: Visit Sacramento County’s American River Parkway and enjoy a bike ride as the sun sets. 14. Hope Valley Hit the road to enjoy picturesque routes like Highway 88 or Blue Lakes Road, and witness Hope Valley adorned in a stunning palette of fall colors. Explore the hiking trails and immerse yourself in the golden beauty of aspen groves and sweeping meadows at 7,000 feet. Check out the meandering West Carson River and the 2,869-acre Hope Valley Wildlife Area. 15. Quincy Stroll along the picturesque streets of this small American Valley town, and enjoy seasonal delights at the weekly Quincy farmers market where fresh produce and artisanal goods showcase fall flavors. Take a scenic drive like Bucks Lake Road or the Feather River Scenic Byway to witness the vivid spectrum of fall foliage. Explore the natural beauty of the area by hiking the Spanish Creek Trail or tackle numerous mountain biking trails. 16. Lake Sabrina Explore the captivating allure of Lake Sabrina with a range of local activities that embrace California in the fall. Take a leisurely stroll around the lake's tranquil shores, where the surrounding aspens create a vibrant tapestry of colors. Engage in fishing, as the cooler temperatures make for a peaceful angling experience. Embark on nearby hiking trails, such as the Sabrina Basin Trail, and immerse yourself in the fall season in California. 17. Julian This small Gold Rush mining town near Palm Springs is the perfect place to enjoy fall in Southern California. Savor the flavors of autumn by indulging in Julian's famous apple pies and freshly pressed cider. Immerse yourself in the natural beauty by hiking the Volcan Mountain Preserve or exploring nearby trails, where the changing leaves create a beautiful backdrop. Before you leave, consider visiting Julian's many orchards for apple picking with your loved ones — a must-try California fall activity. 18. Redding Explore the Sacramento River Trail, where the changing leaves create a picturesque backdrop for both hiking and biking. Immerse yourself in nature by visiting Redding’s Turtle Bay Exploration Park and its McConnell Arboretum, where you can wander among the vibrant fall foliage. Take a scenic drive to Whiskeytown National Recreation Area, where fall colors adorn the landscape. 19. Lake Arrowhead Take in the natural splendor of Lake Arrowhead by hiking the local trails, like the Deep Creek Trail, which offers breathtaking views amidst the changing leaves. A leisurely boat ride on the lake is also a great way to enjoy the reflecting pool of vibrant California fall colors. From relaxing on the shore to climbing challenging peaks, there is something for every autumn lover to enjoy. Travel tip: Don’t miss Oktoberfest, a favorite autumn event. 20. Oak Glen Indulge in the quintessential charms of Oak Glen during the autumn season. Begin your day by exploring local apple orchards where you can enjoy apple picking, cider tasting and browsing local artisanal goods. Immerse yourself in nature by hiking the trails at Riley's Farm or Wildlands Conservancy, enveloped in vibrant foliage. End the day with a leisurely stroll through the village, where shops brim with autumn-inspired crafts and baked goods. 21. Mammoth Lakes Take in the charm of Mammoth Lakes in autumn. Hike trails that wind through the stunning landscape, such as the Lakes Basin Trail, where you'll be surrounded by the golden hues of fall foliage. Immerse yourself in the tranquility of the lakeshore, witnessing the reflections of colorful trees on the water's surface. Enjoy a scenic drive along the Mammoth Scenic Loop, with picturesque vistas and vibrant fall colors. 22. Grover Hot Springs State Park No trip to Grover Hot Springs State Park is complete without taking a relaxing dip in the natural hot springs, surrounded by the crisp air and colorful fall foliage. Hike along trails that wind through the serene landscapes, such as the Hot Springs Creek Trail. Enjoy a leisurely picnic amidst the tranquil surroundings, savoring the soothing atmosphere and the sound of rustling leaves. Co-own a California vacation home with Pacaso Wonderful autumn destinations abound but fall in California has its own special appeal. The Golden State offers a diverse range of autumnal experiences, from forests cloaked in fiery hues to quaint, storybook towns nestled amidst rolling hills. Imagine spending your autumn days exploring picturesque vineyards, hiking through sun-dappled forests or simply relaxing by a crackling fireplace in a luxurious second home. Pacaso can help you own a turnkey, fully managed luxury second home in California or beyond. Don’t see something that you love? Learn how you can turn a property you’ve been eyeing into a Pacaso.
Massachusetts is a state brimming with history, charming coastal towns and vibrant cities. Whether you're a history buff itching to walk the Freedom Trail, a nature enthusiast yearning for Cape Cod's stunning beaches or a foodie seeking Boston's renowned cuisine, you'll find no shortage of things to do in Massachusetts. We've compiled 25 of the best things to do in Massachusetts so you can experience all the state has to offer. But what if your Massachusetts adventure leaves you longing for more? Consider co-owning a vacation to own your own bit of the Bay State. 1. Fenway Park Iconic baseball park steeped in history Fenway Park, the oldest Major League Baseball stadium, is one of the more popular attractions in Massachusetts. Whether you're a die-hard Red Sox fan or simply appreciate sports history, catching a game at Fenway is an unforgettable experience. Beyond baseball, explore the park's rich history with a guided tour, grab a bite at one of the many food vendors or soak up the atmosphere in the Green Monster seats. Location: Boston Price: Ticket prices vary based on the game, seat location and opponent. Best time to go: For a classic New England baseball experience, aim for a cool spring or fall day. 2. Boston Common Oldest public park in the United States Boston Common, the oldest public park in the United States, offers a green oasis in the heart of the city. Stroll along its pleasant paths, rent a swan boat on the picturesque lagoon or simply relax on a bench and soak up the city's energy. The Common is more than just a park — it's a stage for community events, a gathering place for friends and a gateway to exploring Boston's rich history. Location: Boston Price: Free Best time to go: Spring or summer for pleasant weather and vibrant greenery. 3. Harvard University A prestigious college campus Explore the heart of academia at Harvard University. There's something to inspire everyone from one of the world's most prestigious institutions. Explore the impressive Cambridge campus, admire the stunning architecture and delve into the rich history surrounding you. From the historic Harvard Yard to the cutting-edge research facilities. Location: Cambridge Price: Free to visit the campus; museum fees may apply Best time to go: Spring or fall for pleasant weather and vibrant campus life. 4. Faneuil Hall Marketplace Historic shopping and dining haven If you're looking for fun things to do in Massachusetts, look no further than Faneuil Hall Marketplace in Boston. This vibrant hub of activity combines history, shopping and dining in one bustling location. Explore the historic market buildings, browse unique shops and savor delicious cuisine worldwide. Enjoy lively street performances, soak up the bustling atmosphere and immerse yourself in the heart of Beantown. Location: Boston Price: Free to visit; individual shops and restaurants have their pricing Best time to go: It's enjoyable year-round, but outdoor dining and entertainment are especially enjoyable during the holiday season and warmer months. 5. Copley Square World-class shopping Copley Square is a stunning public space with impressive landmarks and world-class shopping. Admire the architectural beauty of the Boston Public Library, a masterpiece of design, or relax in the square's green oasis. Explore the upscale boutiques and high-end stores on nearby Newbury Street, or indulge in a delicious meal at one of the many fine dining restaurants in the area. Copley Square offers a sophisticated and refined experience, perfect for those seeking culture, shopping, and a touch of luxury. Location: Boston Price: Free to visit the square; shopping and dining prices vary. Best time to go: Year-round, with each season offering a unique charm. Spring and fall are delightful for outdoor activities. 6. New England Aquarium Interactive aquarium If you're wondering what to do in Massachusetts with kids, discover the wonders of the ocean at the New England Aquarium in Boston. Encounter diverse marine life, from playful sea otters and graceful penguins to mesmerizing jellyfish and colorful coral reefs. Enjoy interactive exhibits, learn about ocean conservation and experience the thrill of face-to-face encounters with some of the most fascinating creatures on Earth. A visit to the New England Aquarium is an unforgettable adventure for all ages. Location: Boston Price: $34 (adult), $25 (children 3–11), $32 (college students and seniors 60+) Best time to go: Year-round, but consider visiting during the weekdays for less crowded experiences. 7. Museum of Fine Arts, Boston World-class art collections and exhibits Dive into a world of art and culture at the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, one of the more renowned Massachusetts attractions. With an extensive collection spanning centuries and continents, the MFA offers something for every art enthusiast. Explore the diverse range of human creativity, from ancient Egyptian artifacts to contemporary masterpieces. Location: Boston Price: $27 (adults), $10 (children 7–17), free for children six and under Best time to go: Weekdays for a less crowded experience, or plan your visit around special exhibitions. 8. Boston Tea Party Ships & Museum A place to relive history Step back in time and experience the American Revolution firsthand at the Boston Tea Party Ships & Museum. Embark on an interactive journey through the events leading up to the infamous tea party, including a thrilling reenactment of the actual event. Explore authentically restored ships, meet costumed historical interpreters and discover the stories of the courageous individuals who shaped the nation. This immersive experience is a must-do for history buffs and families alike. Location: Boston Price: From $35 Best time to go: Year-round, but consider visiting during off-peak hours for a less crowded experience. 9. Cape Cod National Seashore A coastal haven Escape to the pristine beauty of Cape Cod National Seashore, where sandy beaches, towering dunes and crystal-clear waters make this one of the best places to visit in Massachusetts. Explore the diverse ecosystems, from salt marshes to pine forests, and encounter various wildlife. Hike, bike or simply relax on the shore, soaking up the sun and the salty sea breeze of the six Cape Cod National Seashore beaches. Location: Cape Cod Price: $15–$25 Best time to go: Summer for warm weather and beach activities, but the seashore offers beauty in every season. 10. Martha's Vineyard Laid-back island paradise Martha's Vineyard is a quintessential New England island escape, boasting stunning beaches, charming towns and a laid-back atmosphere. Explore the vibrant towns of Edgartown, Oak Bluffs and Vineyard Haven, each with its unique character. Spend your days swimming, sunbathing or biking along the scenic coastline. Indulge in fresh seafood, explore local shops and experience the island's rich history. Martha's Vineyard offers a perfect blend of relaxation and adventure. Location: South of Cape Cod Price: Varies depending on accommodations, transportation and activities. Best time to go: Summer for warm weather and lively atmosphere. 11. Nantucket Refined island getaway Nantucket is a sophisticated island retreat renowned for its pristine beaches, charming cobblestone streets and elegant boutiques. Explore the historic district, admire the iconic Nantucket lightship and indulge in fresh seafood at waterfront restaurants. Experience the island's rich whaling heritage through museums and historic landmarks. Nantucket offers a perfect escape for those seeking a refined and unforgettable vacation. Location: 28 miles east of Martha's Vineyard Price: Higher-end than some other Massachusetts destinations due to its exclusive atmosphere Best time to go: Summer for peak season and warm weather. 12. The House of the Seven Gables A literary landmark Step into the pages of American literature at The House of the Seven Gables, the setting of Nathaniel Hawthorne's classic novel. Explore this historic mansion, preserved as a museum, and learn about the rich history and legends that surround it. As you stroll through the enchanting gardens and see the architectural charm, you'll gain a deeper appreciation for Hawthorne's literary masterpiece. Location: Salem Price: $25 (adults), $20 (seniors 65+), $17 (children 5–12) Best time to go: Spring or autumn for nice weather and fewer crowds. 13. The Witch House at Salem A look into the Salem Witch Trials Delve into the infamous Salem Witch Trials at The Witch House, the only surviving structure directly tied to the trials. Once home to Judge Jonathan Corwin, this historic house offers a glimpse into the lives of those involved in these tragic events. Explore the house's rooms, learn about the accusations and trials and gain a deeper understanding of this dark chapter in American history. This is one of the most popular places to go in Massachusetts in October, so plan accordingly if you want to visit Massachusetts in the fall. Location: Salem Price: $23 (adults), $10 (seniors), $8 (children 6–14), free for children under 6 Best time to go: Spring or autumn for a less crowded experience, or visit during the Halloween season for a unique atmosphere (but brace yourself for October crowds). 14. Old Sturbridge Village Immersive 19th century-inspired village Get a realistic view of 19th-century New England life at Old Sturbridge Village. This living history museum recreates a bustling village with historic homes, shops and craftsmen demonstrating traditional trades. Witness blacksmiths, weavers and farmers at work, and explore the village's charming streets. Enjoy a horse-drawn carriage ride, savor traditional New England cuisine and experience firsthand what life was like in the early 19th century. Location: Sturbridge Price: $27 (adults), $25 (seniors 55+), $12 (children 4–17), free for children under 3 Best time to go: Spring or fall for pleasant weather and vibrant foliage. 15. North End Boston's Little Italy The North End is a vibrant neighborhood bursting with Italian charm and rich history. Known as Boston's Little Italy, it's a foodie's paradise with authentic Italian restaurants serving delicious pasta, pizza and cannoli. Beyond the culinary delights, explore the historic streets, visit landmarks like Old North Church and enjoy the neighborhood's lively atmosphere. Location: Boston Price: Varies depending on dining and shopping choices Best time to go: Year-round, but summer offers a lively outdoor dining experience. 16. The Paul Revere House A revolutionary step back in time Step into history at The Paul Revere House, the oldest house in downtown Boston. This landmark was home to the legendary silversmith and patriot, Paul Revere. Explore the house's historic rooms, preserved with meticulous detail, and imagine the life of this revolutionary figure. Discover the stories behind Revere's famous ride and his contributions to the American Revolution. Location: Boston Price: $6 (adults), $5.60 (seniors and college students), $1 (children 5–17) Best time to go: Year-round, but consider visiting during off-peak hours for a more intimate experience. 17. Battleship Cove A floating museum Battleship Cove is a maritime history lover's paradise, home to the world's most extensive collection of naval ships. Explore the mighty USS Massachusetts, a WWII battleship turned museum, and step back in time to the heart of naval warfare. Climb aboard other historic vessels like submarines, destroyers and PT boats, and learn about the stories of bravery and sacrifice. Battleship Cove offers a unique opportunity to experience naval history up close. Location: Fall River Price: $25 (adults), $23 (seniors), $16 (active military), $15 (children 4–12), free for children three and under Best time to go: Summer for pleasant weather, but the museum is open year-round. 18. Massachusetts State House A symbol of democracy The Massachusetts State House, a symbol of government and democracy, is known for its golden dome, a recognizable landmark on Boston's skyline. Take a guided tour to explore the building's rich history, admire the stunning architecture and learn about the state's legislative process. Visit the House of Representatives and the Senate chambers, and stand in awe of the grand Hall of Flags. Location: Boston Price: Free tours, but reservations are recommended Best time to go: Weekdays during business hours to witness the government in action. 19. Boston Symphony Hall A musical experience Boston Symphony Hall is renowned worldwide for its exceptional acoustics. Home to the world-class Boston Symphony Orchestra, the hall offers an unforgettable experience for music lovers. Indulge in the rich sound quality as you listen to classical masterpieces performed by talented musicians. Beyond the concerts, explore the hall's architectural beauty and learn about its history as one of the world's premier concert halls. Location: Boston Price: Ticket prices vary depending on the performance Best time to go: Check the Boston Symphony Orchestra's schedule for performances that interest you. 20. Sleepy Hollow Cemetery A historic graveyard Sleepy Hollow Cemetery in Concord is more than just a graveyard — a serene and historic park-like setting. This final resting place for many notable figures, including Henry David Thoreau, Ralph Waldo Emerson and Nathaniel Hawthorne, offers a contemplative and inspiring atmosphere. Stroll through the beautifully landscaped grounds, visit the gravesites of literary and philosophical giants, and appreciate the peaceful ambiance. Location: Concord Price: Free to visit Best time to go: Spring or autumn for nice weather. 21. Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum A Venetian palace in Boston The Isabella Stewart Gardner Museum is an enchanting space, often described as a Venetian palace transplanted to Boston. This architectural masterpiece houses an extraordinary collection of art, including paintings, sculptures, tapestries and decorative arts worldwide. Wander through the beautifully landscaped courtyard, explore the intimate galleries and witness the rich atmosphere created by Isabella Stewart Gardner herself. Location: Boston Price: $20 (adults), $18 (seniors 65+), $13 (students), free for children under 18 Best time to go: Weekdays for a quieter experience, or plan your visit around special exhibitions. 22. Plimoth Patuxet Museums An exploration of Wampanoag culture Plimoth Patuxet Museums offers a unique opportunity to step back in time and experience the early days of America. Explore the recreated 17th-century English village, where costumed interpreters bring history to life through daily activities and demonstrations. Discover the vibrant culture of the Wampanoag people through the Historic Patuxet Homesite and gain a deeper understanding of their lives and traditions. Learn about the stories of two cultures coming together and witness firsthand the challenges and triumphs of those early settlers. Location: Plymouth Price: $35 (adults), $31.50 (seniors), $20 (children) Best time to go: Summer for the full experience, but the museums offer programs throughout the year. 23. Freedom Trail A walk through history Embark on a self-guided walking tour through Boston's rich history along the Freedom Trail. The 2.5-mile trek connects 16 significant historical sites, including the Boston Common, Faneuil Hall, the Paul Revere House and the Bunker Hill Monument. Learn about the American Revolution, discover hidden gems and immerse yourself in the spirit of patriotism. Location: Boston Price: Free Best time to go: Year-round, but spring and fall offer pleasant weather for walking. 24. John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum A presidential legacy The John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum is a powerful tribute to the 35th president of the United States. Explore JFK's life and legacy through interactive exhibits, personal artifacts and captivating multimedia displays. Gain a deeper understanding of the challenges and triumphs of his presidency. The museum also houses a vast collection of historical documents and photographs, offering a comprehensive look at this pivotal period in American history. Location: Boston Price: $18 (adults), $12 (seniors 62+ and college students), $10 (teens 13–17) Best time to go: Weekdays for a less crowded experience, or plan your visit around special exhibits. 25. Norman Rockwell Museum A celebration of American life The Norman Rockwell Museum offers a captivating journey through the heart of American culture. Get an up-close look into the world of Norman Rockwell's iconic artwork, showcasing the everyday moments that define the nation's spirit. Explore the museum's extensive collection, featuring original paintings, sketches and illustrations that capture the essence of American life throughout the 20th century. Gain a deeper appreciation for Rockwell's talent and the enduring power of his imagery. Location: Stockbridge Price: $25 (adults), $23 (seniors 65+), $23 (veterans), $10 (college students), free for children 18 and under Best time to go: Year-round Explore Massachusetts with a vacation home from Pacaso. Massachusetts is a state brimming with diverse experiences, from historic landmarks and vibrant cities to stunning coastal landscapes and charming towns. With Pacaso, owning a vacation home in this beautiful state could be closer than you think. Co-owning a vacation home means you split the initial purchase price and the ongoing maintenance and utilities costs. This makes owning a luxurious property more manageable than going alone while still providing a turnkey, fully managed second home throughout the year.
Vibrant foliage, crisp air and fewer vacationers make autumn the perfect time for travel and adventure. To help you make the most of this enchanting season, we've curated a list of the 41 best fall vacation destinations across the United States. And if one of them feels like home, we can help you co-own a vacation home to love all year round. 1. Pocono Mountains, Pennsylvania The Pocono Mountains are a paradise for hikers who love the brisk autumn temperatures and the foliage along the Appalachian Trail is breathtaking. Explore charming towns like Jim Thorpe and Stroudsburg as you travel through the region. If hiking isn’t your cup of tea during a mountain getaway, take a scenic drive along Route 6 for stunning views of the changing leaves. Average fall temperatures: 31-70 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Hike a section of the Appalachian Trail 2. Woodstock, Vermont Take a scenic drive along Route 100, where the rolling hills are ablaze with the fiery hues of fall foliage. Explore the charming streets of Woodstock, where you'll find artisanal shops and cozy cafes. As the sun sets, take a leisurely walk through the Marsh-Billings-Rockefeller National Historical Park, surrounded by the season’s vibrant colors. Average fall temperatures: 27-73 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Marvel at the fall colors along Route 100 3. Hudson Valley, New York Drive along Route 9W, where the rolling hills are painted in vibrant autumn colors. Indulge in local apple picking at orchards like Fishkill Farms, enjoying freshly pressed cider while you’re there. Explore historic sites like Kykuit, the Rockefeller estate and Washington Irving's Sunnyside. Average fall temperatures: 38-77 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Pick apples at a local orchard 4. New York City, New York To kick off a great fall vacation in New York City, stroll through Central Park, where the leaves turn brilliant shades of red and orange. Then head to Greenwich Village and pop into cafes as you wander the charming streets. Don't miss the chance to take a scenic ferry ride to see the Statue of Liberty against the crisp autumn skyline. Warm up in one of the city's world-class museums, like the Metropolitan Museum of Art, The Guggenheim or MoMA. Average fall temperatures: 42-76 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Stroll through Central Park 5. Long Island, New York Long Island has charming towns like Greenport and Southold, perfect for browsing in antique shops and boutiques. Families will enjoy visiting pumpkin patches and apple orchards, and adults will savor local wineries adorned with fall colors. As the sun sets, dine at a waterfront restaurant. Average fall temperatures: 38-77 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Visit a pumpkin patch 6. Catskill Mountains, New York Drive along Route 28 to see the rolling hills and vibrant foliage create a picturesque fall setting. Explore the hiking trails in the Catskill Forest Preserve, such as Kaaterskill Falls and Overlook Mountain, to witness the fall colors in all their glory. Nearby, small towns like Woodstock and Phoenicia offer a variety of art galleries, cozy cafes and farm-to-table dining. Average fall temperatures: 26-63 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Hike in a forest preserve 7. Salem, Massachusetts The rich history of Salem, Massachusetts, comes alive in autumn. Begin your journey with a visit to the Salem Witch Museum to learn about the infamous witch trials. Stroll along the historic streets and visit the House of the Seven Gables, an architectural gem. There are many Halloween festivities — including haunted tours and ghostly reenactments — to enjoy as the sun sets. Immerse yourself in the eerie atmosphere of Salem's candlelit cemeteries and historic sites, making your fall getaway a truly bewitching experience. Average fall temperatures: 36-73 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Learn about the Salem Witch Trials 8. Boston, Massachusetts Immerse yourself in Boston’s rich history and vibrant autumn ambiance with a stroll through Boston Common and the Public Garden, the first public botanical garden in the country. The leaves transform into a tapestry of reds and yellows — perfect for fall photoshoots. Take a leisurely walk along the Charles River Esplanade to witness the city's skyline ablaze with autumnal colors as the day ends. Average fall temperatures: 38-73 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Stroll through a gorgeous garden 9. Chicago, Illinois No trip to Chicago is complete without a visit to Millennium Park, where the Bean and surrounding gardens are adorned with fall colors. Take a scenic stroll along Lake Michigan's shoreline, where the crisp breeze and changing leaves create a serene atmosphere. As evening approaches, the city's skyline lights up along the Chicago Riverwalk, and the city’s legendary jazz clubs come alive. Average fall temperatures: 39-74 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Enjoy fall foliage along the Chicago Riverwalk 10. Black Hills, South Dakota Autumn is the perfect time for a scenic drive through the Black Hills National Forest, where the vibrant fall foliage paints the landscape in a mosaic of reds, yellows and oranges. After a hike or two, catch a glimpse of the free-roaming buffalo herds at Custer State Park. End your fall getaway with a visit to Mount Rushmore and Crazy Horse Memorial. Average fall temperatures: 13-66 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: See Mount Rushmore 11. Door County, Wisconsin The Door County Coastal Byway showcases the shores of Lake Michigan in gorgeous fall foliage. Hike the trails at Peninsula State Park, taking in breathtaking views from Eagle Bluff. Stop by small villages like Ephraim and Fish Creek for a charming day trip. Visit a local orchard for apple picking to indulge in the seasonal harvest. End the night with a glass of wine and local cheese as a reward for your hard work adventuring. Average fall temperatures: 31-71 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Harvest fresh apples 12. Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming, Idaho and Montana Bask in the geothermal wonders of Old Faithful where steam mingles with crisp fall air. Explore the park's diverse landscapes, from the colorful canyons of Yellowstone to the fiery hues of aspens and willows along the Lamar Valley. Watch for the park's wildlife, including elk and bison. Stop by the thermal pools at the Mammoth Hot Springs, where the fall colors contrast beautifully with the clear water — making it the perfect place to end your day of autumn adventure. Average fall temperatures: 13-62 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Spot roaming bison 13. Jackson Hole, Wyoming Located just south of Yellowstone and Grand Teton National Park, Jackson Hole’s natural beauty will leave you breathless. From September to November, visit the National Elk Refuge to hear the unique sounds of elk bulging. Go back in time to the Old West and explore Jackson’s historic downtown. Artist lovers will enjoy the Jackson Hole Fall Arts Festival. Average fall temperatures: 17-71 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: See the breathtaking fall autumn colors in national parks 14. Seattle, Washington A good first stop is Pike Place Market, where you can sip on warm apple cider and explore stalls brimming with seasonal produce and artisanal crafts. After, stroll through the lush Washington Park Arboretum and its Japanese maple grove to witness the trees painted in stunning shades of red and gold. For photo ops, ride the Seattle Great Wheel on the Elliott Bay waterfront, then check out one of the city’s many independent coffee shops. Average fall temperatures: 43-67 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Check out the arboretum’s colorful Japanese maples 15. Columbia River Gorge, Oregon Eagle Creek and Multnomah Falls burst with vibrant autumn colors that pop against the lush greenery, making them the perfect fall hiking destinations. Explore the charming towns of Hood River and Cascade Locks, known for their local cideries and wineries. For panoramic views of the Columbia River framed by golden foliage, take a scenic drive along the Historic Columbia River Highway. Average fall temperatures: 37-71 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Sample the goods at local cideries 16. Portland, Oregon Portland’s unique blend of urban charm and natural beauty makes it one of the best places to visit in the fall. Visit Powell's City of Books, one of the world's largest independent bookstores, then explore the city's lush parks, like Forest Park or Washington Park, where the fall foliage is on full display. As the day winds down, take a leisurely stroll along the waterfront of the Willamette River to see the city’s illuminated bridges. Average fall temperatures: 42-75 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Grab a book and head to one of the city’s lush parks 17. McKenzie River, Oregon Start your journey on the Historic Columbia River Highway, where waterfalls and colorful foliage line your path. To see lava fields framed by golden trees, explore the McKenzie Pass-Santiam Pass Scenic Byway. Along the way, visit charming small towns like Hood River and Sisters, where local harvest festivals and cozy cafes await. Average fall temperatures: 41-79 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Chase waterfalls 18. Napa Valley, California As the premiere fall winery destination in the United States, Napa Valley is an elegant fall vacation destination. Autumn is the perfect time to visit Napa and its surrounding towns, as grapes are harvested well into October. Then, take in the stars at the Napa Valley Film Festival in early November. Looking for something more low-key? Fill your days with private wine tastings and winery tours. Average fall temperatures: 43-83 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Sample great vintages at over 500 wineries 19. San Francisco, California With a warm cup of coffee in hand, take a walk across the iconic Golden Gate Bridge, where the fog adds an enchanting atmosphere to your journey. Head to Golden Gate Park to witness the trees adorned in fall colors and visit the Japanese Tea Garden for a serene escape. Don't miss a drive down scenic Highway 1 to admire the rugged coastline and colorful autumn hues of nearby vineyards. Average fall temperatures: 51-71 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Enjoy a foggy walk across the Golden Gate Bridge 20. Redwood National Park, California Few places compare to the splendor of these ancient giants. Explore the park's scenic coastal trails, like the Fern Canyon loop, for a blend of lush greenery and vibrant fall colors along the Pacific coastline. To see some of the tallest trees on earth, visit the Tall Trees Grove. At dusk, witness the park's starry skies, free from light pollution, for a truly mesmerizing experience. Average fall temperatures: 38-69 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: See the redwoods in all their glory 21. Yosemite, California Hike to iconic sites like Yosemite Falls and Half Dome for amazing views of the changing leaves. Now is your chance to capture stunning photographs of the changing leaves reflected in the crystal-clear waters of Mirror Lake. If you’re thinking of camping, plan ahead because reservations are required and sell out quickly. Average fall temperatures: 32-84 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Test your nature photography skills 22. Livermore, California Soak up the region's wine country charm and scenic beauty in Livermore. Savor wine tastings and learn about the winemaking process amidst the gorgeous fall colors. Explore the Livermore Valley Wine Country Trail, taking in the breathtaking views of rolling hills and grapevines. Adventurers can take a hot air balloon ride for a bird's-eye view of the stunning landscape. Savor farm-to-table cuisine at local restaurants and cafes. Average fall temperatures: 42-86 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Sip and savor local wines 23. Mammoth Lakes, California Enjoy California’s crisp autumn weather during a hike along Eastern Sierra trails like the Crystal Lake Trail, where the aspen groves burst with brilliant fall colors. Explore the Mammoth Lakes Basin for sweeping views of the natural landscape. For even better views, take a gondola ride up to the Mammoth Mountain summit for panoramic views of the surrounding peaks, ablaze in autumn hues. Average fall temperatures: 23-71 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Explore golden Aspen groves 24. Lake Tahoe, California Lake Tahoe is an idyllic mountain lake that sits on the border of California and Nevada. With 72 miles of shoreline and more than 10 cities to choose from, there’s no shortage of towns to visit in the fall. Take a cruise on Lake Tahoe or drive to Apple Hill to pick apples or a stroll through the pumpkin patch. Average fall temperatures: 31-74 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Enjoy a scenic cruise on the lake 25. Palm Springs, California Though most think of it as a prime snowbird destination, Palm Springs is a beautiful place to visit in the fall. Lovers of vintage architecture will love Modernism Week in October, during which you can tour Mid-Century Modern homes throughout the city. Families will love spending warmer days on hiking and biking trails around the city. Visit Joshua Tree National Park and check out the stunning rock formations. Average fall temperatures: 52-102 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Take a tour of historic architecture 26. Park City, Utah Park City is an ideal place for people looking for a luxurious fall vacation. As an old mining town, there’s a lot of history to unearth in the historic downtown and local ghost tours. The fall colors peak in early October, so you can watch the mountains turn from yellow to bright red. In Park City, it starts to snow in the fall, which makes this one of the best ski towns in the United States. Average fall temperatures: 21-71 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Watch the mountain foliage turn red 27. Ouray, Colorado Hot springs and hikes make Ouray, Colorado, one of the best fall vacations in the U.S. Hike in the nearby San Juan Mountains, where aspen trees blaze with golden foliage. Don't miss a drive on the Million Dollar Highway, known for its dramatic vistas and winding roads. After a day full of adventure, relax in the soothing hot springs Ouray is famous for. Average fall temperatures: 23-69 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Soak in hot spring 28. Colorado Springs, Colorado Begin your Colorado Springs adventure by exploring nearby trails, like the Manitou Incline or Barr Trail, for scenic hikes amidst the vibrant foliage. Don't miss a ride on the Pikes Peak Cog Railway for panoramic views of the surrounding mountains and valleys dressed in fall colors. Then, stargaze at the Cheyenne Mountain State Park for an amazing celestial experience. Average fall temperatures: 25-75 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Take a ride on the famous cog railway 29. Aspen, Colorado Embrace the enchanting beauty of the Rocky Mountains in autumn in Aspen. You can hike or take a scenic drive through Maroon Bells to see the stunning reflection of the golden aspens in Maroon Lake. Explore the town's vibrant arts scene, with galleries showcasing local talent and outdoor sculptures set amid fall foliage. Ride on the Silver Queen Gondola for panoramic views of the changing leaves and indulge in luxury dining at one of Aspen's world-class restaurants. Average fall temperatures: 20-70 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Ride a gondola fit for a queen 30. Vail, Colorado Sitting in the Rocky Mountains, Vail is one of the most lush mountain towns for fall vacations. Plus, it’s one of the best mountain biking cities in the United States. If you’re a lover of beer, Vail celebrates Oktoberfest and is home to many small breweries. For those looking to create a luxurious getaway, there’s no shortage of spas in the city so you can treat yourself and practice self-care. Average fall temperatures: 15-67 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Explore the dramatic Rocky Mountains 31. Telluride, Colorado Indulge in the breathtaking autumn beauty of the San Juan Mountains and the charming mountain town of Telluride, Colorado. Take a scenic hike through the golden aspen groves of the Telluride Valley Floor, where fall foliage is at its peak. Explore the historic streets of Telluride, with its Victorian architecture and artisan shops. Take a free gondola ride for stunning views of the surrounding peaks. Average fall temperatures: 14-68 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Walk along charming streets 32. Flagstaff, Arizona Flagstaff is more than a quaint town near the Grand Canyon — it’s the jumping-off point for lots of outdoor adventures. Hiking in the Coconino National Forest is the best way to enjoy the vivid colors of maple trees in fall. Take a scenic drive along the San Francisco Peaks Scenic Byway to see the volcanic peaks and autumn colors amidst breathtaking views. Consider visiting the Lowell Observatory for stargazing under the clear autumn skies. Average fall temperatures: 23-74 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Stargaze like a pro 33. Santa Fe, New Mexico The adobe buildings and vibrant fall colors of the Southwest create a unique atmosphere to explore. Experience the city's renowned art scene with visits to the Georgia O'Keeffe Museum and local galleries. Drive through the Sangre de Cristo Mountains to see golden aspens, and end your day by stargazing under the clear desert skies. Average fall temperatures: 25-77 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Check out the city’s famous art scene 34. Albuquerque, New Mexico Witness the fiery hues of sunrise and fall foliage from above with a hot air balloon ride over the Rio Grande Valley. Explore Old Town Albuquerque, where adobe buildings and artisan shops create a charming atmosphere. And spend a day at Petroglyph National Monument, where you can witness ancient rock carvings. Average fall temperatures: 34-84 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Take a hot air balloon ride 35. Austin, Texas This capital city is lively year-round, but fall is special. Visit to the Texas State Capitol, where you can learn about the state's history and enjoy the picturesque grounds. In the evening, take a leisurely walk around Lady Bird Lake to watch the sunset over the city skyline. Ride bikes along scenic Barton Creek Greenbelt, where fall foliage lines the trails. And no trip to Austin is complete without checking out a live music performance at venues like the Continental Club. Average fall temperatures: 50-90 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Enjoy a live music performance 36. Dallas, Texas Head to the Dallas Arboretum and Botanical Garden, where the foliage is a spectrum of fall colors. Grab your cowboy hat and head to the 24-day State Fair of Texas, a quintessential fall event full of rides, food and lively entertainment. Nature lovers can enjoy the mild weather with a picnic at White Rock Lake or a hike in the nearby Cedar Ridge Preserve. Don’t miss trying a seasonal craft beer at one of the local breweries. Average fall temperatures: 47-89 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Dress up for the State Fair of Texas 37. Oklahoma City, Oklahoma The Myriad Botanical Gardens is a feast for the eyes during fall. Or head to the scenic Oklahoma River, where you can take a stroll or rent a kayak or paddleboard for an adventure on the water. Get a taste of local cuisine and enjoy live music in the always-vibrant Bricktown district. Average fall temperatures: 39-85 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Cruise down the Oklahoma River 38. Asheville, North Carolina Asheville is a stunning destination, especially in the fall. Take a scenic drive along the Blue Ridge Parkway, where the foliage explodes with vibrant hues of red, orange and yellow. Enjoy a leisurely hike in the Pisgah National Forest, surrounded by the beauty of changing leaves. Afterward, sip on local craft beers at one of Asheville's many breweries and dine on farm-to-table cuisine in the charming downtown. Average fall temperatures: 38-78 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Hike in the Pisgah National Forest 39. Williamsburg, Virginia Step back in time and relish the charms of this historic town. Watch costumed interpreters bring the 18th century to life amidst the backdrop of autumn leaves in Colonial Williamsburg. Explore the Governor's Palace gardens or drive along the Colonial Parkway, which offers picturesque views of the James River and surrounding woodlands. Average fall temperatures: 40-81 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Watch history come alive 40. Gatlinburg, Tennessee Ready to embrace the autumnal splendor of the Smoky Mountains? Begin your day with a drive along the Newfound Gap Road to get a dose of fall colors. Explore Great Smoky Mountains National Park hiking trails, like Alum Cave or Laurel Falls, to bask in the colorful foliage. Visit the quaint shops and restaurants of Gatlinburg– one of the best family vacation spots, savoring local treats. For panoramic views of the fall landscape, take a scenic chairlift up Crockett Mountain to the SkyBridge, the longest pedestrian cable bridge in the country, spanning 700 feet over a deep valley. Average fall temperatures: 35-80 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Experience the SkyBridge 41. Charleston, South Carolina To have the best fall vacation in Charleston, immerse yourself in the city's historic charm and coastal beauty. Stroll through the historic district, where centuries-old oak trees are adorned with Spanish moss, creating a magical autumn ambiance. Take a boat tour to nearby barrier islands like Morris Island, where you can enjoy serene beaches. Savor local cuisine, like shrimp and grits, at nearby restaurants. Experience the sunset over Charleston Harbor for a perfect ending to your fall getaway. Average fall temperatures: 53-83 degrees Fahrenheit What to do in autumn: Enjoy the sunset over the harbor Fall in love with a Pacaso vacation home Does one of these autumn destinations feel like it could become your second home? With Pacaso’s co-ownership model, you can enjoy luxury vacations every season in your dream home and create elevated memories with the people you love. With a Pacaso home, you just show up, unpack and make memories. We take care of maintenance, bills and management. Pacaso second homes are available across the country. Don’t see something that you love? Learn how you can turn the property you’ve been eyeing into a Pacaso.
Looking for the perfect place to unplug with your family? Look no further — we’ve curated a list of the 45 best family vacation spots in the U.S. From waterside destinations to urban jungles, browse our list of family vacation ideas. We’ve ranked the destinations in each category by region and family-friendliness. Best family vacation spots on the water It’s hard to beat a vacation as relaxing as lounging at a beach house or lakefront cabin. Get ready to soak up some vitamin D. To that end, the best family vacation spots on the water all have excellent shoreline access along with a variety of family-friendly activities. 1. San Diego, California Top attraction: San Diego Zoo San Diego is known for its amazing year-round weather, consistently putting it near the top of the list for vacation ideas. Take advantage of the temperate climate by filling your days with outdoor activities. Visit LEGOLAND or Belmont Park for amusement park attractions right on the beach. Balboa Park is home to 17 museums and performing arts venues, multiple gardens perfect for picnics and the the world-renowned San Diego Zoo. And there’s more for animal lovers: Check out the Birch Aquarium, SeaWorld or a whale-watching cruise. 2. Branson, Missouri Top attraction: Ozark Mountains Billed itself as the live entertainment capital of the world, Branson is packed with options, from comedy and music to magic and dance performances. Visit the 1880s theme park Silver Dollar City to enjoyr a hundred acres of roller coasters, water rides and campgrounds. Get a one-of-a-kind view of the Ozark Mountains by taking the family on a 150-foot-high ride on the Branson Ferris Wheel. To make this 15-minute ride even more appealing, children under 3 years old ride for free. 3. Outer Banks, North Carolina Top attraction: The North Carolina Aquariums If you’re looking for a good mix of simplicity and entertainment in your family vacation destination, you’ll find it in the Outer Banks of North Carolina. The Outer Banks has over 100 miles of beaches without the congestion of most seaside destinations. Although the beaches are the primary attraction, there are plenty of other activities to explore. With four locations, the North Carolina Aquariums offer interactive exhibits with animals like manta rays and horseshoe crabs. Your kids can also participate in a scavenger hunt at The Graveyard of the Atlantic Museum or experience what life was like in the 1850s at the Island Farm. 4. Orlando, Florida Top attraction: Walt Disney World Resort Orlando stands out as one of the top family vacation spots, offering an enchanting blend of world-class attractions and magical experiences for visitors of all ages. At the heart of Orlando's allure is Walt Disney World Resort, a sprawling complex that transports families into a realm of fantasy and adventure. With iconic theme parks like Magic Kingdom, Epcot, Disney's Hollywood Studios and Disney's Animal Kingdom, families can immerse themselves in a captivating world of beloved characters, thrilling rides and enchanting performances. Universal Studios is another Orlando highlight, with rides, shows and experiences inspired by popular movies and franchises. 5. Cape Cod, Massachusetts Top attraction: Cape Cod National Seashore Cape Cod is the quintessential New England beach destination. Known for its iconic lighthouses, pristine beaches and quaint coastal villages, Cape Cod provides a serene and family-friendly atmosphere. One of the major draws is the Cape Cod National Seashore, encompassing miles of pristine shoreline and dunes. Beyond the beaches, historic towns such as Provincetown, Chatham and Hyannis exude charm with their cobblestone streets, art galleries and seafood restaurants. Families can embark on whale-watching excursions from Provincetown, explore the Cape Cod Maritime Museum in Hyannis or take a scenic bike ride along the Cape Cod Rail Trail. 6. Destin, Florida Top attraction: Destin Harbor Boardwalk Destin emerges as a top-notch family vacation destination thanks to its white-sand beaches, emerald-green waters and an abundance of family-friendly activities. The breathtaking beaches, such as Henderson Beach State Park and Crystal Sands Beach, offer the perfect place for building sandcastles, playing beach volleyball or simply soaking up the sun. For a break from the beach, families can explore the Destin Harbor Boardwalk, a bustling area lined with shops, restaurants and entertainment options. Additionally, the Big Kahuna's Water and Adventure Park offers a thrilling day of water slides, wave pools and mini-golf. 7. Gulf Shores, Alabama Top attraction: Bon Secour National Wildlife Refuge Gulf Shores is a Gulf Coast gem that promises families a delightful blend of sun, sea and Southern hospitality. Boasting some of the most pristine white-sand beaches in the region, Gulf Shores provides the ideal setting for a relaxing family vacation. Gulf State Park, with its miles of trails, a fishing pier and a golf course, offers a diverse range of outdoor activities for families looking to explore the area's natural beauty. The area is not just about beaches; it's also a haven for wildlife enthusiasts. Families can visit the dunes and shoreline of Bon Secour National Wildlife Refuge, home to various bird species and sea turtles, offering an educational and immersive experience. 8. Myrtle Beach, South Carolina Top attraction: Myrtle Beach Boardwalk and Promenade Myrtle Beach is renowned for its family-friendly atmosphere, with numerous resorts and hotels catering to their needs. The iconic Myrtle Beach Boardwalk and Promenade is at the heart of the action, lined with shops, arcades and amusement rides. Families can take a spin on the iconic SkyWheel for breathtaking views of the coastline or enjoy live performances at the Myrtle Beach Bandstand. For those seeking a break from the beach, Broadway at the Beach offers an entertainment complex with attractions like Ripley's Aquarium, mini-golf and shopping. Myrtle Waves Water Park provides thrilling water slides and lazy rivers. 9. Miami Beach, Florida Top attraction: Jungle Island Miami Beach is as rich in culture as it is in entertainment, making it one of the best family vacation spots. Experience scenic views along the 40-block boardwalk while you look for a beach spot to set up for the day. Miami Beach has many parks with amenities such as playgrounds, splash parks, volleyball courts and water activities like paddleboarding. If your family gets their fill of sand, check out the eco theme park Jungle Island, the Bass Museum of Art and Miami Beach Botanical Garden — each offering unique learning opportunities for the whole family. 10. Hilton Head Island, South Carolina Top attraction: Adventure Cove Hilton Head is a lively island that offers ways to explore by land, air and sea. Take a guided helicopter tour, or rent a bicycle to discover hidden gems on your own. You can also take the family on the water to find the Hilton Head dolphins and sea turtles. Kids of all ages can experience the fun of Adventure Cove, offering mini-golf and arcade games. No trip to Hilton Head is complete without trying the local seafood, so make sure to sample the catch of the day at one of the island’s many restaurants. 11. Maui, Hawai’i Top attraction: The Road to Hana Whether you are looking for adventure or relaxation, Maui can meet you wherever you please. Take a family zip line trip or snorkel in the Molokini Crater. End your day at an authentic luau experience with a delicious family-style meal. Just because you’ll be on an island does not mean there aren’t options for a road trip. The Road to Hana is a day-long sightseeing tour that takes you to epic spots like the view from “Jurassic Park” at Keopuka Rock, a pit stop for shave ice and a walk through a bamboo forest on the Pipiwai Trail. 12. Mackinac Island, Michigan Top attraction: Fort Mackinac Mackinac Island is stubbornly resistant to change, and that’s exactly what makes it one of the top places to go on vacation from late spring to late fall. This small island off the tip of Northern Michigan boasts no cars and no chain hotels, but being small doesn’t mean there’s not a lot to enjoy. Access the island by ferry and travel around by foot, bicycle or horse-drawn carriage. Stay at the historic Grand Hotel, which is consistently rated as one of the greatest hotels in the world. Treat your kids to Mackinac Island’s famous fudge before visiting Fort Mackinac to learn its history and see soldiers in period-appropriate uniforms firing live cannons. 13. Wisconsin Dells, Wisconsin Top attraction: Noah’s Ark Waterpark This central Wisconsin city offers plenty of thrills for all ages — indoors and out. Book a stay in a resort with an attached waterpark for added convenience, or visit the largest outdoor waterpark in the country at Noah’s Ark. After your fingers have pruned, take a river tour on the amphibious WWII Duck boats or enjoy an amazing water skiing show. Don’t forget to stay energized with a hearty all-you-can-eat breakfast at Paul Bunyan’s Cook Shanty. 14. Lake Tahoe, California Top attraction: Cascade Falls Sometimes overshadowed by its winter mountain activities, Lake Tahoe has just as much to offer its water-loving summer visitors. A two-mile hike to Cascade Falls will give your family a breathtaking view of a 200-foot waterfall. Adventure seekers can climb across treetops using rope courses or zip lines. For a more leisurely excursion, spend your day on the lake and appreciate its stunning blue water. Rent a boat, kayak or paddleboard for different activity levels and experience. You’ll also have the option to take the whole family into the air with a hot air balloon ride over the lake. 15. Sandusky, Ohio Top attraction: Cedar Point Sandusky is synonymous with its main attraction — Cedar Point — and they both sit right on the Lake Erie waterfront. Roller coaster enthusiasts travel from around the globe to experience the thrills of the Roller Coaster Capital of the World, which includes the oldest operating coaster in the world. If your family members aren’t crazy about roller coasters, it doesn’t mean they’ll have a lack of activities to enjoy while in Sandusky. There is also the option to go on a Lake Erie cruise, visit the merry-go-round museum or spend the day at one of Sandusky’s waterparks. 16. Finger Lakes, New York Top attraction: The Strong National Museum of Play The Finger Lakes are known for pristine landscapes that afford visitors all the water activities one could hope for. The area is surrounded by multiple state parks with dozens of waterfalls. Many are accessible by trails that are easy to walk with your family. Outside of its own water and amusement parks, the Finger Lakes also has several museums that will keep your kids entertained. The Strong National Museum of Play is one of the largest history museums in the country and is home to the National Toy Hall of Fame and the World Video Game Hall of Fame. 17. Chicago, Illinois Top attraction: Millennium Park The third-largest city in the United States is a hard spot to overlook when considering the best family vacation spots. With Chicago’s size comes many options for entertainment, including on its waterfront. It offers ample beaches along Lake Michigan and multiple river tours to learn about the city’s history. Millennium Park boasts nearly 25 acres of easily accessible gardens, events spaces and public art pieces — most notably “The Bean” which reflects the skyline and surrounding park. The world-class Art Institute of Chicago, Field Museum, Shedd Aquarium and Adler Planetarium offer unique opportunities for your children to learn about the world (and space) around them. And though the city gets cold in the winter, an autumn walk along Lake Michigan also makes the Windy City one of the best fall vacation destinations. Best family vacation spots in the desert If you want to avoid crowded beach towns while still getting as much sun as possible, the desert might be up your family’s alley. Deserts feature wide-open spaces, picturesque photo opportunities and loads of outdoor activities. Just be sure to include plenty of sun protection on your packing list. 18. Sedona, Arizona Top attraction: Red Rocks The best family vacation spots provide experiences that can’t be replicated anywhere else, and Sedona sets that bar. Get breathtaking views of Sedona’s famous red rocks from the comfort of a classic train car. There are multiple options based on your preferred level of comfort — one even includes a Wild West reenactment. Aside from its natural beauty, Sedona also features the Out of Africa Wildlife Park where your family can safely experience a safari. Other options include zip lining over the exotic animals or feeding a tiger up close. 19. Albuquerque, New Mexico Top attraction: International Balloon Fiesta Every October, hundreds of hot air balloons gather in Albuquerque for its International Balloon Fiesta. Day and night, colorful balloons fill the sky, making for an enchanting experience you can’t find anywhere else. That’s not all — this city has lots to offer year-round. Albuquerque’s passion for dancing and food is always center stage. Dine on classic New Mexican cuisine and discover your preference for green or red chiles. Attend a flamenco show or, better yet, take a flamenco workshop. Be sure to stop by the ABQ BioPark Botanic Garden and Aquarium, so your kids can get their nature fix. 20. Glen Rose, Texas Top attraction: Dinosaur Valley State Park We can’t mention dinosaurs without including Glen Rose in the list. This small town is home to Dinosaur Valley State Park, where visitors can walk in the tracks dinosaurs left behind millions of years ago. There are options to hike, camp, mountain bike and swim. At Dinosaur World, visitors can walk among over 100 life-size dinosaur models, participate in a dinosaur dig and see natural fossils. If you’d prefer to see some modern-day creatures, visit the Fossil Rim Wildlife Center, which features multiple endangered species. Your family can get up close and personal as you drive through the park, feeding and photographing the exotic animals. 21. Grand Canyon, Arizona Top attraction: Hiking in the Grand Canyon The Grand Canyon is more than just a photo opportunity. Grand Canyon activities include hikes of varying difficulties, attending a Native American dance performance, horseback riding to remote waterfalls and riding the Grand Canyon Railway. Securing accommodations around the canyon is highly competitive. Make reservations more than a year in advance for camping and waterfall excursions. 22. Joshua Tree National Park, California Top attraction: Joshua Tree Joshua Tree is known worldwide for its unique rock formations and namesake twisted trees. The park is a must-visit destination for rock climbing and hiking enthusiasts, with trails for all skill levels. Cell phone service is limited, which creates the opportunity to disconnect from the outside world and connect with one another. Camping within the park is possible with a reservation, but there are also campsites nearby that are quality options. Stargazing in the middle of the desert is an experience your kids will never forget — especially if they are only familiar with bright city skies. 23. Scottsdale, Arizona Top attraction: Sonoran Desert Scottsdale has the best of city life and desert landscapes. You can take your family for a morning hike or a jeep to tour the Sonoran Desert. When the afternoon heat sets in, cool off at one of Scottsdale’s fantastic waterparks. Scottsdale’s Old Town district is home to a number of art galleries. For the Thursday night ArtWalk, galleries stay open late and treat guests to complementary activities. Since Scottsdale is conveniently located near Phoenix, you’ll have easy access to the state capital’s attractions, including a zoo, aquarium, botanical garden and the fascinating Musical Instrument Museum. 24. Palm Springs, California Top attraction: Aerial Tramway Architecture enthusiasts will have their fill in Palm Springs, where Mid-Century Modern buildings fill the neighborhoods. Take a Rat Pack tour to learn why Hollywood royalty like Frank Sinatra were drawn to this desert destination. Unlike some other desert locations on this list, Palm Springs destinations offer all the modern luxuries visitors can hope for on their family vacation. Take your kids on a ride into the mountains on the Aerial Tramway. Shop the boutiques to score retro collectibles and vintage clothing, ride the waterslides at HyTides Water Park or head out into the wilderness on a jeep, bicycle or horseback tour. 25. Moab, Utah Top attraction: Mill Canyon If any family members are in their dinosaur phase, Moab is one of the must-visit places to travel with kids. Mill Canyon Dinosaur Tracksite has easily identifiable dinosaur tracks and bones. Moab Giants features indoor and outdoor interactive exhibits that bring prehistoric creatures to life. After you’ve explored on your own, jump into a Hummer for an offroad tour of Moab’s awe-inspiring backcountry. Or enjoy the thrill of Erafting through a canyon on the Colorado River. 26. Big Bend National Park, Texas Top attraction: Lajitas Canyons Whether you’re seeking adventure or relaxation, Big Bend has you covered. Take your pick of its many tour options by jumping in a raft, kayak or jeep. Ride into the Lajitas Canyons on a zip line tour. Give your children the opportunity to experience ancient plant and animal life in Big Bend’s own fossil discovery exhibit. After you’ve quenched your thirst for adventure, dip in Big Bend’s hot springs. The water is naturally 105 degrees Fahrenheit and has long been considered therapeutic. 27. Santa Fe, New Mexico Top attraction: Meow Wolf Santa Fe is brimming with culture and activities, making it one of the best family vacation spots. Spend the day at the Museum of International Folk Art, home to the world's largest collection of folk art. Visit the Museum of Indian Arts & Culture to learn about the history of Southwest Native American people through contemporary art. Fans of the psychedelic will love the child-friendly interactive art installation Meow Wolf’s House of the Eternal Return. Older family members will enjoy solving the story’s mystery, while younger children can appreciate the stimulating surroundings. Best family vacation spots in the mountains Some best family vacation destinations are in the mountains, offering unique activities for every season. While many people love the mountains for their winter ski resorts, the rest of the year offers new opportunities to connect with the terrain. 28. Jackson Hole, Wyoming Top attraction: The Snake River rapids Jackson Hole’s main attraction is its world-class ski slopes that make for a magical family vacation, with routes and programs for all skill levels. Snowmobiles are also available for rent, and sleigh rides take you through Jackson’s blankets of snow. But there are year-round activities in Jackson Hole for families, too. In the summer, ski routes turn into mountain bike trails. Wildlife expeditions bring encounters with bears and bison. The Snake River rapids provide a great opportunity for whitewater rafting. 29. Black Hills, South Dakota Top attraction: Mount Rushmore The Mount Rushmore National Monument is undoubtedly the biggest attraction in this area. But there are plenty of other reasons to visit. The Indian Museum of North America has an impressive collection or art and artifacts from more than 300 native nations. And Crazy Horse Memorial, under construction since 1948, will be the world’s second-tallest statue after completion. The Badlands are a sight to behold, consisting of 244,000 acres of rugged spires and mixed-grass prairie. Visit Custer State Park to encounter some of its 1,400 free-roaming bison and learn the area's history. Explore some of the longest caves in the world at Jewel or Wind Cave. Take the kids down the 2,000-foot alpine slide at Rushmore Tramway Adventures. 30. White Mountains, New Hampshire Top attraction: Ice Castles The White Mountains offer a sprawling landscape that is as enjoyable in the summer as it is in the winter. Enjoy golf, zip lines, waterfall hikes and old-fashioned train rides. Explore polar caves where you can touch ice even in the middle of summer. In the winter, check out one of many ski resorts and visit the Ice Castles, with caverns, tunnels and slides designed to make you feel like you’re in a fairytale. 31. Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming Top attraction: Grand Prismatic Spring Yellowstone was the first national park in the United States, and it’s easy to see why the country was so quick to preserve its natural beauty. The 2.2 million-acre park sits on a volcanic caldera that produces hot springs like the rainbow-colored Grand Prismatic Spring and hundreds of geyser eruptions. The park offers over 1,000 miles of backcountry trails and bears, bison, wolves and elk all roam freely. Bird watchers can see more than 300 species of birds. 32. Yosemite National Park, California Top attraction: El Capitan Yosemite is another national park that is too good to pass up. While Yellowstone has geysers and a larger variety of wildlife, Yosemite has breathtaking cliffs and a giant sequoia forest. See the famed El Capitan or Half Dome rock formations in person to get a true sense of their magnitude. Yosemite has an abundance of waterfalls to explore, including some with paved trails for easy access. Horseback riding provides another option to hit the trails. — and you can watch the leaves change if you make this a fall travel destination. 33. Aspen, Colorado Top attraction: Nordic trail system Like Jackson Hole, Aspen turns into a verifiable wonderland when winter snow falls. Gondolas take you to the mountaintops in comfort while the Nordic trail system provides more than 60 miles of cross-country ski trails. In warmer months, Aspen has some of the best fly fishing conditions in North America. Appreciate the scenery by putting on your waders and trying to catch a prized trout. For history lovers, take a walking tour of the former silver mining town, offered by the Aspen Historical Society. 34. Gatlinburg, Tennessee Top attraction: Smoky Mountains Gatlinburg pairs Southern charm with major attractions. If your family vacation ideas include shopping, hiking and amusements, look no further than this Smoky Mountains gem. Take advantage of Gatlinburg’s close proximity to the Appalachian Trail by hiking a short stretch of it. Visit the top-rated Ripley’s Aquarium of the Smokies to see a stunning collection of sea creatures. Or check out Anakeesta, a mountaintop theme park with mountain roller coasters and a zip line. Stroll across the longest pedestrian cable bridge in North America at SkyPark. 35. Park City, Utah Top attraction: Utah Olympic Park If you’re wondering where to go on vacation, Park City is one of the most versatile destinations on the planet. When snow covers the ground, you can fill your days skiing, dog sledding and snow biking. When summer comes around, you can golf, paddleboard and ride the Alpine Coaster. Visit the Utah Olympic Park year-round to see the 2002 Olympic Games museum, among many other activities. If you’re feeling adventurous, play on the high ropes course or take a trip down the Comet bobsled. 36. Glacier National Park, Montana Top attraction: Going-to-the-Sun Road With a mix of melting glaciers, alpine meadows,and spectacular lakes and waterfalls, Glacier National Park has over 700 miles of trails. Your kids can attend a junior ranger program and receive a badge after completing certain activities. The Going-to-the-Sun Road, a 50-mile road that bisects the park when conditions allow, provides scenic views that are hard to beat. The park offers ample opportunities for rafting, kayaking and horseback riding. And when your day’s activities are over, comfortable accommodations are available inside and outside the park — reserve early! 37. Catskill Mountains, New York Top attraction: Saugerties Lighthouse The Catskill Mountains have been one of the best family vacation spots for city dwellers for over 100 years. Families seeking a break from city hustle can relax in this historic area's natural beauty. No wonder it’s one of the best mountain getaways for you and your family. Your family can explore caves going 156 feet into the earth, raft down the Delaware River, visit the Saugerties Lighthouse and cool off with a visit to one of the Catskills waterparks. In the winter, your family can stay at a ski resort and visit the Mountain Top Arboretum. Best family vacation spots in the city If long road trips don’t agree with your family, checking a major city off your to-do list may be a good alternative. Cities are jam-packed with options for everyone’s taste. Education, amusement and active adventures await. 38. San Francisco, California Top attraction: Golden Gate Bridge If the chaos of Disneyland seems a little too much for your family vacation, take a trip to San Francisco. The Walt Disney Family Museum can provide your family’s fix of Mickey and friends. While parents browse memorabilia, children can attend storytime, among other activities. Then explore the adjoining Presidio, established as a Spanish military outpost in 1776 and the longest operating Army installation in the West. The Exploratorium is a science, technology and arts museum that enables kids to interact with more than 600 installations. Pier 39 is home to wild sea lions, street performers, a carousel and even an aquarium. Walk around the largest Chinatown outside of Asia before having a picnic at Golden Gate Park. 39. New Orleans, Louisiana Top attraction: Great food Mardi Gras might be the first thing you think of when you hear New Orleans, but this southern gem has plenty to offer families, too. Rich in music, food and activities, New Orleans easily makes the list of best family vacation spots. Sample sugar-laden beignets, oversized muffuletta sandwiches, and Creole and Cajun cuisine. Introduce your children to jazz at Preservation Hall, where you can watch live musicians and learn about its history. Have your pick between sweet and savory food like beignets and jambalaya. Spend a day at the Carousel Gardens Amusement Park or take a swamp tour to get up-close looks at native alligators. 40. Nashville, Tennessee Top attraction: Grand Ole Opry Nashville has long been the hot spot for country music aficionados, but it has recently been growing in popularity for the general public, too. Take a tour of the Grand Ole Opry and (if you’re lucky) snag tickets to a live radio concert. Then head to The Gaylord Opryland Resort featuring an indoor river with boat rides, a waterfall and a garden conservatory. Stop by Centennial Park to see a replica of the Greek Parthenon. Then, drop by Musicians Corner to watch live music while you feast on delicious street food. Stroll down the Honky Tonk Highway and take your pick of its many restaurants and music venues. 41. New York City, New York Top attraction: Central Park The city may never sleep, but your family surely will after a day packed with some of these family vacation ideas. Get amazing views from iconic structures like the Empire State Building and Statue of Liberty. See a collection of the world’s greatest artwork at the Metropolitan Museum of Art. Visit the American Museum of Natural History for an educational and entertaining experience. Lounge in Central Park when your legs are ready for a break or take in a show on or off Broadway. 42. Austin, Texas Top attraction: Barton Springs Pool Proud to be weird, Austin has all the oddities and entertainment someone could hope for a family vacation. The Cathedral of Junk shows kids how a little imagination can turn trash into a work of art. The Salt Lick has mouthwatering barbeque with a side of live music. Kayak to Congress Avenue Bridge to watch over a million bats fly at sunset. Take your kids for a dip in the naturally spring-fed pool at Barton Springs. Pick your own produce at Boggy Creek Farm. Visit the animals at the Austin Zoo, where each one is rescued and receiving rehabilitation. 43. Seattle, Washington Top attraction: Space Needle Seattle offers loads of family-friendly attractions. Seattle Center, built for the 1962 World’s Fair, is home to the iconic Space Needle, the Pacific Science Center and IMAX theater, and Seattle Children’s Theatre. The Chihuly Garden and Glass is a family-friendly museum of brightly colored sculptures of varying shapes and sizes. If you’re looking to squeeze a little nature into your trip, head to Mount Rainier for hiking or take a whale-watching excursion. Shop at the historic Pike Market and watch fishmongers throw purchases into the air and look at (but don’t touch!) the infamous gum wall. 44. Denver, Colorado Top attraction: Red Rocks Park Denver is great to visit at any time, thanks to its more than 300 sunny days each year. Elitch Gardens has both butterfly-inducing roller coasters and water slides. The Children’s Museum of Denver lets young children learn about nature and test their creativity in the featured art studio. The Downtown Aquarium provides the unique experience of having a meal while surrounded by floor-to-ceiling aquariums. But no trip to Denver can be considered complete without visiting Red Rocks Park and Amphitheater in the nearby mountain town of Morrison. Witnessing a live performance is unlike any other, but even if you don’t get tickets for a show, wandering the park is worth the trip. 45. Minneapolis, Minnesota Top attraction: Mall of America Minnesota has big city recognition paired with a small city feel. The Children’s Theatre Company puts on interactive performances that are great for all ages. The Minnesota Zoo in nearby Apple Valley has a nature-based play area and seasonal shows. The Mall of America brings outdoor activities inside for year-round fun. Ride the roller coasters at Nickelodeon Universe, get a personalized crayon at Crayola Experience or visit the touch tank at the Sea Life Aquarium. This stop alone could take up multiple days. If you’re considering buying a second home at one of the best family vacation spots, becoming a co-owner with Pacaso can help your family enjoy a fully managed, turnkey vacation home at a fraction of the cost.
Planning a trip to London with kids? This vibrant city offers many experiences for families of all ages and interests. From iconic historical landmarks to world-class museums and interactive exhibits, London keeps young minds engaged and imaginations running wild. Below, find our curated list of 65 things to do in London with kids, plus a handy 5-day itinerary suggestion to help you plan the perfect trip. Have a gander at iconic landmarks Price: $ (many are free) One of the best things to do with kids in London is check out its iconic landmarks. It’s a great opportunity for parents to teach them about their rich history and significance. Here are some must-see landmarks that will captivate your little ones: 1. Buckingham Palace: Witness the changing of the guard, an exciting spectacle that will delight kids of all ages. 2. London Eye: Enjoy panoramic views of the city from this giant Ferris wheel. 3. The Shard: Visit the top of this towering skyscraper for an adventure for the family. 4. Big Ben: This iconic clock tower offers the chance to learn about its history and importance as a symbol of London. 5. Tower of London: Kids will love exploring this historic fortress and royal palace to learn about fascinating tales of kings, queens and knights. 6. St. Paul’s Cathedral: Admire the stunning architecture of this cathedral as a family and learn about its religious significance. 7. Westminster Abbey: Visit this historic abbey, a church where many British monarchs have been crowned and buried. Catch a show at a theater Price: $$ London’s rich history of theater means there are plenty of family-friendly options to check out. Whether you prefer a classic musical or a modern-day adventure, you can find something for the whole family to enjoy. Here are some popular theaters that often host shows for kids: 8. Lyceum Theatre: Catch the exciting The Lion King musical for a magical experience. 9. Apollo Victoria Theatre: Enjoy the enchanting and classic Wicked the Musical, a story of good witches and bad. 10. Cambridge Theatre: See the heartwarming Matilda The Musical, a tale of a young girl with extraordinary powers. 11. Theatre Royal Drury Lane: Experience the magic of Frozen on stage with catchy songs your kids can sing along to. 12. Shaftesbury Theatre: For an evening of laughs, head here to catch Mrs. Doubtfire, a hilarious comedy about a man who disguises himself as a nanny. 13. Eventim Apollo: See the loveable ogre Shrek come to life in Shrek The Musical. 14. Palace Theatre: For Harry Potter fans, here you can catch Harry Potter and the Cursed Child, a continuation of the magical series. 15. Theatre Royal Haymarket: Younger children will enjoy seeing Peppa Pig’s Fun Day Out, filled with fun and laughter. 16. London Coliseum: Older kids can enjoy a classic ballet like The Nutcracker with the English National Ballet. Soak up some art, culture, and history Price: $ It’s London, so inevitably, it will rain at some point. Here are our suggestions to keep the kiddos entertained when outside is just not an option, from fascinating exhibits to interactive displays: 17. Madame Tussauds™ London: Get up close to some of the most important figures in history, entertainment, politics and culture — or at least wax versions of them. 18. Natural History Museum: From dinosaurs to megafauna to hairy worms to ancient humans, this museum shows the complexity and wonder of living things. 19. Science Museum: Explore hands-on exhibits and demonstrations. Kids will enjoy the Wonderlab, an interactive gallery with seven zones that let you see lightning strikes and travel through space under a canopy of stars. 20. British Museum: Journey through time and explore ancient civilizations with artifacts from around the world. 21. The Cartoon Museum: Cartoon lovers can’t miss this museum that celebrates the world of cartoons with animations and interactive displays. 22. London Transport Museum: Teach your kids about the history of London's transportation system with vintage vehicle exhibits. 23. Young V&A: Experience the world of art and design is displayed through interactive workshops and displays designed for young people. 24. Pollock's Toy Museum: This museum is home to a collection of vintage games and dolls where kids can learn about the history of toys. 25. Horniman Museum and Gardens: Explore an eclectic collection of natural history specimens, musical instruments and art objects, all set in beautiful gardens. Visit famous film spots Price: $$$ Kids will light up when they visit the locations from their favorite movies. Here are some must-see spots for movie fans: 26. Harry Potter’s London: Explore the real-world locations that inspired the world of Harry Potter, including Diagon Alley and Platform 9 ¾. 27. Shrek’s Adventure! London: Embark on a fun adventure with Shrek and his friends through interactive exhibits and live shows. 28. Scenes in the Square: Discover the hidden filming locations of popular movies and TV shows, with guided tours and behind-the-scenes insights. 29. Warner Bros. Studio Tour London: Go behind the scenes of iconic films and TV shows to explore the sets, props and costumes used in productions. Pop over to the zoo, urban farms, or wildlife hotspots Price: $$ London offers a variety of options for animal lovers, from traditional zoos to urban farms and wildlife hotspots. Here are some of the best places to encounter animals in London: 30. London Zoo: See a diverse range of animals from around the world, including lions, tigers, elephants and more. 31. London Wetland Centre: This oasis in the heart of London allows you to observe a variety of birds, mammals and insects in their natural habitat. 32. Deen City Farm: Kids can get up close and personal with farm animals like cows, sheep, pigs and goats at this urban farm. 33. Battersea Park Children's Zoo: There are a variety of friendly animals to meet at this zoo designed specifically for kids. 34. Zoological Society of London Whipsnade Zoo: This large zoo is home to over 14,000 animals and makes a great place to escape the city. 35. SEA LIFE London Aquarium: Experience the underwater world and see sea creatures like sharks, penguins and sea turtles. Grab a hot cuppa and chill Price: $$ Nothing is more quintessentially English than afternoon tea, and London provides a plethora of family-friendly options that kids will love: 36. Charlie & The Chocolate Factory Afternoon Tea: This afternoon tea at the One Aldwych Hotel recreates some famous classics dreamed up by Willy Wonka. Fear not — you will leave inspired and intact, unlike poor Violet Beauregarde, Mike TeeVee and Augustus Gloop. 37. The English Tea Bus Tour: This unique afternoon tea experience takes place on a double-decker bus, traveling through London while savoring delicious treats. 38. Children’s Afternoon Tea at The Langham: Here, kids can experience a sophisticated afternoon tea at a historic London hotel with a special menu designed for children. 39. Children's Peter Pan Afternoon Tea at Aqua Shard: Enjoy afternoon tea inspired by the classic tale of Peter Pan. Aqua Shard also provides beautiful views of London. 40. Mad Hatter's Afternoon Tea: Step into a whimsical wonderland with a Mad Hatter's themed afternoon tea featuring colorful treats and playful surprises. Tuck into the local grub Price: $–$$ London’s diverse food scene has something to offer for everyone. From traditional British bites to unique cuisines from around the world, there are plenty of kid-friendly restaurants to choose from. After visiting the best restaurants in Chelsea, venture to other neighborhoods to grab local grub that kids will enjoy, too: 41. Inamo: Inamo offers delicious Asian fusion in a vibrant setting. 42. Wahaca: Enjoy the flavors of Mexico with authentic tacos, burritos and quesadillas. 43. Giraffe: Giraffe offers a casual dining experience with a menu full of international cuisine and kid-friendly options. 44. Hollywood Bowl at The O2: This popular venue offers both food and entertainment, where the family can enjoy an evening of bowling and delicious bites. 45. Pizza Pilgrims & Friggitoria: Kids are sure to enjoy the authentic Neapolitan pizza offered here. 46. Milk Train: Treat your kids to a fun tea experience with a menu of colorful milk tea drinks, ice cream and other delicious treats. 47. Peggy Porschen: Stop for a sweet treat at this charming bakery known for its beautiful cakes and cupcakes. Wander through parks and playgrounds Price: Free If you’re looking for outdoor fun, London has many beautiful parks and playgrounds. From historic royal parks to modern adventure playgrounds, your kids won’t be disappointed with these options: 48. St. James's Park: Stroll through this historic royal park, located between the seat of government in Whitehall and the King’s London residence at Buckingham Palace, and marvel at the beautiful gardens, ponds and wildlife. 49. Battersea Park: Dating from the mid-1800s, this park has everything you’d want for a family wander: a boating lake, sports facilities, a mini zoo, a yummy cafe and river views. 50. Diana Memorial Playground: A charming and very fitting tribute to a princess who loved children, this playground has more than a million visitors every year. 51. Camley Street Natural Park: Nestled in the heart of London, this green oasis offers wetlands, woodlands and meadows ready to be explored. 52. Coram’s Fields: Stop here for kids who want a large playground with plenty of play equipment to choose from. 53. Timber Lodge and Tumbling Bay Playground at Queen Elizabeth Olympic Park: This exciting playground offers a large wooden play structure and even a water play area, perfect for sunny days. 54. Hyde Park: This iconic park is home to Speakers’ Corner, where anyone can jump on a soapbox and speak their mind, and Serpentine Lake, where you can take the family for a boat ride. Head off on a proper adventure Price: $$–$$$ Seeking thrills and excitement? Your kids will feel right at home at any of London’s many theme parks. Here are some of the best places to give your kids a proper London adventure: 55. Legoland Windsor: Your kids will be captivated by this magical world made entirely of LEGO bricks. Enjoy LEGO-themed rides, shows and attractions. 56. Chessington World of Adventures: If you want a little bit of everything, you can’t go wrong at this theme park and resort. You’ll find everything from live shows and animal encounters to themed roller coasters and rides. 57. Thorpe Park: For the true thrill-seekers, head to Thorpe Park, where you’ll find endless roller coasters, including the world-famous Colossus. 58. The Dare Skywalk: Not for the faint of heart, The Dare Skywalk offers a walk along a glass-bottomed walkway suspended 145 feet above the ground. 59. ArcelorMittal Orbit: Take a ride on the UK’s tallest and longest tunnel slide, where you can enjoy incredible city views. 60. Jurassic Falls Adventure Golf: Putt your way through a prehistoric Jurassic Park-themed course that the whole family can enjoy Go for a bit of shopping Price: $–$$$ London won’t disappoint with its wide range of stores and markets to explore. Whether you’re shopping for toys, souvenirs or other unique finds, here are some of the best places to shop around London: 61. Hamleys of London: With over seven floors of fun, this iconic toy store is sure to be heaven on earth for young ones. 62. World's Largest LEGO Store: This massive LEGO store lets you build your own creations, with a variety of sets and building experiences for your kids to choose from. 63. Hoxton Street Monster Supplies: This imaginative shop offers peculiar magical items and edible goods. 64. Harrods Toy Kingdom: This quirky store offers all sorts of magical supplies and edible goods, and was recently voted ‘No. 1 Kids' Shop in London' by Time Out Magazine. 65. M&M’s World: Get your sugar fix at M&M’s world, where you can customize your own M&M’s. 5-day London itinerary WIth so much to see and do in London for kids, it can be tough to decide how to spend your time. Our sample itinerary below provides some inspiration for how to spend an amazing five days in London. Day 1 Morning: Start the day with a visit to the famous Buckingham Palace to witness the Changing of the Guard ceremony. Then, stroll through St. James’s Park to enjoy the beautiful gardens and birdlife. Afternoon: Hop on the London Eye for amazing city views before heading to the Natural History Museum to spend the afternoon exploring fascinating exhibits. Evening: Catch a West End show, like The Lion King or Wicked, for a magical night out. Day 2 Morning: Explore the Tower of London and learn about its history, followed by a visit to the London Transport Museum to discover the city’s transportation heritage. Afternoon: Enjoy a picnic lunch in Hyde Park, then head to the Science Museum to explore interactive exhibits like the Wonderlab. Evening: End with a delicious dinner at a local restaurant, like Inamo or Wahaca. Day 3 Morning: Kick things off at the Harry Potter Studio Tour to go behind the scenes of the iconic film series. Afternoon: Meander through the lively Camden Market, which has unique shops, street food and live music to keep everyone entertained. Evening: Catch an exciting show at Thorpe Park and ride thrilling roller coasters to cap the night off. Day 4 Morning: Start your day at the British Museum to learn about ancient civilizations and artifacts from around the world. Afternoon: Take an afternoon stroll through Regent’s Park, then head to the London Zoo to witness a variety of animals. Evening: Take part in afternoon tea at a traditional London hotel, like The Langham, or a themed tea like Mad Hatter’s Afternoon Tea. Day 5 Morning: Visit the Madame Tussauds museum to get up close and personal with lifelike wax figures of celebrities and historical figures. Afternoon: No family trip to London is complete without a stop at Hamleys of London, a toy store with over seven floors to wow your children. Evening: Enjoy a farewell meal at a restaurant that offers stunning city views, like Aqua Shard. With this London trip itinerary, you’ll find no shortage of things to do with kids in London. Let London be your home away from home with Pacaso With so many places to visit in London with kids, you and your family are sure to create lasting memories. If our 5-day itinerary wasn’t enough, give yourself the time you need by buying a second home in London. Co-owning a vacation home means more time for family vacations to London for less money and hassle.
Home to iconic landmarks and a vibrant culture, London offers a unique city living experience for vacation home owners. But with so many different neighborhoods, how do you begin searching for the perfect location? In this guide, we discuss 15 of the best places to live in London across the city’s most desirable areas. Whether you're hoping for an energetic nightlife scene or a family-friendly atmosphere, our roundup has you covered. 1. Chelsea Chelsea is a neighborhood in the heart of London with a mix of history and modern flair. With roots back to the 1600s, Chelsea has become a hub of art, fashion and entertainment, and is among the best neighborhoods in London. You'll find the iconic Kings Road, filled with boutiques and trendy cafes. Head to the Saatchi Gallery to step into the world of contemporary art, or visit the Chelsea Physic Garden, a botanical garden that opened in 1673. If you’re wondering where to live in London, Chelsea's peaceful atmosphere with touches of sophistication is hard to beat. Cost of living: High Local amenities: Duke of York Square, Chelsea Bridge, Battersea Park Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Well connected by London Underground rail (with easy access to Victoria, Earl's Court and Kensington Olympia) and London Buses with connections to Knightsbridge, Fulham and Sloane Square Insider tip: Explore the bars and restaurants along Fulham Road to experience Chelsea's nightlife. 2. Mayfair Mayfair, a prestigious neighborhood in central London, is known for its sophisticated feel. Luxury and refinement are some of the main influences here, as seen throughout its tree-lined streets and historic squares. Shop in the high-end boutiques on Bond Street, enjoy Michelin-starred dining or take in the architecture at St. James's Palace. Owning a vacation home here offers the opportunity to experience the finest the city of London has to offer, including some of the best private members' clubs available in London. Cost of living: High Local amenities: Hyde Park, The Green Park, Royal Academy of Arts Safety score: Safe (low crime) Transportation: Well connected by London Underground rail (with easy access to Oxford Street, Westminster and Canary Wharf) and London Buses with connections to Hyde Park Corner, Piccadilly Circus and The Green Park 3. Notting Hill Notting Hill, located in West London, is well known for its colorful houses, lively markets and cultural melting pot atmosphere. Here you'll discover plenty of creativity and diversity mixed with a modern, upscale vibe. Portobello Market is a popular destination for antiques, independent shops and vintage finds. Notting Hill is also home to Notting Hill Carnival, one of the largest street festivals in Europe. The bohemian feel and friendliness of Notting Hill make it a unique place to call home in London. Cost of living: High Local amenities: Holland Park, Westbourne Grove, Notting Hill Gate Tube Station Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Connected by the Central Line in Notting Hill Gate station and buses with easy access to West End, Oxford Street and Paddington 4. Camden Camden, part of North London, is an eclectic town known for its music scene, markets and lively counter-culture. Here, you'll find a slew of famous markets, including Camden Market, Inverness Street Market and Market Stables. You'll also have access to plenty of live music venues with new shows every week, like The Electric Ballroom and The Underworld. Camden is also located near Primrose Hill and Regent's Park, two popular green spaces in London. Cost of living: Moderate to high Local amenities: Regent's Canal, Camden Assembly, Roundhouse Safety score: Moderate crime Transportation: Connected by rail (London Underground and Overground) and London Buses 5. Shoreditch If you’re looking for a youthful scene where the nightlife can't be beat, look no further than Shoreditch. What used to be a historically working-class East London area has transformed over the decades into a cultural hub for street art, technology and fashion. Take in the colorful murals found along the walls of Brick Lane, hop between trendy clubs like Barrio or the Cocktail Club, and take in the diverse community in this creative part of London. Cost of living: High Local amenities: Brick Lane Market, Boxpark, The Truman Brewery Safety score: Moderate Transportation: Good access to busses and proximity to Old Street Station and the City Centre Insider tip: Visit Boxpark, a pop-up container village with different independent boutiques and shops, for a fun shopping experience. 6. Hackney Another creative borough of East London is Hackney, known for its eclectic vibe and spirited, multicultural community. It has grown from its working-class origins into a desirable destination for a diverse range of people, from young professionals to families. Here, you can enjoy live music at venues like Hackney Empire, explore the independent shops and cafes on Broadway Market or relax in beautiful Victoria Park. Cost of living: High, with pockets of affordable areas mixed in Local amenities: Hackney City Farm, Chatsworth Road Market, Sutton House Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Connected by London Overground and buses 7. Kensington If you're brand new to London, Kensington is a quintessential place to visit. This neighborhood is known for its prestige and royal history, as reflected by its upscale lifestyle and elegant architecture. Famed Kensington Palace has had royal residents for more than three centuries, including Princess Diana. Stop at the Natural History Museum and the Science Museum for a dose of educational fun. Overall, Kensington is close to many parks, museums and fine dining spots, and its walkability makes it easy to take it all in. Cost of living: High Local amenities: Kensington Gardens, Victoria and Albert Museum, Royal Albert Hall Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Walking-friendly area with access to central underground stations Gloucester and Early Court 8. Clapham Located in South London, Clapham's charm and lively atmosphere attracts professionals and families alike. Clapham CommonYou'll, a wide-open green space near renowned schools and nurseries that attract young families, is a popular destination for picnics, sports and other outdoor activities. You’ll also enjoy a thriving arts scene with plenty of galleries, music venues and theaters. In Clapham Old Town, you'll find historic period homes, making it a more sought-after nook of the neighborhood, with many eateries and pubs. Cost of living: Moderate Local amenities: Clapham Picturehouse, Clapham Grand, Venn Street Market Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Home to Clapham Junction, with 35 trains leaving each hour; also cycle-friendly via the Cycle Superhighway CS7 (30-minute bike route to central London) 9. Bermondsey Bermondsey is a neighborhood in South London filled with cobblestone walkways and rows of terrace homes. In recent years, it has transformed from an industrial hub for leather tanning to a lively town filled with curbside cafes, museums and art galleries. Locals enjoy perusing the Maltby Street Market, tasting delicious food at Borough Market and seeing a show at the Shakespeare's Globe Theatre. Its affordability and proximity to the River Thames make this neighborhood desirable. Cost of living: Affordable Local amenities: The Shard, The Old Vic Theatre, Bermondsey Beer Mile Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Connected by London Buses and London Underground rail line 10. Greenwich Once a major shipbuilding center, Greenwich is a historic neighborhood in South East London known for its maritime heritage. It's one of the best places to live in London if you want to be close to museums like the National Maritime Museum, the Old Royal Naval College and the Cutty Sark. If you have a penchant for the outdoors, Greenwich might be for you, as it boasts over 50 parks and open green spaces. Greenwich Park is one of the better-known parks that locals love to frequent. Cost of living: Affordable Local amenities: Royal Observatory, The 02 Arena, Greenwich Market, Greenwich Peninsula Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Home to Greenwich Station, IFS Cloud Royal Docks (a cable car connecting Greenwich Peninsula to the Royal Docks) and Docklands Light Railway Insider tip: For panoramic views of London, head to the top of the O2, a popular entertainment venue with a viewing platform. Alt text: A stock photo of Marylebone, London 11. Marylebone Marylebone is a fashion-forward neighborhood in West London. It's known for its upscale shopping and dining, with elegant boutiques lining Marylebone High Street, including famous Daunt Books and world-famous eateries like Chiltern Firehouse and Bar Termini. Marylebone is also home to many renowned museums, including the wax museum Madame Tussauds and Wallace Collection, a collection of 18th- and 19th-century works. Overall, you're sure to enjoy the sophistication and peaceful atmosphere Marylebone offers. Cost of living: High Local amenities: Wigmore Hall, Marylebone Farmers' Market, Sherlock Holmes Museum Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Well connected to the rest of London by both Rail (London Underground, National Rail) and London Buses 12. Wimbledon Wimbledon, located in South West London, is famous for hosting the oldest tennis tournament in the world, the prestigious Wimbledon Championships. Wimbledon offers several manicured parks to relax in, such as Cannizaro Park and Wimbledon Park. Locals also like to frequent Wimbledon Common, a large green space of over 1,000 acres. If you're looking for an upscale suburban lifestyle, Wimbledon is one of the best areas in London to find it. Cost of living: High Local amenities: All England Lawn Tennis and Croquet Club, Wimbledon Village, New Wimbledon Theatre Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Well connected to the rest of London by both rail (London Underground, National Rail) and London Buses 13. London Fields Not to be confused with the park in Hackney, London Fields is also an area surrounding the park in East London. Once a working-class area, London Fields boasts a laid-back atmosphere mixed with creativity and a lively community. Kick back at beautiful London Fields Park, enjoy live sports on the terrace at Pub on the Park, or dine at one of the many cafes in the area, like Serpentine Bar & Kitchen. Cost of living: Affordable Local amenities: London Fields Lido, De Beauvoir Square, Chatsworth Road Market Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Well connected to the rest of London by both Rail (London Underground, National Rail) and London Buses 14. Wandsworth With a history dating back to Anglo-Saxon times, Wandsworth is a multicultural neighborhood in South West London. What used to be a rural village has transformed into an urban hotspot. Here, you can take in the beautiful Wandsworth Common, enjoy tranquil riverside walks along the Thames River or visit the Putney Bridge. Wandsworth's convenient location and renowned schools make it a desirable place to live. Cost of living: Moderate Local amenities: Putney Bridge, Wandsworth Arts Festival, Putney Exchange Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Well connected to the rest of London by both Rail (London Underground, National Rail) and London Buses Insider tip: Take a scenic walk on the Thames Path along the River Thames, which passes through Wandsworth. 15. Forest Hill The residential area of Forest Hill offers a mix of village charm and bustling urban life. Here, you'll find fascinating museums, charming Victorian houses and plenty of open green space. Step into the Horniman Museum and Gardens, a free museum with an extensive collection of anthropological and cultural exhibits, or into one of the many art galleries showing off local artists' work. Or take in panoramic views of London from One Tree Hill. With a 20-minute commute to Canary Wharf in central London, Forest Hill also offers a convenient location for city-goers. Cost of living: Moderate Local amenities: Brockwell Park, Sydenham Hill Wood, Dulwich Picture Gallery Safety score: High (low crime) Transportation: Well connected to the rest of London by both Rail (London Underground, National Rail) and London Buses Find your perfect London vacation home From Chelsea's historic charm to Shoreditch's lively energy, there is a diverse range of neighborhoods to choose from for those seeking a vacation home in London. As you explore the best places to live in this iconic city, imagine how effortless buying and owning international real estate abroad could be with Pacaso. We leverage our local expertise and resources to help you navigate legalities and manage your home remotely, so you can focus on creating lasting memories in your dream location without any of the risks and complexities. Our fully managed co-ownership model is the best way to own a luxury vacation home abroad.
What is a momcation? A momcation is a stress-relieving vacation for moms, parents and caregivers who deserve a break from their familial responsibilities. You know what they say — moms know best. Their daily dose of care and attentiveness can keep an entire family happy, healthy and asleep by bedtime. It seems like the only thing moms don’t know is when to take a break. Being a mom or parent is a full-time job. That’s where a “momcation” comes in. Per the name, it's a relaxing vacation for moms — and well, any parent or caregiver — who deserve and need to get away from it all. Whether you’re a new mom, a hardworking single parent or a seasoned caregiver, you can easily turn a weekend getaway to a beach house or second home into a personal vacation (without the family). Read our guide on how to plan the perfect momcation for any parent and discover the top 12 places to go when you need a break. Why should you take a momcation? Effective momcations result in parents returning to their families refreshed, recharged and ready to be the best version of themselves. Although there doesn't have to be a specific reason to take a break, here are some common motivating factors for booking a momcation: To prioritize self-care by nurturing the state of your mental health. Lead by example and inspire your family to prioritize their own inner well-being, manage their stress levels and explore new methods of self-discovery. To rediscover yourself after putting everyone’s needs above your own. Indulge in all the things you have set aside or discover an entirely new version of yourself to debut when you return home. To celebrate your journey of parenthood thus far. Have your children reached an important milestone? You played an integral role in that success and deserve to rest. Some of you have been there and done that, got the momcation shirt about it (it’s a thing!), but for those who haven't, get to know our top planning tips before packing your bags and heading to the most dreamy destinations for momcations, dadcations and any parent getaways. 8 tips for planning a mom’s (or parent's) getaway For moms and other caregivers to truly be present during their break from parenthood, they should thoughtfully address and account for their fears and stressors before embarking on their trip. Momcations can last a couple days or a couple weeks and are ideal for parents with children of all ages. Here are a few momcation ideas and best practices to help you plan for a getaway of your own. 1. Prepare the family for your momcation Set your family up for success while you are on your vacation. Some moms, parents and caregivers may find creating a daily schedule helpful. Be proactive in your approach and attempt to mitigate any potential risks related to your absence. The goal is for your family to remain independent during the length of your momcation. Answer any questions they may have now and clarify that communication will be limited while on your getaway. 2. Invite your friends (optional) Every mom has a different way of melting the stress away. For some, a good book and a quiet beach do the trick. For others, nothing beats a night out on the town with their best friends by their side. Take some time to consider your wishes and let your friends know how they can support your vacation dreams. 3. Go somewhere you’ve never been before Now is the perfect opportunity to use those miles you’ve been saving. Bearing no one else’s needs in mind, enjoy a first class seat to a luxury destination of your choosing. When planning your momcation, put yourself first. Don't stress about things like a family-friendly vacation home or your partner's taste in food — this is a trip for you. 4. Indulge in luxury amenities Whether you're searching for a weekend getaway nearby or considering purchasing a second home for routine getaways, make luxury amenities a priority. Without kids, partners and pets, you can enjoy amenities like home gyms and plunge pools to their fullest potential. 5. Take advantage of being alone Once you have arrived to your momcation destination, take advantage of the fact that you are responsible for only one person during this trip: you. Do the little things that being a parent keeps you from doing like taking a midday nap or enjoying an extended happy hour on the beach. 6. Find a moment of stillness From getting the kids dressed in the morning to tucking them in at night, moms are constantly in motion. That is why one of the best momcation ideas is to find a moment of stillness during your trip. This can be taking a meditation class, booking a spa treatment or simply sitting alone and reflecting. Revel in your alone time and show gratitude for having no other responsibilities other than rest and relaxation. 7. Spend time in nature Venturing to the great outdoors can be a challenge when the whole family is involved. Alone, however, it can be an extremely cathartic experience that you shouldn't skip. Spending time in nature can look like eating dinner on your private lanai, doing yoga on the beach, or hiking through mountain trails. However you choose to connect with nature, try to let go of any lingering stress during the adventure. 8. Create an exit strategy Having a hypothetical backup plan can put some moms at ease knowing they are still prepared if disaster strikes. Exit strategies are for emergencies only and you should create one with the goal of never needing it. If peace of mind is what you need to enjoy your momcation, create multiple plans of action that your family can utilize before calling you as their last resort. The top 12 places for moms (or parents) who need a break From white sandy beaches to the European countryside and cities that never sleep — when you need a break, there is a destination for every kind of momcation you can imagine. 1. Malibu, California Only an hour from Los Angeles, Malibu, California, offers a wide array of fine dining establishments (complete stunning views of the Pacific Ocean) and luxury spa options to help moms relax and unwind. This parent-approved destination is ideal for anyone hoping to rub elbows with California’s celebrities while sipping cocktails by the beach or embarking on one of Malibu’s many hidden gem hikes. 2. Los Cabos, Mexico If cultural immersion is high on your priority list, but you don’t want to venture too far from your family, Mexico is the place for you. Los Cabos, Mexico, is a seaside town on the tip of the Baja peninsula. This destination blends relaxed beach vibes with luxury amenities like charter boats and golf courses to create the ultimate getaway experience. The nightlife is never lacking in Los Cabos — and it's only a short plane ride home. 3. Maui, Hawai’i The Hawaiian islands are home to some of the most beautiful flora and fauna in the world, and Maui is no exception. From black sand beaches to whale watching and an unbeatable sunset, Maui, Hawai’i, is a momcation destination full of adventure and tropical bliss. Foodies will feel right at home on this tropical island famed for restaurants that capitalize on freshness and panoramic ocean views. Snorkeling and volcano hiking are also fun things to do on the Valley Isle. 4. Miami Beach, Florida As far as American vacations are concerned, it is hard to compare against the subtropical climate and decadent culture of Miami Beach, Florida. Take a mom’s trip to this postcard of a city. Soak up the sun while enjoying Florida’s fusion cuisine, or play volleyball on the stretch of white sand. Take a day trip into the Florida Keys or venture out into the Caribbean if time permits. 5. Cape Cod, Massachusetts Cape Cod, Massachusetts, is bursting with New England charm. One day, you're enjoying Martha’s Vineyard, the next, you're exploring the dramatic coastline. In between island hopping and beach bumming, get your fill of freshly caught lobster. It pairs well with the local wine selection and craft brews. 6. New York City, New York New York City, New York, is an ideal location for an adults-only second home retreat. Indulge in all of the best parts of being alone while exploring the Big Apple. Take yourself to a Michelin Star restaurant or curl up with your favorite book at Central Park. Before you leave, stroll down Fifth Avenue’s shops and browse through luxury stores to your heart’s content. 7. Aspen, Colorado If warm and cozy vibes are what your soul is looking for, then Aspen, Colorado, is where you need to be. This vacation destination is perfect for moms and caregivers who crave sleep and alone time. Wake up to a morning coffee overlooking the Aspen's autumn colors, or visit in the winter to enjoy hot spring dips and skiing on a blanket of snow. 8. Napa Valley, California You can find art, wine and relaxation in copious amounts whenever you take a momcation to Napa Valley, California, and the gorgeous vineyard setting alone is enough to melt the stress away. Not a fan of wine? Hot air balloon rides and themed dinner trains are some of the best things to do in Napa Valley. Like any luxury destination, you will also find plenty of spas, fine dining establishments and celebrities roaming around the valley. 9. Marbella, Spain Are you ready and able to travel to the land of fairy tales and flamenco? Located along the Mediterranean is Marbella, Spain, a charming Spanish town that truly has it all. Enjoy year-round sunshine in Southern Spain, complete with a few dozen beaches, golf clubs and wineries. For the ultimate luxury getaway, choose from one of the many exclusive beach clubs in Marbella. 10. Bali, Indonesia Few places compare to the breathtaking landscapes of Bali, Indonesia. The island has rapidly developed into vacation central and boasts some of the dreamiest amenities available. Farm-to-table freshness is a normal encounter at local eateries, and the beaches are the perfect place to try a new water sport or set sail towards adventure. Although maintaining a vacation home from afar can seem challenging, Bali makes it worth it. 11. London, United Kingdom From day trips to the English countryside to pub crawls by Big Ben, London, U.K., is a tantalizing backdrop for any momcation. Bear in mind that a second home in London also grants you easy access to the rest of Europe. France and Spain are short ferry rides away when you call London your home away from home. With the British pound at an all time low, now is a great time to consider investing in a second home that doubles as a momcation retreat. 12. Las Vegas, Nevada Las Vegas, Nevada, is known as Sin City due to its plethora of bars, clubs and non-stop nightlife. It is one of the most inclusive momcation packages around and ideal for any mom that needs to let loose and dance the night away. Owning a second home near Vegas also means you are a short drive away from the natural beauty of Southern California and the Pacific Ocean. Considering if you should buy or rent your next vacation home? Read our comparison guide to learn which option is best for you. While waiting for your getaway to arrive, learn how to curate a tranquil space just for parents within your own home. This could be the perfect place to continue fine-tuning the details of your dream getaway or scout for a second home.
Ready to make a splash in the Garden State? New Jersey has approximately 130 miles of Atlantic Ocean coastline, with beautiful beaches, charming coastal towns and classic boardwalks. In the sunny summer months, water sports enthusiasts of all types flock to New Jersey to enjoy surfing, kayaking, paddleboarding and more. Pack your sunscreen, grab a beach towel and join us as we check out the 8 best beaches for water sports in New Jersey. 1. Avalon What it’s like In a subtle dig to the area’s other nearby beaches, Avalon’s town motto is “cooler by a mile,” referencing their position one mile farther into the Atlantic than nearby barrier islands. While we’ll leave the rivalry to the locals, Avalon’s enviable location means there are plenty of ways to enjoy a sunny day. Watersports in Avalon Known for its expansive beaches and clear waters, Avalon is a hub for watersports along the Eastern Seaboard. Fun is the name of the game in this upscale beach town. Pick your favorite local outfitter and spend summer days kayaking, paddleboarding, inner tubing, wakeboarding or water skiing. The younger set will love the opportunity to bounce around in the bay on Island Watersports’ Aqua Park, which features the “famous blob launchpad,” a rock climbing wall, jungle gym and more, all floating in the warm waters of the bay. 2. Cape May What it’s like Located near the southern tip of New Jersey, Cape May is big on charm and history. Known as America’s Original Seaside Resort, Cape May has lovingly restored Victorian homes, a charming boardwalk and an iconic lighthouse. Watersports in Cape May Cape May offers a little bit of everything in terms of watersports. Options range from mild to wild, whether you’re interested in kayaking and paddleboarding the area’s calm bays and inlets or getting your adrenaline pumping with a jet ski or parasail excursion. The bay that surrounds Cape May is rich with marine life, so whale-watching excursions are another popular way to get out on the water. The town is also a great spot for surfers, and you’ll find multiple surf shops offering gear rentals and lessons. Summer is a great time for beginners to give it a try, as the waves tend to be smaller. Broadway Beach is the most popular spot for surfing, but during the busy summer months, surfing is only allowed during certain times of day, since the beach is so crowded. You’ll find locals at the Cove, on the westernmost end of the Promenade. Stop by to watch them ride the waves and you’ll be rewarded with views of the iconic Cape May. Serious surfers return to Cape May in winter to enjoy bigger, more consistent waves — just don’t forget your wetsuit. 3. Sandy Hook What it’s like Sandy Hook is a barrier peninsula that juts out into the Atlantic from the northeast corner of the New Jersey. The entire area is part of the Gateway National Recreation Area, giving visitors the serenity of a natural reserve and plenty of opportunities for exploration. Flora and fauna abound, yet the park is close enough for you to enjoy views of the New York City skyline. Watersports in Sandy Hook The calm waters of Sandy Hook Bay are perfect for paddleboarding. Rent some gear and head out on your own or take a tour with an experienced guide who can point out local plants and wildlife while sharing the history of the area. For those who want to get under the water, Sandy Hook is a popular area for snorkeling and scuba diving — intrepid divers can see shipwrecks, historical remnants and a variety of marine life. The steady winds and expansive waters of the bay also make Sandy Hook a great place for windsurfing and kiteboarding. Watch in awe as the pros make it look easy, or take a lesson to try it yourself. Be sure to take the advice of your local rental shop. On the coast, weather conditions can change quickly and winds can be unpredictable. 4. Belmar Beach What it’s like Situated on the famed Jersey Shore, Belmar Beach is a lively and welcoming beach town. During the summer months, you’ll find wide, sandy beaches (and the nearby boardwalk) brimming with families, groups of friends and solo travelers. The town prides itself on its clean, safe and well-maintained beaches, made possible by a dedicated group of lifeguards. Watersports in Belmar Beach Because Belmar Beach features both Atlantic Ocean coastline and a network of bays and inlets, there are a wide variety of water sports opportunities available. Shark River Inlet is a popular location for kayaking and stand-up paddle boarding — especially if you prefer calmer waters and the opportunity for bird watching. Prefer something more adventurous? You’ll find multiple tour companies offering parasailing, jet ski rentals and surf rentals. The epicenter of watersports in Belmar Beach is undoubtedly Belmar Manutti Marina, home to boats of all types, including fishing boats, yachts and party boats. Head out on a fishing trip in search of fluke, sea bass and bluefish, or book a sunset cruise or whale-watching excursion. 5. Long Beach Island What it’s like Long Beach Island is an 18-mile-long barrier island off the coast of New Jersey. You’ll find multiple beach towns stretching from north to south, including Barnegat Light, Harvey Cedars, Surf City, Long Beach and Beach Haven. Because the island is so narrow, towns are small and you’ll enjoy a welcoming atmosphere and laid-back vibe. Watersports on Long Beach Island Surfing is the most popular water sport on the island. You’ll find multiple surf schools and rental shops, plus surf spots that appeal to many different skill levels, from Beach Haven to Surf City. It’s also an area popular with fishing enthusiasts. Surf fishing, crabbing and deep-sea fishing charters are all fun ways to spend a day. Great fishing can be found among shifting sand bars, pristine inlets and public docks. Stop by a local bait and tackle shop to ask the experts for tips on the best locations given the currents. 6. Ocean City What it’s like While many of New Jersey’s beaches have a reputation for rowdiness, Ocean City prides itself on its family-friendly atmosphere. Known as “America’s Greatest Family Resort,” the town boasts eight miles of beachfront and eight blocks of family amusements, including a waterpark, arcade and music venue. Watersports in Ocean City Watersports in the area revolve around the award-winning beach itself. Ocean City has been named Best Beach in the Northeast and New Jersey's Favorite Beach, among other accolades. It’s a great place to go for a swim — clean and well-maintained beaches are staffed by almost 200 lifeguards. If you’re in pursuit of a more active day than just splashing in the waves, head to the Bay and Marina District for boat rentals, jet ski rentals and more. Or grab a surfboard and catch some waves on the designated surfing beaches throughout town. Sailing is also popular. The nonprofit Ocean City Sailing Foundation offers sailing lessons to students of all ages and experience levels. Take a two-hour introduction to sailing or sign up for a week of morning or afternoon lessons. 7. Island Beach State Park What it’s like Unlike many of New Jersey’s other popular beach destinations that are located in populated areas, Island Beach State Park is a natural respite located on a barrier island between Barnegat Bay and the Atlantic Ocean. The park stretches over 10 miles of pristine, natural coastline filled with dunes, salt marshes and maritime forests. Watersports in Island Beach State Park Embrace a slower pace of life in the park. Enjoy kayaking and paddleboarding in and around the bay. Explore on your own or have a local guide teach you about the wildlife as you paddle. There are a myriad of animal and bird species in the park, as well as more than 400 species of plants. Surf fishing is popular here, with opportunities to catch striped bass and bluefish. Crabbing and clamming are options in nearby bays, and you can set up a trip with a local tour company. The state park is also popular with surfers who want to enjoy consistent waves and wide beaches, without all the crowds. 8. Wildwood What it’s like Affectionately called “Wildwood by the Sea,” this town boasts the widest beaches on the Jersey Cape. It’s a popular summertime destination for its endless family-friendly amenities, vibrant nightlife, action-packed boardwalk and summer events that include outdoor concerts, classic car shows, parades and a kite festival. Some nine million tourists visit each year, and the three shore towns that make up “The Wildwoods” appeal to a broad swath, whether you’re looking for a party vibe or quieter, family accommodations. Watersports opportunities abound in Wildwood, where you can rent wave runners, get scenic views from a sky-high parasail, challenge yourself to a stand-up paddleboard yoga session or rent a pontoon boat with friends. Fishing and crabbing are popular here, and multiple local outfitters will rent you boats fully equipped with everything you need for a successful day at sea, from crab pots to fishing poles. Soak up the sun in New Jersey With your own vacation home on your favorite New Jersey beach, you’ll be mere steps away from your favorite watersports activities. As the co-owner of a Pacaso second home, you never have to worry about the details. We’ll take care of the maintenance, cleaning and upkeep. You just have to show up, unpack and dive into all the sunny fun. Pacaso second homes are available in the most popular New Jersey beach towns. Don’t see something that you love? Learn how you can turn the property you’ve been eyeing into a Pacaso.
For vacationers and full-time residents alike, coastal South Carolina has a lot to offer. It’s an especially popular destination for families with children, who flock to the Palmetto State for the beautiful beaches, endless activities, rich history, community spirit and mild climate. Here are a few things to know if you’re considering moving or vacationing in sunny South Carolina. Family-friendly towns in coastal South Carolina Coast South Carolina offers plenty of family-friendly neighborhoods to explore. Here are a few that appeal to families with kids of all ages. Mount Pleasant A suburb of Charleston, Mount Pleasant offers parks, playgrounds and plenty of recreational opportunities. It’s known for being safe and welcoming and boasts top-rated schools. Residents in Mount Pleasant love its proximity to Charleston, which gives families access to a rich cultural scene, historical sites, restaurants and entertainment. Hilton Head Island A barrier island near the border with Georgia, Hilton Head Island is an ideal location for outdoor-loving families. The island is famous for its natural beauty, with plenty of pristine wilderness, wide beaches and public trails. The community commits to sustainability and conservation, which appeals to families keen on teaching their children about green practices. Myrtle Beach Situated on 60 miles of Atlantic coastline, Myrtle Beach is big enough to offer a wide range of entertainment and recreational options, yet small enough to maintain a friendly, welcoming feel. Myrtle Beach residents know how to have a good time, as proven by a yearly calendar packed with festivals and events, from the World Famous Blue Crab Festival to the all-ages Conway Riverfest. The town is also known for its highly-rated schools and high-quality medical care. Bluffton Located just inland of Hilton Head Island, Bluffton is a growing town of just under 30,000 that’s known as the “Heart of the Lowcountry.” It’s big on charm, with historic sites, tree-lined streets, a beautiful riverfront and a vibrant cultural scene. Residents have an average age in their late 30s, which means there are plenty of young families making the most of life in the Lowcountry. The town is also just a short drive from Hilton Head Island, giving easy access to a myriad of activities. Charleston Charming Charleston is an idyllic place for families, thanks to a coastal location, thriving economy, endless parks and high-quality schools — both public and private. The city, founded in 1670, has over 350 years of history for families to explore. Education-focused families can immerse themselves in architecture, museums, historical sites, and a vibrant arts and music scene. Top-rated schools in coastal South Carolina South Carolina has a longstanding commitment to education. You’ll find multiple renowned colleges and universities in the Palmetto State, including the University of South Carolina, Clemson University and the College of Charleston. But higher education isn’t the state’s only priority. Across South Carolina, families can benefit from high-quality public and private schools for students of all ages. Here are a few of the top school districts in coastal South Carolina. Charleston County School District Serving the Charleston metro area and surrounding communities, the Charleston County School District educates roughly 50,000 students with an ever-expanding portfolio of programs that include neighborhood schools, magnet schools, Montessori schools and charter options. Dorchester School District Two Located northwest of Charleston and with a student population of over 26,000, Dorchester School District Two has won multiple awards for both academics and the arts. The district has a Purple Star designation for serving the unique needs of the 1,600 military-connected students with family members working at nearby Joint Base Charleston. Horry County Schools Horry County Schools is South Carolina’s third-largest district, made up of 56 schools serving over 45,000 students in and around the Myrtle Beach area. It’s known for its rigorous curriculum, personalized learning plans, and embrace of technology and innovation. Coastal South Carolina’s best outdoor activities The region’s subtropical climate means that for most of the year, you’ll enjoy pleasant and mild weather ideal for outdoor exploration throughout the coastal region. Here are a few of the area’s most popular outdoor activities. Beachcombing South Carolina’s beaches are simply stunning, with miles of sandy beaches from north to south. It’s easy to spend a sunny day walking the beach, combing for shells, building sandcastles or taking a swim. Golfing South Carolina is a well-known golf destination, boasting over 100 courses for golfers of all skill levels. The Lowcountry boasts multiple bucket-list courses designed by some of the best in the business. Test the limits of your game at the Kiawah Island Golf Resort, Sea Pines Resort’s Harbour Town Golf Links or Palmetto Dunes. Watersports With the Atlantic Ocean, the Intracoastal Waterway and numerous rivers and estuaries, opportunities to get out on the water abound in South Carolina. Enjoy boating, sailing, kayaking, paddleboarding, kayaking and more as you soak up the sun and explore the state from the water. Hiking In coastal South Carolina, you’ll find multiple state parks and nature preserves. Put on your hiking boots and explore maritime forests, coastal dunes, wetlands and more. Keep your eyes and ears open for diverse wildlife, including herons, egrets and pelicans. Fishing Both freshwater and saltwater fishing are popular along South Carolina’s coastline. Lucky anglers can snag bass, catfish and trout in local rivers and streams. For a bigger adventure, take a deep-sea fishing charter for your chance at tuna, wahoo, marlin and sailfish. Community activities and events in coastal South Carolina Community events are a way of life in the Lowcountry, with options for every interest and age. Here are a few favorites loved by visitors and locals alike. Festivals and events Coastal towns including Charleston, Myrtle Beach and Hilton Head host a myriad of festivals and events each year. Favorites include Charleston’s Holiday Festival of Lights, the Hilton Head Island Seafood Festival and the Beaufort Water Festival. Farmers markets Sample Lowcountry bounty at farmers markets across the coastal region, including the Charleston Farmers Market and the Bluffton Farmers Market. In addition to fresh produce, you’ll find arts and crafts for sale, live music, kids' activities and more. Outdoor concerts During the summer months, coastal towns across South Carolina host a wide range of outdoor concerts and movie nights. Events run the gamut, from neighborhood gatherings in local parks to large concerts in impressive amphitheaters. Community clean-ups Coastal South Carolina is known for its incredible natural beauty and biodiversity, so it’s no surprise that residents are dedicated to preserving its flora and fauna. On many weekends, volunteers work together to clean up beaches, parks and natural spaces. Find your family’s new home in South Carolina South Carolina is one of the states with the biggest population gains, and it’s easy to see why. With abundant natural spaces, diverse recreational activities and cultural events, and award-winning schools, South Carolina offers a lot to love. While many people moving to the Palmetto State are full-time residents, it’s also popular with second home owners. Pacaso co-ownership puts second homes within reach for many families who want to enjoy the beauty of coastal South Carolina. Check out Pacaso’s current listings in South Carolina or find a home you love and talk with us about your options for turning it into a Pacaso second home.
Steeped in Southern hospitality and boasting stunning natural beauty, North Carolina is a magnet for full-time residents and vacationers. But like any great place, the Tar Heel State has its share of cons that prospective second home owners should know. Let’s explore the 17 most significant pros and cons of living in North Carolina to help you determine if it's your ideal place for a vacation home. Pros Cons Low cost of living Natural disaster risk Outdoor activities Traffic Mild climate Crime rates Food and dining options Expensive healthcare Rich history and culture Lack of public transportation Relaxed Lifestyle Poor infrastructure Job opportunities High pollen levels Thriving arts and culture scene Housing market inflation Great educational opportunities Pros of living in North Carolina The benefits of living in North Carolina include diverse landscapes, a mild climate and a flourishing job market, all of which contribute to a high quality of life. Low cost of living North Carolina has a lower cost of living compared to many other states, making it an attractive and affordable option for vacation homeowners. From affordable housing to lower taxes, you can enjoy a budget-friendly lifestyle without sacrificing quality. With a median home price of $383,600, prospective homeowners could look into creative financing options like FHA loans or VA loans to secure a mortgage with a lower down payment. Outdoor activities With stunning mountain getaways and pristine beaches, North Carolina offers an abundance of outdoor activities. Hikers can explore miles of scenic trails in the Appalachian Mountains. Water enthusiasts can kayak, paddleboard or fish in the state's many lakes, rivers and along the Atlantic Coast. Golfers can tee off on championship courses, and cyclists can enjoy scenic routes catering to all skill levels. Mild climate The state’s diverse geography creates a variety of climates. The mountains have cooler temperatures year-round, with distinct seasons and occasional snowfall in winter. The central Piedmont region experiences warm summers and mild winters. The coastal plain enjoys hot, humid summers and relatively warm winters. The state is home to must-visit fall destinations, too. Food and dining options Savor the rich flavors of North Carolina's culinary scene, from classic Southern comfort food like fried chicken and biscuits to fresh seafood caught off the coast. Don't miss the chance to sample local favorites like hushpuppies and shrimp and grits. North Carolinian food is so popular that four restaurants rank among some of the best places to eat in the United States. Rich history and culture Immerse yourself in North Carolina's fascinating history and vibrant culture. From exploring the mysterious Roanoke colony to celebrating the birthplace of aviation at Kitty Hawk, North Carolina provides fascinating glimpses into the past. Wander through towns like Asheville that overflow with local art festivals or delve into the rich musical heritage at summertime bluegrass concerts. Relaxed Lifestyle North Carolina is home to some of the most relaxing places in the country. Here, you can ditch the stress and focus on enjoying simple pleasures: leisurely bike rides through the countryside, delicious meals at farm-to-table restaurants or exploring a scenic seaside hiking trail. H3: Job opportunities North Carolina's job market has grown at a steady 5% month over month. The state is a hub for research and development in biotechnology, pharmaceuticals and information technology. The manufacturing sector is also strong, focusing on aerospace, automotive and textiles. Tourism and hospitality are major employers thanks to the state's beautiful beaches, mountains and historical attractions. Thriving arts and culture scene From historic theaters to contemporary art galleries, there's something for everyone. Cities like Raleigh, Durham and Charlotte are home to world-class museums, live music venues and performing arts centers. Asheville, known as the Paris of the South, is a hub for independent artists, craft breweries and eclectic shops. Great educational opportunities North Carolina is home to a strong network of public and private universities, community colleges and technical schools. Renowned institutions like the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Duke University and North Carolina State University attract top-tier faculty and students from around the world. Together, they create The Research Triangle, a hub for academics, businesses and startups. Cons of living in North Carolina Although the state is known as an affordable, family-friendly destination, it also has some downsides to consider. Natural disasters Hurricanes, tornadoes, floods and severe thunderstorms are common occurrences in North Carolina. Coastal areas are particularly vulnerable to hurricanes, while inland regions face the threat of tornadoes and flash floods. Keep this in mind if you’re eager to buy a beach house. Residents can experience all four seasons, with hot, humid summers followed by crisp autumns, mild winters with occasional snowfall in the mountains and temperate spring weather. Be prepared for sudden downpours, especially during the summer months, which may occasionally delay your family’s beach plans. Traffic While North Carolina can provide a slower pace of life than many other states, traffic congestion can be an issue in major urban areas like Charlotte, Raleigh and Greensboro, especially during rush hour. Although North Carolina ranked sixth for best states to drive in America, it ranked 32nd for traffic and infrastructure. Crime rates Crime rates in North Carolina vary significantly by region. Cities tend to have higher crime rates than rural areas. Researching specific neighborhoods is essential when considering relocation. Both property crime and violent crime are above the national average in North Carolina. Expensive healthcare North Carolinians pay some of the highest premiums in the country for health insurance. Healthcare costs in North Carolina can also be higher than the national average, especially for certain medical procedures and specialists. This can also be a factor to consider when budgeting for second home living expenses. Lack of public transportation While public transportation options are improving in major cities, many areas of North Carolina still rely heavily on personal vehicles. This can limit mobility for those without cars who want to explore the state's natural wonders. Despite a $13.5 billion public transit spending plan, Charlotte still struggles with increasing ridership. Poor infrastructure North Carolina's infrastructure ranked 31st nationally in 2023, according to a U.S. News report evaluating states on their progress in renewable energy, transportation network condition, and broadband access. Neighboring South Carolina ranks 37th. High pollen levels Due to its climate and abundant vegetation, North Carolina experiences high pollen levels, particularly in the spring and fall. Tree pollen (especially oak, hickory and ash) is a major culprit during the spring months, while ragweed pollen dominates in the fall. Housing market inflation The state’s housing market has seen a surge in home prices in recent years. This can make it challenging — particularly for first-time home buyers — to find housing in popular areas close to major cities or along the coast. However, there are still pockets of affordability throughout the state, particularly in rural areas and some smaller towns. Popular places to live in North Carolina North Carolina offers diverse living experiences, from bustling cities to tiny mountain towns. Here are three of the most popular locations for residents and second home buyers alike Asheville Asheville has emerged as a vibrant hub for arts, culture and outdoor enthusiasts. Nestled in the Blue Ridge Mountains, the city is known for its stunning natural beauty, a thriving craft beer scene and a relaxed mountain lifestyle. The city has quickly become known as an Instagram-worthy romantic fall getaway. As a second home owner, you can enjoy hiking, skiing, and exploring boutiques and restaurants. Charlotte Charlotte is North Carolina's largest city, offering a dynamic urban experience with a sophisticated Southern style. The Queen City boasts a thriving job market, a diverse culinary scene, and a growing arts and culture district. For second home owners, Charlotte has a balance of city amenities and proximity to outdoor attractions like Lake Norman. Raleigh As the state capital, Raleigh blends a growing tech scene with the warmth of Southern hospitality. The city has a high quality of life, excellent schools and a vibrant downtown area. For second home owners, Raleigh provides access to cultural attractions, sporting events and 180 miles of greenways. Co-own in North Carolina with Pacaso After weighing the pros and cons of living in North Carolina, it's no wonder many aspire to own a piece of this captivating state. However, second home ownership often involves significant financial commitments and management responsibilities. Pacaso co-ownership is the modern solution to this challenge. By co-owning a luxury Pacaso home in North Carolina, you can experience the joys of second home ownership without the burdens. You'll enjoy shared ownership with a select group of like-minded individuals while we handle the complexities of property management, maintenance and booking stays, ensuring a seamless and stress-free experience.
The greater Charleston area has a wide range of home styles: sprawling ranch-style properties, beach houses and modern condominiums. But Charleston’s long history — it was founded in 1670 — also means it has a wealth of beautifully preserved historic homes that are big on culture and charm. There are plenty of reasons why home buyers seek out homes in Charleston’s Historic District. It’s both an amazing opportunity to own a piece of history and a responsibility to preserve it for future generations. Charleston’s Historic District is bordered by the Battery and White Point Garden to the south, Broad Street to the north, Meeting Street to the west and East Bay Street to the east. The area includes many of Charleston’s most famous landmarks, including Rainbow Row and the Charleston City Market. Buying and owning an historic home is a little different than owning a newer property. Here’s what you need to know about living in one of the Charleston Historic District’s homes. The importance of assembling an expert team If you’re searching for a home in the Charleston Historic District, you may want to hire a real estate agent with expertise in this unique area. Not only can they help you find the right property, but they can connect you with other experts you’ll want on your side. For example, you’ll want to hire a home inspector who understands historic homes and knows what to look for in terms of structural integrity, major systems, pests and more. If you plan on renovating your home after purchase, you’ll want to work with contractors and architects who have experience working within the regulations set by local preservation officials (more on that below). Preservation guidelines in Charleston Homes located within Charleston’s Historic District are subject to oversight by the Board of Architectural Review (BAR), which is tasked with maintaining the area’s historical and architectural integrity. The board has enforcement rights over many aspects of properties within the district, including approval for exterior changes, alignment to architectural standards, the use of original or historically accurate materials, signage and lighting, landscaping and streetscapes, and even paint colors. Renovating a historic Charleston home Many of the homes in the Historic District have already been lovingly and meticulously restored, but renovations are often needed to keep these old homes in good working order. If you’re considering buying a home that needs renovation, keep in mind that you won’t be allowed to simply rip out the old and replace with the new. You must consider these factors in order to both preserve your home’s history and remain compliant with the BAR: Historical integrity: You must strive to preserve the original architectural features of the home, both on the exterior and interior. Historically accurate materials: You must use materials that match or closely resemble the original materials in your home. Incorporation of modern amenities: As you install modern creature comforts, like HVAC systems and updated electrical systems, you’ll need to do so in a way that minimally impacts the historic fabric of the home. Be sure to engage with local and national preservation organizations and community groups for guidance and support. Cost of historic homes in Charleston Because of their rich history and proximity to Charleston’s downtown core, historic homes in Charleston don’t come cheap. The Historic District has some of the most expensive homes in the Charleston area. Additionally, if you plan to renovate, you can expect an above-average renovation budget, as you’ll not only need to match the quality and finishing of materials, but you’ll also want to hire vendors with restoration experience. Benefits of owning a Charleston Historic District home There are many upsides to owning a home in this historically significant part of the city. As the owner of a historically designated home, you can play an important role in preserving the district for future generations of residents and visitors. You also have the opportunity to immerse yourself in the history of the city, learning about those who lived in your neighborhood — and in your home! — before you. Another benefit of living in the Charleston Historic District is experiencing the rich cultural heritage and unparalleled sense of community, thanks to your proximity to historic sites, museums and events. Drawbacks of owning a Charleston historic home Historic homes, no matter the location, have a few drawbacks. First, you can expect higher maintenance and repair costs, as discussed above. Second, you can't simply make the changes you’d like to, whether swapping an exterior light fixture or painting your house a new color. The BAR must approve most changes, small or large. Own a historic home in Charleston with Pacaso Imagine being able to spend your vacation days exploring historic Charleston and your nights relaxing in your own luxurious historic home. When you buy a second home with Pacaso, you split the purchase price, maintenance and upkeep of your historic home with up to seven other co-owners. Best of all, your on-the-ground Pacaso manager takes care of arranging all the repairs and upgrades as they’re needed.
Choose your dream location, and start enriching your life today. With Pacaso, you can co-own an epic second home in some of the most sought-after destinations — for 1/8 the cost. Why wait? We have listings in desirable second home locations across the country and in Europe, with plans to expand globally. Whether you love to hit the slopes or surf the waves, you'll find a Pacaso that suits your lifestyle and fits your family. Browse our active listings, or join our email list to receive updates when new homes are added. Current Pacaso destinations Arizona Scottsdale California Carmel - Monterey Lake Arrowhead Lake Tahoe (including South Lake Tahoe, Truckee, Tahoma, Olympic Valley and Incline Village) Napa - Sonoma Valley (including Napa, Sonoma, Healdsburg and St. Helena) Palm Springs (including Palm Desert, Rancho Mirage, Indian Wells and La Quinta) San Diego - Encinitas Santa Barbara Santa Cruz SoCal beaches (including Malibu, Newport Beach, Corona del Mar, Balboa Island and La Jolla) Colorado Aspen Breckenridge Steamboat Springs Telluride Vail Florida Delray Beach Fort Lauderdale The Keys Marco Island Miami West Palm Beach Hawai'i Maui Idaho Sun Valley Massachusetts Cape Cod Nantucket New Jersey NJ beaches (including Avalon, Beach Haven and Ocean City) Oregon Bend South Carolina Charleston (including Kiawah Island, Isle of Palms and Sullivan's Island) Hilton Head Island Utah Park City Wyoming Jackson Hole Europe Marbella, Spain London, UK Don’t see your dream location? Let us know where you’re interested in owning a second home. Buyer demand is an important factor in our market selection!
Florida is a popular destination for all kinds of travelers, from theme park-seeking families to spring breakers, outdoor lovers to sun-seeking snowbirds. No matter your interests or the time of the year, Florida has plenty to offer. The Sunshine State also boasts accommodations to fit every budget. Read on to discover great hotel options for every price point and travel style. Luxury accommodations Discerning travelers will love that Florida has a wide range of upscale accommodations, from well-known international brands to individual properties. While you can find luxury accommodations across the state, the vast majority are located in the Miami area and in the Florida Keys. You will also find a handful of upscale properties in Orlando, in close proximity to Walt Disney World Resort. While prices vary by individual property and season, you can expect to spend at least $500 a night to stay in the Sunshine State’s chicest properties. Here are a few to check out. 1. Fontainebleau Miami Beach Arguably Miami’s most iconic luxury property, Fontainebleau Miami Beach has been dazzling guests with incredible Atlantic Ocean views since 1954. Treat yourself to world-class cuisine, an adults-only poolside day club and LIV, a chic 18,000-square-foot nightclub. 2. Ritz-Carlton South Beach Nobody does elegant service quite like the Ritz-Carlton. Their South Beach outpost is an Art Deco escape with an idyllic waterfront location. Guests wanting a private resort experience will want to book on the newly designed Club Level, which includes access to an exclusive oceanfront lounge, complimentary breakfast and dessert, and the services of a dedicated concierge. 3. Villa Casa Casuarina Once the famed Versace Mansion, this opulent boutique hotel promises a truly unique stay. Each of the 10 rooms at Villa Casa Casuarina is one-of-a-kind, with Mediterranean-inspired design touches like Italian marble floors, hand-painted murals, stained glass and private balconies. Outside your suite, you’ll find a mosaic pool, the upscale Gianni’s Restaurant and the cozy Onyx Bar. 4. Little Palm Island Resort & Spa An adults-only oasis in the Florida Keys, Little Palm Island is the country’s only private island resort, accessible only by seaplane or private boat. The resort is purpose-built for relaxation — you won’t find TVs or telephones in guest rooms or public areas. Rooms feature thatched roofs, ocean views and outdoor showers. If you can bear to leave your private suite, you can relax in the treehouse-inspired Great Room, snorkel the nearby marine sanctuary or enjoy a beachside meal. 5. The Breakers Since 1896, the historic and stately Breakers Hotel has been the pinnacle of luxury in Palm Beach. It’s big on old world charm with Renaissance-style architecture, thoughtfully appointed rooms and suites, and a luxurious private beach club — complete with four swimming pools, private bungalows and beach access. Two championship golf courses are right outside your door. Mid-range accommodations Florida’s mid-range hotels offer the best of both worlds: comfortable, conveniently located accommodations that allow you to stretch your vacation dollars a little further. You’ll find a wide selection of mid-range hotels across the state. Expect to spend between $200 and $400 a night, depending on the timing of your trip and the hotel’s proximity to top attractions. 1. Wyndham Grand Clearwater Beach Located on Florida’s Gulf Coast, Wyndham Grand Clearwater Beach combines spacious rooms with great ocean views. This AAA 4 Diamond Hotel offers everything you need for a wonderful resort vacation. Enjoy easy beach access, multiple on-site dining options, a full-service spa and a rooftop bar with can’t-miss views. 2. Kimpton EPIC With an ideal location in the heart of downtown Miami, the newly remodeled Kimpton EPIC hotel features stylish accommodations, two rooftop pools, waterfront dining and complimentary morning coffee and tea. Area 31, the on-site restaurant, offers one of the neighborhood’s most popular happy hours. Traveling with kids? Make sure to stop by the Kids Poolside Cabana, which is stocked with puzzles, games and plenty of shade for those hot Miami days. 3. Omni Orlando at Championsgate For Orlando travelers who want to stay close, but not too close, to the Magic Kingdom, the Omni Orlando at Championsgate puts you in close proximity to theme parks but a world away. Spread across 800 lush acres, this family-friendly resort features two championship golf courses, multiple swimming pools, miniature golf and 10 restaurants. 4. Marco Beach Ocean Suites Perfectly suited for family travel, Marco Beach Ocean Suites has 60 one- and two-bedroom suites with fully equipped kitchens and spacious living areas. Choose an ocean or garden view, all with easy access to Marco Island’s beautiful turquoise waters and white sand beaches. Three on-site restaurants and a heated outdoor pool round out the amenities. Budget-friendly accommodations Florida is a big state with a wide range of attractions, which means there are plenty of options for travelers seeking affordability without compromising comfort or convenience. Choose from independent hotels and resorts or your favorite national or international hotel chain. Here are a few great budget hotels in Florida where you can expect to spend less than $200 a night. 1. Comfort Suites Maingate East Kissimmee Disney vacations can be spendy, but staying just outside the park can be a smart way to save some money on your Orlando vacation. Comfort Suites Maingate East Kissimmee offers a wealth of budget-stretching amenities, including a complimentary hot breakfast buffet and shuttle services to nearby theme parks. Need a day off from the parks? Splash around in the heated pool or hot tub. 2. Lime Tree Bay Resort The Florida Keys has a reputation for being expensive, but there are a few affordable gems throughout the island chain. Lime Tree Bay Resort is located between Islamorada and Marathon on a quarter-mile, white-sand beach. Choose from studio guestrooms, townhomes or suites, and enjoy a wealth of complimentary amenities, including daily continental breakfast, boat docking and unlimited use of kayaks, paddle boards, bicycles and tennis rackets. 3. Inn on the Beach Tucked away on the south end of St. Pete Beach, Inn on the Beach is a laid-back retreat with tidy, well-appointed rooms, some of which have kitchenettes and private balconies. Guests love the lack of hidden fees at this hotel. There are no resort fees, no parking charges and amenities are all included. 4. Hyatt Place Tampa/Busch Gardens Tampa offers a wide variety of attractions, and the Hyatt Place Tampa puts you in the middle of all the action. Located less than two miles from Busch Gardens and within quick access from Amalie Arena, Adventure Island Water Park and Zoo Tampa, this hotel offers studio-style rooms, complimentary breakfast and free Wi-Fi. Unique stays and camping Hotels and resorts aren’t your only option when vacationing in Florida. Take a look at these unique accommodation types that guarantee a trip you’ll never forget. 1. Pearl Bay Chickee A visit to Everglades National Park is a glimpse into the incredible biodiversity of Florida. Truly immerse yourself with an overnight stay in a chickee, a raised platform over the water where you can pitch a tent and spend the night in the wilderness. Operated by the National Park Service, Pearl Bay Chickee is accessible by boat and is the perfect place to bird watch, stargaze or simply listen to the sounds of the wilderness. 2. Adventures Unlimited Located in Northwest Florida, Adventures Unlimited Outdoor Center offers kayaking, ziplines and ropes courses. Best of all, you can stay there overnight. Accommodations include rustic cabins, tent camping sites and even a cabin made from a train caboose. 3. Holly Bluff Marina Renting a houseboat is more than a place to stay; it’s a whole vacation on its own! Located on the St. John’s River in DeLand, Florida, Holly Bluff Marina rents out a wide selection of houseboats for overnight stays. Explore the network of rivers, lakes and channels to spot manatees, alligators, turtles and exotic birds. Then, retire for the night in a well-appointed houseboat with room for your whole family. 4. Jules’ Undersea Lodge Ready for a truly one-of-a-kind stay? Head to Key Largo and Jules’ Undersea Lodge, the world’s only underwater hotel where scuba diving is the only way to get to your room. Located in a lagoon 30 feet underwater, your dive to your room is a great way to see the fish, seahorses and manatees that call this body of water home. Once in your room, relax and watch aquatic life go by while you await your special evening pizza delivery. How to choose the right accommodation With seemingly endless accommodation options, how do you make the right choice in deciding where to stay in Florida? In addition to budget, here are a few other considerations: Season: Florida is known for its year-round sunshine and warm weather, but there are a few factors you’ll want to keep in mind before you book a trip. The winter months tend to be warm and dry, while the summer months are hotter, more humid and prone to hurricanes. Crowds: Because Florida is such a popular vacation destination, hotel prices can skyrocket during peak travel times like spring break, summer vacation and the holiday season. For the best prices (and least crowded beaches and attractions), consider booking mid-week stays or during off-peak months. Location: When choosing a hotel, convenience is key. Proximity to nearby attractions saves time and transportation costs. If you’re seeking a beach vacation but you have only limited time available, staying steps to the sand may be worth the extra cost, compared traveling to and from the beach and hotel every day. Buy your own piece of paradise with Pacaso No matter what type of stay you prefer, accommodation costs can really add up — especially if you are a frequent visitor to Florida. Consider putting your vacation dollars toward a place of your own. As a Pacaso co-owner in your favorite Florida destination, you’ll have a luxury vacation home to call your own. Find your perfect home base to explore the state’s beautiful beaches, vibrant culture, lush wild spaces and action-packed attractions.
Florida has a lot to offer vacationers: year-round sunshine, gorgeous beaches, fun-filled attractions and more. According to Visit Florida, over 140 million visitors spent some time in the Sunshine State in 2023, making it the most popular state in the country for travelers. Sun-worshiping vacationers flock to Florida during every month of the year, but if you’re hoping to ensure a great travel experience — and avoid crowds, hurricanes and high prices — here are a few things to consider. What to expect each season in Florida Winter December, January and February are great months to visit Florida. While much of the country is battling cold weather and winter storms, the Sunshine State boasts temperatures in the 60s and low 70s in the northern region, and 70s and low 80s in South Florida. Rainy days are rare this time of year, making it a great time to explore. You’ll enjoy fewer crowds than other times of the year, but keep in mind that Florida has roughly one million seasonal residents (aptly named “snowbirds” who flock to Florida during the colder months) so you’re not likely to have the beach all to yourself. Spring Weather-wise, March, April and May are some of the best months in Florida. Sunny days abound and rain levels are minimal. Unsurprisingly, it’s also a busy time of year for tourists, so be prepared for higher-than-average hotel costs and plenty of people in and around popular tourist attractions. If you plan to visit beach towns like Panama Beach and Daytona Beach but don’t want to relive your college years, avoid March and April. These towns, and a few others on the Florida Panhandle, turn into spring break hotspots for young revelers from around the country. Summer Some like it hot, and if that’s you, visit Florida in June, July and August. Temperatures are regularly in the 80s and 90s, with high humidity and frequent afternoon storms. Temperatures can be even hotter inland, where you won’t have ocean breezes to cool you off. Speaking of storms, it’s important to note that the Atlantic hurricane season traditionally begins in June, so be sure to pay attention to the weather forecast before and during your trip. Despite the soaring temperatures and hurricane risk, summer is still a popular time for visitors, especially families. Fall Autumn brings slightly lower temperatures and smaller crowds, making it a great time to visit. Across the state, you’ll find fall festivals, from the Epcot International Food & Wine Festival in Orlando to the raucous Fantasy Fest in Key West. Hotel rates start to drop after Labor Day, making the fall a more affordable time to visit. It’s important to remember that the Atlantic hurricane season runs through the end of October, with the most activity occurring between August and October. If you’re traveling to Florida during any part of hurricane season, it’s smart to buy travel insurance. The best time to visit Florida theme parks The Orlando area, the epicenter of American theme parks, is home to Walt Disney World Resort, Universal Orlando Resort and LEGOLAND Florida, among others. You’ll also find no fewer than seven water parks to cool off on hot days. Any Disney aficionado will tell you there is no crowd-free day at Disney World or other area parks. However, you will find Florida theme parks to be less crowded right after the holiday season (January and February) and in September, once schools are back in session. Regardless of the season, your best bet is always a weekday trip. The best time to visit Miami Miami is an action-packed South Florida destination every month of the year, but the best time to visit depends on your preferences. Winter offers the mildest weather, without the sky-high temperatures or sticky humidity. Yet you’ll have to contend with crowds and high hotel prices. In summer, the temperature is hot but the deals are next level. Miami Spice Restaurant Month, Hotel Month and Spa Month all happen over the summer, making it a more affordable way to plan a luxury vacation. The best time to visit the Florida Keys A 125-mile-long archipelago off the coast of South Florida, the Florida Keys are a unique destination. With island vibes and incredible natural beauty, the Keys are a bucket-list destination for many. But when should you visit? The Keys have distinct rainy and dry seasons. The rainy season runs from May to October, during which time the islands get the majority of their yearly rainfall — not to mention hurricane risk. The dry season is the most popular time to visit, as you’ll enjoy average temperatures in the 70s with very little rain. As with much of the state, prices and crowds are lower in the summer, but the weather can be unpredictable. Find your year-round Florida getaway with Pacaso If Florida is your favorite vacation destination, perhaps it’s time to make it official! As a second home owner in the Sunshine State, you’ll enjoy a place to call home, without the unpredictability of hotel costs. Pacaso has luxury vacation homes available now for co-ownership, whether you want to live in chic Miami Beach, idyllic Marco Island or stately Alys Beach. Have a property in mind? Reach out to Pacaso and we’ll help you turn a listing you love into a luxury co-ownership property in your favorite Florida location.
If you’re looking for a vacation home in another state that won’t break the bank, you’re in luck. Our research has identified six states with desirable destinations offering relatively affordable second homes. Check them out, plus consider an alternative that helps put luxury homes in world-class destinations within reach. Arizona The Grand Canyon State is a popular destination for seasonal residents. Mild, comfortable temperatures from fall to spring attract those wanting to escape cold weather in other parts of the country. Arizona is one of the most popular states for second homes, with a range of home prices in plenty of cities and towns. Lake Havasu City: A haven for watersports enthusiasts, Lake Havasu City boasts 290 days of sunshine each year, endless recreational activities and a median sold home price of $535,000. Due to its location on the junction of Arizona, California and Nevada, this fun-filled town draws visitors from all three states. Tucson: Located in the Sonoran Desert, Tucson offers a great cultural scene, flavorful cuisine and plenty of natural beauty — all at a price point lower than other southwestern cities. The median sold home price is $363,000. Flagstaff: While most people picture a desert when they think of Arizona, Flagstaff is located in the high country mountains. Second home owners here enjoy snowy winters and mild summers. According to Realtor.com, the median sold home price in Flagstaff is $696,000, but there are many condominiums and townhomes under that price point. California Hollywood. Beaches. Wine Country. California is known for a lot of things — including a sky-high cost of living. Fortunately, it’s a big state, meaning there are plenty of places where you can enjoy the second home lifestyle without the sticker shock. Joshua Tree: Located outside of Palm Springs and adjacent to Joshua Tree National Park, the town of Joshua Tree offers the stunning landscapes of the Mojave Desert without the big price tag of nearby resort towns. Realtor.com notes the median sold home price in the area is $375,000. Lake Elsinore: Southern California’s Lake Elsinore is in the foothills of the Santa Ana mountains, and boasts a wide range of watersports on its namesake lake. Just an hour from Orange County, the town is growing in popularity but remains more affordable than most of Southern California. The median sold home price is $575,000 — significantly lower than most other resort destinations in the state. Mount Shasta: Another hidden gem on a lake, Northern California’s Mount Shasta is a quiet, somewhat remote area for people looking to enjoy the rugged beauty of the area, which offers a myriad of outdoor activities. The median sold home price in Mount Shasta is $480,000. Florida Like California, parts of Florida are more affordable than you might expect. Home prices in Central Florida and the Gulf Coast are dramatically lower than in South Florida, but both areas still offer that famous Sunshine State weather. Jacksonville: Located near the Florida-Georgia border, Jacksonville offers a variety of landscapes, whether you’re in search of an affordable dream home on the water, a golf course or right in town. According to Realtor.com, the median sold home price in Jacksonville is $315,000. Tampa: Sometimes overshadowed by the more famous Miami and Orlando, Tampa offers bayfront living, great family attractions and championship golf. Slightly more expensive than Jacksonville, the median sold home price in Tampa is $420,000. Daytona Beach: Daytona Beach boasts a lower cost of living than the national average, and even a lower cost of living than the rest of Florida. Residents enjoy 23 miles of white-sand beaches, year-round festivals and events, and the Daytona International Speedway, of course. In Daytona Beach, the median sold home price is $305,000. Michigan Natural beauty and recreational opportunities are hallmarks of life in Michigan. A popular second home destination especially in the summer months, the Wolverine State offers a range of affordable second home living options, with plenty right on the water. Holland: Located on Lake Michigan’s eastern shore, the town of Holland is a great family destination featuring a charming downtown that celebrates the area’s Dutch heritage. According to Realtor.com, the median sold home price in Holland is $345,000. Bay Harbor and Petoskey: Nestled on five miles of Lake Michigan shoreline in the northern part of the state, Bay Harbor is a popular resort destination with a small-town feel, beautiful scenery and a bustling marina. While the narrow strip of land that makes up the neighborhood of Bay Harbor can be pretty expensive, neighboring Petoskey boasts a median sold home price of $305,500. St. Joseph: A popular lake resort town in southwestern Michigan, St. Joseph has something for everyone. Wander pristine beaches, tour century-old lighthouses and experience a myriad of events, especially in the summer months. $240,000 is the median sold home price in this lakefront getaway. North Carolina The Tar Heel State is a popular second home destination, both because of the relatively low property taxes and the varied landscapes, from the Blue Ridge Mountains surrounding Asheville to unspoiled Atlantic Ocean coastlines. Beaufort: A can’t-miss destination for boaters and lovers of maritime lore, Beaufort is a historic Inner Banks town known for its annual wooden boat show, friendly waterfront and a herd of wild horses on nearby Carrot Island. According to Realtor.com, the median sold home price in Beaufort is $460,000. Cullowhee: Head inland and you’ll find Cullowhee an hour west of Asheville. It’s a college town that’s a popular vacation destination, thanks to its proximity to Great Smoky Mountains National Park and Lake Glenville. The median sold home price in Cullowhee is $375,000. Carolina Beach: Carolina Beach is full of charm. There’s a classic boardwalk, a state park with a 50-foot sand dune, and plenty of attractions for vacationers of all ages. It was even ranked as one of the most affordable beaches in the country. While the median sold home price sits at $759,000, a wide range of properties and price points are available, with condos available under $400,000. Pennsylvania Within convenient driving distance for many on the Eastern Seaboard, Pennsylvania offers four seasons of fun. Regions like the Poconos offer lakefront summer fun, incredible fall foliage, snowy winters and mild springs. Milford: On the eastern edge of the Pocono Mountains near the New York-New Jersey border, the town of Milford is brimming with small-town charm, yet offers a full calendar of events and activities including a film festival, and a readers and writers festival. Realtor.com notes that the median sold home price in Milford is $317,500. Jim Thorpe: On the western side of the Poconos, the Victorian town of Jim Thorpe is known as the “Switzerland of America.” A popular tourist destination with Old World charm and plenty of outdoor adventure, this town has a median sold home price of $242,800. Warren: The town of Warren is an outdoor lover’s paradise, located about 60 miles from the shores of Lake Erie. Active travelers enjoy endless opportunities to explore Allegheny National Forest, which boasts over 500,000 acres for camping, paddling, fishing and more. In this affordable outpost, the median sold home price is just $140,000. Pacaso makes dream destinations more affordable Pacaso co-ownership puts second home ownership within reach for more people across the country. We recently added more than 20,000 curated listings to our website in new destinations across the country starting at $200,000, so buyers have more opportunities to co-own the vacation home of their dreams. Thanks to our co-ownership model, up to eight owners can share the cost of a second home in your favorite destination, making ownership a reality — within your budget. Choose from a fully furnished, ready-to-own luxury home today, or find a third-party listing on our site and, with enough interest from other buyers, we’ll help you transform it into a Pacaso you’ll love.
With year-round sunshine, beautiful beaches and endless attractions for every traveler’s interest, there’s a lot to love about Florida. And while Florida has plenty of full-time residents, it leads the country in second homes. According to the National Association of Home Builders, there are more than a million second homes in the Sunshine State. Florida has so many great second home destinations, it’s hard to know where to start. If you’re considering buying a vacation home in Florida, here are seven destinations you’ll want to check out. 1. 30A Also called the Emerald Coast, the region known as 30A spans 20 miles of the Northwest Florida coastline. It’s named for the road that connects area towns, including Rosemary Beach, Alys Beach, Seaside, Grayton Beach and WaterColor. The area is popular among second home owners in search of beautiful white-sand beaches, impossibly blue-green waters and a slower pace of life. Its Florida Panhandle location makes this area a convenient vacation home location for homeowners throughout the South. 2. Delray Beach Located between West Palm Beach and Boca Raton, Delray Beach offers the perfect blend of outdoor recreation, pristine natural spaces and cultural activities. This town of 60,000 was voted Most Fun Small Town in America by USA Today, and you’ll quickly discover why. Delray Beach has an eclectic restaurant scene, a walkable downtown and an incredible range of live music venues. Atlantic Avenue, known by locals as “The Ave,” is bursting with local boutiques, galleries, spas, breweries and more. 3. Fort Lauderdale Fort Lauderdale is the perfect second home destination for those who believe that the best days are those with plenty of fun in the sun. Located 30 minutes north of Miami, Fort Lauderdale wows with 24 miles of beachfront, restaurants with cuisine from all over the world, and the walkable Fort Lauderdale Ale Trail, which features 50 breweries and taprooms. Cultural offerings abound, thanks to venues like the Broward Center for the Performing Arts and the Riverwalk Arts & Entertainment District. 4. Marco Island Spend your vacation days surrounded by the beauty of the Florida Everglades. A barrier island located off the southwest coast of Florida near Naples, Marco Island is a relaxing getaway with something for everyone. During sun-soaked days, explore the Ten Thousand Islands Wildlife Refuge by kayak, take a sportfishing excursion in the Gulf of Mexico, go bird watching at Tigertail Beach or enjoy some upscale waterfront shopping at the Esplanade Shoppes. 5. Miami Cosmopolitan, multicultural and action-packed, Miami is a one-of-a-kind vacation destination. Second home owners in South Florida’s biggest city have a world of opportunities at their fingertips. Miami has a wide range of neighborhoods, so it’s easy to find a vacation home to fit your style and lifestyle. Maybe you’ll choose trendy South Beach, colorful Little Havana, beautiful Miami Beach, historic Coconut Grove or exclusive Coral Gables. 6. The Florida Keys Nowhere in the world is quite like the Florida Keys. With a distinctly Caribbean vibe, a laid-back lifestyle and a colorful history, The Keys attract would-be second home owners. Because the archipelago spans 125 miles, there’s an island town to fit every buyer. Key Largo is prized for its convenience — it’s just an hour from Miami. Watersports enthusiasts and anglers may choose the Middle Keys for its incredible sportfishing and colorful offshore reefs. For a truly remote getaway, consider buying in Key West, the southernmost point in the United States. 7. West Palm Beach Like many parts of Florida, West Palm Beach is a popular second home destination, especially for those enjoying their retirement years. With an average of 238 days of sunshine, West Palm Beach is the perfect place to enjoy all your favorite hobbies. Golf at more than 20 courses within the city limits and some 75 more within 20 miles. Sink your toes into the sand at local beaches including Lake Worth, Juno Beach and Ocean Reef Park. And on that rare rainy day, find shelter at the Norton Museum of Art or the Flagler Museum. Factors to consider when buying a second home in Florida Choosing a destination is just one of the many decisions you’ll need to make on your journey to buying a vacation home in Florida. Here are a few more things you’ll want to keep in mind. 1. Home type Florida’s second home real estate market includes a wide range of home types, from sprawling estates in gated communities to oceanfront condos, and everything in between. As you start your search, consider what’s most important to you. For some people, a low-maintenance property like a high-rise condominium is more appealing than a large house, even if it means having a smaller living space. 2. Amenities and lifestyle Swimming pools are one of the most popular amenities second home buyers look for in Florida, but there are plenty of others to consider. What’s on your wish list? Perhaps it’s a private boat dock, home gym, private golf course access, space for entertaining or a dedicated work-from-home office space. Simply put, your second home’s location and amenities should reflect the way you like to spend your free time. 3. Affordability As one of the most popular destinations in the United States, it’s no surprise that real estate in Florida doesn’t come cheap — especially if you want to live close to the beach. Some Florida destinations are considerably more expensive than others, so having some flexibility with your target destination can put more homes within reach. 4. Rental potential Some second home owners aim to offset ownership costs by renting out their second home when they aren’t using it. If this appeals to you, be sure to do your research on rental potential and regulations in the city you’re interested in. A local real estate agent can be a huge help here. They’ll be able to tell you what types of properties appeal most to renters, how often you can expect bookings and what rules you’ll need to follow. 5. Accessibility Second home owners in Florida come from all over the United States, and beyond. But how often you’re able to use your second home often comes down to how easy it is to get there. You may find you’ll get more use out of a vacation home that’s close to a major airport or within easy driving distance of your hometown. 6. Low season experience While Florida does boast plenty of year-round sunshine, there are seasonal variations to consider. People sometimes make the mistake of buying a second home in a destination they’ve only visited under ideal conditions. Take the time to experience your favorite Florida destination in non-peak seasons, like during the heat of summer or the unpredictability of hurricane season. Discover co-ownership with Pacaso Buying and owning a Florida vacation home doesn’t have to be a solo pursuit. When you buy with Pacaso, you can enjoy all the benefits of second home ownership without all the hassle — or the full price tag. Each Pacaso home has a maximum of eight owners, giving everyone plenty of access to the home while splitting both the upfront purchase price and ongoing maintenance. Every Pacaso home comes fully furnished and expertly decorated, and includes the services of a local home manager. Luxury Pacaso homes are available across Florida and beyond.
Depending on how you count, there are somewhere around 100,000 lakes in the United States, from tiny spots to the iconic Great Lakes, and everything in between. With so many bodies of water, it’s no wonder so many of us dream of lakefront living. The lakes offer a myriad of charms: indescribable natural beauty, endless water sports and sandy beaches. Check out 10 of our favorite American lakes, then learn how you can discover your lakeside home away from home with Pacaso. 1. Lake Tahoe, California/Nevada Surrounded by the stunning Sierra Nevada mountains, Lake Tahoe is the largest alpine lake in North America. Known for its crystal-clear waters, in some places the visibility is more than 70 feet. In the summer months, waterfront towns on both the California and Nevada shores of the lake are hubs of activity. Watersports outlets are everywhere and sunbathers work up the nerve to go for a swim — even in the heat of summer, the water temperature can take your breath away. When snow falls and Tahoe’s many ski resorts open up, the beauty of Lake Tahoe is best seen from the side of a mountain. Take in gorgeous lake views from high atop ski runs at Heavenly, Homewood and Diamond Peak. 2. Lake Arrowhead, California Lake Arrowhead is less than two hours from Los Angeles, but it’s a world away. Sitting among the San Bernardino Mountains in what’s affectionately known as the “Alps of Southern California,” this lake is the perfect escape for people who want all of the perks of life on the lake without the crowds you’ll find on bigger, more centrally located lakes. This is due, at least in part, to the fact that much of its shoreline is privately owned. Buy a second home or stay in accommodations with lake access and enjoy unfettered access to the lake’s deep blue waters. On the southwest side of the lake, Lake Arrowhead Village has been a hub for lake activity since the 1920s. It features charming Swiss architecture, plenty of seasonal events and over 50 shops and restaurants. For those not staying on the lake (or without watercraft of their own), the village is the departure spot for the Lake Arrowhead Queen, a one-hour guided on-the-water tour. 3. Flathead Lake, Montana As the largest freshwater lake west of the Mississippi, Montana’s Flathead Lake is known for its rugged natural beauty and over 185 miles of shoreline. With almost 200 square miles of water, there’s room to explore on Flathead Lake. Renting a boat or taking a guided fishing trip departing from the towns of Polson, Bigfork or Somers are popular ways to see the lake. It may be a fish tale, but it’s been said that lucky anglers have caught trout as large as 50 pounds. For a truly memorable experience, take a boat or ferry to Wild Horse Island. The largest island in the lake, this pristine natural area is home to wild horses, bighorn sheep, mule deer and bald eagles. Many visitors to Flathead Lake leave time to visit another famous Montana destination: Glacier National Park. Less than an hour north from the lake, this national park features endless hiking trails, historic lodges and yes — more lakes. 4. Lake Coeur d’Alene, Idaho When the last glaciers receded from the Pacific Northwest almost 15,000 years ago, Lake Coeur d’Alene was born. A crown jewel of the Pacific Northwest, the lake is at the center of all the action in this area. Beautiful beaches and an award-winning resort line the shore, and the Coeur d’Alene Resort’s golf course features a famous floating green — so bring extra golf balls! In the summer months, explore the 25-mile body of water on your choice of watercraft, from relaxing chartered boat cruises to the adrenaline-pumping fun of a jet ski excursion. Stand-up paddleboards and kayaks are also popular. Want a birds-eye view of the beauty of Idaho? Take a scenic flight on a seaplane. 5. The Finger Lakes, New York As the name suggests, this vacation destination isn’t a single lake, but rather, a collection of eleven long, narrow lakes in picturesque upstate New York. Within driving distance from New York City, Toronto, Boston and Philadelphia, the Finger Lakes region is big on natural beauty. In addition to the lakes themselves, nature lovers will find themselves in awe of the local gorges, waterfalls, state parks and swimming holes. While the Finger Lakes put on a beautiful show every month of the year, the fall is an idyllic time for a visit. Think warm days, cool nights and a rainbow of fall colors on the hillsides that surround the lakes. Still need convincing? The Finger Lakes area is also New York’s premier wine region, with more than 100 different vineyards and wineries and a reputation for a great riesling. 6. Lake Winnipesaukee, New Hampshire You may very well have to ask a local how to pronounce its name when you arrive, but Lake Winnipesaukee is worth the effort. The largest lake in New Hampshire is home to more than 250 islands and plenty of charming small towns. Movie buffs may be interested to know that parts of the 1981 Katharine Hepburn and Henry Fonda film ”On Golden Pond” were filmed here. The lake was also the setting of the less serious but also memorable Bill Murray and Richard Dreyfuss movie “What About Bob.” Every summer, vacationers from the Eastern Seaboard flock to this 72-square-mile lake for boating, fishing, beachcombing, hiking and generally enjoying life at a slower pace. Return in the winter for ice fishing, snowmobiling, dogsledding and more. 7. Crater Lake, Oregon Perhaps the most unique lake on our list, Crater Lake in Oregon is a destination you simply need to see to believe. Created as a result of a volcanic eruption roughly 8,000 years ago, the 1,943-foot-deep lake (the deepest lake in the United States) is a caldera that was filled over thousands of years with rainfall and snowmelt. Because no streams or rivers feed into the lake, it’s considered among the cleanest bodies of water in the world — that’s also why it has become a popular destination for scuba divers, who enjoy visibility of up to 100 feet for exploring underwater lava formations. Unlike other lakes on the list, accessing the water in Oregon’s only national park is part of the adventure. It features steep cliffs on all sides, so you’ll need to take a two-mile hike down the Cleetwood Cove Trail, descending 700 feet of switchbacks to the shoreline. From there, you can board a boat tour that tells you all about the lake’s history and stops on storied Wizard Island, a volcanic cinder cone. 8. Lake Powell, Arizona/Utah Sure, Lake Powell may be a human-made creation — it’s the second-largest reservoir in the United States, created by the damming of the Colorado River at Glen Canyon — but that doesn’t make it any less majestic. Easily one of the most beautiful lakes in the country, Lake Powell wows with orange and red-hued sandstone cliffs and impossibly blue water. Rent a houseboat or a speedboat and spend long summer days exploring the twists and turns of some 90 side canyons that make up this massive lake. Be sure to find your way to Rainbow Bridge National Monument. This 33-foot-wide natural sandstone arch is simply stunning. After all, it’s considered the world’s longest natural arch. 9. Lake Lanier, Georgia Also the result of the damming of a river — the Chattahoochee River, in this case — Georgia’s Lake Lanier is a weekend playground within an hour’s drive of Atlanta. More than 10 million people visit the lake every year, enjoying more than 20 different beaches and lush islands. Despite the large number of visitors, there’s plenty of space, thanks to 700-plus miles of shoreline. Stop by a local marina to rent a pontoon boat, houseboat or jet ski. Book a fishing excursion in search of bass and walleye. Or enjoy food truck fare and live music every Friday at Lake Lanier Olympic Park, which hosted events during the 1996 Atlanta Summer Games. 10. Lake Champlain, New York and Vermont It’s not every day that you can splash around in a lake that has played a pivotal role in not one, not two, but three American wars. But you can do it on Lake Champlain, located on the border of New York and Vermont. Pop into the Lake Champlain Maritime Museum for a crash course on the lake’s storied history, then pick your activities based on the season. In the warm weather months, enjoy a kayak excursion, cast a line for largemouth bass or swim from the shore of a sandy beach. Intrepid winter travelers return for ice fishing, snowmobiling and even a classic game of pond hockey. Discover lakefront luxury Pacaso makes it easy to become a second home owner in a lakeside destination, giving you ample time to explore, adventure and relax. Pacaso co-owned second homes are available in Lake Tahoe, Lake Arrowhead and other dreamy lake destinations. Check out our fully furnished, professionally decorated and managed luxury homes and start living the lake life today.
Searching for the best place to take your family during the spring break holiday? Good news: Some of the best spring break ideas for families may be closer than you think. From coast to coast, we’ve found the best family spring break destinations in 2024 — plus, we share a list of the top packing tips perfect for busy families on the go. If you find yourself on one of the best spring break family vacations and end up falling in love with the location, there’s always the option of buying a vacation home there so you can visit year-round. Before you book your next trip, check out these top family spring break destinations. 1. Oahu, Hawai’i Great for nature encounters When choosing the right Hawaiian island for your vacation, you could spend your entire week at any beach on O’ahu and not regret a moment of it. The North Shore and Waikiki Beach are enough to make the plane trip worth it, but this island has plenty more spring break ideas to keep your family busy. Head to Sea Life Park for interactive experiences with dolphins, sea lions and reef fish. Enjoy a historic ride on the Hawaiian Railway Society’s train for stunning coastline views. Hike up Diamond Head, a volcanic crater, for a 360-degree view of the island. Take time to pay your respects at the Pearl Harbor National Memorial before heading to the aviation museum. 2. Palm Springs, California Great for resorts Palm Springs is full of must-see desert destinations and has been a popular oasis for travelers for decades, so it’s well prepared to deliver on your family’s spring break expectations. There are many resorts in Palm Springs, so whether you want to lounge poolside or splash with the kids at a waterpark, there are options for all. Palm Springs has an aerial tram that will carry you 2.5 miles along Chino Canyon until you reach Mount San Jacinto. Once there, you can take incredible pictures at the observation deck. Don’t miss the Hi-Desert Nature Museum or take a short drive to Joshua Tree National Park, allowing you to hike and climb among its unique rock formations. Fun fact: Palm Springs was once the home of Frank Sinatra and his Rat Pack friends. Tours are still held around their old homes. 3. Anaheim, California Great for Disney fans Disneyland has more than enough entertainment to keep your family busy for the week, so you’ll never be short of spring break ideas. The Star Wars: Galaxy’s Edge and Avengers Campus attractions give you and your kids experiences well beyond what you’ve seen on the big screen. Branch out from Disney and catch a Ducks hockey game or swing by Angel Stadium for some baseball. For a more affordable alternative to Disneyland, head to Knott’s Berry Farm for rides, shows or spending the day at the waterpark. 4. San Diego, California Great for beaches, parks and museums San Diego has one of the most temperate climates you can find and some of the best family beaches in SoCal, which means plenty of spring break options for families. Expect the weather to be in the mid-60s, great for hanging at the beach, strolling through the city and enjoying some of San Diego’s unique and free activities. San Diego Zoo and Safari Park provide the chance to see exotic animals, while SeaWorld gives visitors up-close encounters with aquatic animals. Legoland and Belmont Park should quench your thirst for theme parks, but Disneyland is within driving distance, just in case. The city also has no shortage of museums, with 16 located in Balboa Park alone. 5. San Luis Obispo, California Great for ocean activities Situated between Los Angeles and San Francisco, this coastal city is full of spring break family vacation ideas. Head to Morro Bay for bird watching and kayaking around oyster farms. Stop by Mitchell Park for an afternoon picnic. Spend your day at the beach or rent a surfboard to test your skills on the waves. The Vista Lago Adventure Park has ropes courses and zip lines for land-based thrills. The Avila Valley Barn features a petting zoo and fresh produce to sustain you through all your activities. 6. Napa Valley, California Great for hot air balloon rides We know what you’re thinking: Napa Valley is typically known for its outstanding wineries, outdoor tastings and upscale excursions for adults. However, Napa is also home to some of the best places to go for spring break for adults and kids of all ages. Although you can still relax with your family in the lush vineyards, there are plenty of non-wine-related activities to enjoy with the kiddos as well. This includes taking a train ride, hiking and even exploring the valley from above via hot air balloon rides. 7. Yosemite, California Great for camping Yosemite is another destination that makes this list of spring break vacation ideas, in part due to how the seasonal weather improves the experience. With mountain snow melting, Yosemite’s waterfalls are in top form. The park also doesn’t see peak crowds until summer, so you’ll have more seclusion to get the perfect pictures. Yosemite has bike rentals and miles of paved paths for touring the area. Experienced climbers can take their shots at renowned routes on El Capitan and Half Dome, while everyone in the family can enjoy stargazing. 8. Park City, Utah Great for outdoor sports Park City is another spring break destination where snow is on every visitor’s mind. However, the area has lots more to offer in the spring, so no matter the time of year, your days will be packed with plenty of activities. Utah Olympic Park, built for the 2002 games, offers a canyon ropes course, inner tubing down the Nordic ski jump and a ride down the bobsled, skeleton and luge track. Fun fact: Park City was at risk of becoming a ghost town. The miners of the area had the idea to turn it into a resort town and it eventually became one of the top ski destinations in the country. 9. Virginia City, Nevada Great for Old West history Best for Old West history Virginia City is a preserved slice of the Old West. It began as a mining town in the 19th century and now is a thriving destination for spring break. The original mines are still open to the public, with tours lasting roughly 30 minutes. Multiple museums offer an added taste of what life was like back then. The Fourth Ward School Museum has authentically preserved classrooms, with exhibits and archived resources. The Way It Was Museum provides the opportunity to step back in time and experience the Old West through historical artifacts. 10. Grand Canyon, Arizona Great for views and hiking Being one of the most beautiful places to visit in Arizona, the Grand Canyon is a national treasure for good reason, and with that status comes big crowds. However, if you choose to take your family here for spring break, the number of visitors will be far fewer than at peak times in the summer. If you plan on hiking, daytime temperatures hover around 60 degrees — much more tolerable than the summer heat. If hiking isn’t of interest, helicopter tours can take you to the bottom of the canyon. Kids also have the option to participate in the Junior Ranger program. 11. Lake Powell, Arizona Great for boating If you want to be on the water but prefer to avoid the raucous crowds of Lake Havasu, Lake Powell is a great alternative spring break destination for families. When it comes to renting an Airbnb or hotel, consider skipping both. You can sleep in a rented houseboat and cruise around the lake for the week. Nearby attractions include Rainbow Bridge National Monument, one of the largest natural bridges in the world, and Antelope and Secret Canyons. Lake Powell is connected to the Colorado River, providing mile upon mile of shoreline to explore. 12. Aspen, Colorado Great for skiing Theme parks and oceans aren’t always the priority for spring breaks. Some families want to stretch out winter for as long as possible, getting in a few more runs at one of the best ski towns in the country. If that sounds like your family, Aspen has what you need. In addition to skiing, the Rocky Mountains have trails accessible for all skill levels, with learning programs that cater to children. You can hop on a dog sled for a rustic tour of the backcountry or swap your skis for ice skates at the free Snowmass Ice Rink. 13. Wisconsin Dells, Wisconsin Great for water parks Families from around the world travel to the Dells to experience the greatest concentration of water parks they could ever hope to find. Weather in Wisconsin is notably unpredictable during spring breaks, but don’t worry about your plans being left to chance — the area has plenty of indoor fun, too. If the sun refuses to come out, you can head to indoor water parks like the Chula Vista Resort. Spring break ideas don’t solely revolve around water, though. Families can rent ATVs and go on guided tours, complete high ropes courses or zip line above the Wisconsin woodlands. Fun fact: Wisconsin Dells is home to America’s largest outdoor water park, Noah’s Ark, which spans 70 acres and has three miles of waterslides. 14. Virginia Beach, Virginia Great for kite flying Voted one of the most relaxing places to visit in the United States, Virginia Beach has a beautiful coastline, perfect for beachcombing, swimming or flying a kite in the gusting winds. Multiple festivals are held in the spring as well, focusing on food, art and even Monster Trucks. If your family values farm-to-table food, you’ll want to check out Virginia Beach. The city is the largest producer of strawberries in the state and, beginning in April, offers the opportunity to pick them for yourself. 15. Jamestown, Virginia Great for Colonial reenactments Jamestown was the first permanent English settlement in the New World, and residents continue to preserve its important role in American history. Visitors can experience live reenactments of life in the 1600s, with accurate re-creations of forts, ships and villages. Your visit to Jamestown doesn’t have to be all educational. The James River is great for kayaking on your own or with a guided tour. 16. Lake Placid, New York Great for water sports Lake Placid is well known for being a great summer destination for families, but this mountain getaway also has plenty to offer in the spring. The surrounding Adirondacks have miles of trails for hiking and biking. Spring is also the perfect time to view the blooming wildflowers before the summer heat takes over. Melting snow adds to the rushing rivers, providing a thrilling experience for adventurous travelers who want to try whitewater rafting. While the weather is warming up at this time of year, Whiteface Mountain is still operating, allowing your family to ski the slopes that hosted the 1980 Winter Olympics. 17. Boston, Massachusetts Great for urban tours Families that prefer urban beats should set their sights on Boston. The city is brimming with history, and there’s no better way to experience it than by walking the Boston Freedom Trail. You’ll see attractions like the Paul Revere House, the Massachusetts State House, King’s Chapel and more. Boston is also home to the USS Constitution, the country’s oldest warship still afloat. Tours of the boat are offered Wednesday through Sunday, with the museum open daily. 18. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Great for botanical gardens City sights might be the first thing that comes to mind when you think of Pittsburgh, but a healthy mix of greenery — indoors and outside — makes it a great choice for family spring break. From mid-March to early April, the Phipps Conservatory puts on the Spring Flower Show, showcasing a unique theme each year. Take advantage of the mild weather with bike rides along the river or through the woods on hundreds of miles of trails. Or you can take the family on a multi-day ride on the Great Allegheny Passage, stopping at bed and breakfasts along the way. 19. Washington, D.C. Great for blossoms and history The nation’s capital is one of the best spring break destinations for families. It offers plenty of entertainment year-round, but seeing springtime cherry blossoms makes it extra special. From late March to mid-April, the National Cherry Blossom Festival offers performances, cultural events around the district and the blooming trees surrounding the Tidal Basin. Parents can take their kids to a parade, watch fireworks and sprinkle in visits to national monuments and museums. The kids will be having so much fun they might not even realize they’re learning at the same time. The area also makes an exciting place for a quick workcation. 20. Beech Mountain, North Carolina Great for mountain biking Beat the summer crowds to Beech Mountain and take your pick of its many springtime activities. The town, tucked away in the Blue Ridge Mountains near the Tennessee border, has a number of affordable resorts with late-season skiing, snowboarding and tubing. As winter recedes, nearby Buckeye Lake is a hotspot for fishing and canoeing. The area is also becoming well-known for its bicycling routes. Whether you prefer to ride on the road or along rocky trails, Beech Mountain has you covered. 21. North Myrtle Beach, South Carolina Great for beaches If you’re coming up short brainstorming spring break ideas for families, why not fall back on a trusted favorite? North Myrtle Beach has activities for all ages and a perfect climate for fun under the sun. It has a slightly more laid-back feel than Myrtle Beach and has smaller crowds as a result, making it a great place to consider buying a beach house. North Myrtle Beach is in a convenient position for visitors to benefit from everything the area offers. Families can fish from the Cherry Grove Pier, kayak in the ocean or enjoy a swashbuckling dinner and a show at Pirates Voyage. 22. Charleston, South Carolina Great for history lessons Charleston is home to several unique local historic landmarks that make your spring break trip as educational as it is adventurous. With over 400 years of history, Charleston provides your family with plenty of things to see, do and learn about. From pirate tours to tea gardens and museums to aquariums, this historic city lets children of all ages have a blast stepping into the past. 23. Hilton Head Island, South Carolina Great for wildlife tours Hilton Head Island is brimming with local things to do for families. Over 50 miles of trails make exploring the island convenient on foot or by bicycle. The area is relatively flat, making access easier for family members of all ages. The weather is warm come springtime, so public beaches are a big attraction, as are tours to see the island’s alligators and dolphins. If your family can see this becoming a recurring trip, consider buying a vacation home in the area. 24. Nashville, Tennessee Great for country music Going to Nashville on spring break with kids is a great way to mix your interests with theirs. Take the family to the Country Music Hall of Fame to learn all about the genre’s greatest musicians, then catch a live show at the Grand Ole Opry. Animal lovers will feel right at home at the Nashville Zoo. There are parks galore in Nashville where your kids can run themselves tired. Of particular note is Centennial Park, home to a full-scale re-creation of the Parthenon. Fun fact: Nashville is home base for The Seeing Eye, the first organization to bring service dogs to the United States. 25. Savannah, Georgia Great for festivals There’s no better time to visit Savannah than in the spring, beating the summer heat and enjoying all the outdoor attractions. No wonder it’s one of the best places for a second home. Riverboat cruises serve dinner complemented with live music for a luxurious yet relaxed experience. Or stick to land with a series of spring festivals. St. Patrick’s Day is the most popular, but other festivals showcase art and music. Those with a penchant for the supernatural can take one of the city’s famous ghost tours conducted via trolley, foot and even hearse. 26. St. Petersburg, Florida Great for beaches and gardens Florida is a top destination for spring breakers, and there’s no reason why families should be left out of the mix. St. Petersburg is a great spring break option for families that want to bypass the wild side of places like Daytona Beach. St. Petersburg is home to the Sunken Gardens, a haven for over 50,000 tropical plants, along with waterfalls and exotic birds. The celebrated Busch Gardens in nearby Tampa gives family members of all ages a chance to hop on amusement park rides, hand-feed animals and shop for souvenirs. 27. Orlando, Florida Great for theme parks Not only is it a snowbird destination, but If you’re looking for spring break destinations for families, you can’t go wrong with Orlando. The city has a high concentration of world-class theme parks of all sorts. Walt Disney World needs no introduction — classic attractions like Cinderella’s Castle and the Animal Kingdom draw visitors worldwide. If you’re looking for something new, Universal Studios has immersive attractions like The Wizarding World of Harry Potter, Legoland features kid-friendly rides and SeaWorld has the Seven Seas Food Festival through early May. 28. Key West, Florida Great for a Caribbean vibe Key West is one of the top spring break destinations for families who love to be in the water. Although the area is gorgeous year-round, one of the best times to visit the Florida Keys is in the spring. From delicious seafood to abundant water activities, Key West offers the perfect blend of adventures and relaxation for families who need a break from it all. With so many islands in the Florida Keys, Key West stands out as one of the best spring break family vacations. 29. New Orleans, Louisiana Great for culture and cuisine When it comes to spring break destinations, Louisiana has it all: delicious food, lively energy and dozens of local attractions to choose from. Head to the Audubon Zoo or Audubon Butterfly Garden and Insectarium to enjoy nature and learn about local wildlife. Water lovers can set sail on a classic steamboat cruise along the Mississippi River while learning about the history and culture of NOLA. If the cruise whets your appetite for adventure, consider taking your family on a swamp tour to see creatures in their natural habitat. 30. Austin, Texas Great for live music If music, tacos and art get your family excited to explore the city, then Austin is the spring break spot for you. Known as the live music capital of the world, this city has dozens of indoor and outdoor music venues to check out for families who love to groove. Your furry family members will also love this pet-friendly destination. Everything is bigger in Texas, including parks and pools. Head to Zilker Park for hours of fun at the botanical garden and playground. You can also enjoy a paddleboat ride along Barton Springs Pool, a natural spring-fed pool within the park. Spring break planning tips Getting the most out of your spring break requires more than simply picking a spot with the most attractions. Let these tips guide your brainstorming of spring break vacation ideas: Set a budget: The average vacation cost for just one person is $1,919 per week. That includes lodging, food, transportation and entertainment. Depending on where you travel and what you want to do, your price could greatly exceed that. Setting a budget early on will help with the rest of your planning by narrowing options, ultimately leading to less stress. Pick a destination: Find out what everyone in your family wants to do and look for a destination that can deliver on the greatest number of desires. The destination should also work within your budget. For instance, if everyone wants to hang out at the beach, a week at North Myrtle Beach will be more affordable than a week in Oahu. Research the area: The internet is filled with travel blogs covering nearly every destination on the planet. Use them to spark ideas and gain valuable insights into what’s worth your time and money. Always be sure to verify the claims — some blogs could be outdated and not accurately reflect prices or which businesses are still in operation. Pack efficiently: Think about essentials, not what you might need for every possibility. Getting from point A to point B is a lot less stressful when each person has only one suitcase. For added benefits, look into how to properly pack bags to get the most out of the space. Co-owning a second home Did any of our spring break ideas for families appeal to your household? If so, you can skip the short-term rentals and opt for a turnkey second home that satisfies all of your vacation needs. When you buy a second home with Pacaso, you become a co-owner of a luxury vacation home and split all the operating costs with your co-owners. This is a great option for families who love frequenting a destination not only for spring break but all year long.
Marbella, Spain, is the ultimate year-round holiday destination. With its expansive Mediterranean coastline, beautiful landscapes and an average of 325 sunny days every year, this Costa del Sol town offers something wonderful in every season. Autumn Summer crowds have all but dispersed, leaving quiet beaches, open tables at the most popular restaurants, and a warm autumnal glow. Walk, run or bike along the 10km-coastal promenade that stretches from Puerto Banus to Cabopino. If you’d prefer to take it easier (we don’t blame you), head to Marbella Old Town. Delightful during any time of the year, the streets are less crowded in fall, making this the perfect place to spend the afternoon. Autumn is also a great season to travel inland to visit to the spectacular city of Ronda. Perched on dramatic cliff faces and surrounded by prehistoric settlements dating to the Neolithic era, Ronda is one of the most beautiful cities in Andalusia. For centuries, it has produced olive oil from the surrounding ancient olive groves. LA Organics opened in the 1990s and uses ancient techniques to produce organic olive oil. The company plans to build a Philippe Starck-designed facility dedicated to ecological agriculture, gastronomy and culture. Winter Thanks to a microclimate created by the nearby mountains, winter months in Marbella are pleasant, with temperatures ranging from 8 to 17 degrees. Golfers will be keen to make use of the mild climate — with the highest concentration of golf courses in the world (64 courses line the way between Malaga and Sotogrande), Marbella offers plenty to choose from. Among many highly-rated courses, Los Naranjos Golf Club is certainly one to put on your list. For those wishing to enjoy some winter sports, the Sierra Nevada Mountain range is home to the largest ski resort in Andalusia. It’s just a 2.5-hour drive from Marbella, meaning you can ski in the morning and be back on the beach by the sunset. Over the Christmas and New Year period, there is plenty to do to embra e the festive spirit. Marbella hosts a Christmas market, and the Marbella Club Hotel offers al fresco dinner and drinks by its beautiful bar with an open fire and heaters. Ring in the New Year like a local by heading to Plaza de los Naranjos in the town centre. Enjoy a bottle of Cava and punnet of grapes before watching the fireworks light up the sky over the coast. Spring Spring brings clear, warm days — perfect for exploring the stunning, varied landscape surrounding Marbella. There’s no better place to hike than at La Concha, a conch-shaped mountain in Sierra de la Nieves Natural Park behind town. On clear days, you can see Gibraltar and the north coast of Africa from the top. About seven kilometres inland from the coast — between Marbella, Ronda and Estepona — is Benahavis, a mountainous village nicknamed the "dining room of the Costa del Sol" thanks to its renowned restaurants. Spend time exploring the area via mountain bike before stopping off for a well-earned feast. Whilst we’re feeling active, why not have a game of tennis at Puente Romano Tennis & Paddle Club? The facility offers eight top-quality clay courts, two plexipave courts, a fully equipped gym, sauna, Turkish bath and massage room. Summer By now, Marbella is really living up to its sunshine coast name, with temperatures peaking in the mid to late 30sin July and August. The streets fill with visitors, and there’s a real buzz in the air as people head to the beach, fill sun beds and play in the soft Mediterranean swell. There are plenty of water sports to enjoy over these months, and with sea temperatures sitting around the mid-20 degrees mark, it’s the perfect time to take a dip. The hotter days and larger crowds also mean parties are on the agenda, and the Starlite Festival is a great place to start. This two-month music and cultural event is held over July and August at the Cantera de Nagüeles in Marbella. Guests can watch music from the auditorium and dine in the Starlite restaurant before dancing the night away in the sessions area. Enjoy Marbella all year Co-owning a luxury second home in Marbella means you can enjoy year-round sunshine and all the delights in this coastal destination. Relax in your carefully curated holiday home and get to know the area like a local.
Not into fighting for a sliver of sand on a packed beach? Opt for a beach club, where you can splash in the Mediterranean Sea before making your way to a pristine sun lounger (no soggy, sandy towels in sight) and ordering a refreshing adult beverage. Marbella is home to plenty of seaside establishments that will make your Spanish beach adventures both relaxing and refreshing. La Milla Situated on Playa de Nagüeles, La Milla is a sophisticated beach club with a focus on seafood and wine. You can enjoy views of the sparkling Mediterranean from relaxing sun loungers under the shade of palm-leaf umbrellas. If you don’t feel like moving (we don’t blame you), you can order up a delicious feast of king prawns or charcoal grilled sardines delivered straight to you. Or follow the wooden pathway to the restaurant where you can enjoy their full menu, which focuses on products from the Andalusian coast. El Ancla Fifty shades of blue meet you at El Ancla, located a few kilometers from Marbella in San Pedro de Alcantara. A large saltwater pool in soft turquoise hues sits on one side of the boho-style restaurant, and the Mediterranean Sea on the other. Sunbeds can be rented facing either the beach or the pool. No matter which you choose, don’t overlook the restaurant, which offers delicious seafood dishes (think whole seabass baked in salt, tuna tartare that melts in your mouth, clams and sushi). For a special treat, dine under the dappled canopy as you watch the sun set over the water. La Plage Casanis The relatively new La Plage Casanis, on the Estrella de Mar beach in Elviria, knows how to throw a party — the restaurant and club can host up to 250 guests in the summer. You can book wood-frame double sunbeds or choose hammocks to swing the afternoon away. The restaurant is beautiful, with soft wooden touches and a rustic charm. The menu is extensive, offering a variety of local dishes and an extensive wine list. Playa Padre Playa Padre — in the centre of Marbella on Playa del Cable — serves a fusion of Mediterranean and Asian cuisine, with a focus on vegetarian dishes. But don’t just come for the food; the setting is equally appealing, with frothy palm tree umbrellas and a sophisticated, relaxed ambiance. By night, this place turns into a party, hosting DJs, artists and dancers to help you soak up the atmosphere. Chiringuito If you’re looking for a beachfront club to take you from dawn to dusk, look no further than Chiringuito Puente Romano. The beachfront haven serves healthy breakfasts with fresh juices right through to al fresco lunches and dinners. Once night falls, a DJ provides the music for you to dance under the palms, cocktail in hand. Trocadero Petit Playa Located on Marbella’s famed Golden Mile is Trocadero Petit Playa. It has everything you could want for a day of relaxing by the beach: great location, sun loungers, relaxed al fresco dining space and delicious cocktails. Fresh fish is cooked al espeto, and when the sun goes down, lanterns glow softly around the tables. Naô Step into Naô, where poolside beds, big bottles and non-stop music transport you to another world. Enjoy the privacy of a cabana suite or soak up the atmosphere from a pool floatie as magnums of champagne are served trailing plumes of colourful smoke. Located just a kilometre inland from Puerto Banus, Naô offers fresh food both in the restaurant and by the pool. And the fun doesn’t stop at sunset: At night, the club hosts festival parties throughout the high season. If you want to experience all the beach clubs of Marbella, consider owning a turnkey second home in Spain. With Pacaso, you can co-own the home of your dreams.
Marbella is more than a place, it’s a cultural icon – the summer playground of Europe’s rich and famous. The name translates into English as “Beautiful Sea,” but what makes Marbella so iconic is the year-round beautiful weather, beautiful landscape, beautiful villas, plus golf, shopping and restaurants. For a place that’s so key in contemporary popular culture, Marbella has a surprisingly long history, stretching back to Roman times, when it was known as Salduba (“Salt City”). Yet most of its fame and stature has come recently. As late as 1950, it was only a small, jasmine-scented village with only 1,000 inhabitants. This Old Town (Casco Antiguo) is extremely well preserved, including the town hall built in 1568, as well as several churches and chapels from the same period, along with the remains of a castle and walls from Moorish times. But that was then, and this is now. Whereabouts in modern-day Marbella are the best places to live? Here’s our guide to the best neighbourhoods this delightful, relaxed and sun-drenched spot has to offer. 1. The Golden Mile La milla de oro is the epicentre of fashionable Marbella. The area actually stretches about 4 miles (6½ kilometres) along the coast between the Old Town and the harbour of Marbella and Puerto Banús. This is the most exclusive district on the entire Costa del Sol, with grand villas, high-end retail, opulent dining and chic nightlife. Nagüeles Daytime activity clusters around the stunning Nagüeles beach, where those who want to see and be seen throng to the Marbella Club and Puente Romano beach clubs. It's an ideal location, handy for both Marbella and Puerto Banús, and right on the shore. 2. Nueva Andalucía/Puerto Banús This is probably the most exciting neighbourhood in the Marbella area. Nueva Andalucia (New Andalusia) was the brainchild of José Banús, a property developer who had a vision to create a new and totally exclusive European resort, designed by Noldi Schreck, one of the key architects who developed Beverly Hills in Los Angeles. Puerto Banús The core of the area, Puerto Banús, opened in 1970 with a ceremony was attended by billionaire Aga Khan IV, director Roman Polanski, singer Julio Iglesias, Playboy founder Hugh Hefner, and Prince Rainier and Princess Grace of Monaco. This star-studded launch set the tone for the area’s future. Nueva Andalucía These days, the glitzy Puerto Banús serves as the city centre and focus of the Nueva Andalucía neighbourhood. Celebrities and the ultra-rich focus on the port area, where it’s common to see stars shopping, dining and strolling, driving expensive cars and partying on yachts. Golf Valley Inland, it’s Golf Valley, with villas clustering around the Las Brisas, Aloha and Los Naranjos golf courses. Nueva Andalucía is also famous for its Saturday Artisan Market next to the bullring where you will find stalls selling anything and everything: spices, crafts, paintings, textiles, antiques and furniture. And if the shopping gets a bit all too much, the marketplace is surrounded by chilled-out cafés where you can sip a cortado and watch the world go by. 3. Sierra Blanca If you fancy something a little more private and secluded, then Sierra Blanca is the place for you. Situated behind Marbella and the Golden Mile, it’s a tranquil, secure and safe neighbourhood that offers a respite from the hurly-burly and frenzy of coastal Marbella in high season, whilst being a few minutes’ drive from said hurly-burly and frenzy when you fancy dipping your toes in the scene. 4. La Zagaleta If privacy and exclusivity are your bag, then La Zagaleta is the place for you. It’s a millionaires’ playground, beloved of superstars who want to take advantage of the discretion and privacy it has to offer. This ultra-luxury resort has some of the highest property prices in all of Spain, and its ample sporting and leisure facilities are restricted to residents only. If your dream is to rub shoulders with Rod Stewart or challenge Hugh Grant to a game of tennis, this is your spot – both own properties here. 5. San Pedro de Alcantara If all the glitz and glamour are a bit much, there’s lovely, slightly more down-to-earth San Pedro de Alcantara, west of Puerto Banús. It’s a typical working Spanish town with an industrial heritage, including a former sugar mill which is now the Ingenio Cultural Centre. San Pedro de Alcantara isis a charming mix of narrow, cobbled streets lined with tapas bars and boutiques, and a delightful seaside promenade with beautiful sandy beach dotted with chiringuitos (beach bars). Its enchanting informality provides a counterpoint to the obligatory glamour of Marbella’s more upscale neighbourhoods. The adjacent area of La Guadalmina has possibly one of the best golf courses anywhere in the region – The Guadalmina Golf Club. 6. Los Monteros To the east of Marbella is Los Monteros. The name means “the hunters,” and this is the place if you’re hunting for stunning beaches with natural dunes, great golf courses, access to the countryside and forests, as well as luxury homes. The neighbourhood is peaceful and exclusive, but only five minutes’ drive from Marbella centre. Los Monteros is an excellent spot to enjoy the best of both worlds – tranquility and excitement, relaxation and sociability. Marbella offers so many great neighbourhoods, and Pacaso offers a range of properties catering to a variety of tastes. Take a look for yourself and find a spot to match your dreams!
The Florida Keys are one of the most unique vacation destinations in the U.S. Composed of hundreds of islands along a 125-mile-long archipelago, the Keys have an island vibe unlike anywhere else. From close-to-the-mainland Key Largo to Key West, the southernmost point in the continental U.S., these islands attract all types of travelers, from all over the world. But when should you go? Read our recommendations, based on what you’re looking for in your vacation. For the best weather Thanks to the Keys’ tropical-maritime climate, the temperature doesn’t fluctuate by more than about 10 degrees Fahrenheit between seasons. But, humidity levels and rainfall amounts vary considerably depending on the time of the year. The Keys have a rainy season and a dry season. The rainy season runs from May through October, and during that time, the islands get three-quarters of their yearly rainfall. The rainy season also brings very high humidity, making days feel hotter than the mercury reads. For ideal weather, aim to visit the Keys in the dry season, between November and April. You’ll still enjoy temperatures in the 70s, but you’re less likely to encounter rain — and you avoid the summer hurricane season. To warm up Plenty of snowbirds flock to the Keys during the winter to avoid snow, rain and cold temperatures, making winter the peak tourist season. If you travel to the Keys between Thanksgiving and New Year’s, you’ll enjoy wonderfully warm weather, but you’ll have to deal with crowds and higher costs. To avoid the crowds If you’re looking for a slower pace and fewer people, head to the Keys during the summer. You’ll pay less for accommodations, be less likely to get stuck in traffic driving to and from the mainland, and have less trouble getting restaurant reservations. However, there’s one downside to visiting in the summer: It’s hurricane season. If you visit the archipelago between June and November — and especially in the typically peak hurricane months of August and September — be sure to keep an eye on the weather report before and during your trip. Also, hurricanes aside, be prepared for very humid weather. For the best fishing The Florida Keys, and especially the island of Islamorada, are a popular destination for anglers all year long. However, April and May are the best months for catching big fish. In the spring, Mahi mahi, wahoo, tarpon, blue marlin and yellowtail are in their prime. If you’re looking to snag a specific type of fish, ask one of the local fishing charter companies for recommendations of where and when to visit. To save money For a budget vacation, hurricane season is your best bet. Because fewer people visit during this part of the year, hotels drop their prices and more affordable activities and amenities can be found. As long as you keep an eye on the weather forecast and remain flexible with your plans, a budget-friendly vacation can be enjoyed in the Keys. Savvy travelers who visit during this time of year recommend travel insurance in case a storm changes (or ruins) your plans. For festivals and events These islands have a celebratory feel every month of the year, so if you’re looking for exciting festivals and fun-filled events, there’s really no wrong time to visit! Some of the most popular yearly events are March’s Marathon Seafood Festival, April’s 7-Mile Bridge Run, June’s Key West Pride Week and the Key Lime Festival, Hemingway Days in July and the holiday Key Largo Boat Parade in December. Find year-round fun with a second home in the Keys So when is the prime time to visit the Florida Keys? Winter and spring months offer sunny days with high temperatures in the mid-70s — though you are likely to encounter bustling crowds. For avid water sports fans, summer stands out, with invitingly warm ocean temperatures. However, if tranquility paired with economical travel is your goal, the fall season is an attractive period for a serene getaway in the Florida Keys. When you own your own slice of paradise in the Florida Keys, you can explore all year round. With Pacaso, you can co-own a luxury home on your favorite island, without all the hassle and expense that comes with traditional second home ownership. Can you feel the ocean breezes already?
When you’re planning a winter getaway, there’s nowhere quite like Colorado — and the ski resort towns of Vail and Aspen are two of the Centennial State’s most famous destinations for skiers. But how do you decide which one to visit (or where to set down vacation-home roots)? After all, they’re both nestled in the Rocky Mountains, they both get over 300 inches of snow each year, and they’re both world-class ski and snowboarding destinations. Here’s our quick rundown to help you decide. Why choose Vail For convenience The town of Vail is just 100 miles from Denver, making it a convenient getaway for both Denver-area residents and travelers flying into Denver International Airport. You can drive yourself along scenic Interstate 70 into Vail, hire a driver or take a shuttle. American Airlines also operates flights between 14 U.S. cities and Eagle County Regional Airport, which is just 35 minutes west of Vail. Whatever transportation option you choose, it's easy to escape to Vail, even if only for a couple of days. To find ski runs for every level Vail is the fourth-largest ski resort in North America, behind Whistler Blackcomb, Park City and Big Sky. It’s known for its seven-mile-wide back bowls and epic powder, but this mountain resort isn’t just for double black diamond skiers. There are over 5,000 acres to explore, with beginner, intermediate and advanced runs. And since the resort sits at an elevation of 11,570 feet, the ski season is blissfully long so you’ll have plenty of time to improve your skills. For a laid-back atmosphere Compared to Aspen (and other winter resort towns), the vibe in Vail is decidedly laid-back. After a long day on the mountain, there’s no need to get all dressed up for dinner or an apres-ski cocktail. The dining scene in Vail has a little bit of everything, from casual diners and local coffee shops to fine dining restaurants. Vail’s hometown breweries are also a popular place to relax after a day in the snow or the shops. For a (slightly) more affordable vacation Simply put, it’s hard to find bargains in Colorado ski resorts, especially in the peak winter season. Accommodations and meals can be pricey, and you’ll pay a premium the closer you are to the resort itself. But savvy and spendthrift travelers can snag more affordable hotels or vacation rentals with a bit of advance planning. The spendy lift ticket though? There’s no getting around that. Why choose Aspen To avoid the crowds Because it’s farther from Denver (a roughly four-hour drive without traffic), Aspen is quite a bit less crowded than Vail. And since Aspen is home to four separate ski resorts, there’s room for everyone. Compared to Vail and other Colorado resort towns, in Aspen you may enjoy shorter lift lines, less crowded restaurants and emptier (heated) sidewalks. For variety in skiing Aspen’s four ski resorts are Aspen Mountain, Aspen Highlands, Buttermilk and Snowmass. Aspen Mountain is the favorite of many locals, but it’s not beginner-friendly. In fact, there’s not a single beginner run on the mountain, and 65% of its runs are ranked advanced or expert. Aspen Highlands is also popular with intermediate to advanced skiers and snowboarders. Beginners tend to head to Buttermilk, which features plenty of well-groomed beginner runs. Snowmass is the largest of them all, with plenty of diverse terrain. It's perhaps best known for Long Shot, an incredible five-mile-long intermediate run that’ll leave your legs shaking. For mountain town charm Originally a silver mining town in the 1880s, Aspen is bursting with small-town charm and plenty of history. The Aspen Historical Society offers guided walking tours of the town’s landmarks, including the 130-year-old Wheeler Opera House and the iconic Hotel Jerome. Of course, plenty of Aspen’s charm can be absorbed just spending a snowy afternoon walking through town. To have an upscale experience Aspen has a chic, sophisticated feel, with plenty of luxury shopping, fine dining, five-star accommodations and the best après-ski scene, according to Conde Nast Traveler. While it only has roughly 6,600 year-round residents, in the winter Aspen becomes a see-and-be-seen destination for the wealthy and famous. Hollywood legends Jack Nicholson, Goldie Hawn and Kevin Costner all own second homes in Aspen. You can’t go wrong either way When choosing Between Aspen and Vail for property ownership or vacationing, it's essential to consider the distinct experiences each offer. Aspen is renowned for its calm ambiance and is ideal for those seeking a tranquil retreat. In contrast, Vail is known for its vibrant energy and lively festivities, catering to those who prefer a more dynamic and party-like atmosphere. Ultimately, the choice between Aspen and Vail will be based on your personal preferences and the type of vacation experience you are looking for. Whether Vail or Aspen is more your style, there’s so much to love about winter in the Rocky Mountains. Find your dream second home in Vail or Aspen with Pacaso, and enjoy hassle-free co-ownership of your own mountain home.
Nothing says romance like sun, sand and sipping Central Coast wines. It’s no wonder Santa Barbara is a popular getaway destination for couples. Whether you’re planning a proposal, celebrating an anniversary or simply seeking out a beautiful place to reconnect with the one you love, Santa Barbara might be the perfect venue. Check out these five romantic activities to see why. 1. Wine tasting Santa Barbara offers exceptional experiences for wine lovers. If you're staying downtown or have limited time for tasting, the city’s Urban Wine Trail takes you through an incredible 28 tasting rooms, all within walking distance of each other. The wine trail is set up in such a way that you can easily pop in and out of the wineries that catch your eye. About 45 minutes outside Santa Barbara you’ll find the Santa Ynez and Santa Maria Valleys. Since the area boasts a range of soils (not to mention that crucial ocean air!), a huge variety of grapes are grown here. Toast to your love with everything from chardonnay and sparkling wines to flavorful syrah and hearty Bordeaux-style wines. Let a local take care of all the details (and the driving) when you book a private wine tour. 2. Enjoy dinner and a show Built in 1924, the beautifully restored Granada Theater gives an air of Old Hollywood that’s perfect for a romantic date night. This local landmark offers a wide range of shows and entertainment: ballets, Broadway road shows, symphony performances, and Arts & Lectures events. Make a night of it with a pre-show dinner. Plenty of great restaurants are nearby, including Benchmark Eatery (with Instagram-worthy cocktails) across the street and authentic Italian cuisine from Ca'Dario around the corner. 3. Watch the sunset together Because of the curve of the California coastline, most beaches in and around Santa Barbara actually face south (not west), making it difficult to find that perfect place to watch the sun set over the ocean together. West-facing Butterfly Beach in nearby Montecito is a beautiful place to end your day. Before the sun goes down, keep your eye on the ocean and you might just see some dolphins. Another rugged, romantic option is Thousand Steps Beach. Take the long stairway down to the beach and arrive on the rocky coastline. At low tide, tide pools are begging to be explored. And as the sun starts to set, the views are simply incredible. When it’s time to call it a night, don’t worry – it’s actually only 150 steps back up to the road, not a thousand. 4. Picnic at the Santa Barbara Botanic Garden Surround yourself and your sweetheart with 78 acres of beautiful foliage. Featuring over 1,000 different plants native to California, the Santa Barbara Botanic Garden has over 5.5 miles of paths to wander, gorgeous Santa Ynez and Channel Islands views, and a friendly picnic area. Check the website before you plan your visit to see the schedule of informative plant talks, morning bird walks and even the occasional beer garden. 5. Explore the ruins at Knapp’s Castle Live out your fairytale romance as you wander through an abandoned castle — of sorts! Knapp’s Castle is actually the ruins of a private mansion that burned down 70 years ago. You can walk through the grounds and explore what remains, including stone steps, archways and fireplaces. But it’s the views more than the ruins that make this spot so special. Located above town on a plot of land surrounded by the Los Padres National Forest, Knapp’s Castle offers stunning 360-degree views of the Santa Ynez Valley. The castle is also the perfect place to take a few photos. Make the romance last Turn Santa Barbara into your second home destination. Become a co-owner of a beautiful luxury vacation home in Santa Barbara and give yourself all the time in the world to relax, reconnect and explore everything the Central California coast has to offer.
Affectionately known as “CdM” by the locals, Corona del Mar, California, is a little piece of Pacific Coast paradise in Newport Beach. In Spanish, its name means “crown of the sea,” and despite its humble beginnings, it’s now one of California’s premier destinations to visit and a great place to live. Here are a few fun facts you might not know about this West Coast gem. The fascinating history of Corona del Mar The original price As part of a Mexican land grant in 1875, James Irvine (yes, as in Irvine, California) acquired 108,000 acres of what would later become Corona del Mar. He paid just $150,000 for the land. It used to be a ranch James Irvine used the Corona del Mar land for sheep ranching. In 1904, his son sold 700 acres of it to George E. Hart for $150 an acre. Selling the first lots for very little Hart started selling off lots in Corona del Mar in 1904 for $100 each, with seaside lots fetching as much as $750. The first homeowners were women Best friends Mary Everett and Alice Alden owned the first two homes built in Corona del Mar: the historic Happy House and Quarterdeck. Quarterdeck was demolished in 2017 and a new home built in its place. The new home was listed for sale at $25 million. Sales were slow With no rail service, a pier that kept getting destroyed by waves, and only the rough Back Bay Drive for access, Corona del Mar was hard to reach. It wasn’t until after the Pacific Coast Highway was completed in 1925 that the town started to gain traction. Corona del Mar’s claims to fame John Wayne lived there John Wayne moved to Corona del Mar in 1963, living in an unpretentious beachfront home facing Balboa Island. The Academy Award-winning actor is buried in nearby Pacific View Memorial Park. His yacht, The Wild Goose, is still available for tours. It was the location of the first recorded rescue by surfboard Considered the father of modern surfing, Duke Kahanamoku was also an Olympic swimmer, and in 1928 he used his surfboard to rescue 12 fishermen after their boat capsized off the coast of Corona del Mar. It’s been the backdrop for several movies and TV shows Corona del Mar’s scenic beaches and quaint downtown are featured in the silver screen classics “All Quiet on the Western Front” (1929 Oscar winner), “Macbeth” (1916) and “Cleopatra” (1917). More recent CdM close-ups include “Love Story” (1970), Disney’s “The Thirteenth Year” (1999) and the hit series “Arrested Development.” The area’s cliffs and caves were featured on the long-running TV series “Gilligan’s Island.” Quirky trivia about Corona del Mar It’s one of the top 20 most expensive ZIP codes in the U.S. Corona del Mar was listed as #20 on a list of top 20 most expensive ZIP codes in the U.S. in 2020. A 2021 list puts neighboring Newport Beach at #1. The north-south street names are blooming fun F.D. Cornell took ownership of the Corona del Mar neighborhood in 1916. Historians note that in 1922, the names of all streets running north to south changed from letters to the names of flowers, in alphabetical order, starting with Acacia (actually a flowering tree) and ending with Poppy. Scout’s honor: The history of Jamboree Road In 1953, Corona del Mar hosted the first Boy Scout Jamboree on the West Coast near where Fashion Island mall stands today. Jamboree Road was constructed to get the 50,000 Scouts and their equipment to the site. The last snowfall was in January 1949 It was shocking to Corona del Mar residents then, and it’s never happened since! Fun features of Corona del Mar It has amazing beaches It’s not called “crown of the sea” for nothing. For softer surf and tidepools, check out Little Corona; for bigger waves, hit Big Corona or The Wedge. China Cove and Cameo Shores are popular with locals. It has beautiful gardens and garden centers Sherman Library & Gardens in Corona del Mar has over two acres of gorgeous gardens, complete with a koi pond. If you get inspired to do some gardening of your own, Roger’s Gardens is the plant nursery of all plant nurseries, and is a great spot to get your floral fix. It has an old English pub It might seem out of place on the sun-soaked California shore, but Five Crowns in Corona del Mar is the town’s oldest restaurant, and it was modeled after The Olde Bell, a pub outside London. Matilda “Tillie” Lemon MacCulloch built it in 1936, and rumor has it that it was used as a gambling hall during the 1930s. It has a cool footbridge Built in 1928, the 243-foot Goldenrod Footbridge is another historical feature of Corona del Mar. Not only does it provide handy access to the coast from neighborhoods east of Bayside Avenue, it’s also a scenic spot for selfies. It has gorgeous homes Pacaso listings include stunning second homes in Corona del Mar. Thanks to our co-ownership model, you can enjoy all the benefits of this exclusive ZIP code for less money.
Looking for a sunny beach-town escape? Look no further than Newport Beach. This coastal city attracts visitors with its natural beauty, yacht community and casual yet sophisticated vibe. Like other Southern California cities, Newport Beach is great to visit almost any time of the year. Ten distinct neighborhoods comprise the city, each offering a vibrant lifestyle and array of attractions. As a center of upscale shopping and fine dining, Newport Beach may not be the most obvious destination for a family-friendly California getaway. But this seaside spot has quite a few hidden gems geared for family fun. We’ve picked some of the best Newport Beach activities to entertain your whole crew. Explore the hottest family-friendly spots Before you plan your family adventure, jot down some of these top destinations within Newport Beach that anyone in your family can enjoy. Newport Pier hosts the Dory Fleet Fish Market and serves as an ideal spot for cyclists and skaters. Corona del Mar State Beach is one of the most popular shorelines in the city and a haven for surfers, sunbathers and swimmers. Balboa Island is home to charming cottages, chic coastal shops and eclectic restaurants. Picnic at a playground Sometimes all you need for a great family outing is a cooler of food, a shady spot and some fun playground equipment. Marina Park and its adjacent beach playground and picnic area on Balboa Island are a perfect place to relax and play. TeWinkle Park is in nearby Costa Mesa and offers a playground and green space for little ones, plus a skate park for older kids. Bonita Canyon Sports Park has a soccer field, baseball diamonds, basketball courts, tennis courts, pickleball courts, a playground and shaded picnic areas. Get out on the water The Pacific is calling! Enjoy a day out on the water with one of these family adventures. Davey’s Locker offers whale watching tours, deep-sea fishing excursions and more for the whole family. Duffy Electric Boat Rentals lets you be the captain of a private canopy boat while you explore Newport Beach Harbor. Marina Park Sailing Center offers stand-up paddleboard and kayak rentals to families with kids ages 6 and up. Burn off some energy If you’re looking for something that will get everyone totally tuckered out by the end of the day, try some of these energetic Newport Beach activities. Balboa Fun Zone on Balboa Island is one of Newport Beach’s most popular spots, offering carnival rides, delicious goodies and arcade games. Newport Dunes is technically a camping destination, but its inflatable water park is open to non-campers, and you can also rent kayaks and paddleboards for a full day of fun in and on the water. Murder Mystery Scavenger Hunt is a four-hour tour with a twist. Cover three miles of Newport Beach on foot while trying to be the first team to find the clues and solve the mystery. (Note: Hunts are open to all ages, but are likely too challenging for children under 12. All players under 18 must have a release signed by a parent or guardian.) Get back to nature Expand your family’s horizons by exploring botany and biology together at these beautiful and enriching Newport Beach destinations. Centennial Farm is a working farm in nearby Costa Mesa that offers interactive farm animal experiences and tours of its well-cultivated gardens. The Upper Newport Bay Nature Preserve includes 135 acres of land surrounding the bay and is open for hiking, biking and wildlife watching. The Peter & Mary Muth Interpretive Center at the reserve has interactive displays that are perfect for kids. Sherman Library & Gardens in Corona del Mar has a 2.2-acre botanical garden, complete with fountains and a koi pond. Catch a bite to eat at the on-site Cultivar Restaurant. The Environmental Nature Center is home to 3.5 acres of walking trails, plus a nature museum and a popular seasonal butterfly house. Hit the beach Whether you want to ride the waves or bask in the sun, a list of Newport Beach activities for the whole family wouldn’t be complete without mentioning the best local beaches. Crystal Cove State Park is just south of Newport Beach and includes four different beaches. Check out this map for the best spots to swim, surf, bodysurf and view tidepools. Little Corona del Mar Beach is one of the most popular beaches in Newport Beach for families, thanks to its calm waters, tidepools and no-stairs access. The Wedge at the southernmost tip of Balboa Island is a great spot to hang out and watch skilled bodysurfers catching waves up to 30 feet high. Broaden your horizons If your crew needs a little more culture in their lives, here are a few opportunities for cultural and educational enlightenment. Segerstrom Center for the Arts is a gorgeous, 3,000-seat theater in Costa Mesa that hosts theatrical performances and concerts. (Right next door, the brand-new Orange County Museum of Art is set to open in October 2022.) The Art + Soul Collective offers art classes and parties for families and friends to enjoy together. Newport Beach Public Library has seven branches throughout Newport Beach, Balboa and Corona del Mar where you can catch a family-friendly story time or curl up with a good book. Eat, shop and be merry Not all Newport Beach shops and eateries are ideal for families, but these are well suited for kids and teens. Fashion Island is a spacious outdoor mall for families needing retail therapy and a bite to eat. The fountains and high-end boutiques give it an upscale ambiance, but the fast food and mainstream retail shops keep it affordable. Ruby’s Diner got its start at Balboa Pier in Newport Beach and has grown into a small chain serving American classics. It even offers a kids menu, with favorites like pancakes, french toast and mac & cheese. Anthill shopNplay is a toys, clothing and accessories store in Westcliff Plaza. You shop while your kids romp in the play area. Need more time to see it all? With so many fun family activities to choose from, consider a second home in Newport Beach. Make memories in the sunshine when you co-own a beautiful second home in greater Orange County. Whether you're out on the town or lounging at home, Pacaso's Family-Friendly Second Homes™ make it easy to just show up and relax — from cribs and high chairs, to games, pool floaties, streaming services and more, we have you (and your kids) covered.
The charming town of Healdsburg — bordered by the Russian River Valley, Alexander Valley and Dry Creek Valley — can’t help but be a go-to destination for connoisseurs of California wine. But with so many Healdsburg wineries and vineyards to choose from, how do you know which are worth visiting? We’ve curated a list of a dozen Healdsburg wineries that will wow your palate and delight your senses. Chalk Hill Estate Located just south of Healdsburg in the Russian River Valley, Chalk Hill Estate is known for its organic on-site gardens, complete with chickens for fresh eggs and bees for honey. Chalk Hill prides itself on minimal interference when it comes to the winemaking process, so you get a true taste of the vineyards. In addition to pinot noir and chardonnay, the winery also offers sauvignon, cabernet, syrah and carménère. Copain Wines The French word “copain” translates to “friend” or “buddy,” and embodies the Copain Wines philosophy that wine is meant to be shared among friends. The winery sits atop a hillside overlooking the picturesque Russian River Valley and offers a relaxed atmosphere. All three tasting options include specially selected bites to accompany the winery’s pinot noir, chardonnay and syrah varietals. Dry Creek Vineyard Known for consistently producing outstanding red, white and dessert wines scored at a 90 or higher, Dry Creek Vineyard is an independent, family-owned Healdsburg winery. Its wines are produced using a blend of grapes from the Dry Creek estate and other local family vineyards. Dry Creek offers an unpretentious, laid-back tasting experience in its chateau-style tasting room or outdoors on the terrace and enchanting Secret Garden. The vineyard and tasting room rank #1 on TripAdvisor’s list of Top Attractions in Healdsburg. Ferrari-Carano Vineyards and Winery A visit to Ferrari-Carano Vineyards and Winery's Villa Fiore in the Dry Creek Valley is a must. The Italianate-style villa is surrounded by manicured gardens and is especially radiant in the spring when the daffodils and tulips are in bloom. Ferrari-Carano has 24 vineyards across 1,200 acres and uses grapes from all three local valleys (plus Napa Carneros and Mendocino Ridge) to produce its cabernet, chardonnay and pinot noir. Gary Farrell Vineyards & Winery Sometimes simple is divine, and Gary Farrell Vineyards & Winery proves that maxim with top-notch pinot noir and chardonnay from its estate in the Russian River Valley. The winery offers tastings with artisan cheese pairings in its scenic and cozy tasting salon or on an outdoor terrace with expansive hilltop views. Gary Farrell has a solid five-star rating on TripAdvisor from nearly 800 reviews touting the stunning scenery, delicious wines and knowledgeable staff. J Vineyards & Winery Known for its sparkling wines, J Vineyards & Winery also prides itself on offering cuisine crafted solely from ingredients sourced from farms within 50 miles of this Russian River Valley winery. Cuisine and wine pairings are served in the elegant J Bubble Room, a space with clean lines and modern, understated elegance, or in the Legacy Lounge on the beautifully landscaped terrace. Tastings include red, white and sparkling wines made with grapes from select coastal climate vineyards throughout the Russian River Valley and Sonoma County. Jordan Vineyard & Winery Jordan Vineyard & Winery is one of the only Healdsburg wineries that offers overnight stays in its chateau to its rewards members. Jordan Vineyard boasts 1,200 acres of land, with more than three-quarters of the property left to the wilderness as part of the winery’s conservation efforts. The winery is also certified pollinator-friendly and fish-friendly. MacRostie Winery & Vineyards MacRostie Winery & Vineyards offers expansive views of the Russian River Valley from the spectacular glass-walled MacRostie Estate house just outside Healdsburg. MacRostie works with 30 chardonnay vineyards and 15 pinot noir sites, creating up to 130 small fermentations each year to collect a broad palate of flavors for its wines. MacRostie has received accolades including Best Winery in Sonoma and Best Tasting Room in Napa, and reviewers on TripAdvisor give the winery 5 stars, citing excellent service and a welcoming atmosphere. Seghesio Family Vineyards One of the oldest Healdsburg wineries, Seghesio Family Vineyards was founded in 1895 and is best known for its zinfandel and heritage Italian varietal wines. The 300 acres of pre-Prohibition vineyards are still family-owned and operated. The Seghesio tasting room in downtown Healdsburg offers a wine garden and a special “Bocce and Bottles” reservation to add a bit more fun to a typical tasting. Silver Oak Winery/Cellars At Silver Oak Winery’s tasting room just 10 minutes east of downtown Healdsburg, you’ll experience the winery’s signature cabernet sauvignon produced with grapes grown in both Napa Valley and Alexander Valley. The contemporary architecture of the space and the outdoor reflecting pools provide an understated atmosphere that enhances the winery’s panoramic views of its 113 acres and the surrounding Alexander Valley. Silver Oak is also LEED Platinum certified, with solar panels that produce 105% of the energy consumed by the operation of the vineyards and winery. VML If you’re looking for the unexpected, VML Wines’ hidden gem with a tasting room near Dry Creek won’t disappoint. An offshoot of Truett-Hurst, VML produces small lots of pinot noir, chardonnay and other varietals each year from a collection of small vineyards in the Russian River Valley, each with a unique microclimate. Each bottle sports a label that’s as surprising and playful as the wine contained inside. Williamson Wines Williamson Wines not only offers white, rosé, bordeaux, pinot noir and sparkling wines, but also the perfect food pairings. This Healdsburg winery allows walk-ins and offers the option to upgrade the bites that accompany tastings to lunch-sized servings, which is great for those in your party who may not want to participate in the wine tasting. All food pairings are recipes developed in-house to perfectly complement the wines they accompany. Find your wine country Pacaso When your second home is in Healdsburg, you have plenty of time to sample the area’s finest vintages. View our Napa/Sonoma listings, and picture your perfect wine country getaway.
Fort Lauderdale revels in its natural setting, offering visitors enticing beaches, exotic botanical gardens and exciting boat tours. We did some digging beyond the top attractions, and these are a few of the hidden Fort Lauderdale gems that are sure to make your stay memorable. The Yard in Wilton Manors This lush and serene village-like area of Fort Lauderdale is a cluster of quirky boutique shops and restaurants tucked away from the bustling downtown. Local favorites in The Yard include The Alchemist cafe and coffee shop for a quiet breakfast or brunch (don’t miss their iced coffee) and Lola’s Bazaar Art and Music for original art, handmade jewelry and vinyl records. Anglins Fishing Pier If you’re looking for a bit of “vitamin sea” minus the sand, Anglins Fishing Pier is a great spot for panoramic views of the Atlantic. Pay a small fee to stroll the pier and watch local fishermen at work, then visit the nearby Aruba Beach Cafe for Caribbean food, tropical drinks and live music. If you want to try catching your own dinner off the pier, you can pay a little more for a fishing permit. The pier shop carries everything you might need, including fishing tackle and bait. Broward County Main Library If an afternoon thunderstorm has you seeking shelter or you just need a break from the Florida sun, consider visiting the Broward County Main Library in Fort Lauderdale. Its soaring atrium and fountain provide a refreshing place to relax with a good book or a game on the library’s oversized chess board. Little ones will love playing pretend in the Active Learning Center play area, while older kids and adults can check out the library’s real moon rock display or get creative in the Creation Station Lab and makerspace. Yellow Green Farmers Market Local vendors offer fresh produce, handmade goods, craft beer and more at the Yellow Green Farmers Market in Hollywood. Sellers also take this farmers market experience up a notch by getting creative with displays. Don’t be surprised if you come across some vegetable art or meat masterpieces amidst the colorful stalls. Secret Woods Nature Center Like its name suggests, the Secret Woods Nature Center is a hidden gem in Fort Lauderdale that many locals don’t even know about. Tucked between Marina Mile Boulevard and the New River, this 57-acre park has a nature trail, butterfly garden, and a kid-friendly nature center with hands-on exhibits. Stroll along the boardwalk through the forest, learn more about local wildlife, rest on the convenient benches scattered throughout the park and enjoy the public art installations along the trail. 15th Street Fisheries Part restaurant, part entertainment, 15th Street Fisheries in the Lauderdale Marina offers a dining experience you won’t soon forget. The restaurant is literally on the water, with glass-bottom floors that let you see into the richness of the Intracoastal Waterway as you eat. At night, the floors are lit up and you can watch the restaurant feeding the local schools of tarpons. Menu items include fresh fish, chowder, gator, shrimp, crab and more. Coconuts Restaurant For fine dining with a lovely water view, Coconuts is a surprisingly laid-back establishment along the Intracoastal Waterway. This pet-friendly restaurant offers dockside dining, a non-fussy dress code (as long as you’re wearing a shirt and shoes, you’re good) and complimentary valet parking. Watch boats as they pass by and view sunsets over the water while enjoying a delicious meal of fresh seafood and key lime pie for dessert. Marando Farms and Ranch Marando Farms and Ranch is an urban farm in Davie, just minutes from downtown Fort Lauderdale. The farm offers a petting zoo and pony rides on the weekends, and it operates its own organic “farm-to-fork” cafe called the Twisted Tomato. Need eggs? Marando Farms lets you collect your own, and you can also purchase fresh, locally grown produce from the farm market. Milk Money Bar & Kitchen If you’re not into the seafood scene, Milk Money Bar & Kitchen has you covered. Situated only a half mile from Fort Lauderdale Beach, this neighborhood cafe offers delicious comfort food, coffee and cocktails at any time of day. The industrial decor has an artsy flair, with crystal chandeliers adding an eclectic touch of elegance to the cozy, laid back atmosphere. Art walks For a dose of culture, you can stroll through art walks at FATVillage in downtown Fort Lauderdale on the last Saturday of the month, art fairs on Las Olas Blvd, Downtown Hollywood's Artwalk the third Saturday of the month, and make sure to check out the Downtown Hollywood Mural Project. Fort Lauderdale Beach Lastly, we include Fort Lauderdale Beach, which isn’t exactly hidden! But the beach does have some hidden treasure. At certain times of day and with the right tide conditions, the beach is a great place to hunt for sea glass — remnants of broken glass worn smooth by the ocean’s shifting sands. Keep your eyes peeled and you might be lucky enough to discover some of Fort Lauderdale’s literal hidden gems! If you’re looking for other beach options, check out our list of the five best beaches in Fort Lauderdale. Looking for a second home? Now that you know where to find hidden gems in Fort Lauderdale, you’ll need a home base. Pacaso can help you find your dream second home in the Fort Lauderdale area. Start today by checking out our Fort Lauderdale listings.
Both Aspen and Breckenridge are known for epic peaks and alpine atmospheres, but which is a better choice for your ski vacation this winter? To help you decide, we’ve dug into what each of these Colorado towns has to offer and how they differ. Location, location, location First, let’s talk logistics. How easy is it to get to Aspen vs. Breckenridge? Breckenridge is about a 90-minute drive from Denver, making it easily accessible whether you live in the city or you’re flying into the Denver airport. But Breckenridge’s proximity to a big city means its slopes can get pretty crowded during peak season. Aspen, about four hours from Denver, has its own small airport serviced by a limited number of major airlines. You might pay more for the convenience of flying in, but it’s nice to land right in the middle of the action. Ski space When it comes to skiable acres, Aspen comes out the clear winner. Aspen’s core village consists of three ski resorts — Aspen Highlands, Aspen Mountain and Buttermilk — which comprise 2,185 skiable acres across 238 runs. Add in Aspen Snowmass, just 30 minutes away, and you have another 3,132 acres and 94 runs, giving you a total of 5,317 skiable acres across 332 runs within a 10-mile radius. Breckenridge comes in at 2,908 skiable acres across 155 runs, but it’s all contained within a single ski resort, so you have more options than you might have at a single Aspen resort. Breckenridge also has five peaks, while Aspen has four. Aspen has a total of 37 lifts vs. 34 at Breckenridge, but Breckenridge also boasts the tallest chairlift in North America, the Imperial Express SuperChair. Bang for your buck Skiers and their money are soon parted, but if you’d like to postpone the sad farewell, Breckenridge will keep you and your cash together longer. For the 2021-22 ski season, a Breckenridge lift pass will cost you $80-$150 a day, while at Aspen you’ll spend $120-$180. According to ChampionTraveler.com, this price trend also holds true for lodging in the two Colorado towns. Expect to pay an average of $203 a night in Aspen vs. Breckenridge, where lodging averages around $132 per night. Alpine atmosphere and fun for non-skiers Not everyone is a fan of shredding the slopes, and fortunately both Aspen and Breckenridge have loads of fun winter activities for any non-skiers in your group. Check out opportunities for fat biking, ice skating, snowmobiling, dog sledding, fly fishing and more in and around both towns. Breckenridge and Aspen are also walkable, with downtown shopping, galleries and museums when you need a break from the slopes. Aspen is a favorite ski destination among celebrities, so it has a more upscale, posh feel. Breckenridge is more laid-back, but still well-maintained and charming. Mountain munchies When it comes to food, Breckenridge and Aspen offer a multitude of dining options, though Aspen leans toward fine dining while Breckenridge has a variety of casual eateries. If you’re looking for slopeside service, keep in mind that Breckenridge has only one full-service restaurant on the mountain, while Aspen has several. Winter events and festivities Finding a great ski town is about more than just the snow. Breckenridge and Aspen really shine when it comes to each town’s annual events and festivals. During the winter months, Breckenridge is best known for its tree lighting and Race of the Santas to kick off the holiday season. December also brings Breckenridge’s four-day Ullr Fest, a raucous celebration of the Norse god associated with skiing. Ullr Fest events include a polar plunge, town bonfire, parade and plenty of horned Viking headgear. January brings the International Snow Sculpture Championships, and the town hosts its own one-day Mardi Gras in February. To help plan your trip, check out the town’s event calendar. Aspen takes its Ullr appreciation to a whole new level with family-friendly Ullr Nights every Friday from December to April at Snowmass. Enjoy gondola rides, night tubing and snow biking, bonfires, s’mores and more. The end of December brings the festive 12 Days of Aspen, followed by the Winter X Games in January and the Bud Light Spring Jam in March, with live concerts downtown and competitions on the mountain. Plan your stay around these and other events. The bottom line When it comes to Aspen vs. Breckenridge, where should you go skiing this winter? It depends on what you’re looking for. You’ll spend a little more on travel, food, lodging and skiing at Aspen, and you might have fewer crowds to contend with. Breckenridge doesn’t have quite as many acres to ski and fewer dining options than Aspen, but it’s also less expensive, easier to access and has a more laid-back vibe. The good news is that no matter which town you pick, both have plenty of slopes, runs and lifts to keep you busy, and both have enough festivals, eateries and fun activities to make your trip memorable. Learn more If you’re dreaming of a second home in either of these ski destinations, check out Pacaso listings in Aspen and Breckenridge, and find out how Pacaso’s co-ownership LLC model can turn your dream into a reality.
Whether you’re a California native or just wish you were, most people agree that the Golden State’s sunny skies, gorgeous beaches and laid-back culture all add up to the perfect setting for a vacation home. Ocean lovers and desert sun seekers alike can take their pick of amazing vacation homes in California. Check out our California second home heat index to see the latest up-and-coming locations, and read on to imagine the good life in any one of these seven enduring California vacation home destinations. Carmel/Monterey These neighboring Central California towns offer activities for everyone, whether you enjoy beachcombing, wine tasting, golfing, or simply enjoying the beautiful surroundings. Charming Carmel includes Carmel-by-the-Sea, a one-square-mile village with a fairytale feel and storybook cottages. Just north of the village you’ll find the iconic Pebble Beach golf course. From there, head up to Monterey, the larger of the two towns, which boasts a beautifully rugged coastline, a storied history, and the world-famous Monterey Bay Aquarium. And no matter which town you choose, you’ll be able to indulge in California farm-to-table cuisine and wines made with grapes grown in surrounding Monterey County. Laguna Beach If you dream of a sand-and-surf getaway, the artsy community of Laguna Beach is calling. With seven miles of coastline and 20,000 acres of protected wilderness, the community is buffered from the hustle and bustle of bigger California cities. But Laguna Beach isn’t dull — the town’s diverse selection of quirky and unique boutiques, galleries, museums and restaurants means there’s always more to explore. (Fun fact: Laguna Beach has more people per capita employed as artists, designers and media professionals than 90% of the rest of the country.) Newport Beach and Corona del Mar are nearby for a change of pace. Lake Tahoe If you’re looking for California vacation homes with four-season appeal, Lake Tahoe is your dream destination. With a stunning, clear blue lake for summertime boating and water sports, and the highest concentration of ski resorts in America within 100 miles, Lake Tahoe has it all. If you want to be close to the lake, check out the South Tahoe neighborhoods of Stateline, Bijou, City Center and Tallac Village, or travel a little further north to Tahoma. Malibu White sand, blue water and dreamy retreats make Malibu a beach lover’s paradise. Close to downtown L.A., the town offers 27 miles of coastline to the west and stunning hills to the east. There’s something for everyone in this sophisticated yet laid back beach town. Given all that, it’s not surprising that Malibu has some of the priciest real estate not only in California but the entire country. Palm Springs With classic, Mid-Century Modern homes and an air of old Hollywood glamor, Palm Springs has long been a desert oasis for California’s elite. The town is easily accessible from major California cities like Los Angeles and San Diego, and is within a day’s drive of Las Vegas, Phoenix and Tucson. While Palm Springs is popular with the snowbird set for its golf courses and constant sunshine, this desert town has also begun to attract younger crowds and families with the promise of outdoor adventures and star-studded events like Coachella. Palm Springs has restrictions on short-term rentals to maintain its residential feel, making it an even more prized spot for vacation homes in California. Sonoma County With more than 425 wineries, miles of Pacific coastline and towering redwood forests, Sonoma County is truly a place for getting away from it all. Close to Sacramento and San Francisco, Sonoma is an easily accessible spot for vacation homes. And Sonoma County’s 30 small towns are perfect for day trips. San Diego San Diego has more than enough family fun, nightlife, museums, parks and beaches to give you a new vacation experience every time you visit. The San Diego International Airport makes the city easy to get to. Popular neighborhoods include Easter Cross, Mission Hills and La Jolla. Venice For the relaxation of the beach with the electric (and eclectic) buzz of the city, look no further than Venice. Much like its Italian namesake, Venice has its own system of picturesque canals lined with beautiful homes and adorned with arched bridges — and you may even spot a gondola or two. As an L.A. neighborhood, Venice gives you easy access to all that the major metropolitan hub has to offer, including theme parks, entertainment and a major international airport, but its bohemian vibe gives it a down-to-earth, small-town feel. Bring your bikes, skateboards and rollerblades to take in the sights of this historic neighborhood. More California gems To see more of what the Golden State has to offer, check out Pacaso’s full lineup of listings for luxury vacation homes in California and beyond, and learn more about how Pacaso’s co-ownership LLC model can turn your dream of second home ownership into a reality.
With its dramatic cliffs along the Pacific shoreline, Malibu boasts some of California’s most stunning terrain — perfect for a day of hiking. Whether you’re into mountain views, wildflowers, canyons or coastal trails, Malibu has a hike for you. 1. Solstice Canyon Loop Nestled in the Santa Monica Mountains, Solstice Canyon Loop is one of Malibu’s most beloved trails, popular for its varied terrain and easy 2.6-mile loop. Sights include the remains of the mid-century Roberts Ranch house, the historic Keller stone hunting cabin, shaded canyon views, the Solstice waterfall and nearby brook, and the Pacific as the grand finale. Wildlife buffs might also see a variety of bird species like acorn woodpeckers and red-tailed hawks. 2. Escondido Falls Trail Escondido Falls Trail is an easy, dog-friendly, 3.8-mile round-trip hike leading to a scenic waterfall surrounded by old growth trees. The falls are at their peak during the earlier months in the year or following autumn rains, but this comfortable trek is beautiful year-round. The hike begins near the Pacific Coast Highway and follows a single path through wildflower fields, sage and across small streams. From there, you can opt for an easier route to the lower level of the falls, which is 50 feet high. The top tier boasts unbeatable views and access behind the waterfall, your reward for climbing 150 feet of steep rock. This is a popular trail, so you’re likely to be sharing the path with fellow hikers. Parking is available for $8 at the Winding Way Parking Lot. 3. Mugu Peak Trail Located in Point Mugu State Park, the Mugu Peak Trail is about 6.5 miles with an elevation gain of 1,225 feet. It’s an all-season hike that’s especially beautiful in the spring. The Santa Monica Mountains are the star of the Mugu Peak Trail, which winds all the way to the Pacific through Ventura County. Much of the landscape you’ll see on this hike will be distinctly Californian: scrubby coastal grasses, yucca, cactus, meadows full of wildflowers (especially in the spring), distant canyon ridges and the ocean. Mugu Peak is marked with an American flag and offers sweeping 360-degree views — perfect for a quick snack and rest before heading back down. 4. Backbone Trail to Sandstone Peak and Mishe Mokwa Trail Get ready to break a sweat, because this hike is a challenge! The Backbone Trail is actually quite long — 70 miles total — but this offshoot combines two smaller hikes. Along the Backbone Trail portion, you’ll feel the burn along numerous switchbacks up to Sandstone Peak. Inspiration Point is a highlight, looking out to the ocean. You’ll likely spot climbers on Echo Cliffs along your trek, too, since the cliffs are a favorite hangout for seasoned climbers looking to master one of its 200 routes. 5. Point Dume Cove Trail If surfside is more your style, you’ll love this laidback hike. Maxing out at 1.4 miles, the Point Dume Cove trail is great for all skill levels and features stunning views of Santa Monica Bay. This is a heavily trafficked trail since it’s so accessible, but you do have the added benefit of heading down to the shore once you wrap up. At the cove, be sure to take a peek at the tide pools! If you’re especially lucky, you might even catch a glimpse of seals sunning themselves or whales out in the bay. 6. Zuma Ridge Trail At 5.4 miles round-trip, the Zuma Ridge Trail is popular but less heavily trafficked than most other hikes on our list — at least by people. Horses are a common sight on this trail, which offers views of the ocean and mountains. A creek will keep you company along the way, along with a number of trees with foliage that changes with the seasons. Zuma Canyon has an entire system of trails managed by the National Park Service, so it’s easy to shorten your hike or extend it up to a full 10 miles. 7. Paseo Miramar Just off the west side of the Pacific Palisades, you’ll find local favorite Paseo Miramar. A steady upward climb makes for a true workout, and at the top, you’ll find unencumbered views of the coast. The Parker Mesa Overlook is especially pretty in the early morning or late afternoon. One thing to keep in mind: There is no weekend parking at this popular spot, but there is street parking nearby that can add to your total distance. Explore Malibu from your second home Malibu has so much to offer, and if you own a second home with Pacaso, you won’t miss a minute. Maintenance and management is all taken care of, so as soon as you arrive, you can lace up your hiking boots and hit the trails.
Ready for your moment in the sun? Famous for fantastic weather, iconic beaches and lively nightlife, Miami is a top-tier global destination. There’s almost never a bad time to visit — average temperatures in Miami rarely fall below 70 degrees, making it the ideal year-round getaway. But Miami is more than just its weather. The city also beckons visitors with major league sports, world-class dining and a diverse arts scene. Known as a sizzling entertainment hotspot for grownups, Miami also has loads of wholesome options for the little ones in your life. Whether you’re planning ahead for a vacation or need some last-minute fun to occupy an afternoon, here are 19 entertaining family-friendly things to do in Miami with kids. Is Miami a good vacation destination for kids? Miami is a superb kid-friendly destination. The sunny climate alone is ideal for kids — they can play all day long — and for parents, that keeps things simple and lets you pack light. Art museums, beaches, aquariums, wildlife and cultural districts provide countless immersive activities for the family. All-day kid-centric destinations If you’re looking for a full day of fun things to do in Miami with kids, these family-friendly local spots will keep you going until dinnertime (and maybe even after). Indoors Phillip & Patricia Frost Museum of Science (aka Frost Science) With a three-level aquarium, dome-screened planetarium, elaborate mirror maze and plenty of hands-on exhibits, Frost Science is both fun and educational for kids of all ages. Why kids approve: Almost every exhibit is interactive and includes a hands-on, sensorial activity. Why parents approve: Parents will get to see their kids learn science and enjoy time in the museum. Miami Children’s Museum Playing pretend is the name of the game at the Miami Children’s Museum. Your kids will have a blast exploring the kid-sized bank, cruise ship, grocery store, construction zone, firehouse and other interactive exhibits Why kids approve: Kids get to fuel their imagination with the museum’s mini replicas of real-life places. Why parents approve: The fun exhibits teach kids about everyday subjects like health, wellness and careers. Outdoors Zoo Miami Miami’s subtropical climate allows Zoo Miami to keep animals normally only seen south of the equator. The 750-acre zoo is home to more than 3,000 animals, plus several children’s play areas and rides for even more adventure. Why kids approve: Animals and play areas — need we say more? Why parents approve: The zoo has multiple cafes, restaurants and vending machines throughout to keep everyone fed and comfortable. Miami Seaquarium Miami Seaquarium offers many interactive experiences for families looking for kid-friendly fun in Key Biscayne. Cool off in the splash zone of the aquarium’s dolphin and seal shows, and get up close and personal with the wildlife through a dolphin encounter, scuba-like reef encounter, sea turtle exhibit or seal swim. Why kids approve: Big animal encounters are sure to excite any kid. Why parents approve: The Seaquarium is a fantastic place for parents to keep kids entertained and get a cool respite from the heat. Everglades Alligator Farm Experience the Everglades like a true adventurer by taking an airboat ride to see alligators in the wild, then watch professionals feed and handle alligators and snakes in a live show. Why kids approve: What’s more fun than seeing adults interact with alligators? Why parents approve: Parents can introduce their kids to wild animals in a safe and educational environment. Jungle Island Take the kids on a stroll through an Everglades exhibit and see a variety of wildlife including tortoises, parrots, kangaroos, lemurs and exotic birds at Jungle Island, an interactive zoological park. Why kids approve: There are many rare and exotic creatures for kids to discover. Why parents approve: A combo zoo and waterpark gives parents the best bang for their buck. Oleta River State Park Go for a family bike ride on one of the many bike trails at Oleta River State Park. As the largest urban park in Florida, Oleta River State Park offers all-day family fun. Why kids approve: The miles and miles of bicycle trails make it safer for beginners. Why parents approve: It’s an ideal place for parents to enjoy active time with their kids of all ages. Requires a swimsuit Venetian Pool If the heat has you and your kids longing for a dip in some cool waters, the Venetian Pool in Coral Gables is a stunningly beautiful option for those over 3 years old. Its waterfalls and grottos make it extra fun for kids to explore. Why kids approve: The shallow pool is perfect for all-day play, and ice cream and pizza will keep the young ones going for hours. Why parents approve: Beyond packing a swimsuit, Venetian Pool provides everything you might need for a family outing. Tidal Cove Seven waterslides, splash pads, a surf simulator, rentable cabanas and a lazy river make Miami’s Tidal Cove water park a refreshing time for everyone. Why kids approve: Young thrill-seekers will love the waterslides and surfing simulators. Why parents approve: You can kick back with a cocktail while the kids slip and slide all afternoon. If you’re in the neighborhood If your grownup plans are taking priority but you want to keep the littles content, here are some no-prep, quick, fun things to do in Miami with kids. Indoors The Poppet Project Located in the El Portal neighborhood, The Poppet Project defines itself as a children’s drop-in art, craft and science studio where kids can have access to all the art and craft supplies they need to get creative. Why kids approve: From paint to molding sand, the possibilities for creativity are endless. Why parents approve: Kids can get creative and make a mess — and you don’t have to clean it up! Skyviews Miami Want to see Miami from above? The huge observation Ferris wheel at Skyviews Miami offers 15- to 20-minute rides in climate-controlled gondola cars with epic views of the city from 200 feet in the air. Why kids approve: A Ferris wheel is one of those rides almost any kid will enjoy. Why parents approve: It’s a comfortable ride for the whole family, and kids under 4 ride for free. Outdoors Lee & Tina Hills Playground If your kids just need to work out some wiggles, stop by this soft-surface playground with a huge play sculpture at Bayfront Park in downtown Miami. Why kids approve: The playground offers various play sculptures like a pirate ship, slides and waves along with sculptures of turtles, manatees and dolphins. Why parents approve: Bayfront Park’s open lawns, walkways and performance venues provide many options for relaxing, playing and exercising. Wynwood Walls The colorful Wynwood arts district is home to more than 70 galleries and museums, with bright murals everywhere you look. Wynwood Walls is an outdoor museum/park with 35 larger-than-life murals, plenty of green space and free entry for ages 12 and under. Why kids approve: Kids have the freedom to roam and run around anywhere in the museum. Why parents approve: Neighboring restaurants make it easy to fuel up while watching kids do what they do best. Cape Florida Light A beloved cultural landmark and the oldest structure in Miami-Dade, the Cape Florida Light combines history and adventure. Bring the kids here for a guided tour. Why kids approve: Young adventurers love to climb to the top of the 65-foot lighthouse for a breathtaking view of Key Biscayne. Why parents approve: Kids get to learn some history. Plus, the nearby Bill Baggs State Park is available for relaxing on the sand and swimming. Last-minute fun Here are our top picks for fun family-friendly things to do in Miami with kids when you only have a couple of hours – pair it with a meal or ice cream, and you’ll have a happy crew. Indoors Launch Trampoline Park Located right next to Miami-Dade Airport, this park takes regular sports like basketball, dodgeball and gymnastics and amps them up with trampoline surfaces. Why kids approve: The ninja course and slack line with foam-filled crash pits below are perfect for kids who want to test their stunt skills. Why parents approve: Any activity that balances thrill and safety should be a win in your book. Artechouse For something fresh and different that will captivate curiosity-seekers of all ages, check out Artechouse, a digital interactive art gallery experience in Miami’s South Beach. Why kids approve: Curious kids love touching everything they see, and here it’s no exception. Every installation is tactile and interactive. Why parents approve: Kids aren’t the only ones who can have fun here — there’s plenty for adults to enjoy. FunDimension FunDimension in Wynwood caters to kids and adults with laser tag, bumper cars, an indoor playground, arcade and a world-class restaurant and lounge. Why kids approve: There are options for kids of any age. Plus, bumper cars — who doesn’t like those? Why parents approve: You can watch the little ones have fun while sipping beer or coffee. Outdoors Thriller Miami Speedboat Adventures Bring your kiddos over age 3 and hop in a speedboat for a 45-minute riding-the-waves tour around the Port of Miami. Check out multimillion-dollar waterfront mansions, the Miami skyline and more. Why kids approve: Adventurous youngsters will go nuts for the speed and thrill of the tour. Why parents approve: It’s a thrill for everyone in the family, especially parents who want to cruise the water “Miami Vice”-style. David T. Kennedy Park Bring a picnic, a frisbee and the dog to this picturesque waterfront park on Biscayne Bay. Why kids approve: The shaded playground and greenspace provide plenty of room to roam. Why parents approve: Kennedy Park is a great place to relax while the kids enjoy themselves. Requires a swimsuit Flamingo Park A beach walk-in leads to a 36-acre park with playgrounds and swimming pools. You can swim in the larger pool area, head to the playground or enjoy one of the many sports courts at Flamingo Park. Why kids approve: Kids will love the aquatic play area, tire swings and swimming pools in this multi-use park. Why parents approve: Flamingo Park is a great last-minute option for families looking for a spot to cool off. Matheson Hammock Park If you want a beach experience without the risk of waves for little ones, the artificial bayfront "atoll pool" at Matheson Hammock Park is a great option. Nature trails and convenient canoe and kayak rentals are other reasons why locals love this park. Why kids approve: The park offers an open but safe place for kids to splash around, and a centrally located playground provides another option for fun. Why parents approve: This feels like a trip to the beach without the trouble, and parking is usually plentiful. It's a great place to relax for a few hours and enjoy a picnic. Find your sunny retreat in Miami If Miami is calling to you, perhaps it’s time to find your new home away from home. Explore our Miami listings so you can start making unforgettable memories in your second home today. Each Pacaso home is outfitted with kid-friendly amenities to make family time a breeze.
Don’t get us wrong: With superstars like Phil Mickelson playing courses like PGA West and La Quinta, we know the Palm Springs golfing scene is on par with the world’s best. But if fairways and sand traps aren’t for you, don’t worry – there are plenty of other things to do in Palm Springs besides golf. Broaden your horizons Living Desert Zoo & Gardens With a focus on conservation and ecological responsibility, the nonprofit Living Desert Zoo & Gardens is home to over 500 animals representing more than 150 species, with habitats mimicking those found in Africa and Australia. Palm Springs Air Museum Rated as one of the best in the world, the Palm Springs Air Museum not only offers visitors an up-close look at decommissioned aircraft, but also wheels-up flights in several historic planes, including the T-33 Shooting Star jet trainer and PT-17 Stearman. Wind farm tour If you’ve ever spotted those giant white turbines towering above the desert and wondered how they work, you’ll find the answer at a Palm Springs Windmill Tour. The private wind farms in Palm Springs and the Coachella Valley offer both self-driving tours and bring-your-own-bike tours. Moorten Botanical Garden At only one acre, it may be small, but the Moorten Botanical Garden is mighty. This private arboretum and popular Palm Springs event venue boasts an ever-changing landscape with over 3,000 different plants native to the desert. IG-worthy photo ops Sonny Bono statue Perched on the edge of a fountain in beautiful downtown Palm Springs, Sonny Bono’s statue will have you singing, “I got you, babe,” as you snap a selfie at this memorial to the music icon and former Palm Springs mayor. Lucille Ball statue If you love Lucy, be sure to stop by and grab a selfie with her likeness cast in bronze on Palm Canyon Drive. Say, “cheese” – or better yet, “Vitameatavegamin!” Volkswagen spider It may have started out as a bug, but it graduated to a full-on arachnid when the welders at now-defunct Hole in the Wall Welding took a VW Beetle and added eight larger-than-life legs. The property is now a private home, but you can still snap a pic of the creepily awesome Volkswagen VW Beetle Spider while you’re in Palm Springs. Walk of Stars Take a pic with some of the most famous names of years past – Ginger Rogers, Elizabeth Taylor, Frank Sinatra, Marilyn Monroe, Elvis Presley and more – at the Palm Springs Walk of Stars as it winds its way through downtown. Baby statues Like an eerie, crawling army in a giant sandbox, “The Babies” is the work of artist David Černý, and its anti-consumerism message will either inspire you … or give you nightmares. (May the odds be ever in your favor.) Nature and scenery Palm Springs Aerial Tramway Among the more popular things to do in Palm Springs, the aerial tramway gives you a chance to beat the heat. Take a 10-minute ride in a rotating tram car to Mt. San Jacinto State Park, and enjoy the cooler mountain air and stunning views from over 8,000 feet above Coachella Valley. Tahquitz Canyon Located on the Cahuilla Indian Reservation, Tahquitz Canyon and Indian Canyons have beautifully maintained hiking trails, including a two-mile loop that leads to a magical 60-foot waterfall. Sunnylands Estate Twelve acres of public gardens await you at Sunnylands Estate, the site of several presidential summits. Tours of the property’s sprawling mansion sell out quickly, so book early. Coachella Nature Preserve With rare wildlife, native plants and several palm oases, Coachella Nature Preserve is a pristine 20,000-acre wilderness ideal for hiking, horseback riding and birdwatching. Delightfully kitschy International Banana Museum Indulge in a banana milkshake as you explore more than 25,000 banana-related items in the one-of-a-kind International Banana Museum about an hour outside of Palm Springs. World Famous Crochet Museum Made even more famous thanks to its appearance in HSBC ads around the globe, the pint-sized World Famous Crochet Museum in Joshua Tree is always open, with museum curators Bunny (a crochet dog) and Buddy (a crochet alligator) on hand to welcome visitors. Cabazon Dinosaurs Be sure to add the iconic roadside Cabazon Dinosaurs to your list of things to do in Palm Springs. Dinny, a brontosaurus replica, and Mr. Rex, a tyrannosaurus rex, can be seen from Interstate 10, and their prehistoric attractions include a gift shop, fossil dig and a museum with a unique take on Earth’s natural history. Nightlife and fun with friends Agua Caliente Casino You’ll feel like you’ve crossed the state border when you enter the Las Vegas-esque 24-hour Agua Caliente Casino. When you need a break from flirting with Lady Luck, enjoy live entertainment and cocktails at the Cascade Lounge. Escape Room Palm Springs If you have an adventurous spirit and a penchant for puzzles, Escape Room Palm Springs has six escape room experiences for you to try. Purple Room & Supper Club Be transported back to Palm Springs’ golden era when Frank Sinatra and Dean Martin crooned onstage at the Purple Room and Supper Club at the Club Trinidad Hotel. The club continues the tradition of live entertainment ranging from comedy shows to jazz. Art, architecture and fashion Palm Springs Visitors Center Designed as a gas station in 1965, this space-age building has been repurposed as the landmark Palm Springs Visitors Center, and it’s worth visiting for the architecture alone. Palm Canyon Drive boutiques and galleries If you’re in the market for something unique or couture, the shops and galleries along the palm-lined Palm Canyon Drive provide a one-of-a-kind shopping experience. Stop by on a Thursday to enjoy VillageFest, a lively outdoor street fair. Palm Springs Art Museum The Palm Springs Art Museum features contemporary artwork, paintings and sculpture centered around the many layers of desert culture, including Indigenous Americans and the American West. Architecture tour Home to several Mid-Century Modern architectural gems, the Historic Tennis Club and Old Las Palmas neighborhoods of Palm Springs are rich in design history. Plan your own tour to check out the Palm Springs Tennis Club, the Del Marcos Hotel and Elvis’s Honeymoon Hideaway, or schedule a guided tour to hit all the Palm Springs architecture highlights. Live like a local If the charm of Palm Springs has you itching for more of its sunshine and intrigue, check out Pacaso’s Palm Springs listings and learn how Pacaso’s co-ownership LLC model can help you own a luxury hideaway in this desert oasis.
With its Old Hollywood charm and understated contemporary glamor, Palm Springs is the perfect getaway if you’re looking to kick back and relax in the sun. But buying a second home in Palm Springs isn’t only about the laid-back ambiance – the town also boasts an ideal location, steady real estate appreciation and short term rental ordinances that protect homeowners. Read on to learn more about what this classic desert oasis has to offer second home buyers. Abundant sunshine Expect to enjoy 350 days of sunshine in Palm Springs each year, with an average of 3,233 hours of golden rays warming its desert sands annually. You’ll very rarely – if ever – have to worry about rain ruining your outdoor plans. While it’s true that Palm Springs summers are scorchers, the cooler nearby San Jacinto Mountains offer a welcome respite. Spring, winter and fall in Palm Springs are usually milder, with winter highs in the 70s and highs in the early spring in the mid-80s. The average high for the city is 89, and the average low is 60. Location, location, location Palm Springs is less than two hours from Los Angeles by car, and just over two hours from San Diego. It’s also within a day’s drive of Phoenix, Tucson and Las Vegas. If you live in one of these metropolitan hubs, buying a second home in Palm Springs gives you a convenient weekend getaway. If you’re not from the West, buying a second home in Palm Springs can provide you with a convenient home base to explore exciting cities across California, Nevada and Arizona. As an added bonus, Palm Springs International Airport was named one of the top 10 most stress-free airports in the U.S. by smartertravel.com. Fun in the sun In the past, Palm Springs has been geared toward the snowbird set, with entertainment options focused on golf, tennis, shopping, gardens and museums. But escape rooms, spas, live comedy shows and jeep tours have started cropping up around town, catering to a more adventurous demographic. Casinos, bars, concert venues and fine dining establishments also rev up the city’s nightlife, and the surrounding protected wilderness areas are drawing more outdoor enthusiasts to the region for hiking, rock climbing and other daytime desert adventures. International attractions Host to major international events for golf, music and film, Palm Springs is steadily climbing the ladder onto the world stage. Don’t be surprised if buying a second home in Palm Springs has you rubbing elbows with some superstars. The PGA Tour comes to town every January at Palm Springs courses like PGA West and La Quinta Country Club, featuring big names like Phil Mickelson and Adam Long. January is also when the city hosts the Palm Springs International Film Festival, which has drawn A-list celebrities like Jennifer Lopez, Antonio Banderas and Robert DeNiro. If music is more your thing, you’ll love Coachella. Hosted at the Empire Polo Club in nearby Indio, Coachella is one of the most famous music festivals in the world. Headliners regularly include artists like Beyonce, Madonna, Coldplay and Lady Gaga. Limited short-term vacation rentals The city of Palm Springs has tough restrictions on short-term rental properties like Airbnbs. Short-term rentals are limited to one property per owner, and owners must pay an annual fee to register the property as a short-term rental with the city. Other ordinances include in-person guest check-in, signed guest contracts and limits on numbers of guests. Owners are charged hefty fines for noncompliance. These strict rules are designed to ensure a higher quality of life for residents, which is great if you’re thinking of buying a second home in Palm Springs. Restrictions also free up real estate inventory for buyers, since investors can’t snatch up multiple properties for vacation rental listings. Rising home values Real estate values in Palm Springs are experiencing steady growth, rising an average of 10.9% year over year. Over the past 20 years, natural real estate appreciation in the area has reached an accumulated 147%. As prices continue to rise, it’s the perfect time to let Pacaso help you find your Palm Springs dream home. Pacaso’s proven LLC co-ownership structure makes buying a second home in Palm Springs more attainable and less hassled, so you can start enjoying all that Palm Springs has to offer.
Ask a group of skiers about the best ski towns in the country, and chances are you’ll hear more recommendations than you can keep track of. Some might say it’s all about the mountain, while others will gush about the local vibe and après-ski experience. There’s no right answer — it just depends on what you’re looking for. But if you want to check out someplace new on your next ski vacation and your requirements include great skiing and a great place to enjoy your off-slope time, these 10 communities are among the best the U.S. has to offer. Let's take the tour! 1. Vail, Colorado Vail is one of the country’s best-known ski towns, and for good reason. Nestled in a valley between two mountain ranges, Vail boasts spectacular views from any vantage point and is the gateway to Colorado’s largest ski area, Vail Ski Resort. Covering 5,300 acres, the resort is known for its big-powder bowl skiing and advanced runs, but it also offers a nice mix of gladed terrain and beginner-friendly runs. Setting itself apart from the other best ski towns in Colorado, Vail was intentionally built as a ski community. Modeled in the style of a Bavarian village, the town is designed for pedestrians to pop into one of the many upscale shops and restaurants that are just steps away from Vail’s assortment of luxury hotels. The small-town yet swanky atmosphere attracts celebs and CEOs, but the skiing and scenery draws anyone who loves the mountains. Just be prepared for high-end prices, from lodging, dining and shopping in town to lift tickets at the resort. 2. Aspen, Colorado South of Vail, Aspen rivals its neighbor to the north as one of the country’s best ski towns, with epic skiing and plenty of off-the-slopes amenities. Like many small towns in the region, it was originally a mining camp — historic buildings line the main street today. It offers easy access to four ski areas: Aspen Mountain is closest to town, with a mix of intermediate and advanced runs. Snowmass is the biggest Aspen-area resort, with ski-in, ski-out lodging and a bustling base area. Buttermilk has gentler slopes for beginners and a good number of intermediate runs. Aspen Highlands is known as the locals’ mountain, and has smaller crowds, expert runs and unmatched terrain. When you’re not on the mountain, the town has plenty to offer, including fine dining, galleries, festivals and museums showcasing the area’s history. Like Vail, the A-list crowd flocks to Aspen, and it’s a popular second home location for the rich and famous, so don’t expect bargains unless you visit during the off-season. 3. Breckenridge, Colorado Less than a two-hour drive southwest of Denver, Breckenridge is easily accessible from the capital city and bursting with charm. Founded during the Colorado Gold Rush, Breckenridge is a down-to-earth ski town with Victorian-era roots. You’ll find its historic main street lined with cute shops, a handful of local breweries and a variety of lodging options. When you’re ready to ski, hop on a free shuttle from town and head up to Breckenridge Ski Resort. The mountain is known for its five peaks each with unique terrain, and offers the highest lift-served terrain in North America. With a good balance of beginner/intermediate and advanced/expert runs spread across 187 trails, skiers of all levels can enjoy the experience. Unlike Vail and Aspen, both the mountain and town of Breckenridge cater to more of the local crowd, while still providing plenty of amenities for travelers looking for a more laid-back, less ritzy atmosphere. 4. Telluride, Colorado Located in southwestern Colorado on the Western Slope, Telluride is another former mining town that has gradually transformed itself into a premier ski vacation destination. Telluride Ski Resort is a family-friendly resort with 2,000 acres of skiable terrain, including both plenty of trails for beginners and long steep runs like a 4.6-mile run covering a portion of the mountain’s 4,425-foot vertical drop. The mountain gets lots of sunshine and loads of snow, which means beautiful views and big powder throughout the ski season. It's easy to get around with the free gondola that shuttles skiers between the base and downtown Telluride. The ski town has an authentic Western sensibility, smaller crowds compared to the state’s chic resorts, and a more relaxed community atmosphere. You can expect good times in town and great skiing on the mountain. 5. Bend, Oregon Bend is known for its year-round outdoor adventures, including rock climbing, water sports, golf (including three courses at the luxury Sunriver Resort just south of town) and, of course skiing, at nearby Mt. Bachelor, Oregon’s premier ski resort. The largest city in Central Oregon’s high desert, Bend was once a sleepy logging town, but it has grown into a lively city and vacation hotspot in recent decades. The revitalized downtown core offers a plethora of small distilleries and craft breweries, earning it the status of “Beer City USA.” However, it’s also a haven for families with a mix of boutiques, cafes and an active arts community. This ski town is an ideal base camp for skiers heading up to Mt. Bachelor, one of the top 10 largest ski resorts in the country with more 4,300 acres of lift-accessible terrain. Terrain is evenly split between beginner/intermediate and advanced runs, so novice and expert skiers alike can enjoy plenty of challenging runs all day long. 6. Lake Tahoe, California and Nevada The Lake Tahoe region, high in the Sierra Nevadas, is home to some 14 major ski areas, so there’s truly something for everyone. It’s hard to choose a single best ski town, but standout resorts include Palisades Tahoe and Heavenly — the two largest near the lake. Palisades Tahoe is famous for hosting the 1960 Winter Olympics and offers long, steep runs with stunning views. Its two mountains boast a combined area of 6,000 acres and a fairly even distribution of beginner, intermediate and advanced runs. The base town, The Village at Palisades Tahoe, was designed with après-ski in mind. You’ll find resort-quality lodging and dozens of boutiques and restaurants. Plus, you don’t have to drive far to reach several other quaint North Lake Tahoe communities, each with unique personalities and ski-town amenities. Heavenly Ski Resort spans South Lake Tahoe, California, and Stateline, Nevada. The resort offers 4,800 skiable acres and the highest elevation in Tahoe. South Lake Tahoe is both a ski town and party town known for its nightlife and club scene, making it one of the best ski towns to live in year-round. Over in Stateline, you can try your luck at one of the many casinos. 7. Park City, Utah The former Utah mining town of Park City has come a long way from its rustic roots. Considered by many as one of the best ski towns in Utah, Park City couples historic charm with modern amenities. Cinema lovers and stars flock here for the annual Sundance Film Festival, and you’ll find chic dining and shopping establishments throughout downtown. Luxury lodging, boutiques, spas and breathtaking scenery make Park City an upscale vacation destination. Take your pick of two world-class ski resorts near town: Park City Mountain and Deer Valley Resort. Both resorts hosted events during the 2002 Winter Olympics and remain a training ground for the U.S. Ski Team. Park City Mountain has the largest ski area in the country, and seasoned skiers can hone their skills on the mixed terrain. At around 2,000 acres, Deer Valley is considerably smaller — but it’s also less crowded and offers more beginner runs, making it a great option for newer skiers. 8. Jackson, Wyoming Picture a classic Western mountain town, and you may envision a place like Jackson, Wyoming. Situated in the Jackson Hole valley among forests and two mountain ranges and far from major cities, Jackson feels remote and rugged. As the area’s industry transitioned from timber to tourism in recent years, Jackson has gained increasing popularity as one of the best ski towns in the West. It has all the amenities like shops, restaurants and luxury lodging while retaining its frontier-like appeal. You won’t find the glitz and glam of Vail or Squaw Valley, but Jackson offers beautiful wilderness and a relaxed pace of life. It’s also the gateway to three ski resorts, including the popular being Jackson Hole Mountain Resort. The resort encompasses 2,500 acres and provides an abundance of advanced runs, plenty of intermediate runs and a few beginner trails. The resort borders Grand Teton National Park, and you’ll get the best views by taking the aerial tram up to the resort’s highest point on Rendezvous Mountain. For experienced skiers, the tram also provides access to one of the steepest runs in North America: Corbet’s Couloir, a chute that terrifies and thrills skiers who dare to test their skills. 9. Sun Valley, Idaho Sun Valley, Idaho is one of the oldest planned ski towns in the country and was developed at a time when alpine skiing was starting to gain momentum in the U.S. The resort opened in 1936 and included the world’s first chairlifts (don’t worry, they’ve been replaced since then). Throughout the decades, Sun Valley has attracted celebrities and other icons, from Ernest Hemingway in the 1930s to Arnold Schwarzenegger, who currently owns a second home there and has a ski run named after him. The Sun Valley area includes the town of Ketchum just west of the resort, which is an outdoor paradise with a vibrant arts community. As newer, swankier resorts have cropped up throughout the West, Sun Valley Resort may feel a bit old school to some — but it’s also more affordable, with excellent skiing for all levels. Novice skiers can access gentle trails on Dollar Mountain and large proportion of beginner runs, while experts will find fun and challenging bowls on Bald Mountain. 10. Stowe, Vermont Stowe is a picture-perfect New England ski town. This quaint Vermont village exudes Americana — think malt shops, white steepled churches and main street parades — plus a healthy dose of the Austrian Alps. In fact, the real von Trapp family settled here in the 1940s after fleeing their native Austria because the town reminded them of their alpine home. They built the Trapp Family Lodge, which was later rebuilt after a fire and now offers a full European-style resort experience. Stowe offers lots of local charm, with live music, breweries, friendly residents and affordable family activities. Stowe Mountain Resort packs 116 quality trails across 485 acres, with a mix of beginner and expert runs and a large variety of intermediate trails. If a trip to the West is out of reach, this gem of the East is a great choice for skiers of all levels and deserves its spot at the top of the list of the best ski towns in Vermont. Pacaso has stunning second homes in some of the best ski towns in the West. So, if Park City, Lake Tahoe, or any of the Colorado mountain towns caught your eye, there might be a luxury home with your name on it.
Whether you’re ready to hit the slopes of some of the best ski resorts in Tahoe or need a luxurious mountain getaway, we’ve got you covered. Lake Tahoe ski resorts are renowned for their well-groomed trails and world-class gastronomy. While North Tahoe ski resorts cater to families, a South Lake Tahoe ski resort will place you in the heart of vibrant nightlife, dining and other attractions. Let’s explore the 11 best ski resorts in Tahoe: Note: The airport mentioned throughout is the Reno-Tahoe International. 1. Boreal Mountain California Best known for: Affordable pricing and indoor activities Distance from the airport: 45 miles Pricing: Adult day pass: $49 on weekdays, $99 during peak season Adult season pass: $549 Run breakdown: 41 total Easy: 26% of runs Intermediate: 29% of runs Advanced: 45% of runs Boreal Mountain California is a beloved ski resort that offers a range of winter activities for all levels of snow sports enthusiasts. With 41 ski and snowboard trails, eight terrain parks, a 13-foot mini pipe and a dedicated tubing area, it quickly became a hub of winter fun. The resort also offers rental equipment and lessons to ensure a great experience for everyone. Boreal's Woodward Tahoe facility makes this resort perfect for families, featuring indoor trampolines, skateboarding and more for children of all ages. Only 30 minutes away from Truckee, Truckee Donner Lodge is a charming place to stay and worth the scenic drive to the mountains. 2. Tahoe Donner Downhill Ski Resort Best known for: Being the best place for beginner skiers Distance from the airport: 43 miles Pricing: Adult day pass: $90 ($110 in peak season) Adult season pass: $607 Run breakdown: 17 total Easy: 40% of runs Intermediate - advanced: 60% of runs Tahoe Donner Downhill Ski Resort is a cozy retreat for visitors seeking a mix of winter activities and mountain-top relaxation. With both youth and senior lessons available, this resort is a great first stop for beginner skiers of all ages. While on top of Eagle Rock Summit, don’t forget to take in the astounding views of Lake Tahoe. The resort's Snowplay area has space for little ones to enjoy tubing and sledding. After playing in the snow, visit The Lodge Restaurant & Pub for a warm meal and fireside drinks. Less than three miles away is Donner Lake Village, offering lakefront cabins and rooms with a view of the water. 3. Royal Gorge Cross Country Ski Resort Best known for: Cross country skiing Distance from the airport: 50 miles Pricing: Adult day pass: $50 Adult season pass: $210 Run breakdown: 103 total Easy: 17% of runs Intermediate: 45% of runs Advanced: 26% of runs Expert: 12% of runs Royal Gorge Cross Country Ski Resort, in the heart of the stunning Sierra Nevada Mountains, is a haven for Nordic and cross-country skiing enthusiasts. With an extensive network of trails, it's a paradise for skiing and snowshoeing. Although it is North America’s largest cross-country skiing resort, there are limited dining options on-site. However, nearby cities like Truckee offer a variety of restaurants and après-ski options. Book a stay at The Village at Sugar Bowl for a ski-in, ski-out experience. 4. Soda Springs Mountain Resort Best known for: Being the longest-running ski resort in California Distance from the airport: 49 miles Pricing: Adult day pass: $50 Adult season pass: $279 Run breakdown: 103 total Easy: 17% of runs Intermediate: 45% of runs Advanced: 26% of runs Expert: 12% of runs Not only is Soda Springs Mountain Resort the longest running ski resort in California, it is also one of the most family-friendly ski resorts in Tahoe. Amidst the Sierra Nevada mountains, Soda Springs features 15 trails and a tubing hill, perfect for exhilarating rides for all ages. Skiers and snowboarders can enjoy the slopes, while young learners can take ski or snowboard lessons at the Planet Kids program. When you’re ready to relax, upscale restaurants like Trokay are nearby, with delicious cocktails and gastronomy experiences abound. Less than 20 minutes away by car, Gravity Haus is a cozy basecamp where you can start and end your day in comfort. 5. Sugar Bowl Resort Best known for: Deep snow along the Sierra Crest ridge line Distance from the airport: 48 miles Pricing: Adult day pass: $163 Adult season pass: $1,199 ($1,299 during peak season) Run breakdown: 103 total Easy: 17% of runs Intermediate: 45% of runs Advanced: 38% of runs Sugar Bowl Resort offers snow lovers everything from world-class skiing and snowboarding on varied terrain to snowshoeing and back-country skiing. Located on top of Donner Summit, Sugar Bowl is only an 90-minute drive from Sacramento and about three hours from San Francisco. After an adventurous day on the slopes, you can savor a delightful dining experience at the resort's restaurants, including the classic Lodge Dining Room and Belt Room Bar. Known as a local ski spot, Sugar Bowl offers fewer accommodation options. However, a couple of nights at the European-style Sugar Bowl Lodge won’t disappoint. 6. Palisades Tahoe Best known for: Being California’s largest ski resort Distance from the airport: 48 miles Pricing: Adult day pass: $149-$237 Adult season pass: $1,599 Run breakdown: 177 total Easy: 25% of runs Intermediate: 45% of runs Advanced: 30% of runs Palisades Tahoe offers an abundance of activities and dining options to enhance your North Tahoe ski resort experience. From skiing and snowboarding on pristine slopes to snowshoeing and ice skating for winter enthusiasts of all levels, there's something for everyone at the largest ski resort in California. Skiers can enjoy two bowls, the Palisades and Alpine Meadows, from November to May. After a day in the snow, indulge in culinary delights at restaurants like Le Chamois & The Loft Bar, a local favorite for pizza and après-ski fun. For a luxurious ski-in, ski-out stay, book your accommodations at Palisades Tahoe Lodging. For a boutique ski hotel experience, enjoy a stay at PlumpJack Inn. 7. Northstar California Resort Best known for: Luxury lodging options Distance from the airport: 40 miles Pricing: Adult day pass: $95 Adult season pass: $949 Run breakdown: 100 total Easy: 13% of runs Intermediate: 60% of runs Advanced: 27% of runs Northstar California Resort is where you can relish world-class skiing and snowboarding on well-groomed trails. Enjoy the serene beauty of the snow-covered landscape while snowshoeing and cross-country skiing. With an 18-foot halfpipe, it’s no wonder why Northstar’s terrain park draws a crowd. Northstar's charming village boasts a variety of restaurants, including on-mountain spots like Summit Smokehouse. If exclusive lake access and luxury spa packages are calling your name, book a stay at The Ritz-Carlton, where spectacular views and modern amenities abound. 8. Diamond Peak Ski Resort Best known for: Uncrowded slopes Distance from the airport: 33 miles Pricing: Adult day pass: $109 weekdays to $124 on weekends Adult season pass: $509 Run breakdown: 30 total Easy: 18% of runs Intermediate: 46% of runs Advanced: 36% of runs Diamond Peak Ski Resort, nestled on the stunning shores of Lake Tahoe, offers a variety of activities and excursions. Although it’s the smallest resort on this list, travelers can still enjoy skiing and snowboarding on slopes featuring lake views and untrampled snow. The resort provides lessons for all levels, making it ideal for beginners and experts who want to escape the crowds. The on-site Snowflake Lodge offers a cozy setting for dining with panoramic views of Lake Tahoe, and locals and visitors enjoy the laid-back atmosphere at the Loft Bar. For those interested in after-hour activities and a free shuttle to the slopes, the Hyatt Regency Lake Tahoe Resort, Spa and Casino is a great accommodation option. 9. Homewood Mountain Resort Best known for: Freestyle skiing at five terrain parks Distance from the airport: 56 miles Pricing: Adult day pass: $159 (up to $279 during peak season) Adult season pass: $949 Run breakdown: 67 total Easy: 15% of runs Intermediate: 40% of runs Advanced: 30% of runs Expert: 15% of run As one of the premier ski resorts in Lake Tahoe, Homewood Mountain Resort has it all. With five terrain parks to choose from, you can enjoy skiing, snowboarding, snowshoeing and cross-country skiing experiences for all levels — with jaw-dropping lake views keeping you company. With five terrain parks, Homewood is an excellent option for freestyle skiers eager to practice their moves. Lakefront dining spots like The West Shore Cafe and Inn double as accommodation options for those who want to remain close to the resort. 10. Heavenly Mountain Resort Best known for: Stunning views of Lake Tahoe Distance from the airport: 58 miles Pricing: Adult day pass: $95 Adult season pass: $949 Run breakdown: 114 total Easy: 7% of runs Intermediate: 60% of runs Advanced: 27% of runs Expert: 6% of runs Heavenly Mountain Resort offers stunning views of Lake Tahoe and multiple discounts for local residents. With its expansive slopes and terrain park, this Lake Tahoe ski resort is a haven for skiers and snowboarders looking for a challenge. Beyond the tree-lined slopes, enjoy scenic gondola rides, snowshoeing and a family-friendly tubing hill. The resort boasts a vibrant village with shops and eateries, like Tamarack Lodge. To experience mountain luxury at its finest, rest up at Zalanta Resort at the Village and enjoy being only steps away from the gondola. 11. Sierra-at-Tahoe Resort Best known for: Challenging slopes with organic obstacles Distance from the airport: 74 miles Pricing: Adult day pass: $125 Adult season pass: $599 Run breakdown: 47 total Easy: 25% of runs Intermediate: 50% of runs Advanced: 25% of runs Sierra-at-Tahoe Resort is home to exceptional Lake Tahoe skiing and snowboarding terrain for all levels. Enjoy gliding down powdery snow on trails like the scenic 2.5-mile Sugar n' Spice run. Those looking for a challenge will fall in love with its advanced trails that feature tree and rock obstacles to maneuver through. The base area features a range of dining options, from grill-style fare at Mama's Kitchen to microbrews and bar bites at The Sierra Pub. Looking for a cozy place to stay nearby? Black Bear Lodge is a charming South Tahoe retreat that has a wide range of rooms and cabins for you to select from. Find your après-ski retreat in Tahoe The best ski resorts in Tahoe offer way more than winter sports. In fact, you can enjoy the Lake Tahoe lifestyle year-round. From hiking the trails in summer to shredding the slopes in winter, North and South Tahoe can easily become a home away from home. If the lake life is calling your name, there are a few things to consider before buying a vacation home in Tahoe. If you are looking for a fully managed turnkey second home, consider the benefits of co-owning a luxury home in the area.
Although it’s a top winter destination, Lake Tahoe transforms into a vibrant summer paradise for hikers, bikers, boaters, golfers, diners and more. If you're planning a Lake Tahoe summer vacation, don’t forget to add some of these adventures to your itinerary. 1. Explore hiking trails With towering mountains, pristine lakes and abundant meadows, Lake Tahoe offers hiking trails for every skill level. Whether you're seeking a challenging multi-day adventure or a leisurely stroll, you'll find unforgettable experiences on these scenic paths. Tahoe Rim Trail The crown jewel of Lake Tahoe's hiking scene, the Tahoe Rim Trail is a 165-mile epic adventure that circles the entire lake basin. Hikers can conquer the entire trail in sections over several days or opt for shorter day hikes along various points. The trail winds through meadows and forests, offering stunning views of the lake and surrounding mountains. Be prepared for significant elevation changes and diverse terrain, but the rewards are unparalleled. Taylor Creek area A great option for families and nature enthusiasts is the Taylor Creek area. Located on the south shore of Lake Tahoe, this region offers a network of easy to moderate trails perfect for a day trip. At the Taylor Creek Visitor Center, you’ll find a starting point for several interpretive trails. The ADA-accessible Rainbow Trail, for example, is a short, paved loop that meanders alongside a creek. For a more adventurous option, follow the Upper and Lower Tallac Creek Trails that teem with wildlife and wildflowers. Mount Tallac Trailhead For experienced hikers seeking a challenging summit adventure, the Mount Tallac Trailhead is a great option. Located near Emerald Bay, this strenuous hike leads to the 9,735-foot peak of Mount Tallac, offering unparalleled views of Lake Tahoe and the surrounding mountains. The trail traverses diverse terrain, including granite slabs, wildflower meadows and alpine forests. Rubicon Trail Calling all off-road enthusiasts: The Rubicon Trail, legendary for its challenging terrain and off-roading adventures, can also be explored on foot. This historic route was originally a Pony Express mail delivery path. It stretches for 22 miles between Lake Tahoe and California's Rubicon River. Be aware that due to the rugged terrain, this hike requires navigation skills and a good fitness level. Fallen Leaf Lake Trail The Fallen Leaf Lake Trail is a fantastic choice for families and casual hikers. Located near South Lake Tahoe, this 3.5-mile out-and-back trail follows along the picturesque shoreline of Fallen Leaf Lake. Along the way, you'll encounter several spots perfect for picnicking or relaxing. Emerald Point Trail For a moderate hike with a historical twist, embark on the Emerald Point Trail. Located near the iconic Vikingsholm mansion in Emerald Bay State Park, this 3.5-mile loop trail offers great lake views. The trail leads to a viewpoint overlooking the mansion and Fannette Island. Hikers can also take a detour to explore the historic Scandinavian-style castle perched on the lakeshore. Glacier Meadow Loop Immerse yourself in a subalpine wonderland on the Glacier Meadow Loop. This 4.3-mile loop trail sits near Spooner Junction on the north shore. As the name suggests, the trail encircles a scenic glacial meadow bursting with wildflowers during the summer. Watch for marmots sunning themselves on rocks and the occasional deer grazing in the meadow. Photo opportunities abound. 2. Head to the beach Lake Tahoe offers the perfect spot to soak up the sun, relax by the crystal-clear water or try out some water activities. Here are a few popular picks for spending a delightful summer day on the shores of Lake Tahoe. Kings Beach State Recreation Area On the lake’s north shore, Kings Beach State Recreation Area is popular for families and those seeking a lively beach experience. This expansive beach features a vast stretch of sandy shoreline, ideal for sunbathing and building sandcastles. In addition to swimming, you can rent kayaks, paddleboards and jet skis for exhilarating water fun. Restrooms, picnic tables and a playground are also available, making Kings Beach a convenient and well-equipped destination. Sand Harbor For a more serene and scenic beach experience, head to Sand Harbor on the north shore. This picturesque beach, backed by towering granite cliffs, boasts crystal-clear turquoise water. Sand Harbor also provides stunning backdrops for stand-up paddleboarding, allowing you to explore hidden coves nearby. Lifeguards are on duty during the peak summer season. Lake Forest Beach Lake Forest Beach is a hidden gem on the north shore. The calm waters of the bay make it a nice spot for splashing around and launching your kayak or paddleboard to explore the shoreline. Lifeguards are on duty during peak season. While there are limited amenities at the beach itself, picnic tables and restrooms are available nearby. Chimney Beach Chimney Beach is a local favorite on the Nevada side of Lake Tahoe, known for its picturesque scenery and relaxed atmosphere. This pebbly beach offers a contrast to the sandy shores elsewhere. The calm, shallow waters are also ideal for families. Avid hikers can also access the beach via a short trail, making it a great option to combine exercise with your beach time. Commons Beach Commons Beach is another gorgeous north shore haven. Playground equipment keeps the little ones entertained, while concession stands offer refreshments and snacks. Restrooms, picnic tables and grills are also available, making Commons Beach a convenient hangout spot for a day at the lake. During the summer, free concerts and movies are hosted at the beach, adding to the festive atmosphere. Baldwin Beach Located on the south shore, Baldwin Beach is well-known for its laid-back atmosphere and scenic beauty. Backed by towering Mount Tallac, this sandy beach offers awesome lake views. Lifeguards are on duty during peak season. Baldwin Beach offers convenient access to the Pope/Baldwin Bike Path, perfect for a scenic bike ride before or after your swim. Pope Beach Pope Beach, another south shore staple, stretches for nearly a mile along the shoreline and offers a variety of activities. This beach boasts calm, clear waters ideal for swimming, kayaking or paddleboarding, with kayak and paddleboard rentals on-site.. For those seeking a pet-friendly vacation, a designated dog zone at the edge of the beach caters to your furry companions. El Dorado Beach El Dorado Beach on the south shore is a lively hub known for its central location, proximity to restaurants and vibrant atmosphere. Picnic tables, grills and a playground keep everyone entertained throughout the day. During the summer, the beach comes alive with live music and community events. Concession stands provide access to snacks, while nearby restaurants cater to various tastes. 3. Play water sports As one of the best lakes in America, Lake Tahoe's pristine waters and stunning scenery create the perfect playground for several sports. From heart-pounding thrills to peaceful exploration, there's an activity for everyone to enjoy. Parasailing Get ready to soar high above the crystal-clear waters and experience breathtaking panoramic views of Lake Tahoe. Parasailing involves being towed behind a boat while securely harnessed to a parachute. Take in the vastness of the lake and the majestic mountains surrounding it — and spot hidden coves from a unique perspective. Parasailing is available at several locations around the lake and caters to solo travelers and adventurers wanting to share the experience with a loved one. Kayaking Kayaking lets you explore the coves and beauty of Lake Tahoe at your own pace. This versatile activity is perfect for all skill levels, allowing you to navigate calm coves or venture out for a longer exploration of the shoreline. Kayaking is a great way to exercise, enjoy the tranquility of the lake and spot local wildlife. Several companies offer kayak rentals and guided tours. Paddleboarding Paddleboarding offers a relaxed way to experience the beauty of this popular vacation home destination. Explore the shoreline by standing on a large, stable board and using a paddle to propel yourself. Enjoy a peaceful sunrise or sunset paddle, or even try your hand at catching some waves. Paddleboarding is a fun and relaxing activity, and provides a full-body workout. Rental shops around the lake offer paddleboards and lessons. Jet skiing For adrenaline junkies seeking an exhilarating adventure, jet skiing on Lake Tahoe is unforgettable. Zip across the water, feeling the spray on your face as you carve through the waves. Admire the dramatic mountain scenery from a different perspective and feel the rush of speed as you power across the lake's vast expanse. Jet ski rentals are available at several marinas around the lake, and most operators also offer guided tours. 4. Go boating Renting a boat or going on a tour is a more sedate way to explore the vastness of Lake Tahoe. Whether you crave a luxurious experience or a lively party on the water, there's a boating option to match your style. The Party Boat Looking to celebrate a special occasion or simply have a fun-filled day on the water? The Party Boat offers private charters perfect for groups of all sizes. The spacious 52-foot yacht boasts comfortable indoor and outdoor decks, a fully equipped kitchen and a dedicated crew to ensure your comfort and enjoyment. Customizing your experience with catering options and water toys is also possible. Zephyr Cove Marina For those seeking a more independent exploration of the lake, Zephyr Cove Marina offers a variety of boat rentals. Choose from pontoon boats — perfect for a relaxing family outing — to sleek deck boats ideal for cruising and exploring solo. No boating experience? No worries. Zephyr Cove Marina offers lessons and guided tours for those who want to learn the ropes before venturing out on their own. Windsong Sailing Yacht Experience the elegance and thrill of sailing on Lake Tahoe with Windsong Sailing Yacht. This luxurious 42-foot vessel — led by an experienced captain and crew — offers private charters for couples, families and small groups. You can relax and enjoy the stunning scenery as the wind propels you across the crystal-clear water. Choose from a variety of tours, including half-day or full-day adventures or customize your itinerary for the ultimate sailing experience. Sail Tahoe Blue Embrace the beauty of Lake Tahoe from the deck of a sailboat with Sail Tahoe Blue. This company offers both public sailing cruises and private charters. Public cruises are a great way to experience sailing on a budget and meet fellow travelers. Sail Tahoe Blue explores the eastern and southern shores of the lake, showcasing iconic landmarks like Castle Rock and Camp Richardson. For a more personalized experience, opt for a private charter. Serenity Yacht Round Hill Pines Indulge in ultimate luxury with Serenity Yacht, offered by Round Hill Pines Resort on the south shore. This private 60-foot yacht offers personalized charters, top-notch service and amenities to ensure a truly luxurious day on the water. 5. Catch some fish Fishing is a great activity when skiing at Lake Tahoe is out of season. Lake Tahoe's crystal-clear waters are teeming with a variety of fish species, making it a haven for anglers. Whether you're a seasoned fly fisher seeking a challenge or a family looking for a relaxing day on the water, there's a fishing experience for you. Fly fishing Fly fishing offers a rewarding way to connect with nature and potentially catch trout varieties. The Truckee River, known for its world-class fly fishing opportunities, flows into Lake Tahoe. Here, experienced anglers can test their skills in navigating the river's currents. Several guided fly fishing outfitters offer instruction, equipment rentals and guided trips to maximize your chances of success. Competitive fishing Lake Tahoe hosts fishing tournaments throughout the year that attract professional and amateur anglers. These events offer a chance to test your skills and potentially win prizes. If you're new to competitive fishing, consider participating in a smaller, local tournament. This can be a fun way to learn the ropes, experience the thrill of competition and connect with local fishing enthusiasts. 6. Chase waterfalls Lake Tahoe's beauty extends beyond the lake itself. Cascading waterfalls hidden amongst the mountains offer a refreshing escape and stunning photo backdrops. Lace up your boots and get ready to breathe in the crisp air of this mountain getaway as we explore some of the most breathtaking falls around Lake Tahoe. Eagle Falls Eagle Falls, located on the California side near Emerald Bay, is a scenic and easily accessible waterfall. A short, paved trail leads you to a viewing platform overlooking the waterfall cascading down granite rocks into a clear pool. The surrounding forest provides a peaceful setting for enjoying the views and the sound of rushing water. Horsetail Falls For a somewhat elusive waterfall experience, seek out Horsetail Falls. This waterfall, located on the California side near Fallen Leaf Lake, is most famous for the "Firefall" phenomenon in winter. However, even without the Firefall, Horsetail Falls is a beautiful cascade worth exploring. The trail to the viewpoint can be steep and uneven, so wear sturdy shoes. Glen Alpine Falls Glen Alpine Falls, on the south shore near Fallen Leaf Lake, offers a picturesque cascade with two sections to explore. A moderate out-and-back trail leads you to a viewing platform for the lower falls, a powerful cascade surrounded by vibrant wildflowers in the summer. For the more adventurous, a continuation of the trail takes you further up to the upper falls, offering a hidden gem tucked in the forest. 7. Bike a trail Lake Tahoe caters to cyclists of all abilities with a diverse network of trails. Cruise along the lakefront on scenic paved paths, enjoying breathtaking vistas and gentle inclines perfect for a leisurely ride. For those seeking a challenge, head into the wilderness on epic mountain bike trails. Whether you're a seasoned cyclist or a casual rider, there's a path waiting to be explored. Flume Trail For experienced mountain bikers seeking a challenging and scenic adventure, the Flume Trail on the Nevada side near Spooner Lake is a must-do. This 14-mile, mostly single-track trail traverses above steep sections, offering gorgeous views of the lake and surrounding mountains. Due to the elevation and challenging terrain, the Flume Trail is best for advanced riders. South Shore Bike Path and Pope-Baldwin Bike Trail A fantastic option for a leisurely ride with stunning lake views is the combination of the South Shore Bike Path and Pope-Baldwin Bike Path on the southern shore. This mostly paved path stretches for over seven miles, following the shoreline from Zephyr Cove near Round Hill Pines Resort to Pope Beach and Baldwin Beach. The path is relatively flat and traffic-free, making it good for families, casual riders and those seeking a scenic route to enjoy the lakefront scenery. Along the way, you can access beaches, parks and historical sites like the Tallac Historic Site. 8. Wine and dine Lake Tahoe offers a delightful culinary scene catering to a variety of tastes and budgets. From fine dining establishments with panoramic views to casual eateries and lively pubs, you're sure to find the ideal spot to unwind and savor delicious food and drinks. Plus, there are plenty of places to stay nearby for gastronomy lovers. Restaurants Lake Tahoe restaurants cater to all kinds of palates. For a romantic evening on a couple’s vacation, indulge in world-class cuisine at a lakefront restaurant. Here are some recommendations: Beach Bums Bar & Grill (South Lake Tahoe): This relaxed restaurant on the beach features a variety of drink specials and innovative California cuisine with global influences. The Grove (North Lake Tahoe): Located at Camp Richardson Resort, The Grove boasts a menu created by an award-winning chef featuring fresh, seasonal dishes prepared with locally sourced ingredients. If you're traveling with family, numerous restaurants offer casual settings with kid-friendly menus and comfortable atmospheres. Some great options include: Riva Grill (South Lake Tahoe): This lively restaurant on the lakefront serves American cuisine focused on fresh seafood and delicious pizzas. The expansive patio with fire pits is great for enjoying a meal with a view. Jason's Beachside Grille (North Lake Tahoe): Located in Kings Beach, the grill has a kid’s menu and American classics like steak, prime rib and ribs. Pub crawls For a social experience, embark on a pub crawl in one of Lake Tahoe's bustling towns, like Heavenly Village or South Lake Tahoe. Take an organized tour or a self-guided adventure to sample local beers, handcrafted cocktails and delicious pub fare at various establishments. Here are some recommended crawls: Tahoe Club Crawl: You’ll travel to four bars and clubs within the Heavenly Village — a mix of lively sports bars, trendy cocktail lounges and local breweries. South Tahoe Beer Trail: Explore the vibrant nightlife scene of South Lake Tahoe, visiting hidden gems and popular hangouts along the way. You'll experience laid-back pubs with outdoor patios and dance clubs with live music. Tahoe Wine Tasting Cruise Combine stunning lake views with exquisite wines on a Tahoe Tasting Cruise. Embark on a scenic journey aboard luxurious yachts like the MS Dixie II departing from Zephyr Cove (South Shore) or the Tahoe Paradise Yacht from Kings Beach (North Shore). Experienced sommeliers guide you through the selections, providing insights into the winemaking process, grape varietals and the distinct characteristics of each wine. Learn about the emerging Lake Tahoe wine region and enjoy the majestic scenery. 9. Attend concerts Lake Tahoe is a vibrant music hub during the summer months, offering a variety of concerts and festivals to cater to all musical tastes. Here's a glimpse of the diverse musical offerings at one of the hottest home markets in California. Lake Tahoe Summer Concert Series This legendary series, held at the picturesque lakeside venue of Harveys Outdoor Arena, has been a staple of the Tahoe summer scene for over 30 years. The Lake Tahoe Summer Concert Series offers artists from a variety of genres who perform under the stars. Live at Lakeview Summer Music Series Held at Kings Beach on the north shore, the free Live at Lakeview Summer Music Series features local and regional bands playing everything from blues and reggae to rock and alternative music. Pack a picnic basket or grab dinner from nearby restaurants, then enjoy the tunes with stunning lakeside views. Squaw Valley Alpine Meadows The Alpine Lodge at Squaw, hosted by Palisades Tahoe, transforms into a summer music destination for renowned artists across various genres. Imagine swaying to the rhythm of your favorite band while surrounded by the majestic Sierra Nevada mountains. The venue offers a stunning backdrop for an unforgettable concert experience, from chart-topping pop stars to legendary jam bands. 10. Shop til you drop Lake Tahoe caters to shoppers of all tastes. From charming boutiques brimming with locally made crafts to world-class brand outlets and sprawling department stores, you can find something to treat yourself. In Tahoe City, don't miss: Round Hill Pines Beach Resort: This historic resort boasts a collection of upscale boutiques offering designer clothing, jewelry and homeware. The Shops at Tahoe City: Browse a variety of stores featuring everything from sportswear and outdoor gear to souvenirs and local artwork. The Village at Palisades Tahoe: This recently renovated village offers a mix of brand-name stores, local boutiques and art galleries. 11. Golf on the green Lake Tahoe offers a plethora of world-class golf courses nestled in the stunning mountain landscape. Here are a few popular picks to tee off in style. Edgewood Tahoe Edgewood Tahoe Golf Course is a legendary course known for its challenging holes and stunning lakefront views. Designed by renowned golf course architect George Fazio, this course has hosted prestigious tournaments, including the American Century Championship. With multiple teeing options, Edgewood Tahoe caters to golfers of all skill levels. Lake Tahoe Golf Course Offering 360-degree panoramic vistas of the surrounding mountains, Lake Tahoe Golf Course is scenic and enjoyable for golfers of all skill levels. Designed by acclaimed architect Robert Trent Jones Jr., the course features a variety of layouts, from challenging championship holes to more forgiving options for beginners. Tahoe Paradise Golf Course For a more relaxed and affordable golfing experience, Tahoe Paradise Golf Course is a great option. Nestled along Highway 50, this shorter course is wonderful for beginners and families. The 18-hole layout offers a good mix of challenge and playability, with forgiving fairways and well-maintained greens. Practice facilities are also available to warm up your swing before hitting the course. Co-own a Lake Tahoe vacation home Lake Tahoe in summer is a dream getaway, but owning a second home may seem out of reach. Pacaso offers a revolutionary approach to experiencing the lake's beauty and recreation: co-ownership. Explore Pacaso's curated selection of Lake Tahoe properties and discover how Tahoe co-ownership can guarantee summer (and year-round) vacation fun in a fully managed, turnkey luxury home.
The United States has no shortage of great vacation destinations to choose from, but if relaxation is your top priority, then certain cities stand out above the rest — especially if they’re easy to travel to. Whether you prefer the beach or the city, we analyzed what makes a relaxing getaway and discovered there’s a lot to consider. You might be surprised to see which cities topped our list. Why visit a relaxing destination? When life gets a little hectic, it’s essential to make time for yourself. Escaping to a new place can help you recharge and feel happier in your day-to-day life. A relaxing destination is one that offers the space, activities and attractions you need to reset, relieve stress and get away from it all. In this study, we looked at destinations with the highest number of top-rated parks and spas, levels of noise pollution and air quality, crime indexes and walkability to get a full picture of what each city is like. These factors contribute to the ease of finding comfort and feeling refreshed in a new city. After combining those factors, we curated a list of the most relaxing places to visit in the United States. 20 most relaxing places to visit Peruse these locations, choose your most zen destination, then get packing — whether it’s for a one-time relaxing getaway in a vacation rental or to scope out a future second home destination. 1. Alexandria, Virginia Next door to the nation’s capital, Alexandria wears the crown as the most relaxing place to visit in the United States. With two major airports nearby and multiple train lines into the city, it’s easy to get there, and the free public bus system is a convenient way to get around while you’re visiting. The city has about 950 acres of green space and 30 recreation centers to help its residents and visitors de-stress. The Mount Vernon Trail connects miles of paved paths for joggers and cyclists to enjoy along the waterfront. The historic Old Town section of the city is extremely walkable, making it easy to visit its many shops and restaurants. 2. Boulder, Colorado Only 25 miles northwest of Denver, Boulder is the peaceful alternative to the congestion of big city life. Nestled near the foothills of the Rocky Mountains, Boulder can provide the necessary fix of nature you need to feel rejuvenated. The nearest major airport is almost 50 miles away. While that may add an extra hurdle for out-of-staters looking for a vacation spot, it also greatly reduces the overall amount of noise pollution you’ll experience while you're there. If your idea of relaxation still requires a bit of activity, the surrounding area offers world-class rock climbing routes of varying difficulty. Chautauqua Park provides popular hiking trails around the Green Mountain Flatirons. Boulder has also been featured on other top-city lists like AARP’s Top 10 Healthiest Cities to Live and Retire and the Gallup-Healthways Well-being Index, showcasing the quality of life it has to offer its visitors and residents. 3. Madison, Wisconsin People are starting to recognize the many advantages of living in Madison — which may be why it's the fastest-growing city in Wisconsin, according to the 2020 census. The city has the highest number of public parks per capita when compared to the 100 largest cities in the country. There are 12.7 parks and seven playgrounds for every 10,000 residents. Mad City received the “Platinum Bicycle Friendly Community” rating by providing safe bike paths to its residents, greatly increasing its appeal as a peaceful place to visit in the U.S. since you could potentially ditch your car altogether. Recreational enthusiasts have a variety of year-round options. The many state trails are used by bicyclists in the summer and cross-country skiers in the winter. Madison's five surrounding lakes — Mendota, Monona, Waubesa, Kegonsa and Wingra — allow you to spend time sailing or ice fishing, depending on the season. The Dane County Farmers Market is the largest producer-only farmers market in the country, satisfying all your fresh produce, meat and cheese needs in an open-air environment. 4. Clearwater, Florida Situated next to the Gulf of Mexico, Clearwater has all the sun and sand your inner beach bum can hope for in a vacation spot. Tripadvisor ranks Clearwater Beach as one of the top 25 beaches in the country. Unlike many Florida beach towns, Clearwater doesn’t get overrun with wild spring break energy. It’s known as a calm family vacation destination with unbeatable weather. Clearwater is close to two international airports, making it a convenient destination for out-of-staters. The Clearwater Jolley Trolley provides easy and cheap commuting throughout the city and the beach. To further simplify travel, the Clearwater Ferry allows you to bypass traffic and parking hassles at multiple locations throughout Pinellas County. 5. Charleston, South Carolina Charleston has a thriving tourism industry that often puts it at the top of city rankings. In 2016, Travel + Leisure named it the greatest city in the world, but what makes it one of the best relaxing places to visit in the U.S. in 2022? For starters, it has the beachfront access and amazing weather many people seek out for their vacations. Get beautiful city views from atop a paddleboard or from the comfort of a chartered boat in Charleston Harbor. Visit one of Charleston’s many top-tier spas to be surrounded by a relaxing atmosphere while receiving body treatments or massage therapy. Or spend the day at a golf resort to receive your daily dose of vitamin D and physical activity. But it’s not only the activities that will help you to relax — Charlestonians can also help you to decompress. Southern Living named Charleston the most polite and hospitable city in America. 6. Tampa, Florida Our second Florida destination is the third-most populated city in the state and a neighbor to Clearwater. Tampa visitors benefit from some of the accommodations one would expect in a big city while retaining the leisurely spirit of a relaxing destination. Enjoy sunny waterfront views along the 2.5-mile Tampa Riverwalk as you walk or bike to many local attractions. Rent a bike from stations all over the city. Or ride the rails — the TECO line streetcar connects downtown with historic neighborhoods. Tampa has over 30 top-rated spas to keep your body loose and your mind free, plus 2,286 acres of beaches and parkland for lounging to your heart’s content. 7. Virginia Beach, Virginia Virginia Beach, our second relaxing destination in Virginia, has less of the relaxed professionalism of Alexandria and more of an East Coast surfing vibe. This oceanfront city is well-known for its resorts, with hundreds of hotels filling its coast. Virginia Beach is in the Guinness Book of Records for the longest pleasure beach in the world, at about 35 miles. The Resort City has one of the best park systems in the country, with over 4,000 acres of green space. In 2013, the park system was ranked eighth in the nation by the Trust for Public Land. The city is served by two international airports for ease of access. Although the city has the lowest walkability score out of our top ten cities, it has comprehensive bus and train services to ease travel during your stay. 8. Providence, Rhode Island Providence is one of the most densely populated cities in the country, which helps explain why it has the highest walkability score among our top 10 cities. At one time, the city boasted the eighth-highest percentage of pedestrian commuters in the country, making it the perfect vacation spot for visitors without cars. The city has roughly 1,200 acres of parkland. Roger Williams Park alone has about 472 acres and houses a zoo, planetarium and botanical center. Staying true to its New England roots, it has cobblestone paved walkways giving it a quaint charm. It was one of the first cities established in the U.S., so it is teeming with historical buildings that are prime for a walking tour. 9. Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania Pittsburgh regularly ranks high in lists of the most livable cities — and many of those livability factors also make it one of the most peaceful places to visit in the U.S. The city has a great mixture of urban density, making it easy to get around, while also having spacious neighborhoods and parkland to offer mental release. Frick Park contains 664 acres of woodland that bird watchers visit to spot more than 100 species of birds. The City of Bridges even has a program underway that converts former railroad tracks to recreational trails. Pittsburgh’s inland location means it faces little risk of natural disasters in the form of hurricanes, earthquakes, tornadoes and wildfires. This provides stability to the businesses in the area and the families that visit it. 10. Honolulu, Hawai’i Branching away from the continental U.S., we find our final top 10 city in Hawai’i. The state’s largest city, Honolulu, is complemented by beautiful tropical weather, serene beaches and breathtaking natural beauty. The city received up to 15,000 visitors per day pre-pandemic, so it is well-equipped to accommodate your dream vacation. Whether you are a land or water lover, Honolulu has something to offer, from playing golf to snorkeling in the stunning Hanauma Bay. It has the highest number of top-ranked spas of all the cities in our study, with 92. The city currently lacks a train network, but it ranks among the highest in per-capita bus use in the country. 11. Scottsdale, Arizona Surrounded by the stunning beauty of the Sonoran Desert, Scottsdale is a popular getaway for those chasing the sun, and has a vibe that’s all its own. The heart of Scottsdale is its historic Old Town, where you’ll discover a charming Western-inspired town with a wide range of shops, restaurants, art galleries and nightlife that’s walkable from many neighborhoods. Beyond Old Town, you’ll find more than 200 golf courses, plenty of hiking trails (including Pinnacle Peak), the Desert Botanical Garden and even an authentic southwestern ranch to spend worry-free afternoons. Scottsdale is also a prime wellness destination, with over 50 luxury resorts and day spas, most of which offer desert-inspired treatments to help you clear the mind and re-energize the body. 12. Huntington Beach, California Known as the “Surf City,” Huntington Beach is an evergreen vacation destination, thanks to its sunny weather and 10 miles of pristine coastline. You'll have beautiful local beaches for epic surfing, picnics and sunbathing. Plus, it’s a pet-friendly destination for you and your best furry friend to relax. After a day of frolicking on the beach, try some fresh coastal seafood, or experience the California classic In-N-Out Burger. With Huntington Beach’s many hotels, restaurants and overall relaxed vibes, you’ll easily find a spot to recharge and reset in this Southern California beach town. 13. Raleigh, North Carolina Long known as a “city in a park,” Raleigh attracts visitors with its lush wooded scenery and variety of options for outdoor recreation. You’ll find more than 10,000 acres of parkland that offer kayaking spots, bike routes, running trails and wide open spaces for an invigorating all-day adventure. When you need a break from relaxing in the outdoors, Raleigh also offers an outstanding arts and culture scene, thriving music scene and renowned culinary options for all foodies. Get lost in the downtown area’s beautiful historic buildings or enjoy delicious Southern barbecue and farm-to-table cuisine. 14. Miami, Florida Known as the “Magic City,” Miami delivers good times year-round with its fabulous weather — temperatures rarely fall below 70 degrees. Sunny days, however, aren’t the only thing that make Miami a relaxing destination. Miami’s laid-back vibes, diverse neighborhoods and exciting entertainment scene make it the perfect place for much needed R&R. Kick off your adventure at South Beach, where you’ll discover pristine white sand beaches, al fresco dining and trendy bars. Or head into the Wynwood district to see iconic art murals. If you’re with family, you can stroll through Zoo Miami, paddle the beautiful waters of Biscayne National Park and explore the Renaissance-style Vizcaya Museum and Gardens. 15. Carlsbad, California Located in North San Diego County along the Pacific Ocean, Carlsbad is a magnificent getaway offering California’s charming coastal lifestyle. The up-and-coming city is graced with mild year-round weather, offering an idyllic setting for you to relax during your next vacation. Luckily, Carlsbad offers limitless rejuvenating activities. Get an energizing mud facial at the Carlsbad Mineral Water Spa, savor award-winning wine at Carruth Cellars, grab a picnic at the gorgeous Ponto Beach and find your inner zen as explore The Flower Fields. 16. Bend, Oregon Bend The Central Oregon city of Bend is a haven for outdoor enthusiasts and recreation seekers alike. Located only 20 miles from Mount Bachelor, the sixth-largest ski resort in North America, Bend is the perfect basecamp for mountain biking, hiking, rock climbing, rafting, paddle boarding, winter sports and any activity where you need to release stress. Bend also boasts 300 days of sunshine, making it both a relaxing winter destination and bright year-round escape. Whether you’re looking for an extended break or a quick weekend in Bend, you’ll find plenty to do in the city beyond outdoor recreation. Enjoy their famous craft beer scene, savor bites from the many food carts, meander through outdoor artwork in downtown Bend or enjoy an outdoor concert at Hayden Homes Amphitheater. 17. Henderson, Nevada Located just 20 minutes from Las Vegas, Henderson is the second largest city in Nevada and offers a relaxing alternative to the high energy of Sin City. Henderson is home to unique museums, culinary experiences, a vibrant beer and wine scene, and natural beauty. You can enjoy a scenic bike ride along the River Mountain Loop Trail, see lions at the Lion Habitat Ranch or stroll through Henderson Bird Viewing Preserve. Treat yourself to spa treatments at the Lake Las Vegas Resort and then immerse yourself in scenic views at their stunning 320-acre man-made lake. You can also use Henderson as a starting point for Nevada’s other must-see attractions like Lake Mead, Hoover Dam, the Colorado River and Valley of Fire State Park. 18. Springfield, Missouri Famous for being the origin of the U.S. Highway 66, Springfield is an ideal destination for a rejuvenating road trip. Considered the Gateway to the Ozarks, the region offers many natural attractions like the Lake of the Ozarks State Park, where you can enjoy the peace and quiet of an undeveloped cove, open woodlands and small springs. Or, you can participate in the park’s wide variety of recreation activities on the lakefront. When you head to the city itself, there’ll be even more for you to see, from the historic Pythian Castle and Fantastic Caverns to famous civil war historic sites and winery tours. Whether you want to be laid-back or lively, this quintessential American city has it all. 19. Wilmington, North Carolina Home to roughly 120,000 residents, the port town of Wilmington is big on Southern charm and history. Explore the National Register Historic District on foot, where you’ll wander past historic churches, stare in awe at classic Southern architecture and walk under the beautiful moss-draped live oaks. The almost two-mile Wilmington Riverwalk is a scenic walkway that connects you to lively markets, boutiques, galleries and restaurants. Hop on a water taxi and tour the World War II Battleship North Carolina, or take a short car ride to the coastal communities of Carolina Beach, Kure Beach and Wrightsville Beach, where you can spend relaxing summers among boardwalks and festivals. 20. McKinney, Texas While McKinney is less than 30 minutes from downtown Dallas, its atmosphere is all its own. Frequently rated as one of the country’s most livable cities, McKinney offers a charming historic downtown, a plethora of lush trails and acres of vibrant vineyards. It also has a low crime rate, making it a safe place to relax and rejuvenate. In addition, McKinney is known for having some of the best culinary experiences in Northern Texas, including wineries and farm-to-table restaurants. After a satisfying meal, you can browse the city’s elegant boutiques and specialty shops, discover local artwork, catch a show at the McKinney Performing Arts Center and get lost in Adriatica Village, a beautiful Croatia-style village with cobblestone streets, unique shops and serene residential neighborhoods. The 100 most relaxing places to visit in the U.S. There are many other relaxing places to visit in the U.S. that did not make our top 10. Explore the rest of the cities that round out our top 100 relaxing vacation destinations for more ideas on where to visit — or make a second home. If your primary goal for a vacation is to have quality time to unwind and enjoy relaxing vibes, then consider visiting some of the cities unearthed in our study. Spending time in these relaxing places will have you recharged and ready to take on your daily life. Many of these cities make great locations to plant permanent roots with a second home too. Our methodology This study was conducted in April 2022. To determine the most relaxing places to visit in the U.S., we compared six ranking factors across a sample of mid-size cities in the U.S. (populations ranging from 100,000 to 500,000 people), sourced from the U.S. Census Bureau. Our ranking factors were used to determine how relaxing a city is and how easy it is to visit. They included and were assigned a weight out of 100 as follows: Number of parks — 25 points Number of spas — 25 points Noise pollution — 15 points Walkability — 15 points Crime index — 15 points Air quality — 5 points Each city was then given a score based on these factors and assigned an overall ranking. The cities with the highest scores were deemed the most relaxing places to visit in the U.S. Our data was sourced from Tripadvisor, Google Maps, AirNow.gov, City-Data.com, Walk Score, and the National Transportation Noise Map.
Are you and your partner in need of some quality time? Somewhere with stunning views where you can explore to your heart’s content? You’re in luck —we’ve curated a list of the 30 best vacation spots for couples around the world. From Los Cabos to Kyoto, we’ve assessed the environments and attractions of each destination to create our 2024 guide. Complete with tips for enjoying yourself, our list of couple vacation ideas includes the following getaways: While many are in the United States, several destinations are in Asia and Europe. Let’s begin planning your next romantic vacation. First stop: Hawai’i. 1. Maui, Hawai’i Ideal for island hoppers The Hawaiian Islands are a popular destination for couples for good reason, and Maui offers the best of everything. Sometimes, the simple pleasures bring the greatest satisfaction, and there’s nothing simpler than enjoying an island sunrise or sunset together. For a more indulgent experience, grab a snorkel and flippers to swim with the sea turtles at Turtle Town. Or share a shave ice before spending the day sailing around the neighboring island of Lana’i. Thrill seekers can brave the infamous Road to Hana, a scenic drive complete with IG-worthy waterfalls and narrow jungle roads. 2. Palm Springs, California Easy drive for L.A. residents Palm Springs has all the charm and style to deliver a great couples vacation. Take the aerial tram for a scenic ride through Chino Canyon for fine dining at the Peaks Restaurant or the more casual Pines Cafe. Spencer’s Restaurant provides adults-only al fresco dining under the desert sky. After checking out the must-see destinations, you can pamper yourselves with a couples spa day. The Parker Palm Springs Yacht Club delivers luxurious amenities with a Mid-Century Modern aesthetic. End your day with a drink at PS Air Bar, housed in a grounded 737, with authentic seats, floor lighting and a vintage bar cart. 3. Napa Valley, California Ideal for wine lovers Whether you’re visiting for a weekend or a week, Napa Valley has plenty of couples vacation options. Napa is full of terrific things to do together — like enjoying an unbeatable view of the area from the basket of a hot air balloon (champagne toast is optional). Spend a day at the Carneros Resort and Spa where you can participate in yoga, receive skin treatments and enjoy a soothing massage. Thomas Keller’s The French Laundry is a Michelin 3-star restaurant that’s sure to please your inner foodie. (Reservations can be tough to get, so you might want to try his nearby, Bouchon Bakery.) Of course, you’ll want to squeeze in a winery visit — or three. The wine trolley is a perfect solution that offers a 5-hour open-air tour of the area’s best wineries. 4. Scottsdale, Arizona Ideal for a stay in the Southwest Whether you’re looking to lounge poolside or spend your days on the golf course, Scottsdale has all the amenities for couples' fun. The Hyatt Regency Scottsdale is a one-stop shop for all of your vacation needs. Rest under a cabana at the pool, test your drive at the exclusive Gainey Ranch Golf Club, and refresh your body and mind at the on-site Spa Avania. If you want to stay longer, Scottsdale is a great place for a second home. For area entertainment, head to the Desert Botanical Garden and stroll under towering cacti. Sample rotating varietals in the Carlson Creek Vineyard tasting room or explore exhibits at the Scottsdale Museum of Contemporary Art. 5. Sedona, Arizona Ideal for stargazers Sedona is the perfect place to break free from distractions and reconnect with your significant other. The desert is ideal for stargazing, and plenty of guides in the area can lead you to the best locations. Alternatively, you can go it alone with just a constellation phone app as your guide. Hiking in Red Rock State Park is the biggest draw to the area, with sites like Cathedral Rock, Chapel of the Holy Cross and Devil’s Bridge Trail serving as standouts. After a day of hiking, enjoy a glass of wine accompanied by live music on the patio at Vino Di Sedona. 6. New Orleans, Louisiana Ideal for jazz lovers New Orleans is a vibrant destination for couples, thanks to its rich culture and abundant entertainment scene. Let the street musicians determine your playlist as you wander the French Quarter, with its distinctive architecture and party atmosphere. Some must-dos in this river city include sampling local food (beignets with lots of powdered sugar, the classic muffuletta sandwich and distinctive Creole cuisine), a Mississippi steamboat cruise and live jazz at Preservation Hall. Take a romantic walk through the New Orleans Botanical Garden to see how the city’s humid climate cultivates lush foliage. 7. Charleston, South Carolina Ideal for a blast to the past Charleston is a distinctly Southern town offering all the charm one would hope for in a vacation spot for couples. Catch a performance at the Charles Gaillard Center, where the Charleston Symphony Orchestra performs, then hop in a horse-drawn carriage for a city tour. Get in a rowboat at Cypress Gardens for a romantic experience straight out of “The Notebook.” Have a three-course meal at the Zero George, where you’ll experience fine dining in an intimate environment. More hidden gems of South Carolina are just a short drive away. 8. Savannah, Georgia Ideal for ghost hunters Savannah exudes old-school Victorian vibes, with ornate buildings and Spanish moss-covered trees lining the streets. It’s a perfect town for a stroll with your beloved. Jump on a riverboat for a tour of the area in old-fashioned luxury, or head to nearby Tybee Island to look for dolphins and have a fresh seafood lunch. For a spooky adventure, spend a night searching for the supernatural on a candlelit ghost tour of one of the “most haunted” places in the country. 9. Jackson Hole, Wyoming Ideal for outdoor adventurers For idyllic mountain meadows, look no further than Jackson Hole. Unleash your inner cowpoke with a horseback ride through nearby Grand Teton National Park and bask in its natural beauty. Although skiing is popular in the area, there are a variety of other winter activities in Jackson Hole, like tubing and visiting hot springs. Sip a cold drink and dance to live music at local saloons, then recover with a spa day at Amangani, specializing in ancient healing practices. Snap pictures in the town square under Jackson’s famous antler arch. There’s no shortage of things to do in Jackson Hole. 10. Martha’s Vineyard, Massachusetts Ideal for New England charm Martha’s Vineyard has been a longtime favorite retreat for people looking to relax to the sound of crashing waves — that’s why it has a reputation as a great vacation spot for couples. Take your pick of one of the island’s many public beaches for a day in the sand, or spend the day on the water by chartering a sailboat. Play a couple of rounds at Farm Neck Golf Club, one of the best golf courses near Cape Cod. In summer and early fall, take the bus to Gay Head Lighthouse and follow the trail to the Aquinnah Cliffs for sweeping views. Finally, quench your thirst with a cold beer at Bad Martha, a craft brewery. 11. Montreal, Canada Ideal for French cuisine French is undoubtedly a romantic language, but you don’t have to travel to France to be immersed in it. Montreal’s official language is French, and that’s just the beginning of what makes this city one of the best vacation spots for couples. Established in the 1700s, Montreal has retained its Old-World feel, with cozy streets begging to be explored. The Montreal Botanical Garden covers 200 acres and has gorgeous trails of varying themes and Art Deco-style pavilions. Tour the ornate Mary, Queen of the World Cathedral or St. Patrick’s Basilica. Afterward, treat yourself to poutine, a mixture of French fries, melted cheese curds and rich gravy. Or try your luck at the Casino de Montreal before enjoying a live performance at the concert venue. 12. Uvita, Costa Rica Ideal for bird-watchers Costa Rica is an idyllic tropical paradise, and Uvita is in the perfect location to experience what it offers. Rancho La Merced National Wildlife Refuge provides several ways to explore the environment, including horseback riding on the beach, nocturnal hikes through the jungle and bird-watching some 300 species. There are also endless opportunities for water-based fun. Go on a whale-watching expedition to search for humpbacks, dolphins, turtles and other sea life. Explore the Uvita Waterfall, which creates a natural waterslide for travelers to ride into the pool below. Get your scuba certification and view the stunning coral reefs. 13. Los Cabos, Mexico Ideal for golfing couples Travelers to Los Cabos benefit from its year-round activities and miles of beautiful coastline. If your ideal couples getaway revolves around being pampered at a luxury hotel and returning home with a tan, you can’t ignore Los Cabos. Have your meals on the beach or opt for terraced seating at Esperanza, overlooking the Sea of Cortez. If you have sea legs, go for a sunset dinner cruise on a sailboat accompanied by live music. Or spend your days at one of the dozens of Cabo San Lucas golf courses. 14. Patagonia, Argentina Ideal for train lovers Patagonia covers the southern part of South America and delivers an abundance of sought-after destinations for couples. Ride the End of the World Train, the southernmost train in the world, in a heated coach for a tour of Tierra del Fuego National Park. Cruise around Beagle Channel and learn about the local penguins and seals. Trek through Los Glaciares National Park to experience the Perito Moreno Glacier. Other activities within the park include mountain climbing and sport fishing. While you’re in the country, you won’t want to miss the chance to eat Argentina’s delicious beef and drink its award-winning wine. 15. Reykjavik, Iceland Ideal for seeing the northern lights Touring Iceland is one of the best trips for couples who love to connect with nature. Soak in the Blue Lagoon, whose mineral-rich, geothermal-heated waters are said to have soothing qualities. The Seljalandsfoss waterfall is one of the most beautiful you’ll come across, with a path leading behind the cascading water during warmer months. Snorkeling isn’t just for the tropics. Throw on a thermal wetsuit and swim in the Silfra Fissure, a gap between the tectonic plates of North America and Europe. Visit between October and March for the best chance at seeing the northern lights. Stay in a specialized rental in the wilderness for a truly unforgettable sight. 16. Dublin, Ireland Ideal for pub crawling Dublin is a romantic getaway full of charm — and liquid refreshment. Tours of the Guinness Storehouse and Jameson Irish Whiskey distillery often top visitor to-do lists. Expect each tour to last roughly four hours and come with generous tastings. Or skip the tours and create your own self-guided pub crawl to experience local drink, food and people — the Temple Bar District is a good starting point. Cross over the River Liffey on one of the city’s scenic bridges or navigate the river in rented kayaks for a unique view of your surroundings. Attend an enchanting Irish music and dance show at the Irish House Party and receive a three-course meal from an award-winning kitchen. 17. Marbella, Spain Ideal for Mediterranean getaways Marbella is a wonderful city on Spain’s southern coast that caters to your inner romantic. The beaches are the big draw, with plenty of food and drink served at beach clubs. Rent jet skis for added excitement, or simply wade into the blue water to cool off. The old town district is filled with boutiques and quaint restaurants. The scene offers a great opportunity to walk around with your loved one. Marbella also has a lively nightlife, with rooftop bars offering cool drinks and hot music. 18. Helsinki, Finland Ideal for spa-like saunas Helsinki is home to the Kaisaniemi Botanic Garden, where you can walk through 10 glasshouses and see over 1,300 plant species from around the world. Explore the Ateneum Art Museum, which houses Finnish works dating to the early 19th century. Saunas are deeply embedded in Finland’s culture, so you might want to spring for a private experience with your significant other at the luxurious Löyly Complex. Or hop in the SkySauna for a sauna in a Ferris wheel gondola with city views. 19. Bruges, Belgium Ideal for fairytale romance No town embodies the term “fairytale” quite like Bruges. The medieval city is so well preserved that it’s a protected World Heritage Site by UNESCO. Like Venice, Bruges is knows for canals running through the city — perfect for a romantic boat tour. The Minnewaterbrug (or Lovers’ Bridge) is said to create eternal love when a couple crosses it together. Like the rest of Belgium, Bruges takes its beer seriously, so don’t hesitate to stop into one of its many breweries to sample the local offerings. And the country’s artisanal chocolates are a perfect gift for a loved one. 20. Lausanne, Switzerland Ideal for Gothic architecture buffs Lausanne sits on the north shore of Lake Geneva, offering stunning views of the Alps. If the natural scenery alone isn’t enough incentive, the city’s old town will be. Lausanne is filled with preserved Gothic architecture that you must see to believe. Tour the Château Saint-Maire and the Lausanne Cathedral to take a step back in time and appreciate these medieval wonders. The Hotel Royal Savoy is another aesthetic attraction; while you’re there, you may as well take advantage of its world-class spa. The city’s burgeoning art district is home to three major museums. Spend your days in the mountains — where cable cars take you to restaurants that rotate to provide perfect views — or walking along the lakefront. 21. Venice, Italy Ideal for classic canal rides The gondolas of Venice need no introduction, but there’s more to this city of canals. Walk to the Rialto Bridge at sunset and watch the Grand Canal light up for the night. Enjoy a ballet or opera at the Fenice Opera House — just don’t get too distracted by its elegant, golden interior. Share a bottle of wine at the Cantina Do Spade and dine on authentic Venetian cuisine. Tour the Doge’s Palace to experience just how decadent the 11th century could be. Finally, appreciate the craftsmanship of St. Mark’s Basilica with its domes and turrets. 22. Santorini, Greece Ideal for cliffside enchantment The scenic cliffs of Santorini draw couples to the area like moths to a flame. The Santorini Cable Car at Fira transports you down the cliffside in comfort. At the bottom, charter a boat in the Old Port area to reach the Caldera hot springs. Most tours allow the opportunity to take a quick dip in the warm water. Enjoy fine Mediterranean cuisine with a glass of local wine at La Maison. Then head to Kamari to watch an outdoor movie surrounded by trees. Rent an ATV to quickly get to sites like the Akrotiri Lighthouse. 23. Kyoto, Japan Ideal for tranquil trekking Kyoto is known for its temples, shrines, gardens and palaces — so much so that it’s a UNESCO World Heritage site. Strolling its streets is both romantic and inspiring. Walk down Sannenzaka Slope and gaze at the traditional wooden buildings with tiled roofs. The Golden Pavilion, aptly named for its gilded exterior, is the stuff of Instagram dreams, with ideal photo spots near the lake. The Yasaka Shrine, founded in 1350, has hundreds of lanterns that are lit each night. And if you’re lucky enough to visit in late March or early April, visit Maruyama Park to see the cherry blossom trees in full bloom. 24. Singapore Ideal for dim sum Singapore is a city-state in Southeast Asia on the cutting edge of technology. The Gardens by the Bay is a perfect example, blending architectural ingenuity with nature to make visitors feel like they’ve entered a new world. Take your partner to the top of the Supertree Observatory for an unforgettable sight. The Singapore Zoo gives visitors the chance to have breakfast while surrounded by animals in their re-created habitats and even have the chance to meet them. The ArtScience Museum puts on an array of exhibitions that will dazzle you, including the VR Gallery, for a thoroughly immersive experience. 25. Bali, Indonesia Ideal for honeymooners If long flights don’t intimidate you, head to the infinitely photogenic island of Bali. A top spot for honeymooners, Bali provides all the romance two people can handle. Couples vacation ideas include touring the lake resort area of Bedugul and the more urban hub of Ubud, both of which feature landmarks of Bali’s history. Guides can even pick you up from your hotel and explain the sites you pass on the way. Diamonds may be a girl’s best friend, but handmade jewelry gives them a run for their money. Craft your own gold or silver rings at a workshop led by master craftspeople. Then, satisfy your appetite in a Paon Bali Cooking Class, where you can learn to cook traditional Indonesian food. 26. Cardiff, Wales Ideal for walking through castle gardens Cardiff, the vibrant capital city of Wales, stands out as an ideal vacation spot for couples seeking a romantic and culturally rich getaway. The city is adorned with iconic landmarks such as Cardiff Castle, a medieval masterpiece with beautifully landscaped gardens, providing a romantic setting for leisurely strolls. Cardiff Bay, a waterfront haven, is another highlight for couples, offering scenic walks, boat rides and an array of dining options. The bay creates a magical backdrop for romantic moments, especially as the sun sets. 27. Baros, Maldives Ideal for sunset sailing BarosBaros is the epitome of romantic luxury, making it an unparalleled vacation spot for couples seeking an idyllic retreat. This private island resort offers an exclusive and intimate setting for couples to unwind and reconnect. Couples can indulge in the ultimate relaxation at the resort's world-class spa, where overwater treatment rooms offer panoramic Indian Ocean views. Sunset cruises and private dining experiences on the beach or aboard a traditional Maldivian dhoni further enhance the romantic atmosphere. 28. New York City, New York Ideal for fans of art and theater Couples can begin their journey by taking a leisurely stroll through Central Park, a sprawling oasis in the heart of Manhattan. The park's scenic landscapes, serene lakes and charming bridges create a romantic setting for couples to escape the hustle and bustle of the big city and enjoy some quality time together. Boating on the lake or having a picnic in Sheep Meadow adds a touch of tranquility to the urban adventure. A visit to iconic Times Square or a romantic evening stroll across the Brooklyn Bridge, with the city lights twinkling in the background, add a touch of magic to the New York experience. The city's neighborhoods, each with its own unique charm, allow couples to explore and discover hidden gems, from quaint coffee shops in Greenwich Village to the charming streets of SoHo. 29. Marrakech, Morocco Ideal for haggling in markets Set against the Atlas Mountains, Marrakech enchants visitors with its bustling souks, intricate architecture and the intoxicating scents of spices and blossoms. Couples can begin their exploration in the heart of the city, the historic Medina, where the iconic Jemaa el-Fna Square comes alive with storytellers, musicians and traditional street performances. The city's diverse dining options range from street food adventures in the bustling markets to elegant rooftop restaurants offering panoramic city views. The souks — or markets — of Marrakech present an opportunity for couples to shop for handcrafted treasures, textiles and jewelry. 30. Mallorca, Spain Ideal for strolling through seaside villages The sun-kissed island of Mallorca in the western Mediterranean is renowned for its golden beaches, crystal-clear waters and picturesque villages, making it one of the best vacation spots in the world for couples. Wander the charming streets of Palma de Mallorca, the island's capital. The historic architecture of the Palma Cathedral and the Almudaina Palace provides a romantic backdrop for leisurely strolls. Tips for creating the best couples vacations However, travel can also be a stressful experience and strain a relationship. Here are some tips on how to make your romantic vacations run smoothly: Make the essentials easy to reach. Fill a bag with phone chargers, water bottles, snacks and neck pillows. Keep it easily accessible when you’re in transit to make the experience more pleasant when times get tough. Review your plans daily. Make sure you’re both on the same page about where you’ll go and what you’ll do. Good communication can prevent blowups down the road. Try to prioritize something special for each of you. Remember to be patient. Whether you’re tired, hungry or annoyed, there’s a good chance the other person is experiencing the same thing. Patience will keep you from reacting negatively and help preserve the spirit of the trip. Alone time is healthy. Constantly being around the same person for days can be draining, even when it’s someone you love. Stepping away to collect yourself shouldn’t be taken as an insult. Surprise each other along the way. Stick to the plan, but don’t be afraid to do something unexpected for your significant other. Surprise them with a local trinket or a meal at an undisclosed spot to make them feel special. Manage your expectations. Destinations won’t always deliver on the promises in the brochure. There will be crowds, it might be dirty, and it can get expensive. It’s no one person’s fault, and it can be a great opportunity to make the most of it together. Now that you know the best vacation spots for couples, which destination will you and your partner travel to first? If you can see yourself frequenting one of these romantic getaways, it may benefit you to buy a vacation home rather than repeatedly renting accommodations. As a co-owner of a Pacaso vacation home, you own a fully managed turnkey luxury getaway for a fraction of the cost. With multiple financing options, your second home dreams could become a reality sooner than you think.
Nearly every region of the United States has a mountain range that’s a fitting backdrop for your next mountain getaway — or, better yet, a mountain getaway that doubles as your second home. To help narrow your search, we’ve selected 29 of the best mountain getaways (in no particular order), including where, when and why to visit each. 1. Great Smoky Mountains (Tennessee) Second home buyers looking for a charming mountain town that has it all cannot afford to skip over Gatlinburg, Tennessee. Enjoy strolling Gatlinburg’s Parkway, riding the trolley or checking out the quaint shops and bustling nightlife amidst the Smokies. Where: This getaway is located in the mountainous regions of North Carolina and Tennessee. Gatlinburg is a tiny town with big views of the Smoky Mountains and has plenty of attractions to offer individuals, couples and families. When: If you’re hoping to spend the majority of your mountain getaway in the great outdoors, take a trip to the Smokies in autumn. Nature’s fall color palette will not disappoint, and the mild climate is irresistible Why: Did you know that the Smoky Mountains are the namesake of America’s most visited national park? Camping, hiking and firefly light shows are some of the many family-friendly attractions that keep this park firmly seated in the top spot. 2. Sangre de Cristo Mountains (New Mexico) Considering a second home in the mountains? Taos, New Mexico, offers optimal views of the Sangre de Cristo Mountains and everything that an art lover could desire: sculpting workshops, galleries and indigenous culture museums. Where: This subrange of the Rocky Mountains is located in Colorado and New Mexico, representing the southernmost tip of the Rockies. When: Summer is arguably the best season to enjoy Colorado mountain getaways, especially if you’re planning to hike or camp on the Colorado side of this range. Why: If the red hue these mountains give off in the morning sun isn’t enough to entice you, how do giant sand dunes and unbridled views of the Rio Grande sound? No wonder the Sangre de Cristo Mountains were declared a National Heritage Area (NHA) in 2009. 3. La Sal Mountains (Colorado) Grand Junction, Colorado, offers stunning views of this slice of the Rocky Mountains. Like Telluride and Aspen, this Colorado town is close to everything mountaineers love and offers proximity to an airport and national parks across the state border. Where: Head to Colorado or Utah to visit the Manti-La Sal National Forest where this range is located. Like most mountains that spill over the Colorado border, the La Sal Mountains are also a subsection of the Rockies. When: Spring and summer are great seasons to enjoy mountain getaways at high elevations. Aim for when the weather is just warm enough to venture out on a hike, yet cold enough to snuggle by the fire when the day’s adventures are over. Why: It’s not every day you have the opportunity to enjoy a natural wonder that is around 25 million years old. This is a must-see mountain getaway for geology fans and history buffs alike. 4. Blue Ridge Mountains (Georgia) Blue Ridge, Georgia, is perfect for second home seekers who want to stay close to the sunshine and warm winters of the South. If relaxation is a top priority for your next mountain getaway, this mountain town has some of the best wineries and breweries in the state. Where: The Blue Ridge Mountains can be accessed from Georgia, the Carolinas and even as far north as Pennsylvania and Maryland. As a physiographic region of the ever-popular Appalachian Mountains, every section of this range boasts views that never disappoint. When: Searching for the best mountain getaways in the winter? Look no further than Georgia's slice of the Blue Ridge. Winter in Georgia is full of sunshine and gorgeous views of the Blue Ridge Mountains. Why: This Southern delight was named one of the top mountain destinations of 2022. Hop on the Blue Ridge Scenic Railway to marvel at the pristine views of the mountains and surrounding forests. 5. Sierra Nevada (California) Lake Tahoe is many second home seekers’ dream getaway — and for good reason. This adventurous destination is close to big cities yet tucked away in a serene mountain setting. Head to California to experience the magic for yourself. Where: The Sierra Nevada lines the eastern border of the state of California with a tail that spills into Nevada. It is home to the world-famous Lake Tahoe. When: Springtime in California can keep you away from summer tourists. Take advantage of the West’s mild climate by enjoying one of the most exclusive California mountain getaways in the months of April and May. Why: Hiking in one of the many stunning forests within the Sierra Nevada will be an adventure full of waterfalls, wildflowers and plenty of untouched nature. 6. Alaska Range (Alaska) Anchorage is Alaska’s largest city, with plenty of attractions for second home buyers who want to invest in a snowy retreat for the whole family to enjoy. Where: The Alaska Range lines the southeastern edge of Alaska, and the summits provide peak views of the Gulf of Alaska. When: Summer is when tourists arrive in Alaska. After a long, dark winter, conditions are not considered favorable for mountain getaways until the peak season — primarily June through August. Why: The end of peak season awards patient mountain-goers the chance of a lifetime: a glimpse at the northern lights. Also known as aurora borealis, this natural phenomenon is said to be one of the most enchanting experiences on Earth. 7. Mount Rainier (Washington) When the mountain is “out,” it’s cause for celebration all around the Seattle-Tacoma area. Mount Rainier is an active volcano, but the last major eruption was in 1894. The mountain boasts wildflower meadows and ancient forests. Where: Mount Rainier (also called Tahoma) is the highest peak in Washington State and the Cascade Range, coming at 14,410 feet above sea level. When: Given its snow-capped peaks, summer is the best time to visit the Pacific Northwest if hiking and mountain trekking are high on your list. Why: If scaling an active volcano is not really your thing, there’s still plenty to do at the foot of the mountain. Mount Rainier has inspired a wave of breweries and restaurants to create gourmet treats for all to enjoy on their mountain getaways. 8. Mount Hood (Oregon) Hood River and Sandy, Oregon, are considered the gateway to Mount Hood. Although Portland makes venturing to the mountains an easy day trip, the smaller mountain towns near Mount Hood have a magical vibe that’s perfect for a mountain vacation home. Where: Located in the state of Oregon, Mount Hood is another beloved icon of the Pacific Northwest. Only 90 minutes away from Portland, a visit to Mount Hood is considered one of the city’s best day trips. When: Late spring is a wonderful time to take in the sights and sounds of Oregon’s natural parks. It’s still cold enough to enjoy winter sports like skiing, but warm enough to try your hand at hiking and fishing. Why: Mount Hood is the perfect complement to the eclectic city life of Portland and surrounding towns. The mountain, =accessible via public transportation, is the perfect place for romantic mountain getaways. 9. Adirondack Mountains (New York) Visitors and second home buyers with kids will fall in love with the weeklong winter festivals in the Adirondacks. The area’s best known city, Lake Placid, hosted two Winter Olympic Games and is a hub for winter sports of all sorts. Where: The Adirondack (ADK) Mountains are the jewel of Upstate New York. Leaving from New York City? Expect to drive roughly five to six hours before reaching the serenity of the ADKs. When: This mountain range has been the site of winter carnivals for over a century, making a trip to the Adirondack Mountains one of the best weekend mountain getaways for New Yorkers to enjoy in the wintertime. Why: The ADKs offer the ultimate mountain getaways for couples and families from New York and New Jersey who are in need of a refresh away from city life. 10. Catskill Mountains (New York) Those hailing from the New York and New Jersey area can breathe easy in the fresh air of the Catskill Mountains. Owning a second home here means having the ultimate outdoor playground at your front door. Where: In contrast to the jagged peaks of the ADK, Catskill summits are less steep, making this range ideal for beginner climbers and families. When: Fall is when you’ll be able to enjoy the full spectrum of autumn colors and cool climate of the Catskill Mountains. Why: Fishing enthusiasts will be overjoyed to learn that the Catskill Mountains are known as the birthplace of fly fishing in America. Plus, the dome-shaped peaks of the Catskills make for a great training ground for taller summits around the country. 11. Aleutian Range (Alaska) Having a second home near the Aleutian Range means being surrounded by snow-capped mountains and sparkling ocean views. It’s the perfect place to feel like you’re in the middle of nowhere with the benefit of having nearby towns like Akutan and King Cove. Where: This breathtaking mountain range is located in the southwestern region of Alaska and extends all the way to the tip of the Alaska Peninsula, helping to form the Aleutian Islands. When: Summer is the best time to island-hop. Take advantage of the ferries that operate during this season to get the most out of your mountain getaway. Why: Island-hopping, gazing at the northern lights and retiring to cozy mountain cabin getaways are all waiting for you in the rugged Aleutian Range. 12. Laguna Mountains (California) Not ready to say goodbye to city comforts? Then you’ll like the close proximity of the Laguna Mountains to urban hubs like San Diego, California. Couples will especially enjoy the wide range of activities to choose from in SoCal, including some of the best nightlife scenes in the country. Where: The Laguna Mountains are the pride and joy of San Diego County in Southern California. Prepare to be surrounded by thick patches of chaparral and wildflowers when you traverse this semi-desert landscape. When: Although Southern California is graced with a warm climate year-round, fall is perhaps the best time to head up to the mountains. Summer may be too warm to hike, but autumn offers the perfect amount of sunshine and cool breezes. Why: Follow the Laguna Creek hiking trails for a relaxing stroll by the water or trek to the gorge for enchanting waterfall views. 13. San Francisco Mountains (Arizona) Flagstaff, Arizona, is the perfect jumping off point to enjoy the San Francisco Mountains. You’ll be surrounded by lush forests, and you'll get experience all four seasons. Where: You may be surprised to learn that the San Francisco Mountains are actually located in Arizona, far from the California city that shares its name. When: Fall means you’ll miss the summer tourists but it’s still be warm enough to enjoy a day full of family-friendly activities. Why: Arizona has a magical vibe of its own that is only heightened by natural wonders like the San Francisco Mountains and the Grand Canyon. Enjoy the best of both worlds — lush forests and sprawling deserts — when you stay in this mountain destination. 14. Ko’olau Range (O’ahu, Hawai’i) The east side of the island of O’ahu is home to some of the most exclusive luxury real estate on the market. The Ko’olau Mountains are responsible for the near-perfect climate and lush flora. Exquisite beaches keep second home buyers drooling for a chance to call the nearby communities of Kailua and Lanikai their home away from home. Where: O’ahu’s east side is blessed with some of the best weather in the country, thanks to the Ko’olau Mountain Range. When: Winter is probably the best time to visit the Hawaiian island of O’ahu if you’re hoping to encounter the least amount of tourists possible. Why: Due to its white sandy beaches, the cosmopolitan capital city of Honolulu and its melting pot of culinary cultures, O’ahu is home to some of the most luxurious mountain getaways for couples to enjoy all year round. 15. Olympic Mountains (Washington) Families will revel in the abundance of adventures on Washington State’s Olympic Peninsula, a half-day of travel from the hubs of Tacoma and Seattle. Where: This snow-capped ridge is located in Washington State and is home to iconic mountain peaks like Mount Olympus. When: Summer is when all the park facilities are open and operating at full capacity. The local flora and fauna are at their best during this season, so make sure to pack your camera to capture the breathtaking views. Why: Olympic National Park protects nearly 1 million acres of land comprised of old-growth forests, Pacific coastlines and majestic mountain ridges. Bring your raincoat and explore four stunning rainforests. 16. Mount Shasta (California) Mt. Shasta is a tiny town at the foot of majestic Mount Shasta, a potentially active volcano in the southern end of the Cascade Range. It tops out at 14,179 feet. Where: Located in Northern California, Mount Shasta is the epitome of majestic mountain getaways. Luxury is never far from this volcanic summit, which is well known for its spiritual essence that keeps visitors coming back for more. When: If flower-filled meadows and picturesque natural landscapes are why you love mountain getaways, then spring is one of the best seasons to visit Mount Shasta. Why: Charming Mt. Shasta offers all the artisanal eateries, art markets and local breweries you could want. 17. Wichita Mountains (Oklahoma) Oklahoma City, Lawton and even Dallas, Texas, are ideal locations for a second home if you want to be within driving distance of the Wichita Mountains. Where: Head to southern Oklahoma if you want to behold the beauty of this mountain range and enjoy the biodiversity of the Wichita Mountains Wildlife Refuge. When: Spring is a great time to hike, fish or simply watch local wildlife in action. The prairie at the foot of the mountain range offers stunning views of the peaks above. Why: One of America’s most iconic animals, the buffalo, can be seen roaming the protected lands of this wildlife refuge. Birdwatchers will also be delighted to know that there are nearly 300 bird species that stop here during their annual migrations. 18. Black Hills (South Dakota) Nature lovers and history buffs searching for a second home won’t want to miss Keystone, South Dakota. It’s full of historic charm and is dotted with wood sculptures of Bigfoot, Smokey Bear and other whimsical creatures that kids will love. Where: South Dakota is home to the Black Hills mountain range and many other noteworthy attractions like the Badlands and Custer State Park. When: Autumn is the perfect time to embark on an adventure to one or all of the natural attractions that the Black Hills area has to offer. Why: The Black Hills boasts more than 5 million acres of protected land that’s home to Mount Rushmore, American buffalo and a spring-fed water park. 19. Haleakalā (Maui, Hawai’i) Maui is home to some of the most beautiful beach houses imaginable. The island is the perfect romantic getaway for couples who want a second home in paradise. Where: Haleakalā National Park calls the island of Maui home. Haleakalā volcano is an active shield volcano that rests on the east side of the island. When: Winter is one of the better seasons to escape the tourists. When you visit any Hawaiian island, however, popular spots like this will always attract crowds. Why: The summit of Haleakalā is one of the only accessible places in the world where you can view the sun rising over the clouds. Reservations are required, but it’s worth it for this once-in-a-lifetime opportunity. 20. Guadalupe Mountains (Texas) El Paso, Texas, is the ideal setting for second home seekers who want the beauty of Mexico at their fingertips without having to cross country borders. Where: The Guadalupe Mountains are the focal point of the Chihuahuan desert in West Texas. There, you can find sand dunes, reef fossils and the highest peaks in the state. When: Although West Texas is fairly warm year-round, visiting the Guadalupe Mountains in the spring means optimal conditions for hiking, camping and backpacking. Why: This mountain getaway is set in the Wild West. Take cowboy vibes to the next level by booking a horseback trail ride through the heart of the desert. 21. Pocono Mountains (Pennsylvania) Residents of Philadelphia and New York City can enjoy owning a second home near the Pocono Mountains. Perfect for a fall getaway, the Poconos area is dotted with tiny towns that make for charming day trips. Where: The Pocono Mountains can be found in the northern region of Pennsylvania, with its lush forests and serene water-lined hiking trails. When: Autumn is, without question, the best time to venture into the Pocono Mountains. In fact, there are over 20 ways visitors can experience the vast array of autumn hues in the Poconos. Why: The striking colors exhibited from the area’s 127 tree and plant species make the Poconos one of the most majestic mountain getaways around. Ziplining, train rides and lakefront beaches also await adventure seekers. 22. White Mountains (New Hampshire) Consider opting for a second home in coastal Maine if you want to enjoy the splendor of the White Mountains in nearby New Hampshire. Where: This mountain range is a subsection of the Northern Appalachian Mountains and is located within the state of New Hampshire. When: Spring in New England can create the perfect conditions for a luxurious mountain getaway in the White Mountains, even though this range is host to popular attractions year-round. Why: This mountain getaway has it all — caves to explore, horses to ride and nearly a dozen 100-foot waterfalls to enjoy as you hike one of the many well-preserved trails. 23. Grand Tetons (Wyoming) Teton Village and Jackson, Wyoming, offer stunning views of the Grand Tetons and nearby Yellowstone National Park, making this second home mountain getaway ideal for any nature lover. Where: Grand Teton National Park is located in northwestern Wyoming. The valley at the foot of the mountain range is home to the highly sought-after Jackson Hole area. When: Visitors may be surprised to learn that Grand Teton National Park is open to the public 24/7 every day of the year. Summer, however, is the most popular time of year to explore the Grand Tetons. Why: The snow-covered peaks of the Grand Tetons offer a variety of climbing options for experienced mountaineers looking for their next challenge. There are also plenty of cycling trails and scenic drives to take around the park for those hoping for a relaxing mountain getaway. 24. Uinta Mountains (Utah) Park City is the place to be if day trips to the Uinta Mountains are high on your second home wish list. Enjoy all the amenities of big city living while being close to Ashley National Forest and Great Salt Lake. Where: The Uinta Mountains are situated in northern Utah. Unlike the rest of the state’s topography, this area is home to green valleys and lush forests. When: Summer creates great conditions for extended stays in the mountains for those interested in camping or backpacking through the rugged range. Why: Thrill seekers can enjoy white water river rafting and 2,800 miles of off-road ATV trails. The nearby spas and amusement parks are Uinta Mountain getaway itinerary options as well. 25. Bighorn Mountains (Wyoming) Sheridan, Wyoming, is the ultimate in quaint mountain towns, rich in history and charm. Families and friends can relax in the great outdoors when they call the Bighorn region their home away from home. Where: Visit southern Montana or northern Wyoming to catch a glimpse of what is considered to be the Rocky Mountain’s sister range. When: Springtime is when Bighorn National Forest is in full bloom. Enjoy hiking among fragrant patches of alpine meadows on this majestic mountain getaway. Why: This protected national forest offers not one but three scenic byways that culminate in over 100 miles of beautiful views. The Cloud Peak Wilderness is another highlight of the protected area, and offers unspoiled alpine nature at its best. 26. Pine Valley Mountains (Utah) St. George, Utah, is a mountain town full of old-world charm. A second home in the Pine Valley area will award you plenty of space to get away from it all. Where: Enjoy Utah’s dramatic desert scenery whenever you visit the Pine Valley Mountains. This mountain range is also home to one of the largest mountain laccoliths (dome-shaped rock formations) in the world. When: The Pine Valley Mountains can be enjoyed in every season, but winter in this arid desert offers some of the best snowboarding and skiing opportunities in Utah. Why: Enjoy a unique ecosystem full of outdoor activities like boating, bouldering and backpacking through the striking landscape of the Dixie National Forest with the Pine Valley Mountains as the ultimate backdrop. 27. Taconic Mountains (New York) Residents of Albany, New York City and even Boston, Massachusetts, can enjoy the year-round splendor of the Taconic Mountains when they purchase a luxury second home in the area. Where: You can find this subrange of the Appalachian Mountains in the states of Connecticut, New York, Massachusetts and Vermont. When: Summer is when outdoor activities like waterfall trekking and lake fishing abound in the Taconic Mountains. Check the region’s website for more information about the official swimming season. Why: Take a carriage ride next to the Hudson River or backpack through charming woodlands whenever you stay in a luxurious mountain getaway home in the Taconic Mountains. 28. San Gabriel Mountains (California) Los Angeles is the perfect place to call your second home if being close to the stunning San Gabriel Mountains is your top priority. Where: This mountain range lies on the edge of SoCal’s most dynamic city. Locals and tourists alike flock to the San Gabriel Mountains for the impressive scenery and abundant biodiversity. When: Fall in Southern California offers an unbeatable climate for hiking, bouldering and trekking to the world-famous observatory at the summit of Mount Wilson. Why: A San Gabriel Mountain adventure is the perfect way to balance out a Los Angeles getaway. After you enjoy all the city has to offer, head to the mountains for some peace, quiet and spectacular skylines. 29. Mount Waialeale (Kaua’i, Hawai’i) The island of Kaua’i — also called the Garden Isle — may be small, but it is full to the brim with breathtaking views of Mount Waialeale, the Pacific Ocean and thick groves of tropical forests. Families, couples and solo travelers will definitely be caught daydreaming about their vacation home in paradise. Where: Mount Waialeale, in the heart of Kauaʻi in the state of Hawai’i, is widely considered to be one of the wettest places on the planet. When: Winter can be one of the best times to visit the Garden Isle due to a lower number of tourists. This time of year can also yield impeccable views of the Pacific Ocean while you scale the mountain. Why: Apart from the island’s beautiful sandy beaches, Mount Waialeale is also home to 800-foot waterfalls and Waimea Canyon on its western edge. If you’re looking for a mountain getaway that offers it all, this is the place for you. How to pack for a mountain getaway Before you head up the mountain, double-check that you’ve packed these mountain getaway essentials: Thermal layers Hiking boots Raincoat Sunscreen Bear spray and insect repellent First-aid kit Hammock Camera Water bottle Hydrating snacks Staying hydrated and warm is important to enjoying a mountain getaway to the fullest. Depending on the region of your destination, the weather can drastically change from the foot of the mountain to the summit, so dress accordingly.
Craving Bavarian charm, no passport required? Bavarian villages in the United States deliver fairytale beauty, German fare, delicious beers and fun-filled seasonal events. From the Pacific Northwest to the Midwest to the South, you might be closer to a Bavarian town in the USA than you think. What is a Bavarian village? Taking inspiration from Germany’s Bavaria region in the foothills of the Alps, Bavarian villages in the United States offer a little slice of German culture closer to home. While each of the best Bavarian towns offers unique experiences, you’ll commonly find Alpine architecture, Oktoberfest celebrations, locally brewed beers and more bratwurst and pretzels than you can eat in a lifetime. Top 5 must-visit Bavarian villages in the U.S. 1. Leavenworth, Washington Framed by the dramatic Cascade Mountains two hours east of Seattle, Leavenworth is a logging town-turned-Bavarian getaway. Every building in town boasts alpine touches, from the countless beer halls to the quirky Nutcracker Museum. The town is best known for its annual Christmastown Village of Lights. During this holiday celebration that spans from Thanksgiving to the end of February, over half a million lights — plus the occasional snowfall — make visitors feel like they’re inside a snow globe. Leavenworth also hosts a fun-filled (and family-friendly) Oktoberfest and year-round recreational opportunities. 2. Frankenmuth, Michigan Founded in 1845 by German immigrants, Frankenmuth is known as “Michigan’s Little Bavaria.” This historic town hosts 18 events and festivals each year, from a Bavarian Easter Celebration to the World Expo of Beer and the Summer Music Fest. Like many other Bavarian villages, Frankenmuth really comes alive during the holiday season, with a Christmas tree lighting and an open-air Christmas market. No visit to Frankenmuth is complete without a stop at Bronner’s Christmas Wonderland, the self-proclaimed world’s largest Christmas store. 3. Helen, Georgia The alpine town of Helen is an unexpected Bavarian village in the Blue Ridge Mountains, roughly 100 miles northeast from Atlanta. Helen is known as a hub for outdoor recreation, with activities like zip lining, river floating, a mountain coaster and hiking. Cobblestone streets line the two-square-mile town, which offers wine tasting, mini golf, a water park and plenty of German cuisine. September and October are popular times to visit because of the Oktoberfest celebration, but Christkindlmarkt is a holiday must-see. 4. Fredericksburg, Texas Like Frankemuth, Fredericksburg was founded by German settlers in the mid-1800s. Originally known for the unique German dialect spoken by its early residents, Fredericksburg is now a popular vacation destination in Texas Hill Country. The colorful town features storybook architecture, including a replica of a 19th century German church, and an awesome local wine scene — the region is home to over 100 wineries and vineyards. Close enough for a day trip from Austin or San Antonio, Fredericksburg hosts more than 400 festivals and special events each year. This includes a three-day Oktoberfest, fall Food & Wine Fest, Christmas parade and a bluegrass festival. 5. Vail, Colorado While the architecture may be a combination of Swiss and German, we’d be remiss to skip over the winter wonderland of Vail. Like the other villages on our list, Vail is big on charm. One of the most popular ski destinations in the United States, Vail is a true winter wonderland. Wander the cobblestone streets, dine on authentic Austrian-Bavarian foods at Alpenrose and stay in one of the warm and friendly Bavarian-inspired lodges. Vail has fewer than 5,000 year-round residents, but it’s a popular second home destination. If a weekend in this alpine escape isn’t enough, consider becoming a regular! Pacaso offers co-ownership of fully managed luxury vacation homes in the heart of Vail, so you can soak up endless European charm while enjoying easy access to world-class skiing and snowboarding.
Ready for the rush that comes from a day of mountain biking? We’ve identified five of the best mountain biking destinations in the United States. Grab your kit — mellow meadows, gnarly cross-country trails and epic downhill descents await. 1. Lake Tahoe The whole Lake Tahoe region is well known for its endless outdoor recreation options, and mountain biking is no exception. Lake Tahoe offers trails for all ages and experience levels, from low-key wildflower and waterfall rides to heart-pounding singletracks. Many of Lake Tahoe’s ski runs double as downhill trails in the summer months when the snow has melted. Within the greater Lake Tahoe area, which spans the California-Nevada border, Truckee is the preferred destination for mountain bikers in the know. While South Lake Tahoe has some good trails — including the famous six-mile-long Mr. Toad’s Wild Ride — Truckee offers easy access to hundreds of miles of trails, with fewer tourist crowds to contend with. Best time to visit Since Lake Tahoe sits at an elevation of over 6,000 feet, it can take a while for the snow to melt and the trails to reappear. The best time for a mountain biking trip to the Tahoe area is mid-June to mid-October. You’ll find peak crowds in July and August, with things thinning out once September hits. Trails to try Downieville Downhill: As the host of one of the most challenging mountain bike races in the country, the Downieville Classic, this 14-mile ride is best for intermediate to advanced riders. You’ll fly down 5,000 vertical feet in 15 miles filled with rocky, technical features. Expect to see snow in places through May. The Flume Trail: Known as one of the most beautiful rides in the region, the Flume Trail is a challenging 14-mile ride that hangs out at an elevation of between 7,000 and 8,000 feet. Expect over 1,000 feet of leg-pumping climbing during the first third of the ride. After the hard work, you’ll be rewarded with views of beautiful Marlette Lake and a long descent. Start and end at Flume Trail Mountain Bikes, which can hook you up with a bike rental, a shuttle or simply point you in the right direction. 2. Vail Your first clue that Vail is a biking town is the sheer number of bike shops in the area. During late spring, summer and early fall, this Colorado town and its surrounding landscape are best explored on two wheels. It’s also a great place for beginners, who can simply pedal flat and paved terrain, while still enjoying beautiful views. Adrenaline seekers can be whisked up the mountain (bike included) via gondola to access incredible downhill tracks. Best time to visit Like Lake Tahoe, Vail is a mountain town, so you’ll want to keep a close eye on snowmelt — it can vary quite a bit from one year to the next. Generally speaking, you’ll find good conditions between early May and late October. Trails to try Vail Pass Bike Path: The 14-mile path runs along Interstate 70 between Vail and Copper, and features beautiful mountain views. While it’s a paved path, don’t be fooled: You’ll be covering a 1,500-foot elevation gain at already high elevations. Spend a couple days in Vail first to get acclimated to the altitude. Radio Flyer: The resort’s most popular trail, this downhill track descends 1,257 feet through a variety of terrain, including sections of sculpted rollers that present a fun challenge. Tabletops mark the section, and if you’re not ready to call it a day, you can connect to the 1.8-mile Hank’s Hideway and make your way through a picturesque aspen grove. 3. Jackson The town of Jackson and the whole Jackson Hole Valley is an outdoor lover’s dream, no matter the time of year. In the winter months, this Wyoming wild west town draws winter sports lovers in search of perfect powder. But when the snow melts, a whole new outdoor playground emerges. Grab your bike and head to this mountain biking mecca — and don’t forget to make time to visit nearby Yellowstone National Park. Best time to visit Most trails are melted and ready to use by June, making July, August and September the peak mountain biking months. By September, you can expect trails to be fairly dusty, but the goal of mountain biking isn’t to stay clean. Trails to try Jackson Hole Bike Park: Not a trail but instead a massive bike park perfect for honing your skills, Jackson Hole Bike Park has everything from novice trails to advanced jump tracks. Ride to the bottom of the mountain on your choice of downhill or freeride trails, then hop the chairlift or gondola to do it again. It’s adaptive biking-friendly and even offers bike camps for kids looking to build their MTB skills. Thursday Ladies’ Laps clinics are designed for women to gain the skills needed for more technical riding. Big Holes: A network of trails totaling almost 80 miles and covering more than 3,000 vertical feet, Big Holes is a playground for advanced riders. Choose from 29 thrilling trails with good flow, technical features and incredible ridgeline views. 4. Moab Bike surrounded by the rugged beauty of the Utah desert in and around Moab. A home base for exploring two of the country’s most beautiful national parks — Arches National Park and Canyonlands National Park — Moab draws outdoor adventurers of all types. In between biking expeditions, enjoy rock climbing, horseback riding, whitewater rafting and camping. Best time to visit As a desert destination, Moab is simply too hot to enjoy on two wheels in the summer, when temperatures can be 90 degrees Fahrenheit or higher. September and October, along with April and May, are the best months to take a mountain biking trip to Moab, as temperatures are more moderate and you’re less likely to encounter snow on higher elevation rides. Trails to try Slickrock Bike Trail: More than 100,000 mountain bikers traverse this challenging trail every year, and it’s easy to see why. The 12.7-mile singletrack route covers a mix of petrified sand dunes and ancient seabed, with steep, sustained climbs and tricky sandpits. Not sure if you’re up for the challenge? Test your skills on the practice loop first. The Whole Enchilada: The name of this trail says it all: It has a little bit of everything. Start high above the alpine treeline and wind your way down almost 8,000 feet, through steep sandstone rollers and over red rock. Consult a local bike shop or shuttle service before embarking on this full-day expedition. Late-season snow can make the window to ride the full trail short, and shuttles are recommended. 5. Asheville The United States’ best mountain biking towns aren’t limited to the western half of the country. Case in point: Asheville. This charming North Carolina town is perhaps the most popular outdoor recreation hub in the Southeast. You’ll want to leave plenty of time to explore the region. Hundreds of miles of mountain biking trails await, as do other activities like paddling, rafting, hiking and exploring Asheville’s quirky arts district. It’s also home to more breweries per capita than any other U.S. city! Best time to visit Asheville’s mild spring and fall months are ideal, but often crowded. Summer can be a surprisingly good time to visit, too. The surrounding Blue Ridge Mountains can be a welcome respite from sweltering temperatures in town. Trails to try Pisgah National Forest: With over 500,000 acres, Pisgah is more than just a single trail. Rather, you’ll find three distinct trail networks that crisscross the forest. Bent Creek is more beginner-friendly, and closer to town. Mills Creek has multiple routes and rugged, backcountry terrain. Davidson River offers both singletrack and doubletrack routes that are best suited for experienced bikers. DuPont State Forest: Another state forest near Asheville, this one boasts 100 miles of trails across 10,000 acres for mountain bikers of all skill levels. Take your time exploring features like slickrock routes, waterfalls and lush forest. Note that many trails are shared use with hikers and equestrians, so take care when heading around the many blind corners in the park. Plan your outdoor escape with Pacaso For outdoor adventurers of all types, there’s nothing quite like having a home base in your favorite destination. Pacaso offers co-owned vacation homes in the best outdoor recreation areas, from Lake Tahoe to Vail to Jackson Hole and beyond. Best of all, these second homes are designed for adventure lovers. They’re located near all the outdoor action and boast features like ample gear storage, hot tubs to soothe sore muscles and plenty of space for your fellow adventurers.
There’s something magical about autumn: hillsides awash in color, a welcome chill in the air, the lure of a cozy fireplace. After the busy summer season, fall is the perfect time to enjoy a slower pace of life in a second home. Find your year-round getaway in one of these idyllic destinations. Aspen The chic mountain town of Aspen, Colorado, is best known as a can’t-miss winter getaway for skiers and snowboarders. Aspen may be a bit overlooked as a fall destination, but that’s a good thing. Fall in Aspen is delightfully low-key, with fewer crowds than in the peak winter season, yet plenty to do. Peep the fall colors throughout the White River National Forest, become a regular at local restaurants or enjoy hiking before the snow starts falling. Vail Another charming Colorado retreat, Vail is less than 100 miles from downtown Denver, making it the perfect place for a fall weekend getaway — of course, you’re welcome to stay longer! Autumn outdoor activities abound in this town of just over 5,500. Spend crisp fall days fishing, hiking, cycling, golfing or horseback riding, all against the backdrop of golden aspen trees. Napa Fall is harvest season in California Wine Country, making it the perfect time for wine lovers to visit. Toast the change of season at wineries throughout Napa Valley and Sonoma County, many of which host special tastings, harvest parties and farm-to-table dinners. With daily highs lingering in the mid 60s into November, Napa is the perfect place to enjoy all of the charms of fall. Charleston Do you love all things spooky? Fall is the perfect time to plan a trip to Charleston, South Carolina, said to be one of the most haunted places in the country. At the very least, you’ll find inspiration for your Halloween costume, as you’re regaled with local lore about pirates, shipwrecks, thieves and ghosts at historical sites all over town. Palm Springs For those who lament the end of summer every year, Palm Springs is the perfect place to make summer last a while longer. As the hotter-than-hot summer temperatures subside, Palm Springs comes alive. Enjoy temperatures in the 70s and 80s, perfect for poolside lounging, Sunday brunching and exploring the unique beauty of nearby Joshua Tree National Park. Second home destinations Pacaso offers co-ownership of fully managed, turnkey second homes that offer something special year-round. Browse and tour luxurious retreats in more than 40 world-class destinations virtually or in person.
Fall is a great time to take in some gorgeous autumn color and visit places that are too crowded (or too pricey) to fully enjoy in the hotter summer months. If you’re not ready for summer to end, you can find plenty of spots with the warmth of a sunny beach or the allure of a tropical breeze. Here are our picks for the top fall travel destinations that can help you embrace — or escape — the season. For stunning fall foliage If you’re inspired by the reds and golds of blazing autumn trees, your fall travel should definitely include these fall fan favorites. California Wine Country From scenic vineyards to farm-to-table eateries, Napa Valley and Sonoma County come alive in autumn. Enjoy stunning sunset views of the changing leaves on the Mayacamas Mountains while you sip fine vino and enjoy the freshest fare at one of the many wineries. If you’re not into wine, we’ve rounded up 10 other fun things to do in Napa Valley. Burlington, Vermont If there’s any destination where fall is practically legendary, it’s Burlington, Vermont. From the fiery red and gold mountainsides to its cozy sweater weather, Burlington is a must-visit if you want a genuinely autumnal experience. Shelburne Farms offers walking trails, hayrides and cheesemaking, and you can pick apples at Shelburne Orchards. Other top attractions include a variety of craft breweries, the ZipTour Adventure at Stowe Mountain and the Island Line Bike Trail that will take you along the shore of Lake Champlain. Boston, Massachusetts If you prefer a big city vibe for your fall travel but you still want plenty of autumn color, plan a stop in Boston. Enjoy one of the best views of the city from atop historic Bunker Hill, or see the city from the water on a sunset dinner cruise. Visit one of Boston’s many historic graveyards like Copp’s Hill or Granary Burying Ground, then drive about an hour to check out the Salem Witch Museum. For less spooky seasonal fun, try the Connors Farm corn maze or stroll the tree-lined streets near Harvard. Asheville, North Carolina Another legendary fall travel destination, Asheville boasts stunning autumn color across the beautiful Blue Ridge Mountains and the Great Smokies. The town is just an hour east of Great Smoky Mountains National Park and just two hours east of Gatlinburg, Tennessee (another noteworthy fall travel destination). Asheville is home to several craft beer breweries, a bustling arts scene and the incredible Biltmore Estate which covers 8,000 acres and is the closest thing the U.S. has to a castle. For fewer crowds When school is in session, these popular travel destinations should be a little quieter and more peaceful than they are from June to August. Grand Canyon National Park, Arizona As temperatures begin to cool in the Grand Canyon, the crowds start to thin at this popular destination, and you’ll have more breathing room to take in one of the seven natural wonders of the world. You’ll also find lower room rates, but visitor services start to taper off near the end of October. Take a hike through the Inner Canyon Trails of the South Rim, and be sure to bring extra layers to deal with the inevitable chill in the air. Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming Another tourist magnet during the summer months, Yellowstone is quieter during autumn, but no less majestic. In fact, you’ll see more wildlife activity because it’s mating season for elk, and other critters are preparing for hibernation. Most of the park is covered in evergreen trees, but in early fall you’ll see gorgeous golden leaves on the aspens. Autumn is also a great time for fishing in Yellowstone, with 600 lakes and ponds, and 1,000 rivers and streams. Access to certain areas of the park starts to close near the end of October to prepare for winter weather, so plan ahead. Zion National Park, Utah Are you catching the national park theme when it comes to fewer crowds in fall? Zion National Park in Utah is no exception. Summer brings triple-digit temperatures, but fall temps in Zion range between the 40s and 70s. Despite its reputation for stark sandstone cliffs and red rock formations, Zion has pretty spectacular fall foliage that provides a vibrant contrast to the natural rocky outcroppings. Take a hike on the Canyon Overlook Trail, and be sure to bring your camera to capture the picturesque views. For an extended summer Bask in the sunshine a little longer by visiting these summer-like destinations. Island of Hawaii, Hawaii The “Big Island” of Hawaii is an ideal destination when you're not quite ready to leave behind the carefree days of summer. Temperatures in September and October are much the same as summer, and only cool slightly in November. The off-peak season also provides the same sunny beaches with less expensive lodging, and you’ll be more likely to be able to book island adventures like snorkeling and helicopter tours without a lot of competition from other island visitors. While on the island, be sure to check out Hawai’i Volcanoes National Park and Rainbow Falls. San Francisco, California It might be located in “sunny California,” but oddly enough, San Francisco isn’t particularly sunny until fall. Autumn brings warmer temperatures to this coastal city, along with less wind and clearer skies (bye-bye fog!), making it the perfect time of year to enjoy The Golden City. Take a boat to Alcatraz to tour the historic prison, or visit Marin Headlands in the Golden Gate National Recreation Area for hiking and views of the bay. Fall events in San Francisco include cultural favorites like the Autumn Moon Festival in Chinatown and Fleet Week along the waterfront. Big Sur, California With fall temperatures in the 60s and 70s, Big Sur might not be as warm as Hawaii, but it offers plenty of sunshine and natural wonders. Whales are especially active in the Monterey Bay National Marine Sanctuary during the fall, and you’ll be able to spot hundreds of monarch butterflies settling in for the winter in the eucalyptus trees at Cooper Grove in Andrew Molera State Park. Pfeiffer Beach in Los Padres National Forest and the towering redwoods of Pfeiffer Big Sur State Park are also worth a visit. Find your dream destination Enjoy a second home for all seasons with Pacaso, whether it’s a Napa farmhouse bordered by vineyards, or a Malibu beach house steps from the sand. Browse our listings to find your perfect place for year-round relaxation.
Santa Barbara is more than a California coastal destination – it’s a lifestyle. Sun, surf, restaurants and distinctive architecture abound. And when you’re looking for a second home in Santa Barbara, there’s nothing quite like an authentic Santa Barbara-style home. Inspired by Mediterranean and Spanish Revival-style architecture, classic Santa Barbara-style homes have eight easy-to-spot characteristics. 1. White stucco walls Pure white stucco and plaster walls are a hallmark of Santa Barbara architecture, much like you’d find in Spain – after all, a Spanish explorer staked his claim on Santa Barbara way back in 1602. White walls serve as a blank canvas for the more dynamic elements of Santa Barbara-style architecture, including the ones that follow. 2. Arched windows, doors and walkways Rounded corners add a feeling of California casualness to Santa Barbara-style homes. You’ll find everything from subtle rounded tops on doors and window casings to dramatic floor-to-ceiling arches framing walkways, indoors and out. 3. Exposed wood beam ceilings Visible wood beams on the interior of Santa Barbara homes warm up the white walls and keep living spaces feeling cozy and welcoming. Whether structural or decorative, dark-stained wood beams add a sense of sophistication, especially in great rooms with high ceilings. 4. Earth tones Santa Barbara-homes style make wonderful use of earth tones and rich woods, providing another contrast to the stark white stucco and plaster walls. You’ll find warm tones in ornate wood doors, elegant light fixtures, handmade ceramic tiles, and decorative accents like rugs and linens. 5. Red tile roofs An homage to true classic Spanish hacienda architecture, red roof tiles are a must-have. Typically made of terracotta or slate, these curved roof tiles are found atop privately owned homes and local landmarks like the Santa Barbara County Courthouse and El Presidio. 6. Stone fireplaces Classic Santa Barbara homes always have a grand fireplace. But grand doesn’t mean dark – these homes often have fireplaces in the same neutral color palette of the surrounding plaster, or accented with Santa Barbara sandstone. The locally sourced stone has a muted golden or buff color. 7. Wrought iron accents Ornate wrought iron is another hallmark of this architectural style, and you’ll find it on balustrades, stairways, door and window hardware, and light fixtures. In some more dramatically designed homes, you may even find a spiral staircase crafted entirely from iron. 8. Inviting courtyards Santa Barbara’s gorgeous year-round weather lends itself to indoor-outdoor living, so homeowners can often be found enjoying charming stone courtyards, surrounded by lush foliage. Find your Santa Barbara second home Can’t resist the charms of a Santa Barbara home? Make the Central California Coast your second home destination with Pacaso. Become a co-owner of a luxury second home, and surround yourself in style.
With pristine Sea of Cortez coastlines, Sierra de la Laguna Mountain hikes, world-class restaurants and over a dozen Cabo San Lucas golf courses to choose from, you’ll never run out of things to do in Cabo — especially if hitting the links is your favorite thing. We’ve rounded up 18 Cabo San Lucas golf courses on par with even the most experienced golfer’s expectations. Private lessons, pro shops and spa packages await: 1. Cabo Real Golf Course Average rating: 4.7 stars Neighborhood: La Playa Access: Public The Cabo Real Golf Course is a 18-hole championship course, designed by Robert Trent Jones Jr. that features a variety of terrain. The course offers holes chiseled into the foothills of rugged desert peaks, broad fairways and views of the Sea of Cores from every hole, — and you can enjoy them in every season. A part of the Questro Golf family, the Cabo Real Golf Course has hosted several prestigious tournaments, including two Senior Slams. 2. Palmilla Golf Club Average rating: 4.7 stars Neighborhood: Palmilla Access: Public Now is your chance to play a 27-hole course designed by the legendary Jack Nicklaus. The Palmilla Golf Club boasts stunning views of the Sea of Cortez and has three distinctive nines: the Mountain, the Ocean and the Arroyo. Each has its challenges and scenery, but they all share the same impeccable conditions and service. After a round, cool off at the Palmilla Grill and Cantina or book a luxury stay at the One&Only Palmilla five-star resort. 3. Club Campestre San Jose Average rating: 4.6 stars Neighborhood: San José Access: Public Club Campestre San Jose is a prestigious golf resort tucked in the rolling foothills of the Sierra de la Laguna Mountains, offering spectacular views of the Sea of Cortez and the surrounding desert landscape. It is a world-class experience for golfers with its Nicklaus-designed 18-hole championship course, luxurious accommodations and amenities — making it an ideal luxury vacation destination for solo travelers and couples alike. 4. Cabo Del Sol Golf Club Average rating: 4.6 stars Neighborhood: Del Sol Access: Public Cabo Del Sol Golf Club offers two championship courses, the Ocean Course and the Desert Course, designed by world-renowned golf architects Jack Nicklaus and Tom Weiskopf. The Ocean Course features stunning views of the Sea of Cortez from every hole, and the Desert Course winds through the desert landscape of the Baja Peninsula. This club also provides a variety of amenities and services for its guests, including a clubhouse, pro shop, practice facility, restaurant, bar and spa. 5. Questro Golf Average rating: 4.4 stars Neighborhood: La Playa Access: Public Questro Golf offers three world-class courses designed by renowned architects Jack Nicklaus, Tom Weiskopf and Greg Norman. Each has its unique features and challenges. Questro Golf also provides exceptional amenities and services, such as professional instruction, club rentals, practice facilities, restaurants and bars. 6. Cabo San Lucas Country Club Average rating: 4.4 stars Neighborhood: El Tezal Access: Public Cabo San Lucas Country Club offers a challenging and scenic 18-hole course designed by Roy Dye, plus a restaurant, bar, and driving range. The course features over 80 bunkers, a 610-yard hole, and stunning views of the desert, mountains and beach. Cabo San Lucas Country Club is a paradise for golfers of all levels, as well as those who want to enjoy the natural beauty of Los Cabos. 7. Vidanta Los Cabos Average rating: 4.3 stars Neighborhood: Zona Hotelera Access: Public Vidanta Los Cabos is a nine-hole course features challenging and enjoyable holes for golfers of all skill levels. Jack Nicklaus designed the course that offers rental clubs, golf carts, and caddies. Whether you are looking for a relaxing round of golf with your friends or a competitive tournament with your colleagues, Vidanta Los Cabos is for you. 8. Querencia Golf Course Average rating: 4.7 stars Neighborhood: La Querencia Access: Private Querencia Golf Course is an exclusive golf community with a stunning setting. Designed by Tom Fazio, the 18-hole par-72 course covers over 300 acres of scenic land. It also features a 12-acre practice facility, a clubhouse with dining and spa services, and a variety of tournaments and events throughout the year. 9. Diamante Average rating: 4.7 stars Neighborhood: Playa Diamante Access: Private Diamante is a luxury resort that offers two of the most spectacular golf courses in the world: the Dunes Course, designed by Davis Love III, and El Cardonal, designed by Tiger Woods. The resort also features a state-of-the-art spa, and a fitness and recreation center. There are multiple restaurants and bars, plus direct access to Diamante Beach. 10. El Dorado Average rating: 4.7 stars Neighborhood: Tourist Corridor Access: Private El Dorado is the perfect destination for travelers who want to enjoy the beauty and tranquility of the Baja California peninsula while also experiencing the comfort and elegance of a world-class resort. Another members-only Nicklaus course, El Dorado is perfectly positioned along two miles of rugged coastline between Cabo San Lucas and San José del Cabo. After playing 18 holes, grab your swimsuit and make a splash at the El Dorado Beach Club. 11. Solmar Golf Links Average rating: 4.7 stars Neighborhood: Playa El Suspiro Access: Public Designed by Greg Norman, Solmar Golf Links offers perfect views of the Pacific Ocean from every hole. The course features a variety of challenges, such as sand dunes, arroyos, cacti and palm trees. Solmar Golf Links is part of a resort and residential community with luxury accommodations, dining options, spa and beach club. 12. Old Lighthouse Golf and Ocean Club Average rating: 4.6 stars Neighborhood: Colinas del Cabo Access: Private The Old Lighthouse Golf and Ocean Club is a premier destination for golf enthusiasts and beach lovers. This exclusive resort features a golf course designed by Jack Nicklaus, complete with a panoramic view of the Pacific Ocean. The resort boasts luxurious accommodations, fine dining and spa services. 13. Quivira Golf Club Average rating: 4.6 stars Neighborhood: Colinas del Cabo Access: Private Jack Nicklaus designed Quivira Golf Club, which features challenging holes that test the skills of players of all levels. The golf club also has an elegant clubhouse, a fine dining restaurant and a spa for guests to enjoy after a round of golf. With beachfront access, it will be easy to spend an entire day enjoying the luxury amenities that this golf club and resort has to offer. 14. Chileno Bay Los Cabos Average rating: 4.6 stars Neighborhood: Playa el Tule Access: Private Chileno Bay Los Cabos is a luxury beachfront resort and residential complex featuring a Tom Fazio-designed championship course. The resort offers spacious villas and guest rooms with top-shelf amenities. Guests can enjoy swimming, snorkeling, golfing, dining and relaxing at the spa. Chileno Bay Los Cabos is the perfect destination for those seeking an upscale golfing getaway. 15. Rancho San Lucas Golf Club Average rating: 4.6 stars Neighborhood: Todos Santos Access: Private If you want a great golfing experience in Cabo San Lucas, swing by Rancho San Lucas Golf Club. The legendary Greg Norman designed this golf course that offers stunning views of the Pacific Ocean and the surrounding desert landscape. The course features 18 holes that challenge players of all skill levels, with five sets of tees and various hazards and bunkers. The course also has a state-of-the-art practice facility, pro shop, and a clubhouse with a restaurant and bar. 16. Costa Palmas Golf Club Average rating: 4.5 stars Neighborhood: East Cape Access: Private Costa Palmas Golf Club is the only course on the East Cape and one of a few walkable courses in the entire region. The club features an 18-hole championship course designed by Robert Trent Jones II, each six-hole section features a different landscape, and the last six holes offer views of the chic Costa Palmas Marina. The club also has a practice facility, pro shop, clubhouse and restaurant. Costa Palmas Golf Club is part of the Costa Palmas resort community, which includes a marina, beach club, hotel and luxury residences. 17. Puerto Los Cabos Golf Club Average rating: 4.5 stars Neighborhood: La Playa Access: Private Puerto Los Cabos Golf Club is a unique 27-hole golf resort featuring three distinct courses designed by two of the sport’s most legendary figures, Greg Norman and Jack Nicklaus. The club is on a pristine coastal stretch along the Sea of Cortez, just east of the San Jose del Cabo estuary. Puerto Los Cabos Golf Club is a mixed-use resort community with gated residential neighborhoods, hotels and a world-class marina. 18. Cove Club Average rating: 4 stars Neighborhood: Del Sol Access: Private Located in the resort community of Cabo Del Sol, Cove Club is a public-turned-private course reserved for club members and their guests. If you become a member (or have a friend who invites you to play), you’ll enjoy another challenging Jack Nicklaus-designed course. Be sure to stop at Bambi, a vintage Airstream-turned-beachside taco stand between holes 9 and 10. Cabo San Lucas golf courses can challenge amateur and seasoned players with their pro-designed fairways and greens. With so many ways to golf in Cabo San Lucas, knowing where to stay is essential. And if you fall in love with Cabo San Lucas, consider owning a second home in this Mexican paradise. Pacaso’s fully managed co-ownership model makes it easy and hassle-free.
With more than 400 wineries, 90 tasting rooms, 14 Michelin-starred restaurants and picture-perfect weather, Napa Valley is a dream vacation destination. Known for producing some of the world's best wines, Napa Valley is 30 miles long and five miles in length, with over 45,000 acres of vineyards. Scattered across the lush valley are a variety of individual towns, each with its own charm and appeal. If you’re planning a trip to Napa Valley and you’re not sure where to stay, here’s a quick rundown of five of the most popular towns, from north to south. No matter which you choose, you’re within easy access of tasting rooms, wineries, restaurants, outdoor activities, art and more. 1. Calistoga Quiet, relaxed and tucked away on the very north end of the valley, Calistoga is known as a wellness destination, thanks to its natural hot springs. As the self-proclaimed “Spa Capital of Northern California,” Calistoga has more than two dozen spas and massage therapy salons, with some located inside luxury hotels. Lincoln Avenue is Calistoga’s main street, and it pairs small-town ambience with upscale shopping and dining. It’s best explored on foot, so you can stop in a local tasting room, browse local galleries and grab a bite to eat. Popular wineries located in Calistoga include Schramsberg Vineyards, Chateau Montelena and Vincent Arroyo. Without a doubt, the most famous is Castello di Amorosa, built to resemble a medieval castle. After a sip of their reserve wine, you might just think you’re in Tuscany. After a long day of wine tasting across the valley, there’s nothing quite like returning to your hotel for a mineral soak or a spa treatment. Luckily, many of the properties in Calistoga fit the bill. Check out Calistoga Spa Hot Springs, Indian Springs Calistoga or Solage Resort & Spa, to name a few. 2. St. Helena Just south of Calistoga, the town of St. Helena is best described as sophisticated and historic. The town is affectionately nicknamed “Napa Valley’s Main Street,” due to its central location. The half-mile long downtown is perfectly walkable, featuring boutiques, dessert shops, cafes and specialty boutiques. St. Helena is a dream for foodies. The Culinary Institute of America (CIA) at Greystone offers tours and cooking classes, while their Spice Islands Marketplace is where you can stock up on all things cooking related, including a selection of over 1,700 cookbooks. Gourmet farm-to-table restaurants abound in St. Helena, from the cozy outdoor patio at the Charter Oak to The Restaurant at nearby Auberge du Soleil, which boasts 13 consecutive Michelin stars. The wineries in St. Helena are known for their incredible views. Pack a picnic lunch and enjoy the vineyard views at Rombauer, watch the sunset over the vineyards at Joseph Phelps, or head high atop Spring Mountain for sweeping valley views from Barnett. St. Helena is known for its luxury and boutique accommodations. Stay just outside of town, surrounded by nature, at Meadowood Napa Valley. Or stay within walking distance of wineries at Southbridge or Wydown Hotel. Wine Country Inn & Cottages is a popular stay for those looking for an immersive Wine Country experience — the property is within a working vineyard. 3. Yountville Continuing south through the valley, Yountville is another can’t-miss foodie destination. Perhaps best known as the home of Thomas Keller’s famous restaurant, The French Laundry, Yountville has more Michelin stars per capita than any other town in the United States. Since Yountville is only about 1.5 square miles, exploring on foot is the way to go. Browse gourmet chocolate shops, art galleries and upscale boutiques. You also won’t want to miss the self-guided Yountville Art Walk, a great way to get some steps in before an award-winning dinner. Another way to get the lay of the land? Hire Napa Valley Balloons to take you on a hot air balloon ride high above the valley. Yountville is known for its luxurious accommodations, but you won’t find large international hotel chains here. The accommodations are mostly intimate boutique hotels, vacation rentals and bed and breakfasts. Bed and breakfasts in Yountville are a lovely way to stay, as many come with amenities like farm-to-table breakfasts, afternoon wine tastings and complimentary bikes so you can explore the ever-expanding Napa Valley Vine Trail. 4. Napa The town of Napa is the perfect place to stay for those who need easy access back to San Francisco or wine lovers on their first trip to Napa Valley. It’s also ideal for those who only have a few days to explore, as there are dozens of tasting rooms, wine bars and restaurants right in the heart of town. Napa’s historic downtown is big on charm, thanks to its riverfront location. On a sunny day, you’ll see kayakers paddling the Napa River. The most popular attractions in town include the Oxbow Public Market, a 40,000 square-foot marketplace with an eclectic mix of local food vendors, and the Napa Valley Film Festival, which happens every November. You’ll have your pick of accommodations in Napa, whether you prefer a large resort like the Carneros Resort and Spa, set on 27 bucolic acres, or a centrally located hotel like the Andaz Napa. You’ll also find some historic properties and quaint bed and breakfasts. 5. American Canyon An up-and-comer at the southern end of Napa Valley, American Canyon is popular with those who want to visit the valley on a budget. Choose from a range of national hotel chains and save your vacation dollars for a world-class dinner out or a case of your favorite cabernet. To access the majority of the wineries and restaurants, you’ll need to make the 10-mile drive to Napa, but don’t overlook everything American Canyon has to offer. The small town is known for its beautiful scenery. It’s located adjacent to a bay and wetlands, which makes it a dream destination for bird watchers — don’t miss the Napa River Bay Trail and Glass Beach. Say cheers to a second home in Napa Valley If you’re becoming a Napa Valley regular (or want to be!), owning a second home might be your best bet. Say goodbye to the cost and hassle of booking a hotel and hello to your own Wine Country wonderland. Pacaso offers co-ownership opportunities across Napa Valley, from wellness-focused Calistoga to historic St. Helena, and beyond. Ownership shares are available for as low as ⅛ the total home price, and every Pacaso home is professionally decorated, fully furnished and ideally located. Raise a toast to your own Wine Country retreat.
Sit back, close your eyes and picture your dream vacation destination. Are you envisioning warm tropical breezes, swaying palm trees and tropical drinks with little umbrellas? Or are you thinking of white-capped mountain peaks, falling snow and a crackling fire? When it comes to the eternal beach vs. mountains debate, both are clear winners for differing reasons. Check out our list of five things to love about each option. Why beaches are best 1. Year-round warm weather Especially for travelers looking to escape harsh winters, most beach destinations offer sunny skies, balmy weather and warm breezes much of the year. Did you know Miami’s average high temperature in February is 75 degrees? Even Southern California beach communities like San Diego, Malibu and Newport Beach boast beautiful year-round weather. 2. Wonderful watersports While many beachgoers simply want a lounge chair and a good book, beach getaways are also great for the more active set. Depending on the beach you choose, you’ll find all kinds of great on-the-water (and in-the-water) activities. Spend sunny days sailing, fishing, kayaking, swimming, paddle boarding, surfing or even parasailing. 3. A sunny social scene You’re not the only one who loves the beach — a vibrant social scene usually emerges as people flock to the shore. Whether you prefer casual beachside restaurants, al fresco fine dining, or clubs and nightlife, you can find it all in many beach towns. 4. Ample opportunities to relax There’s something about the sound of crashing waves that washes away all your worries. Go ahead: Tie up that hammock between two palm trees, climb in and start to unwind! 5. Easy to access Getting to a great beach doesn’t require lots of logistics and multiple modes of transportation. Jetsetters can easily access popular beach destinations on both the Pacific and Atlantic coasts with direct flights, even if you only have a few days to spend. Why mountains are a must 1. Cozy time Is there anything more idyllic than a mountain home in winter? With snow falling outside and a warm fire inside, a mountain retreat is the perfect place for a winter getaway. Who needs to go outside, anyway? 2. Outdoor adventures When the mountains are calling, bundle up and head out to enjoy skiing, snowboarding, snowshoeing, snowmobiling or even dogsledding! Plus, if you’re lucky enough to have a second home in a popular resort destination like Lake Tahoe, Vail or Aspen, you could even enjoy ski-in, ski-out access. 3. Apres-ski activities After a long day on the slopes, there’s no better way to relax than with a craft cocktail and an award-winning meal. In popular ski destinations like Breckenridge and Park City, you’ll find world-class cuisine just steps from the ski lifts. 4. Natural beauty There’s something almost magical about life in the mountains. A mountain retreat encourages disconnecting from the hustle and bustle (set the smartphone down!) and reconnecting with the simpler pleasures of life. Gorgeous mountain vistas and incredible flora and fauna don’t hurt, either! 5. Superb solitude Do you hear that? It’s the sound of … silence. People seeking peace and quiet often head to higher altitudes to escape the crowds, surround themselves with nature and enjoy the myriad benefits of a little time to themselves. Beach vs. mountain: Find your ideal escape No matter your choice, Pacaso offers a smarter way to buy and own a second home. As a co-owner of a Pacaso, you never have to worry about maintenance or management. Simply arrive, unpack and hit the beach — or the slopes. Check out our latest listings.
Impeccably designed, super exclusive and located in the best locations, members-only social clubs are the sought-after places to be in Los Angeles. While there are plenty of clubs to choose from — if you can score an invitation, that is — Soho House is easily the most iconic brand on the social club scene. Soho House offers multiple locations in the greater Los Angeles area, each with a distinct vibe. Soho House West Hollywood is the original LA location. Just down the street you’ll find Holloway House, the newest LA location. Soho Warehouse in downtown LA has a cool industrial vibe. Finally, Little Beach House Malibu is an intimate waterfront oasis away from the hustle and bustle of the city. Among the Southern California creative set, a Soho House membership is coveted: You need to complete an online application, have referrals from two current members, and make it past the membership committee, which reviews applications each month. If you make it in, you’ll have a choice between a single club membership or one that gives you access to most Soho House locations around the world — including the other LA-area clubs. Here’s what you need to know about the LA locations so you can set your sights on the one you love the most. And if you're looking to visit SoHo regularly, consider co-owning a second home in Los Angeles. Soho House West Hollywood Located in the heart of Sunset Boulevard, Soho House West Hollywood is an incredible 20-story glass building with panoramic Los Angeles views from the rooftop garden. It features spaces for both work and play, like meeting spaces, a restaurant, red velvet screening room and a calendar full of exclusive events. It’s also an art lover’s paradise. Soho House West Hollywood is home to an incredible collection of artwork by artists born, based or trained in LA. The entire collection was refreshed in 2023, so there’s always something new to see. Holloway House Also located in West Hollywood, Holloway House was added to the Soho House portfolio in 2022. Lovers of the Mid-Century Modern vibe will love this location, which also has a more casual feel than other Soho House locations. Holloway House offers a rooftop deck, meeting space, a restaurant with booths clad in burgundy leather, and plenty of live music and events. Like many Soho House clubs, there are overnight bedrooms to book just like a hotel. While members will get the best rates on their pick of 34 rooms with five distinct layouts, non-members are able to book an overnight stay, which is a great way to see the club for yourself. Soho Warehouse Soho Warehouse has a look and feel all its own. Located in a converted warehouse-turned-recording studio in downtown LA, it has an industrial-chic aesthetic and is the only Los Angeles Soho House property with a rooftop pool. With interiors that showcase local street art, Soho Warehouse is the perfect place to find creative inspiration. The on-site drawing room regularly hosts events and creative workshops. Soho Warehouse also features a two-story gym with a boxing ring, garden, restaurant, 48 bedrooms and an outdoor art commission by Shepard Fairey. Little Beach House Malibu Soho House’s Malibu outpost is a chic and serene destination. Located in an oceanfront building right off the Pacific Coast Highway and next door to Nobu, Little Beach House Malibu is the most intimate of all the LA houses. It’s also ultra-exclusive. Only existing Soho House members with an add-on Malibu Plus membership are invited in. If you can manage an invitation, you’ll be rewarded with views of Carbon and Surfrider beaches. There are plenty of places to work, relax and congregate, from an open air bar to an indoor sitting room and a sun-drenched terrace. During low tide, you can descend the ladder to the sand and take a walk on the beach. Soho House for non-members Can’t wrangle an official invitation for membership? There are two other ways to experience the Soho House brand for yourself. First, enjoy a co-working day at Soho Works. Located in West Hollywood and with the same gorgeous aesthetic as all Soho House properties, Soho Works features meeting rooms, desks, lounge areas and a communal kitchen for creative professionals. Monthly memberships are available in a range of tiers, based on how often you visit and what kind of space you need. Second, Soho Home Studio on Melrose is a furniture and interior design store that features many of the same pieces you’ll find in Soho House properties around the world. Grab a drink from the on-site coffee shop and spend some time picking out furnishings that will make your home feel like a private Soho House. Discover your own Southern California getaway Soho House clubs aren’t the only way to live your best life in Southern California. Pacaso puts luxury second homes within reach in many crave-worthy neighborhoods. Become a co-owner of a professionally designed and decorated property — it’s a place you can call home every time you visit LA.
The social club scene in Los Angeles has been the stuff of legend for decades. It’s where Hollywood celebrities gather, red carpet events abound and powerful business leaders meet to make connections. Soho House West Hollywood was the club that started it all, with an envy-inducing Sunset Boulevard location and killer views. Today, it’s just one of many members-only clubs, each catering to a specific clientele and offering a unique set of amenities. Ready to get your name on the list for one of Los Angeles’ hottest private clubs? Here’s our rundown of the best of the best, so you can find your favorite. 1. Soho House West Hollywood The scene Soho House West Hollywood is one of three LA locations and, with more than 110,000 members worldwide, SoHo House is the most well known brand in the world of private clubs. The West Hollywood venue wows with floor-to-ceiling windows, epic Hollywood Hills views, a vintage wood-paneled bar and a 50-seat screening room. The Sunday brunch is easily the biggest draw. The clientele The vibe at Soho House is glamorous and highly focused on privacy. Members must turn in their phones upon entry, due to the strict no photos policy. The membership list is equally hush-hush. The club has even been known to deny membership to celebrities who bring with them a large paparazzi following. Becoming a member The membership committee reviews applications each month. You’ll need to complete an online application and have referrals from two current members. If you’re accepted, you’ll be able to choose from a single-club membership, just for SoHo West Hollywood, or one that gives you access to Soho House locations around the world. For members under 27, the annual cost is $1,351 for one club and $2,481 for all clubs. For those over 27, the single membership cost is $2,481 and the all-club membership is $4,961. Looking to visit SoHo West Hollywood regularly? Consider owning a second home in Los Angeles. Pacaso makes it easier with co-ownership. Looking to visit SoHo West Hollywood regularly? Consider owning a second home in Los Angeles. Pacaso makes it easier with co-ownership. 2. Soho Warehouse The scene While it’s part of the Soho House brand, Soho Warehouse has a look and feel all its own. It’s housed in a seven-story former warehouse building and showcases industrial design and street art from the surrounding downtown area — don’t miss the outdoor commission by Shepard Fairey. Soho Warehouse boasts a 48-room hotel, rooftop pool and a two-story gym with a boxing ring. In the basement, you’ll find the Warehouse Studio, a creative space that hosts workshops and events for members. The clientele Soho Warehouse’s convenient downtown location means it’s always bustling with the effortlessly cool. There’s an unofficial “no suits” policy, giving a casually upscale feel throughout. Artistic types are always coming and going, taking advantage of meeting space, dining, fitness spaces or simply soaking up the sun on the chic rooftop patio. Becoming a member Just like SoHo House West Hollywood, prospective members must complete an online application and have referrals from two current members. A single club membership for members under 27 is $1,341 a year for a single club and $2,464 for all clubs. Members over 27 pay $2,683 yearly for a single club membership and $4,928 for all clubs. 3. Jonathan Club The scene Jonathan Club is undoubtedly on the more traditional end of the LA social clubs, thanks in large part to its storied history. It was founded in 1895 and today includes two locations: the towering, 12-story European Renaissance-styled Town Club in downtown LA and the Beach Club, which has been the Santa Monica outpost for members since 1927. Town Club amenities include wellness facilities, on-site overnight accommodations, a rooftop terrace and signature dining. The three-acre Beach Club has a restaurant, bar, lounge and plenty of beach access. The clientele Given its long history and traditional feel, the club appeals to those in classic professional careers — think doctors, lawyers and politicians. While they don’t publicize a list of members, it’s safe to say its membership as a whole enjoys socializing and networking. Jonathan Club hosts more than 200 events throughout the year, including plenty of family-friendly events. Becoming a member Jonathan Club is notoriously tight-lipped about the details of becoming a member, but it’s commonly known that the application and vetting process can take more than a year, and that a five-digit initiation fee is the norm, followed by monthly dues. A single membership gets you access to both locations. 4. The Britely The scene One of the newest social clubs on the LA scene, The Britely opened in April 2021 with a founding member class of 500-600. The club is a feast for the senses. It’s bright, colorful, decadent and pays homage to old Hollywood glamour. You won’t find meeting rooms or co-working spaces here. The Britely is built for enjoyment, with two Wolfgang Puck restaurants, a rooftop pool, music venue, 24-hour gym and even a bowling alley. The clientele The Britely’s goal is to attract members who work in a variety of fields. Members show up at the club for a wide range of social, cultural and wellness events, whether that’s yoga classes, movie screenings, happy hours or live music. Becoming a member Even though The Britely has only been open for a few years, there’s already a sizable waitlist. Knowing current members is a plus, as referrals go a long way. If you make it in, be prepared for a yearly membership fee of roughly $3,000. 5. NeueHouse The scene NeueHouse opened in 2016 as a members-only co-working space, located in the old CBS Broadcasting building in Hollywood. It has expanded its offerings over the years, now calling itself a “work and social club.” In addition to beautifully designed working spaces, a NeueHouse membership gives access to private music performances, dining, cultural events and more. It’s worth noting that the Hollywood location is one of three NeueHouse clubhouses. There’s also Bradbury in downtown LA and a new Venice Beach location. The clientele Because it’s a work space above all, NeueHouse positions itself as a “community for creators, innovators and thought leaders.” NeueHouse’s reciprocal memberships and VIP access and pricing to local art events and festivals make it popular for those who are active in the LA cultural scene. Becoming a member NeueHouse offers a range of flexible memberships for individuals and businesses. Their full membership, called a Salon membership, starts at $3,600 a year. The Off-Site membership provides collaborative working space for teams and starts at $3,000 per year, per member. Finally, individuals can choose a Resident membership, taking advantage of open and private workspaces and starting at $900 a month. 6. San Vicente Bungalows The scene Lush and hush-hush are the best words to describe the San Vicente Bungalows. Located in West Hollywood, the pink-and-green clubhouse boasts a verdant garden patio, eight overnight guest rooms, a screening room, on-site restaurant and much more. Because privacy is paramount and the club is meant to be a place for relaxation, phones are never allowed and laptops are only allowed in certain parts of the building, and only until 5 p.m. The clientele Club creator Jeff Klein follows the mantra that “privacy is the new luxury,” so it's no surprise that the club is ultra-exclusive and even more hush-hush. It’s hard to know who of the LA elite class are members here, although occasional leaks have uncovered visits from Prince Harry and Steven Spielberg. Its vigilant stance on the utmost privacy makes it an oasis for those who are so instantly recognizable, everyday outings like lunches and meetings become paparazzi-laden affairs. Becoming a member Annual dues start at $4,200, but above and beyond that, the membership process is kept under wraps. Non-members aren’t allowed to tour the club, so if you want a sneak peek before deciding to apply, you’ll need to visit as the guest of a member. The membership team places high value on nominations from current members, so connections are key. 7. The California Club The scene The California Club is one of the oldest and most storied private social clubs in Los Angeles. For over a century, it’s been a downtown home away from home for the ruling class of LA. The current clubhouse has been housed in a seven-story Beaux-Arts building in downtown LA, which became listed on the National Register of Historic Places in 2010. The club offers a dining room, patio, bar, spa and overnight accommodations, all richly decorated in the European Renaissance style. The clientele Not much information is available about who the California Club members are, but it stands to reason that the club appeals to a similar demographic set as Jonathan Club: business leaders and politicians with long family histories in Los Angeles. Becoming a member Membership is by invitation of current club members only, and the membership office does not take inquiries from non-members. It’s rumored that a membership invitation requires nominations from no less than six current members, but other details, including pricing, aren’t published. Enjoy your own exclusive retreat If you’re a regular visitor to Southern California, why not own your own luxurious retreat? Pacaso offers second homes in LA with club-like amenities: incredible views, outdoor dining space, swimming pools, wine cellars and dedicated work spaces. aAll starting at 1/8 the price. Learn more about the benefits of co-ownership.
Tucked away high in the San Juan Mountains of southwestern Colorado, Telluride is an adventurer’s playground for its nearly 2,600 year-round residents and a multitude of visitors. Whether you’re in for adrenaline-pumping adventure sports, to be surrounded by nature, or to take in a bit of historic charm, you can do it all in Telluride. Here are 25 things to do in Telluride, including recommended time commitments for each so you can plan your trip and make the most of it. 1. Hit the slopes Time commitment: Four hours minimum If you’re lucky enough to be in Telluride in the winter, you’ll find yourself in a powder paradise. Telluride Ski Resort spans multiple peaks, with 19 lifts serving an incredible 120 runs and over 2,000 acres of skiable terrain. While it’s known as a winter wonderland for black diamond-level skiers, 23% of their runs are ranked beginner and 36% are ranked intermediate. And compared to some of Colorado’s other famous ski resorts, you’re less likely to find long lift lines and crowded amenities in this low-key town. Looking to take a day off your skis but don’t want to miss out on those awesome mountain views? Plenty more Telluride attractions await. 2. Go on a hike Time commitment: Two hours minimum Telluride isn’t just a winter destination. In fact, Telluride and its surrounding landscapes are just as impressive in the warm-weather months. Endless hiking options abound, beginning with the must-see Bridal Veil Falls, a 365-foot-high waterfall that’s simply breathtaking to witness. It’s the tallest free-falling cascade in Colorado, surrounded by peaks as high as 14,000 feet. It’s an easy trip to fit into your weekend in Telluride since you can reach the base of the falls in just 1.8 miles. Or venture to the top in about 3 miles. Other popular hikes include Bear Creek Falls and Jud Wiebe Trail, both of which offer abundant wildflowers if you time it right. Remember to factor in Telluride’s altitude (8,750 feet) when planning your hikes. 3. Ride the gondola Time commitment: 30 minutes round trip The only free transportation of its kind in the United States, the Telluride and Mountain Village Gondola has shuttled an incredible 2.8 million skiers, snowboarders, mountain bikers, hikers and sightseers since it opened in 1996. This 13-minute route connects historic Telluride with the resort hub of Mountain Village, letting you avoid the 20-minute drive to the ski resort. But most riders aren’t there to avoid the commute when they visit Telluride — they’re riding to take in the incredible views of the 10,500-foot Coonskin Ridge. On a clear day, you can see all the way to the La Sal Mountains in Utah. 4. Visit Mountain Village Time commitment: Three hours Mountain Village is the end stop for the gondola, making it a convenient destination to add to your itinerary. It started as a European-style ski resort and has evolved into a bustling town with shops and restaurants well worth the visit. 5. Go fly fishing Time commitment: Four to eight hours Telluride has some of the country’s finest alpine streams for trout fishing. Buy a fishing license at a local sporting goods shop and you're good to hit the waterways for a day of solitude. Local guides are available for hire, helping novices learn the ropes and experienced anglers find the best spots. If you plan to visit during the winter, bring your fishing pole — fishing maintains its status as one of the top things to do in Telluride year-round because the environmental conditions for trout are even better at that time of year. 6. Take a walking tour of downtown Time commitment: One to three hours When you’re at a loss for what to do in Telluride, a walking tour is well worth the time. With an Old West vibe that feels like something out of a movie, downtown Telluride started as a silver mining camp and is nothing if not charmingly historic. It’s just eight blocks wide and 12 blocks long, and the entire downtown seems to be miraculously pinned inside a narrow canyon. An afternoon is well spent wandering the quaint shops and restaurants of downtown Telluride. 7. Raft down the San Miguel River Time commitment: Four hours to three days The rivers around Telluride are good for more than just trout fishing. Hop on a raft for a trip down the San Miguel River. Trips range from 9 ½-mile half-day trips to multi-day adventures, with family-friendly trips on the easier end up to intermediate class 3-rated adventures. Other popular rafting expeditions include the Dolores River and Colorado River. 8. Experience tandem paragliding Time commitment: 20 minutes in the air Get a thrilling view of Telluride and the Rocky Mountains from the harness of a paraglider. Passengers must have the ability to run on takeoff and landing, making this activity accessible to people 5 and older. Some instructors even offer the option to pilot the glider yourself after teaching you the basic controls. Paragliding flights are highly dependent on safe weather conditions, so have a backup plan if rain or fog sets in. 9. Visit the arts district Time commitment: One hour minimum Established in 1971, the Telluride Arts District showcases the work of local artists and performers in traditional and contemporary styles. Art pieces adorn the streets with live performances providing spontaneous entertainment. The historic Transfer Warehouse hosts art exhibitions in an open-air environment for an intimate cultural experience. 10. Rock climb at Via Ferrata Time commitment: Four to eight hours Skiing isn’t the only thing Telluride’s mountains are good for. Check out climbing at Via Ferrata. Routes on the surrounding mountains are accessible to novice climbers or challenging enough for the most experienced mountaineers. Equipment is available to rent with qualified guides to show you the ropes (literally). Climbing can be done year-round, with ice climbing up a frozen waterfall providing a unique winter experience. 11. Drive Black Bear Pass Time commitment: Three hours This 8½-mile scenic drive will take you to elevations of nearly 13,000 feet. This famous road is recommended for experienced drivers in 4x4 vehicles with high clearance. Those willing to brave the hazards will get a view of the highest waterfall in Colorado at Bridal Veil Falls and have the thrill of steep switchbacks on their descent. Black Bear Pass is also accessible to hikers and bikers. 12. Ride the Durango and Silverton Narrow Gauge Railroad Time commitment: Five and a half hours to nine and a half hours This railroad is a national landmark, and provides an authentic 1882 train experience through the mountains. The free museum shares the history of railroading and mining in the area with optional guided tours. Special events are offered year-round, with a Polar Express-themed ride in winter. 13. Bike the Galloping Goose Trail Time commitment: One hour minimum The Galloping Goose Trail offers 20 miles of dirt and gravel paths taking you through the forest and along rocky overlooks. Other options to experience the trail include horseback riding and cross-country skiing. Starting at Lizard Head Pass and heading south provides an easy downhill ride. For a more challenging excursion, start near Telluride and head north. 14. Go on an off-road tour Time commitment: Two to six hours Thanks to Telluride’s roots as a mining town, the area has off-road trails to remote ghost towns and alpine lakes. You can choose to rent a Jeep for a self-guided trip, or contract a guide to experience the more difficult terrain. Favorite destinations include the Smuggler-Union Mine and the Tomboy ghost town. 15. Explore the historical museum Time commitment: One and a half hours The Telluride Historical Museum preserves the history of the region by showcasing exhibits and offering educational programs. Learn about what life was like in the area during the 19th and early 20th centuries, the miners who dug into the San Juan Mountains and more. Artifacts fill the building and a photo archive documents the town’s history. 16. Camp in the San Juan Mountains Time commitment: One day minimum If a hike is not enough to satisfy your outdoor appetite, camping surely will. There are multiple campgrounds in the region that offer a range of amenities. The Priest Lake Campground is free to use, allowing visitors to stay for up to seven days. The Town Park Campground has 28 vehicle sites for visitors to glamp in luxury and even hosts festivals throughout the summer for added entertainment. 17. Snowshoe Hope Lake Trail Time commitment: Three hours Add an extra challenge to your hike by strapping snowshoes to your feet and trekking through the fresh Telluride snow. Hope Lake Trail is a 6-mile out-and-back trek that offers a moderate challenge to people looking to explore the Colorado wilderness. It’s also popular for birders and hikers. 18. Tour the Old Hundred Gold Mine Time commitment: 45 minutes While visiting Telluride, head over to nearby Silverton to tour the Old Hundred Gold Mine from late spring through mid autumn. The guided tour goes ⅓ mile into Galena Mountain, giving visitors a sense of what it was like for miners over 100 years ago. Real mining equipment is still stored in the tunnels, with demonstrations of how they operated. Visitors can pan for precious metals for free with the price of their ticket and are allowed to keep what they find. 19. Go on a guided horseback ride Time commitment: One hour minimum Riding a horse through the mountains and meadows of the Rockies is one of the best things to do in Telluride and makes unforgettable memories. Experienced guides lead groups along winding trails to gain a unique view of the local wildlife and stunning scenery. Family-friendly tours are available so no one gets left out, and more advanced options ensure experienced riders aren’t bored. 20. Ice skate at the Madeline Hotel Time commitment: One hour or more This full-service ice rink located in the plaza of Mountain Village provides one of the more affordable Telluride activities the whole family can enjoy. There is a free skate hour when the rink is in operation, with options to purchase single admissions, multi-visit punch cards and season passes. Skates are included with the price of admission. 21. Take a dip in the hot springs Time commitment: One and a half hours When it’s time to take a break from the more physically demanding activities in Telluride, soak in one of the nearby hot springs. While this can be done at any time of year, it’s an especially memorable experience in the winter, when a chance snowfall can turn a relaxing dip into something magical. Certain locations also offer spa services like massages, facials and body treatments. 22. Visit Canyons of the Ancients Time commitment: One day Formerly called the Anasazi Heritage Center, Canyons of the Ancients National Monument is a museum dedicated to the prehistoric cultures in the Four Corners region. Apart from housing almost 2 million artifacts, the center holds interactive exhibits to gain a hands-on understanding of native cultures. Visitors can grind cornmeal, weave on a loom and touch some of the authentic artifacts. 23. Enjoy spa time at The Peaks Resort Time commitment: One hour minimum The Peaks is the largest spa in Colorado, offering luxury services to rejuvenate bodies and minds. The spa has on-site stylists and offers pedicures and Roman tubs, to name just a few of their services. Guests also have the option to meet with a dietitian to create a personal wellness plan and keep the benefits of their visit going long after they leave. 24. Grab a drink at Telluride Distilling Company Time commitment: One hour or more This small distillery crafts a range of spirits, winning awards for its schnapps and vodka. The tasting room provides a cozy atmosphere to enjoy your cocktail, with a pool table and darts for added entertainment. Patrons can also treat themselves to a dish from Telluride Distilling Company’s rotating menu specializing in wild game. 25. Play golf at Telluride Ski and Golf Club Time commitment: Two to four hours This 18-hole golf course is among the highest in the world, at an elevation of 9,500 feet. Even if you don’t have time to play a full round, visiting the practice area can be satisfying, thanks to its impressive views of the area. Don’t be surprised to find your drives feel like they go farther than normal — at this elevation, the air has less resistance on the ball. Make Telluride your second home For a small town, Telluride has plenty of things to do. If you find yourself returning year after year for the activities you didn’t get to last time, it just might be time to make it your second home.
Downtown Napa is an ideal jumping-off point for exploring California Wine Country. Not only does it serve as the southern gateway to the eponymous Napa Valley, but it’s a charming small city in its own right, with a vibrant arts scene, a beautiful riverfront, ample outdoor activities and more than 40 tasting rooms. While the town of Napa spans only 18 square miles, it offers a range of lodgings, from small B&Bs to upscale hotels and everything in between. Many are within walking distance to everything Napa has to offer, and all of them put you within driving distance of the most important wine tasting areas in Northern California. Here are eight favorites. Archer Hotel Chic, modern Archer Hotel is located in Napa’s super-walkable downtown core. This five-story hotel has 200-plus rooms and suites, many with private balconies offering downtown views. The best vistas are undoubtedly from the rooftop bar, which offers appetizers, cocktails and (of course) wine. There’s also a reservation-only whiskey bar, a spa and Archer’s Water Deck, a guest-only shallow water deck with lounge chairs and cabanas. Blackbird Inn Lovers of architecture will want to book a stay at the Blackbird Inn. A wonderful California Craftsman built in the Arts & Crafts style, Blackbird Inn welcomes guests with a river rock and brick porch. Inside, there’s a cozy stone fireplace, period lighting and beautiful stained glass. Breakfast is included each day, as are afternoon wine, tea and hors d’oeuvres. You can even end your day with freshly baked cookies. Milliken Creek Inn This romantic hotel gives visitors the best of both worlds: You’re just a short walk or bike ride to downtown restaurants and shops, yet you’re surrounded by nature. Milliken Creek Inn is located on three acres alongside the Napa River. A boutique property with just 11 rooms, Milliken offers top-notch service and pampering amenities like daily breakfast delivered to your room and an afternoon wine and cheese hour. Hennessey House For those looking for unique accommodations, check out Hennessey House. You can’t miss it when walking through downtown Napa: a monochromatic purple Victorian home that’s been converted into a charming 10-room bed and breakfast. Best of all, it is within walking distance from the Napa Wine Train Depot and less than a mile from the Oxbow Public Market. Andaz Napa With more traditional hotel accommodations, Andaz Napa offers rooms wow with hardwood floors, marble bathrooms, rainfall showers, glass fireplaces and soaking tubs. There are dog-friendly rooms stocked with doggy beds, bowls and cookies for those traveling with their pup. The al fresco Mercantile Terrace is a great place to end your day. Sample items from the farm-to-table menu while cozying up around a fire pit. Napa River Inn The Napa River Inn has an enviable location in the heart of downtown. Guests enjoy a waterfront location within the historic Napa Mill and a wide range of amenities. River-view rooms are available and the on-site spa offers massages and facials, making the Napa River Inn a wonderful place to relax. Did we mention free pastries are delivered daily? The George Inn Commissioned in 1891 as a private residence, the George Inn is listed on the National Register of Historic Places in recognition of its late 19th century architecture. With just nine rooms, the George is an intimate luxury accommodation that combines historic charm with all the best of today’s amenities — think heated bathroom floors, Matouk luxury linens and Molton Brown bath amenities. Common areas include a grand living and dining room and a beautiful garden. Westin Verasa Napa The Westin Verasa Napa is a great pick for travelers who want a resort feel without sacrificing location: across the street from the Napa Wine Train and down the road from Oxbow Public Market. Be sure to book a table at the Westin’s La Toque Restaurant, the French-California fusion restaurant from Michelin Star-awarded chef Ken Frank. The restaurant also boasts Wine Spectator’s Grand Award for wine pairings. Set down roots in Napa Can’t resist the call of California Wine Country? Instead of booking a hotel, find your own home away from home with Pacaso. Thanks to our hassle-free co-ownership model, you’ll have time to sip and savor the bounty of the region year-round. Every Pacaso is professionally decorated and managed, so you can just unwind surrounded by effortless luxury. Check out our current listings and find your Wine Country retreat.
There’s so much to love about California wine country that choosing between Napa and Sonoma almost feels like choosing a favorite child. Both have their unique charms, incredible food, memorable experiences, amazing scenery and, of course, delicious wine. But if your vacation time is limited or you’re trying to decide which wine-focused location is the best for your second home getaway, something’s gotta be the tie-breaker. Here is our summary of the things you’ll love about each destination, so you can find the right wine country location for you. Cheers! First, a word on geography Sonoma and Napa are both less than 60 miles north/northeast of San Francisco. Both are incredible Northern California destinations which, together, welcome millions of wine-loving visitors every year. But geographical confusion abounds even among California natives. For example, both “Napa” and “Sonoma” refer to towns, counties and valleys. Here’s a quick overview. The Sonoma Valley stretches roughly 17 miles north to south, bordered by the Sonoma Mountains to the west and the Mayacamas Mountains to the east (Sonoma County itself extends west as far as the Pacific Ocean). More than 30 cities and towns are part of Sonoma County, as are roughly 425 wineries and tasting rooms. The most famous towns in Sonoma County are Sonoma and Healdsburg. The Sonoma region has a long and storied wine-producing history, spanning back to the 1850s. As far as varietals go, Sonoma County is known for its chardonnay, pinot noir (cultivated close to the cool breezes of the Pacific Ocean), zinfandel and sparkling wines. Smaller in acreage but arguably much more famous in the wine world, Napa Valley boasts 390 wineries that produce over 1,000 brands of wines. A narrow valley that is only five miles at its widest point, Napa Valley is home to four key tourist towns: Napa, Yountville, St. Helena and Calistoga. The Napa area is best known for its chardonnay, merlot and cabernet sauvignon, and is widely considered to be one of the premier wine regions. Benefits of Sonoma While Sonoma may be the less-famous cousin to world-renowned Napa, there’s much to love about spending time in Sonoma. First, Sonoma is almost double the size of Napa, which means there’s more space, more grapes and fewer crowds. The Sonoma area boasts 70,000 wine-producing acres and 13 sub-American Viticultural Areas (AVAs). Sonoma has a laid-back and casual feel, which appeals to many visitors looking for a relaxing vacation. Whether your home base is in the town of Sonoma or Healdsburg and the Russian River area, you’ll find multiple wine routes. If you’re staying in the town of Sonoma, consider renting a bike to visit close-in wineries. If more far-flung wineries are on your must-visit list, be sure to hire a car or wine tour company. Compared to Napa, Sonoma is considered the more affordable wine destination. Reasonably priced wines abound, tasting room fees won’t leave you with sticker shock, and even hotel accommodations and restaurants can be considerably more affordable in Sonoma than Napa. Benefits of Napa Simply put, Napa Valley is a bucket-list destination for wine lovers, so prepare to be wowed. With close to 400 wineries, it’s hard to know where to start. Luckily, there are multiple easy-to-navigate wine routes along Highway 29 and the Silverado Trail, so you can’t travel very far without running into yet another winery to try — don’t forget to hire a driver! Napa Valley is nothing if not luxurious, so be prepared to embrace your most upscale self during your visit. The area is brimming with premier restaurants and 95+-point wines. Whether you’re starting each day in Napa, Yountville, St. Helena or Calistoga, there are plenty of ways to indulge. Tasting room prices are often more expensive than in neighboring Sonoma, with the price per bottle following suit. Napa Valley is also home to many fine dining establishments, including the Michelin-starred French Laundry, La Toque, the Restaurant at Auberge du Soleil, Kenzo Napa and Bouchon Bistro. Find your wine country getaway A weekend is never enough in California wine country. Become a regular when you buy a second home in California wine country. And when you own a Pacaso, we take care of all the management and maintenance, so you can just arrive, unpack and head out to your favorite winery.
Every winter, harsh temperatures prompt many retirees to head south to enjoy warmer weather. These “snowbirds” spend winter soaking up the sun and enjoying the warmth before returning to their primary residence in the spring. The snowbird season typically ranges from October through April, and sends thousands upon thousands of people flocking to warmer, affordable snowbird states like Texas, Arizona and Florida. We’ve crunched the numbers to determine the top 50 snowbird destinations in 2023. To determine the best snowbird locations, we analyzed weather conditions, cost of living, safety and healthcare access in the area. And spoiler: Whether you plan to visit for a few weeks or plant your roots with a second home, these are the top 10 best snowbird destinations you might consider in 2023: Here’s what makes each of the top 10 snowbird destinations worth the journey, plus 40 more warm winter spots. 1. Missouri City, Texas Just a half-hour from downtown Houston, Missouri City is at the top of our list of the best snowbird destinations. Whether you’re an avid fisherman or you never miss a morning walk, the Show Me City has many parks and lakes to enjoy during the comfortable 73-degree winters. While snowbirding in Missouri City, you can easily take advantage of everything downtown Houston has to offer, including its ethnically diverse dining scene, which is ranked as one of the Best Foodie Cities in America. Whether you’re feasting on some of the country’s best barbecue at Feges BBQ or grabbing a burger at the award-winning Goode Co. Taqueria, your tastebuds will never get bored throughout the snowbird season. Missouri City is also home to Quail Valley, which hosts two of the best golf courses in the Houston area. If traditional golf isn’t your style, you can try MacNaughton Park, which features the only MultiGolfPark in the United States. This fun take on traditional golf courses allows you to play three different forms of golf: foot golf, disc golf and park golf. Plus, Missouri City's crime rate is well below the national average, making it one of the best places to spend winter months. Percentage of population over age 60: 23% Average temperature October-April: 73 degrees Average snowfall October-April: 0 inches 2. Pearland, Texas Pearland, Texas, is one of the fastest growing cities in the United States, but that doesn't mean the town is losing its small-town feel. Known as the city Where Town Meets Country, Pearland is home to over 175 acres of gorgeous parks and miles of trails. Not only that, but Pearland offers stunning sightseeing experiences such as the Sri Meenakshi Temple. This architectural wonder features intricate stonework and glimmering white towers you’d find in southern India. Pearland is also home to some of the best barbecue in Texas, including Killen’s Barbecue. Killen’s is a must-stop for every foodie — and it shows, with the line regularly extending out the door for lunch and dinner. If you’re a shopper, you’ll feel right at home at the Pearland Town Center, is the perfect place to shop until you drop. This beautiful outdoor mecca for shoppers and bargain hunters is home to over 100 stores and restaurants. Percentage of population over age 60: 15% Average temperature October-April: 72 degrees Average snowfall October-April: 0 inches 3. Pasadena, Texas Our third Texas snowbird destination is located southeast of Houston, extending all the way out to Trinity Bay. This Houston suburb offers warm winters and no shortage of things to do, making it one of the best places to winter. For space buffs, Pasadena is just minutes from the iconic NASA Johnson Space Center, the subject of the famous quote, “Houston, we have a problem.” Not only that, but you can visit Space Center Houston to learn more about the area's role in the history of space exploration. If you enjoy spending your free time reconnecting with nature, you’ll love Pasadena’s Armand Bayou Nature Center, one of the largest wilderness preserves in the United States. This preserve is home to over 370 animal species and 2,500 acres of natural wetlands and forest habitats. Residents of Pasadena also enjoy quick access to scenic beaches like El Jardin Beach. If you’re looking for a relaxing day on the water, you can make a short trip to Seabrook, which offers 11 miles of waterfront and a vibrant coastal community. Percentage of population over age 60: 14% Average temperature October-April: 72 degrees Average snowfall October-April: 0 inches 4. Pembroke Pines, Florida Located 22 miles north of Miami, Pembroke Pines sits between the sandy beaches of Hollywood and the lush wetlands of the Everglades. In this suburb, you’ll find well-manicured lawns, gated communities and numerous lakes and waterways. Featured as one of the 50 Best Places to Live by Time magazine in 2014, this Miami suburb is one of the best places for retirees to spend the winter. With an average temperature of 81 degrees during the snowbird season, you’ll catch plenty of rays, whether playing 18 holes at one of the five golf courses or spending an afternoon canoeing at the Chapel Trail Park Nature Preserve. You can also spend your time strolling through brand-name stores at the luxurious open-air Shops at Pembroke Gardens, featuring 50 stores and 26 restaurants and eateries. For arts and theater lovers, you can catch a live performance at the Pembroke Pines Theatre of Performing Arts. Percentage of population over age 60: 25% Average temperature October-April: 81 degrees Average snowfall October-April: 0 inches 5. Margate, Florida Also part of the Miami metropolitan area, Margate is located just east of the Everglades. Known for its beautiful golf courses, safe neighborhoods and close proximity to the ocean, Margate is one of the best places for a second home to spend your winters. Whether you’re looking for a relaxing day at scenic Pompano Beach or you’re feeling lucky enough to visit the Seminole Casino Coconut Creek, you’ll never have to travel far for something to do. If exploring nature is more your thing, you can check out Butterfly World, the largest butterfly park in the world. This 10-acre habitat is home to over 20,000 exotic butterflies from all over the globe. Butterfly World also contains exotic birds, botanical gardens and a bug zoo. Plus, enjoying everything Margate has to offer won’t break the bank, as its cost of living index is just barely above the national average, making it one of the most affordable winter home locations. Percentage of population over age 60: 33% Average temperature October-April: 81 degrees Average snowfall October-April: 0 inches 6. Tamarac, Florida Known as the City For Your Life, Tamarac sits south of Margate and is the last city from the Miami metropolitan area in our top 10. With 251 sunny days per year, Tamarac is a beautiful place to spend the winter season. While snowbird living in Tamarac, you’ll have quick access to the picturesque white sand beaches of Pompano Beach and Fort Lauderdale. Not only that, but you can take advantage of all the lush Everglades have to offer, from taking a guided airboat tour at Sawgrass Recreation Park to a thrilling helicopter ride with Keen Fly. For those relaxing days, you can spend time at the marvelous Woodmont Country Club. This stunning facility has everything you might need to enjoy the snowbird season, from a 27-hole golf course to a state-of-the-art fitness center. Nearby, you can also enjoy the Woodmont Natural Area, which is the largest remaining natural habitat in Tamarac, offering amazing views of pine flatwoods and wetlands. No matter your reasons for traveling, you’ll be sure to find plenty to do under the warm Florida sun. Percentage of population over age 60: 34% Average temperature October-April: 80 degrees Average snowfall October-April: 0 inches 7. Gilbert, Arizona Once known as the Hay Shipping Capital of the World, Gilbert is home to families and snowbirds alike. Located just southeast of Phoenix, Gilbert offers views of the cactus-lined San Tan Mountains. With a vibrant dining scene, you’ll have plenty of restaurants and patios to choose from, whether you want to enjoy a fine meal at Culinary Dropout or a pint at the dog-friendly OHSO Brewery and Distillery. If shopping local is your thing, the Gilbert Farmers Market is open every Saturday and features more than 60 vendors. At this lively market, you'll find everything from locally grown produce to wild-caught seafood. Be sure to visit on an empty stomach so you can enjoy the many food trucks the market has to offer. Gilbert is also a great place for those looking to get outside to enjoy the warm winter weather. From taking a walk at San Tan Mountain Regional Park to catching stunning views of the Sonoran Desert or birdwatching at the Riparian Preserve at Water Ranch, you’ll have plenty of captivating sights to see throughout the snowbird season. Percentage of population over age 60: 14% Average temperature October-April: 75 degrees Average snowfall October-April: 0 inches 8. Clearwater, Florida Nestled between the Gulf of Mexico and Tampa Bay, Clearwater is known for its gorgeous white sand beaches and Clearwater Beach, a 3-mile-long barrier island dotted with hotels and restaurants. Winning the title of America’s No. 1 Beach several times, Clearwater is a must-stop for travelers and snowbirds alike. When you aren’t relaxing on a beach, you can take in all the sights Clearwater has to offer, from dolphin sightseeing cruises to the Clearwater Marine Aquarium. Music lovers can attend the Clearwater Jazz Holiday, which brings world-renowned jazz musicians to the waterfront Coachman Park every year. If you’re a sports fan, you can catch a game at BayCare Ballpark, the spring training home of the Philadelphia Phillies, as well as their Single-A affiliate team, the Clearwater Threshers. Better yet, the amazing sights, fun experiences and comfortable snowbird winters in this relaxing city can be enjoyed affordably, as the cost of living in Clearwater comes in just below the national average. Percentage of population over age 60: 29% Average temperature October-April: 76 degrees Average snowfall October-April: 0 inches 9. Mesa, Arizona Surrounded by the spectacular Sonoran Desert, Mesa sits southeast of Scottsdale and is a great place to spend the snowbird season. With access to nearly 200 golf courses in the Phoenix metropolitan area, you’ll have plenty of courses to explore and beautiful desert views to take in. For sports enthusiasts, Mesa is the spring training home of the Chicago Cubs and Oakland Athletics, making it one of the most popular snowbird destinations for baseball fans. To add to Mesa’s entertainment value, you’ll be near Mesa Amphitheatre, an open-air venue known for its lush lawn and rocking concerts, from REO Speedwagon to Bon Iver. When you’re not out hitting the links or catching a game, you can spend an afternoon marveling at all there is to see at the Mesa Arts Center. This 210,000-square-foot arts center hosts a multitude of events, from comedy shows to ceramics classes. If you’re an adventurer at heart, you can kayak the Lower Salt River, where you’ll float by wild horses and breathtaking scenery. No matter your interests, you’ll have plenty to do during the comfortably warm winter months. Percentage of population over age 60: 22% Average temperature October-April: 75 degrees Average snowfall October-April: 0 inches 10. Chandler, Arizona Also located in metropolitan Phoenix, Chandler sits northwest of the jagged San Tan Mountains. You'll have lots to enjoy while snowbirding in Chandler, from the endless number of golf courses to the vibrant downtown. Whether perusing one of downtown Chandler’s boutique shops or enjoying one of the 60 events that take place every year, you’ll never get tired of strolling the charming trellis-covered walkways. In addition, you’ll have entertainment options aplenty, from listening to live music at the unpretentious Murphy’s Law Irish Pub to catching a dance performance at the Chandler Center for the Arts. And be sure to pack light, as you can get everything you need for the snowbird season at Chandler Fashion Center, the second largest mall in Arizona. Percentage of population over age 60: 17% Average temperature October-April: 76 degrees Average snowfall October-April: 0 inches The 50 best snowbird destinations in the U.S. There are many other worthy locations for a second home during the snowbird season that did not make our top 10. Explore all 50 best places to spend the winter as a snowbird. Snowbird checklist Before you can head south to enjoy a warm, relaxing snowbird winter, you’ll want to leave your primary residence in good shape. Here’s a snowbird checklist to help get you and your home ready for your time away. Winterize your home It’s crucial that you winterize your home to help reduce the risk of any damage that could take place while you’re away. This includes making sure to: Turn on your heat. Setting your thermostat between 55 and 60 degrees can reduce the risk of your pipes freezing while you’re away. Shut off your water. To further prevent plumbing issues, shut off your water completely. That way, you won’t have to worry about any water leaks damaging your home while you’re gone. Make sure to also shut off your water heater — or turn it to its lowest setting — and cover all your drains to prevent odors from entering your home. Prep your appliances. Before you leave, be sure to empty your fridge and leave the doors open to prevent any mildew. You’ll also want to leave the doors open on your dishwasher, washer and dryer. Then, unplug your fridge and any other appliances to help cut down on energy costs. Perform exterior maintenance. It’s important to perform an exterior check of your house to make sure everything is in good shape before you leave. This includes cleaning your gutters and putting away outdoor furniture and anything else you wouldn’t want left unattended. Perform interior maintenance. Similarly, you should also check the inside of your home, including putting new batteries in your smoke detector. If you have a fireplace, be sure to close the flue and put a guard on top of your chimney if necessary. Put unneeded services on hold. If you’re going to be away for months, you may want to put some services on hold to help save money, like cable and internet. Forward any important information Next up, you’ll want to make sure any important information is passed along to your new home. This includes making sure to: Forward your mail. Make sure you contact the post office and set up mail forwarding so you don’t miss out on any important communications. Forward your calls. Similarly, you’ll want to forward your calls to your new number if you have a landline so you can keep up with any important calls. Update your mailing address. Be sure to update your mailing address for important organizations such as financial institutions and insurance agencies. Transfer your prescriptions. If you take any medications, be sure to transfer your prescriptions from your existing pharmacy to a new one at your snowbird destination. Make sure the snowbird pharmacy accepts your drug prescription plan. Tidy up the house After spending your winter in the sun, the last thing you want is to return to a messy home. Be sure to: Clean your house thoroughly. Cleaning your home before you leave is one of the best steps you can take to prevent pests or odors from taking over your home. Clean out your pantry, fridge and freezer. Before you head south, empty your pantry, fridge and freezer of any perishable items. If you plan on unplugging appliances, make sure they are completely empty and the doors are left open. Empty all your garbage cans. Be sure to empty all your garbage cans before you leave to help prevent pests and foul odors. Finish up any laundry. To ensure your house is in pristine shape upon your return, be sure to finish up and put away all your laundry. Secure your home Another concern for snowbirds is leaving your house unattended for months at a time. Fortunately, there are steps you can take to help improve the security of your home. Before going south for the winter, be sure to: Lock all doors and windows. Before you leave, be sure to lock and double-check all your windows and exterior doors. Alert your neighbors. It may be helpful to inform a neighbor you trust about your travel plans. You’ll also want to give them your contact information and let them know if anyone nearby has a key to your house. That way, they can keep an eye out for anything suspicious while you’re gone and contact you if needed. Inform the local police department. You may also want to fill out a form at the police department letting them know of your travel plans in case anything arises while you’re away. Set up light timers. Setting up light timers is a great way to make it look like your home is occupied while you’re snowbirding for the winter. Set up a security system. Depending on where you live, you may want to invest in a security system to help monitor your home while you’re away. Arrange to have someone check on your home. It’s a good idea to ask someone you trust to keep an eye on your home while you’re away. This can include taking care of your plants and shoveling your walkways to make it appear as if your home is still occupied. Now that your home is secure, you’re one step closer to enjoying your snowbird destination of choice. Pack your bags With your house prepared for the winter season, it's time to pack your bags! Aside from clothes and other obvious necessities, here are some important items to keep in mind while packing for your second home: Medications List of prescriptions Health records Identification documents Insurance cards This way, if anything arises while you’re at your snowbird destination, you’ll have everything you need to respond accordingly. Enjoy the sunshine Congratulations! With everything squared away at your primary residence, the only thing left to do is enjoy the sunshine at your snowbird destination. No matter where you end up, you’re sure to find plenty to do during the warm winter months. If snowbirding sounds like the way you’d like to spend your winters, consider trying out one of these gorgeous snowbird destinations. These cities not only provide you with endless outdoor enjoyment and an abundance of things to do, but they also make great places for a second home. Our methodology This study was conducted in November 2022. To determine the best snowbird destinations in the United States, we compared five ranking factors across a sample of cities with the highest population over the age of 60, sourced from the U.S. Census Bureau. The following ranking factors were used to determine how suitable a city is for snowbirds and assigned out of a weight of 100: Annual snowfall — 20 points Average temperature (October-April) — 10 points Cost of living — 25 points Crime rate — 15 points Number of hospitals within 25 miles — 30 points Each snowbird destination was given a score based on these factors and assigned an overall ranking. The destinations with the highest scores were deemed the best snowbird destinations in the United States. Our data was sourced from the U.S. Census Bureau, BestPlaces, NOAA and Medicare.gov. Snowbird destinations FAQ Here are answers to some common questions about snowbird destinations. Where is the cheapest place to be a snowbird? Of our top 50 snowbird destinations, Port Charlotte, Florida, is the cheapest, with a cost of living index of 88.9. This means that living in Port Charlotte is roughly 11% cheaper than the national average. How do snowbirds afford two homes? Snowbirds can afford a second home in a variety of ways. Some snowbirds may rent a second home, whereas others may live in a Vrbo or Airbnb. Other snowbirds may buy a vacation home independently or as a co-owner, allowing them to have a beautiful second home at a fraction of the cost. What state has the most snowbirds? Florida tends to have the most snowbirds, with upwards of 810,000 retirees flocking to the Sunshine State each winter to soak up the warm weather and enjoy beautiful white sand beaches. According to other studies like our own, Texas and Arizona could also be considered states with the most snowbirds. What is the average age of a snowbird? Because most snowbirds are retirees, the average age of a snowbird is around 61 years old. But you can enjoy the benefits of a second home at a snowbird destination at any age. What are the benefits of being a snowbird? One of the biggest benefits of being a snowbird is having a second home to escape the cold winter months. That way, you can enjoy your primary residence spring through the fall while having a warm getaway in the wintertime, allowing you to enjoy the outdoors all year round. Are there any disadvantages to being a snowbird? Snowbirding does have a few inconveniences, including forwarding your mail to your second home and asking someone to look after your primary residence while you’re away. Other hassles may include switching over prescriptions to a new pharmacy and finding doctors you can go to during the winter months.
Year-round warm weather. Postcard-perfect beaches. A vibrant al fresco dining scene. Natural beauty. There are so many reasons Florida cities make wonderful getaways for couples. Whether you’re planning a surprise engagement, celebrating an anniversary or just looking to reconnect with the one you love, there’s a Florida destination for every couple. Here are five of our favorites. Island getaway in the Florida Keys While this island chain begins just off of mainland Florida south of Miami, the Florida Keys have a way of making you feel like you’re on a remote island in the middle of the tropics. This archipelago includes hundreds of islands, with the 44 inhabited islands connected by a whopping 42 bridges. Where you and your sweetheart decide to stay depends on your interests and how much time you have. Key Largo is great for a weekend getaway, as it’s the closest to the mainland. It’s also home to John Pennekamp Coral Reef State Park, popular with snorkelers and divers. Road-tripping couples with more time can drive the entire length of the Keys along the 133-mile Overseas Highway, ending in Key West. It’s easily one of the most beautiful drives in the country. Fun-filled Fort Lauderdale Just 30 miles north of Miami, Fort Lauderdale has its own vibe: more laid back, absolutely packed with beautiful beaches, and an ideal escape for sun-worshipping couples. You’ll discover 24 miles of beautiful golden-sand beachfront, wide-open natural spaces along the Intracoastal Waterway, and easy access to the winding boardwalk of Hollywood Beach, the perfect place to take a selfie together. Cultural West Palm Beach North of Fort Lauderdale is West Palm Beach, a city of roughly 100,000 that is brimming with cultural activities. It plays host every spring to SunFest, Florida’s largest waterfront music festival. Year-round, check out the Kravis Center for the Performing Arts and the highly respected Norton Museum of Art. Oh, and if you believe that the couple who shops together stays together, shop the designer boutiques along Worth Avenue. Action-packed Miami See-and-be-seen Miami Beach is the perfect destination for stylish couples, and your options are nearly endless: Taste your way through Miami’s Little Havana neighborhood on a food tour. Walk through the chic Art Deco Historic District. Treat yourself to a private sailboat charter. Enjoy a romantic meal at one of Miami’s amazing outdoor restaurants. Book a spa treatment for two at one of Miami’s many luxury hotels. And Miami’s nightlife scene is second to none, so pack your dancing shoes. Endless activities in Naples On the Gulf of Mexico side of the state, Naples boasts an average of 280 days of sunshine a year — no wonder it’s a popular vacation destination and ideal for couples who like to stay busy. Dining options range from food truck parks to fine dining. There are plenty of places to stroll, like the Naples Botanical Garden and the historic 130-year-old Naples Pier. And, since Naples is on the west side of the state, it’s the perfect place to watch the sun set. A vacation home for two (or more) Lovebirds who buy with Pacaso can enjoy second home ownership without all the hassle. Browse our Florida listings and buy a share of your dream second home, for as little as ⅛ of the full price.
Nestled in the San Bernardino Mountains, Lake Arrowhead is an idyllic lakefront town and the perfect escape from the hustle and bustle of city life. Just 80 miles from downtown Los Angeles, the “Alps of Southern California” offers endless ways to enjoy a weekend. Here are a few ideas to spark your inspiration. 1. Explore the lake by kayak or boat If you’re lucky enough to be staying lakefront, the lake is yours for the taking. (Lake Arrowhead is a private lake, so you’ll need a home on the water to launch your own vessel.) Spend a warm afternoon navigating the deep blue waters, perhaps even fishing or taking water ski lessons. Not staying on the lake? No problem. You can still experience it from aboard the Lake Arrowhead Queen. During the one-hour guided tour, you’ll learn about the history of the lake and the native cultures of the area, while marveling at some truly gorgeous lakefront mansions (some once owned by celebrities). 2. Wander through Lake Arrowhead Village Located on the southern shore of the lake, Lake Arrowhead Village has been the community hub since the 1920s. Alpine-inspired buildings house over 50 shops and restaurants, as well as the Lake Arrowhead Village Center Stage. It plays host to a popular summer concert series, with tribute bands playing all summer long. Throughout the year, the Village hosts other events, including Oktoberfest, a wooden boat show and holiday festivities. 3. Take a hike Thanks to its mountain locale, there are plenty of hikes to enjoy around Lake Arrowhead and in the entire San Bernardino National Forest. For a long and challenging hike, try Strawberry Peak Trail. At an elevation of over 6,000 feet, Strawberry Peak is the highest in the region, which means it offers beautiful views of the surrounding landscape. The 8-mile out-and-back hike is no walk in the park, with serious elevation gain over the last two miles. The views make it worth the effort, and on a clear day you can see all the way to Los Angeles. If you’re traveling with little ones or simply want something shorter, find your way to Heart Rock, also known as the Seeley Creek Trail. After just one mile, you’ll arrive at its namesake: a large rock with a perfectly heart-shaped indentation. The entire hike offers scenic beauty, with winding mountain paths, towering ponderosa pines and, after a spring rain, a lovely waterfall. 4. Have some family fun at Skypark at Santa’s Village As the name implies, you can actually visit Santa and Mrs. Claus at Santa’s Village during the holiday season. It’s undoubtedly the most popular time of the year to visit Skypark, as the whole village is decorated with Christmas lights, a charming outdoor skating rink beckons and a miniature train takes kids on a magical tour. But there’s plenty of year-round fun to be had at this mountain retreat. You’ll find a mountain bike park (and balance bike track for the little ones), pedal car tracks, bouldering, ax throwing, an archery range, a playground and more. 5. Take a drive on the Rim of the World Scenic Byway For a scenic drive with plenty of pullouts for marveling at mountain scenery and taking photos, the Rim of the World Scenic Byway is a can’t-miss. The 110-mile-long highway weaves through the Inland Empire and goes all the way to Big Bear, but you can easily jump on right outside of Lake Arrowhead. The winding mountain road reaches more than 7,000 feet of elevation in some places, so you’re destined for cool mountain air and incredible views. Popular stops include Silverwood Lake and Big Bear Lake. 6. Make a splash at Lake Gregory If you don’t have access to Lake Arrowhead, Lake Gregory is a wonderful alternative, just 20 minutes to the west. The public lake is the perfect place to cool off on a hot summer day. You’ll find a swimming beach, water slides, an inflatable on-water playground and a splash pad for the littlest swimmers. Boat rentals are also available, and there are plenty of trout in the lake, just waiting to be caught. Make Lake Arrowhead your mountain retreat As a co-owner of a Pacaso second home in Lake Arrowhead, you’ll have your very own luxury getaway, surrounded by the beautiful San Bernardino Mountains. Make it your home base for exploring everything this beautiful area has to offer.
Charleston has an incredibly long history. Just how long? The town was founded in the late 1600s as the English settlement known as Charles Towne. Today, with some 150,000 residents, it is the biggest city in South Carolina. For history lovers, Charleston has all the makings of a storied destination: wartime battles, ghost stories, pirate captures, stunning architecture and plenty of local folklore. Whether you’re a first-time visitor or are returning to learn more, here are the seven sites you won’t want to miss. 1. Charles Towne Landing Charles Towne Landing is the site of the first Charleston colony, established when settlers arrived in the area in 1670. Today, this state historic site gives visitors of all ages a crash course in American Colonial history, done via incredible hands-on exhibits and a self-guided history trail. A popular activity for families, visitors can explore the deck and cabins of a replica 17th century ship like the settlers arrived on, view archeological dig sites and walk the Animal Forest Trail to spot native species present at the time of the early settlers. 2. The Angel Oak Believed to be over 400 years old, the Angel Oak is both a historical treasure and a natural wonder. This Southern live oak is 65 feet high with a circumference of 25.5 feet. This live oak, thought to be one of the oldest east of the Mississippi River, provides an incredible 17,000 square feet of shade — a must when you wander through this beautiful park in the summer. 3. The Old Exchange Building This National Historic Landmark is a must-visit for anyone wanting to learn more about South Carolina history. The Old Exchange Building has been part of the American story since its completion in 1771. Along with its underground Provost Dungeon, the exchange was used as a prison during the American Revolution, and it’s said the notorious pirate Blackbeard was once held there. The building’s history has its share of shame (public slave auctions were held there) and pride (it is one of only four remaining structures where the U.S. Constitution was ratified in 1788). The site is open for guided tours. 4. The Old City Jail The imposing, castle-like and slightly foreboding building in downtown is the Old City Jail. Built in 1802 and used until 1939, the jail housed a range of storied individuals, from plundering pirates and Union Army prisoners during the Civil War to Denmark Vesey, who was jailed for planning a slave revolt. It also has a reputation as Charleston’s most haunted building, and a number of local ghost tours include it on their spookiest tours. 5. Fort Sumter Did you know that the American Civil War started right in Charleston? The Confederacy fired on the U.S. garrison of Fort Sumter on April 12, 1861, and the rest is history. Take a ferry to the fort, where you can wander stone caverns and marvel at the size of Civil War-era cannons. An on-site museum details the fort’s role in the war, and you can opt for either a quick ranger talk and a self-guided tour or a full guided tour. 6. Middleton Place National Historic Landmark Go back in time at Middleton Place. The 110-acre estate of the Middleton family tells the story of both the plantation’s white owners and its enslaved African and African-American workers. The House Museum is filled with family artifacts, including those of Arthur Middleton, a signer of the Declaration of Independence, while Eliza’s House provides insights into the enslaved people who labored and lived there. Visitors can also explore stable yards and 65 acres of the country’s oldest landscaped gardens. 7. Old Slave Mart Museum Charleston played a major role in the tragic history of American slavery. At one time, 35-40% of the Africans brought to North America as slaves were processed through Charleston. Considered the last surviving slave auction gallery in the state, the Old Slave Mart today has an in-depth exhibit detailing Charleston’s slave history. Many museum staff members have traced their history to enslaved people in Charleston. Immerse yourself in Charleston history With its deep history to explore, one trip to Charleston is never enough. Explore Pacaso second home listings and start making your own history in Charleston.
Located toward the southern end of the Jersey Shore, Ocean City is a classic beach town and a much-loved family vacation destination. The Travel Channel named it the “#1 family beach community in the country,” and it’s easy to see why. There’s so much to do, thanks to the town’s eight miles of oceanfront, crystal-clear bay and 2 ½ miles of boardwalk. With a reputation for cleanliness and a family-friendly vibe (it is a dry town, after all), Ocean City makes a great weekend destination. Here are six activities you've just got to experience for yourself. 1. Enjoy a live performance at Music Pier Ocean City’s Music Pier has been an entertainment destination for music lovers since it opened in 1929. On any given day or night, you’ll find performances by the Ocean City Pops orchestra, traveling entertainers, stand-up comedians, theater companies and more. The pier hosts a summer concert series from July through October. Plus, every Thursday in summer is family night, with free entertainment around town. 2. Take in the beauty of Corson’s Inlet State Park Ocean City can get crowded in the summer, so nearby Corson’s Inlet State Park is a welcome retreat. This 340-acre state park was established in 1969 to protect one of the New Jersey coastline’s last undeveloped areas. The park offers a rich diversity of wildlife living in habitats that include sand dunes, upland areas, marine estuaries and the shoreline. It’s a popular destination for sailing, boating, stand-up paddleboarding, fishing, bird watching, hiking and nature walks. 3. Explore the famous Ocean City Boardwalk No Jersey Shore weekend is complete without a visit to the famous Ocean City Boardwalk. The wide, wood-planked boardwalk is a feast for the senses, whether you’re shopping for souvenirs, enjoying amusements and games, sharing a meal with friends or just people watching. Explore the boardwalk on foot or by bike, stopping by famous local eateries like Ike’s Famous Crabcakes, Polish Water Ice, Manco & Manco Pizza and the famous apple cider donuts at Oves Restaurant. 4. Hit the beach The beach itself isn’t to be overlooked. Ocean City boasts multiple beach locations perfect for putting your toes in the sand. The most popular beach is 9th Street, conveniently located next to Music Pier. Because of its proximity to the boardwalk, you can easily grab everything you might need, from flip-flops and sunscreen to ice cream and drinks. The 23rd Street beach, at the far end of the boardwalk, is a great choice for escaping the crowds and enjoying a quieter day under a beach umbrella. 5. Take the kids to Gillian’s Wonderland Pier A destination for family fun since 1929, Gillian’s Wonderland Pier offers more than 30 rides and attractions on the Ocean City Boardwalk. The 140-foot-high Giant Wheel is a city landmark, while indoor rides like a classic carousel, ride-on fire engines and a train amuse the younger kids. Looking for something a bit more adventurous? Check out the flying swings, Canyon Falls log flume or bungee jump. 6. Explore the Ocean City Historical Museum Located inside the Ocean City Community Center, the Ocean City Historical Museum gives visitors a glimpse into the colorful history of this town, which dates back to 1879. The museum documents the building of the boardwalk, shipwrecks and visits from Hollywood starlets. Soak up the sun in Ocean City Can’t get enough of Ocean City’s beaches, boardwalk and family fun? When you co-own a Pacaso second home, you can make family vacation memories on The Shore in a place of your own.
With its storied history, diverse mix of cultures and distinctively Southern feel, it’s no wonder South Carolina is a popular vacation destination. And while South Carolina’s cities have a myriad of popular tourist attractions, there are also plenty of unique, off-the-beaten-path ways to spend a day in the Palmetto State. Here are eight of the best. 1. Boneyard Beach Otherworldly Boneyard Beach is located on Bulls Island, just up the coast from Charleston. Because of the way the island is positioned, a seemingly endless array of shells wash ashore here. When you couple that with the skeleton-like remains of a water-stranded forest, you’ll easily see how the beach got its name. Because it’s located in a wildlife refuge, the island is only accessible by boat, and Coastal Expeditions can get you there. Spend the day wandering the pristine beach or exploring the almost 18 miles of hiking trails — just be sure to leave the alligators alone! 2. Pearl Fryar Topiary Garden In the 1980s, to discredit the commonly held belief at the time that Black residents of Bishopville couldn’t keep up their yards, Pearl Fryar taught himself how to garden. He bought a hedge trimmer and, after work and on weekends, created what today is a wonderland of over 150 topiaries. The three-acre garden is free to visit, with donations for its upkeep accepted. It attracts some 10,000 visitors per year who come to marvel at the unique beauty of the property. 3. Poinsett Bridge Located in Greenville County between Greenville and Spartanburg, Poinsett Bridge is the oldest bridge in South Carolina. A stone bridge with a gothic arch, it was built in 1820 and once was the main road between Columbia and Saluda Mountain, allowing travelers to pass over Little Gap Creek. Historians believe it was designed by Robert Mills, architect of the Washington Monument. Today, it’s part of a peaceful, 120-acre nature preserve. It’s a beautiful stop any time of year, but vibrant fall colors make it a truly breathtaking destination every autumn. 4. Haunted Charleston While millions of visitors flock to South Carolina’s largest city each year to marvel at historic architecture, enjoy area beaches and sample Lowcountry cuisine, many don’t know about the city’s spooky past. Charleston is considered one of the most haunted cities in the country. Multiple tour operators escort ghost-hunting travelers through town, regaling them with chilling stories of pirates, shipwrecks, murders and paranormal activity. 5. The Gullah Heritage Trail Hilton Head Island is part of the Gullah Geechee Corridor that runs from Charleston to Savannah, Georgia. The Gullah are descendants of West African slaves and have a long history of living on South Carolina’s most remote islands. The Gullah are known for preserving more of their cultural and linguistic heritage than any other African American community in the United States, and Gullah Heritage Trail Tours let you experience it firsthand. Accompanied by a tour guide of Gullah heritage, you’ll learn about the language, food, music, religion and folktales of the area. 6. God’s Acre Healing Springs A fountain of youth right in South Carolina? God’s Acre Healing Springs got its name during the Revolutionary War, when four badly wounded soldiers were taken by Native Americans to their sacred healing springs. So the story goes, the soldiers were healed, and the springs, located in Blackville, became a destination for those seeking healing from the mineral waters. Today, the spring is open to the public 24 hours a day, with water coming out of an unassuming pipe in the ground. 7. Rocky Shoals spider lilies Between late May and mid-June, an area of the Catawba River in Landsford Canal State Park blooms with an incredible 20 acres of white spider lilies, a rare flower only found in South Carolina, Georgia and Alabama. Take in the beauty of nature from the state park’s observation deck, which can be reached via a 1.5-mile hike. Or rent a kayak or canoe to paddle through the maze of flowers. 8. Tunnelvision Mural Inspired by a dream, South Carolina artist Blue Sky painted an incredible trompe l’oeil mural on the side of a building in downtown Columbia. It’s a super-realistic 50-by-75 foot painting of a craggy tunnel that, if real, would be big enough to drive a car through. (There have been a few close calls, but to date, nobody has tried it.) Want more outdoor artwork? Across the parking lot is the same artist’s work called Busted Plug, a 40-foot-tall sculpture of a fire hydrant that looks like it’s been knocked askew by some similarly oversized vehicle, with water spewing from its broken base. Explore more Give yourself all the time you need to explore South Carolina’s quirks, oddities and hidden treasures. As a Pacaso second home owner in South Carolina, you’ll have the perfect home base for discovering all the things that make the Palmetto State so special.
With cactus-dotted deserts landscapes, winding canyons, stunning national parks and ponderosa forests, Arizona is simply bursting with natural beauty. Put on your hiking shoes, grab your camera and prepare to be amazed by the flora, fauna and landscapes of the Grand Canyon State. Not sure where to begin? Here are six jaw-dropping destinations you just have to add to your Arizona itinerary. The Grand Canyon More than 4.5 million people visit the Grand Canyon every year, and for good reason. With its deep ravines, colorful cliffs, winding river and simply massive footprint, the Grand Canyon inspires awe, whether it’s your first visit or your 50th. The canyon is a mile deep, 18 miles wide and an incredible 277 miles long. The South Rim is the most popular stop for visitors, and it’s just 90 minutes from Flagstaff. The more rugged North Rim is less crowded, and it’s open seasonally. Another popular spot is the Grand Canyon Skywalk, a cantilevered, horseshoe-shaped glass bridge extending 70 feet over the rim of the canyon some 4,000 feet below. Other than the requisite standing and marveling at the beauty of the canyon, visitors also enjoy hiking, rafting through the canyon floor on the Colorado River, scenic helicopter rides, camping and more. Antelope Canyon Among the most famous slot canyons in the world, Antelope Canyon is a wonder to behold. Shaped by millions of years of water and wind erosion, this winding sandstone canyon is a must-visit for nature lovers and photographers. Located in northern Arizona near the town of Page and the Utah border, Antelope Canyon is on private Navajo Nation land, which means you’ll need to visit with an authorized tour operator. Choose between Upper Antelope Canyon and Lower Antelope Canyon. The former has easier hiking terrain while the latter attracts a more adventurous set. No matter which route you choose, you’ll marvel at this incredible natural sculpture. Sedona People from all over the Southwest (and far beyond) are drawn to Sedona for its natural beauty and famous vortexes. Located about 90 minutes north of Phoenix and Scottsdale, Sedona wows with red rock landscapes, pristine wilderness and a milder climate than much of the state. Sedona has a long history as a spiritual place, both in the Native American culture and among those interested in the metaphysical, many of whom visit to experience vortexes, swirling centers of energy thought to help healing, meditation and self-exploration. Sedona is also the perfect home base for nature lovers, as myriad hikes, mountain biking trails, horse trails and fishing spots are just a stone’s throw away. Saguaro National Park To get up close and personal with the beauty of the desert, take a trip to Saguaro National Park. The giant saguaro cactus is an Arizona icon found only in a small corner of the United States, including at this vast park. The park has west and east sides, with the city of Tucson in the middle. Both sides offer ample opportunities to take in the desert scenery, with the west side featuring more of the namesake cacti and the east side with plenty of opportunities for hiking and camping. Can’t decide which side to visit? Go with both! The drive between the two sides of the park is only about 30 minutes. Lake Havasu Arizona isn’t all deserts. The west side of the state is home to Lake Havasu, which offers 400 miles of coastline and an enviable 300 days of sunshine a year. Affectionately known as Arizona’s “West Coast,” Lake Havasu offers warm, clear waters and endless watersports. From boating and swimming to fishing and kayaking, there’s nothing quite like taking to the water surrounded by the beauty of the desert. To escape the crowds, spend a day exploring either the Bill Williams River National Wildlife Refuge, a fan favorite area for birdwatchers. Flagstaff Flagstaff is an outdoor lover’s dream destination, located on the western edge of the Colorado Plateau and nestled in the largest ponderosa pine forest in the continental U.S. Unlike many destinations in Arizona, Flagstaff enjoys four unique seasons, including an average of 108 inches of snow in the winter. Surrounded by crisp mountain air, outdoor lovers can enjoy skiing, snowboarding, hiking, mountain biking, camping, rock climbing and more. Flagstaff is also Arizona’s closest major city to the Grand Canyon. Surround yourself with the beauty of Arizona Mother Nature puts on an impressive show in Arizona, from west to east, north to south and in all four seasons. Give yourself ample time to take it all in by owning a second home in Scottsdale, Flagstaff, Tucson, Sedona or Lake Havasu. Browse Pacaso listings in Arizona today!
The Valley Isle of Maui boasts 120 miles of gorgeous coastline, lush inland landscapes and epic sunsets. It’s also quite the foodie destination, with an abundance of fresh seafood, tropical produce and local fare. Sample it all at the same time when you enjoy a meal at one of Maui’s most scenic restaurants. Duke’s Beach House Located just north of Kaanapali Beach at the Honua Kai Resort, Duke’s Beach House is a living tribute to the classic Hawaii lifestyle, complete with incredible sunset views, tiki torches, live music and a laid-back vibe. Favorite dishes include poke tacos, coconut shrimp and a rotating fresh fish menu, based on the catch of the day. Be sure to save room for dessert – the hula pie is a Maui must-have, complete with toasted macadamia nuts and hot fudge. Star Noodle Chef Abby Ferrer’s Star Noodle is known for its unique flavors and family-style dining. In an oceanfront, open-air space on Front Street in Lahaina, customers enjoy everything from kimchi and steamed clams to ramen and Singapore noodles. Arrive in time to watch the sunset and toast the end of another day in paradise with one of the endlessly inventive cocktails. Kimo’s The oceanfront deck at Kimo’s makes everything feel a little more special. From the expansive outdoor deck, visitors can enjoy a wide range of local dishes, from roasted beet salads with local Surfing Goat cheese to “Kimo’s Style” baked fish, with preparations varying based on the catch of the day. Tin Roof Sometimes, the best view is on the beach itself. Located in Kahului, Tin Roof is a takeout-only restaurant that’s popular with both locals and visitors. Order at the counter and head to nearby Kaneha Beach to enjoy your meal with an ocean view. Tin Roof is run by Hilo, Hawaii, chef Sheldon Simeon and his wife, Janice, who founded the restaurant based on their definition of home. Popular dishes include garlic shrimp, ulu mac salad and garlic noodles. Monkeypod Kitchen Monkeypod Kitchen delivers dishes showcasing produce from local and organic farmers, rangers, and anglers from two locations, one in South Maui’s Wailea and a satellite location in Kaanapali. While menus vary seasonally, you can always count on impressive handcrafted cocktails, fresh salads and troll-line caught fresh fish. Not hungry for a full meal? Stop by from 3:30-5 p.m. for stellar happy hour deals. The restaurant offers lovely resort views, but a short stroll will deliver you to the world-famous beauty of Wailea Beach. Mama’s Fish House No list of Maui restaurants is complete without Mama’s Fish House. Located on Maui’s north shore near the town of Paia, this open-air restaurant is right on the water — you’ll know you’ve arrived when you see their fishing boat out front. The family-owned restaurant has an old Hawaii feel and the food is simply incredible. A perfect spot for celebrating a special occasion, Mama’s Fish House changes its menu regularly, but you’ll always find the freshest seafood, farm-to-table ingredients, colorful cocktails and indulgent desserts. Time your meal for sunset for a truly unforgettable experience, but plan ahead: Mama’s Fish House books out three to six months in advance. Be the chef in your local vacation home Sure, restaurant dining is a nice treat, but there’s nothing like cooking for friends and family members in the kitchen of your luxury second home in Maui. Browse Pacaso listings today and find your no-hassle island dream home!
The island of Maui is a little slice of paradise in the Pacific. It’s no wonder the Valley Isle welcomes an incredible 3 million visitors each year. And even though the island is only 48 miles long and 26 miles wide, there are endless ways to enjoy every day. If it’s your first time in Maui, here are eight activities you simply must add to your itinerary. 1. Watch the sunrise from atop the Haleakalā Volcano Maui is home to the Haleakalā Volcano, which is both the island’s only national park and a spiritual site for native Hawaiians. With an elevation of just over 10,000 feet, the peak of Haleakalā offers a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to view a Hawaiian sunrise from above the clouds. You’ll have to arrive early — between 3 and 7 a.m., depending on the time of year — and you’ll want to bring a jacket. Reservations are required if you visit on your own. If you’re going with a tour company, you’ll have the opportunity to follow up the sunrise viewing with a 23-mile downhill bike ride. 2. Snorkel at Molokini There are great snorkeling spots all over Maui — with a snorkel mask, an offshore swim at your favorite beach gives you the opportunity to see colorful fish and often sea turtles. But serious snorkelers will want to set aside a day to take a snorkeling tour to Molokini, a crescent-shaped volcanic crater three miles off Maui’s southwest coast. A marine life conservation area, the waters around the crater are home to sea turtles, 250 varieties of fish and eight varieties of coral. If you visit during the winter months, you can even hear humpback whales singing underwater. 3. Relax on Wailea Beach South Maui’s Wailea Beach is consistently ranked as one of the most beautiful beaches in the world, and it’s easy to see why. It features golden sand, turquoise water, endless palm trees and a winding paved walkway that’s perfect for a sunset stroll. Wailea Beach is great for families, since the waves are usually small and the wide beach has ample space for frolicking. It also has convenient amenities like free parking, restrooms, and food and drinks at nearby resorts. 4. Drive the Hana Highway Easily one of the most famous attractions on Maui, the Hana Highway — commonly called the Road to Hana — is an all-day, stop-and-go scenic drive that takes you through Maui’s rugged northern and eastern regions. Give yourself plenty of time to explore: While the road is only a little more than 50 miles, you’ll be traveling at a meandering pace, thanks to over 600 turns and 59 one-lane bridges. You’ll welcome the slower pace so you can revel in the truly incredible scenery and stop frequently at bountiful fruit stands, gorgeous waterfalls and unspoiled swimming holes. 5. Go to a luau It may seem a bit touristy, but every visitor to Maui should experience a luau at least once. Most of the evening luaus in Maui take place in the Lahaina and Kaanapali areas, with many offered by the larger resorts. While the entertainment and menu will vary a bit based on which luau you choose, you’ll experience traditional Hawaiian cuisine, live music, Polynesian dance and cultural performances, folklore and more. 6. Dine at Mama’s Fish House Located on Maui’s north coast in the town of Paia, Mama’s Fish House is undoubtedly the island’s most famous restaurant, and for good reason. Since 1973, it has been serving up freshly caught seafood, local Hawaiian and Polynesian fare, and gorgeous views. It’s a popular spot for people celebrating birthdays or anniversaries, so you’ll need to plan ahead: The restaurant can book out months in advance, both for lunch and dinner. 7. Go whale watching (if the time is right) Between November and May, humpback whales arrive in the warm waters of Hawaii to breed and birth their calves. Peak whale watching season is between mid-January and March, when you’ll see whales spouting, breaching and swimming with their calves. While you can easily catch the action from the shore, especially with binoculars, a whale watching tour is the best way to see these majestic creatures up close. 8. Golf at Kapalua Hitting the links at Kapalua Resort is a bucket-list activity for avid golfers, and it’s not just because of the incredible views. The resort’s challenging Plantation Course plays host to the PGA Tour’s Sentry Tournament of Champions each January. Schedule your trip around the tournament to see the game’s greatest players in action, or play the course yourself, walking in the footsteps of Tiger Woods, Phil Mickelson, Ernie Els and others. Embrace island life No matter how long your visit to Maui is, it’s never long enough. Set down roots as the co-owner of a Pacaso second home, and explore the Valley Isle’s many treasures. From gorgeous beaches to the rugged upcountry, Maui is a great place to call home. Learn more about how Pacaso is making co-ownership attainable on the Valley Isle.
Surrounded by rugged mountain peaks, Sun Valley, Idaho, is a world-renowned ski destination. In fact, it was recently named the top ski resort in North America by SKI Magazine for a second year in a row. But skiing isn’t the only activity this resort town offers. In fact, it’s a popular destination for anyone who wants to enjoy a mountain retreat — even if strapping on a pair of skis and gliding through fresh powder isn’t your idea of a good time. Here are six other activities you simply must try. 1. Have dinner at Trail Creek Cabin Built in 1937, Trail Creek Cabin is a hunting cabin-turned restaurant that’s perfect for a romantic dinner. The creekside log cabin offers incredible views of Bald Mountain, a cozy atmosphere and steakhouse fare. You can even arrive for your reservation via horse-drawn sleigh, where you’ll be cozied up under wool blankets. 2. Treat yourself to a spa day Conveniently located in the heart of the resort, The Spa at Sun Valley offers almost endless ways to treat yourself. Spa packages include Couples Suite experiences, lifestyle packages with body wraps and massages, and manicures and pedicures. The spa also has a 2,300-square-foot fitness center with gorgeous views. Another great option is Zenergy, a 50,000-square-foot spa and health club offering both traditional spa services alongside acupuncture, personal training, group fitness classes and wellness retreats. 3. See the Milky Way in all its glory Sun Valley and nearby Ketchum are part of the Central Idaho Dark Sky Reserve. This is a designation that means the area is committed to preserving dark skies for stargazing by reducing human-made light pollution. It’s the only such reserve in the United States and only one of 12 in the world! What it means for visitors and locals alike is that on dark nights, it’s one of the best places in the world to stargaze — and one of the few places you can truly experience views of the Milky Way. 4. Ice skate outdoors, year-round Sun Valley Resort’s ice skating rink is one of the few outdoor rinks in the country that stays open all year. In the winter, stop by an open skating session and skate as the snow falls. In the summer months, the rink hosts the famous Sun Valley Ice Shows, where you can see some of the sport’s most famous athletes perform. Don’t forget to bring your autograph book! 5. Take flight on a paragliding adventure Are you looking to get a true bird’s-eye view of this gorgeous mountain landscape? Launch from the slopes of Bald Mountain in the summer (strapped to an expert instructor, of course) on a tandem parasailing flight with Fly Sun Valley. From the launch site on “Baldy” to the landing area at the base, you’ll descend some 3,300 feet over the course of 15-30 minutes — plenty of time to enjoy the views. Want to catch every moment? Your instructor can record the whole thing on a GoPro. 6. Explore on two wheels When warmer weather arrives, the mountain bikers rejoice. Bald Mountain is a mountain biking paradise, with more than 400 miles of singletrack spread throughout the valley. It’s home to the country’s longest purpose-built downhill track, with over 8,100 vertical feet of adrenaline-pumping fun. Load up your bike on the gondola and catch a ride to the top, then enjoy the ride. Looking for a more family-friendly biking experience? The Wood River Trail has 30 miles of paved trails. Embrace mountain living in Sun Valley No matter the time of year and your interests, Sun Valley offers a myriad of activities and recreation, surrounded by incredible natural beauty. Set down roots in Idaho when you buy a Pacaso vacation home. Then, get out and explore!
There’s a reason this part of Florida is called the Paradise Coast. Located south of Naples on the Gulf of Mexico, Marco Island is a popular year-round travel destination for nature lovers, sun worshippers, anglers and just about anyone who enjoys a slower pace of life under the Florida sunshine. There are so many ways to explore the island, it’s hard to know where to start. Check out these 10 fun-filled activities for your next visit to Marco Island. 1. Sink your toes in the sand at South Marco Beach With clear blue-green waters, white sand and plenty of nearby amenities, South Marco Beach is one of the most popular and family-friendly destinations on the island. It’s a great place to add to your shell collection, and if you can take your eyes off the sand for a moment, you may see dolphins swimming offshore. 2. Embrace your inner artist at the Marco Island Center for the Arts Thanks to the natural beauty of the Gulf, Marco Island has been inspiring artists for as long as people have lived here. The Marco Island Center for the Arts celebrates this, with displays of work by local and regional artists. In addition, the center offers a range of art classes for both adults and kids. 3. Sip local brews at the Marco Island Brewery A favorite watering hole for locals, Marco Island Brewery pours their own brews, plus 40 selections from all over the world. You’ll find a menu full of classic pub grub, from burgers and nachos to pizzas and tacos. Best of all, it’s a great place to watch sports on multiple TV screens. 4. Snap a few pictures of the Cape Romano Dome House Accessible by charter boat or kayak, the Cape Romano Dome House is undoubtedly one of the most unique attractions in the area. Cape Romano is a collection of dome-shaped concrete structures originally built as a vacation home for a Florida oil tycoon in the 1980s. Today, they’re abandoned, and erosion and rising sea levels have surrounded them by water. It’s a truly one-of-a-kind place to visit, and also a popular spot for anglers. 5. Kayak the Ten Thousand Islands Marco Island serves as the gateway to the Ten Thousand Islands Wildlife Refuge, a chain of uninhabited islands and mangroves that are a nature lover’s dream. While the island count is actually only in the hundreds, not the thousands, this area is a beautiful place to explore by kayak. Paddle on your own with a kayak rental or hire a local tour company to take you through this unique ecosystem. 6. Hire a fishing charter If sport fishing is on your to-do list, Marco Island is the place to be. The town serves as the perfect jumping off point for a fishing expedition. Hire a knowledgeable local captain and head out into the Gulf of Mexico in search of grouper, tarpon, snook, tuna and king mackerel. 7. Take an eco-tour to see dolphins and manatees The coastal waters surrounding Marco Island are home to a wide range of wildlife, and many are best seen from the deck of a boat. There are multiple tour companies on the island offering wildlife viewing tours. Depending on the time of year you visit, you may see dolphins, manatees and sea turtles. 8. Enjoy a quiet day at Tigertail Beach A more tranquil option than South Marco Beach, Tigertail Beach Park offers fantastic scenery and white sand without all the crowds. It’s also a great place for shelling. Eagle-eyed beachcombers may find conchs, sand dollars, scallops and more. The area is also known for birdwatching, as egrets, herons, sandpipers and osprey call this beach home. 9. Stock up on local produce at the farmers market Held every Wednesday morning at Mackle Park, the Marco Island Farmers Market is a wonderful way to experience island life. Sixty local vendors sell everything from handmade cheeses and fresh flowers to artisan granola and fresh crab cakes. Of course, you’ll also find plenty of citrus fruits. 10. Do some waterfront shopping at the Esplanade Shoppes Designed to resemble a coastal Italian village, the Esplanade Shoppes is an upscale shopping and dining destination right on the waterfront. You’ll find locally owned boutiques, dockside dining and a relaxing courtyard with an open-air bar. Start living the island life Ready to make Marco Island your home away from home? Browse Pacaso listings in the area to find your perfect luxury second home, then start exploring everything Florida’s Paradise Coast has to offer.
Located right on the Gulf of Mexico, Naples is a dynamic and sophisticated Southwest Florida city. With so many great things to do, it’s hard to know where to begin! Start with these 10 must-do activities when exploring Florida’s “Paradise Coast.” Wander the Naples Botanical Garden One of the city’s most popular attractions is the Naples Botanical Garden, boasting 170 acres with seven distinct natural habitats and over 1,000 native plant species. Special garden exhibits showcase plants from Asia, the Caribbean and Brazil. Give yourself ample time to explore the gardens, wander the paths and walk through the Ghost Orchid Boardwalk in search of native orchids. The garden also offers themed monthly educational events for kids. Walk the boardwalk at Corkscrew Swamp Sanctuary Head inland to Corkscrew Swamp Sanctuary to experience the natural beauty of the area. The sanctuary is over 10,000 acres and filled with swamps, marshlands and old growth bald cypress. The well-maintained 2.5-mile boardwalk through the sanctuary offers glimpses of alligators, otters, turtles and deer. It’s also one of the best places in the Western Everglades for birdwatching. Paddle through estuaries and mangroves Kayaking is incredibly popular in Naples, and many local tour companies provide guided excursions through mangrove estuaries, backwater inlets, barrier islands and wildlife refuges. Whether you just want to take a quick early-morning paddle or spend the day exploring the area’s unique flora and fauna from the water, kayaking is the way to go. Sample local seafood Naples has an incredible 700 restaurants to choose from, serving all kinds of cuisine. For a truly local experience, fresh seafood is a definite must. From casual seafood markets to raw bars to multicourse fine-dining establishments, you can treat yourself to fresh gulf seafood for every meal of the day. Watch sunsets from the Naples Pier Since Naples is on the west side of the state, you can watch the sun set every night, and in Naples it’s truly a must-do. The town is known for its colorful and fiery sunsets, and the Naples Pier is the perfect place to get a front-row seat. The pier, constructed in 1888, has been restored and renovated multiple times over the years, most recently in 2017 after Hurricane Irma. Arrive an hour or so before sunset to watch local fishers, grab snacks and drinks, and find the perfect spot along the railing to take in the big event. Dine at Celebration Park’s food trucks Located in the Bayshore Arts District, Celebration Park is home to a permanent open-air food truck park. Sample international cuisine served up from a dozen-plus food trucks, and then find a spot to sit along Haldeman Creek or at a picnic table. There’s even an open-air tiki bar. Picnic at Lowdermilk Beach Park Lowdermilk Beach Park is one of the most popular beaches in the area, with more than 1,000 feet of beachfront, plus loads of amenities: two sand volleyball courts, two playgrounds and a freshwater pond. Want to get an earlier start? You’ll find beachfront yoga classes at the park every Saturday morning. Take an airboat tour through the Everglades This is a quintessential south Florida experience! From your seat on an airboat piloted by an experienced captain, you’ll explore this unique ecosystem and, if you’re lucky, see alligators, snakes, dolphins, manatees, bobcats and maybe even the elusive Florida panther. Most tour providers are based in Everglades City, 30 miles or so outside of Naples. Shop at quirky Tin City Naples is well known for its luxury shopping scene, but for a more unique experience, stop by Tin City. This collection of waterfront shops is the perfect place to find a wide range of items: local art, handmade soaps, jewelry, sweet treats and more. Tin City is also one of several locations for the Stone Crab Festival every October. Meet local artists in the Naples Art District The Naples Arts District has the largest concentration of professional working artist studios and galleries in Southwest Florida, making it a wonderful place to shop for art and watch artists at work. From November through May — on the first Wednesday, first Thursday and third Saturday of the month — stop by for Art Alive, where you can participate in free open studio events in ceramics, photography, painting, sculpture, printmaking and more. Find your second home on the Paradise Coast There’s so much to explore in southwest Florida, it’s impossible to do it all on one vacation. Become a local by co-owning a Pacaso second home and discover the joys of Naples and a second home.
Charleston, South Carolina, is simply bursting with opportunities for exploration, whether you’re a history buff, beachcomber or foodie. But this town of roughly 135,000 is also a popular destination for families with kids. Why? It’s packed with family-friendly attractions and activities. Here are eight of our favorite things to do. 1. Visit the South Carolina Aquarium Kids of all ages can get front-row views to over 5,000 creatures, including otters, fish, sharks, turtles, birds and more. The centerpiece of the South Carolina Aquarium is undoubtedly the 385,000-gallon Great Ocean Tank, the deepest in North America. This two-story tank is home to sharks, fish and a 220-pound sea turtle. The kids will also love the interactive touch tank and the Sea Turtle Recovery, where they can see firsthand how turtles are rescued, rehabilitated and released. 2. Wander through the Charleston Farmers Market Located in downtown’s Historic District, the Charleston Farmers Market runs every Saturday from March through November. In addition to plenty of fresh fruits and vegetables, you’ll discover delicious local snacks, crafts and artwork, activities and live entertainment. Grab a casual breakfast or lunch from a local vendor and enjoy some people-watching! 3. Cheer on the Charleston RiverDogs The RiverDogs are Charleson’s hometown Minor League Baseball team. A trip to Joseph P. Riley Jr. Park (AKA “The Joe”) to cheer on the home team makes for a great spring or summer evening. Sundays at this riverside ballpark are family nights, where kids eat free and can even go out on the field before the game. Hang around after the game for player autographs and a chance to meet the RiverDogs mascots, Charlie and Chelsea. 4. Beat the heat at Splash Zone Waterpark The weather can get hot and humid in Charleston, and a day at the Splash Zone Waterpark is the perfect way to cool off. For the younger family members, there’s a rainforest play structure with buckets, sprays and slides. Older kids will love sailing down the 200-foot-long open and tube slides. There’s also a 500-foot-long lazy river with sprays and waterfalls. 5. Explore Folly Beach Folly Beach is located where the Folly River meets the Atlantic Ocean, and it’s the closest beach to Charleston proper. You’ll find white sand, crystal-clear water and plenty of activities like fishing, stand-up paddle boarding and kayaking. There’s also a vibrant boardwalk with locally owned shops, Lowcountry cuisine and live music. 6. Play at the Children’s Museum of the Lowcountry Families with young children won’t want to miss the chance to spend a few hours at the Children’s Museum of the Lowcountry. This interactive museum has permanent exhibits like an art room, theater (with dress-up costumes, of course), organic garden, pirate ship and grocery store. There’s also a special infant and toddler playspace for visitors from birth to age 3, filled with age-appropriate toys and books. 7. Marvel at the Angel Oak Stop by Angel Oak Park to check out the incredible Angel Oak tree. The tree, on a property once owned by the Angel family, is believed to be over 400 years old. It’s an incredible 65 feet tall, with some branches spanning more than 180 feet. Under 17,000 square feet of shade, nature lovers of all ages can get up close to the tree. The park is also a great place to snap a few family photos with this awesome backdrop. 8. Get a hands-on history lesson at Patriots Point Patriots Point Naval & Maritime Museum has a myriad of kid-friendly exhibits. Start by taking a self-guided tour of the USS Yorktown, a WWII aircraft carrier that was home to some 2,000 naval officers and enlisted men. Inside the museum, you can sit in a fighter plane, try out a flight simulator and participate in an interactive scavenger hunt. Find your family’s second home in Charleston Make family memories in Charleston all throughout the year when you buy a Family-Friendly Second Home™ with Pacaso. As a co-owner of a luxury property in South Carolina, you’ll have the perfect home base for exploring with the whole family.
The mountain town of Jackson, commonly known as Jackson Hole, is situated in the Teton Range in the Jackson Hole valley, and has long been a favorite destination for snowsports enthusiasts. (Jackson Hole Mountain Resort frequently tops the list of ski resorts in North America, and it’s only one of three ski resorts in the area!) But even if you’ve hung up the skis for the season — or never picked up the sport — there’s plenty to experience in this mountain town all 12 months of the year. Here are 10 activities to check out. 1. Cross Yellowstone National Park off your bucket list The south gate of Yellowstone National Park is just 60 miles from Jackson Hole. It’s worth the drive whether you have a single day or a whole week to explore. Billed as the world’s first national park, Yellowstone is simply bursting with natural beauty, from watching Old Faithful erupt some 130 feet in the air to spotting over 300 species of birds and mammals like bison, bighorn sheep, elk, moose, bears and more. Can’t get enough of national parks? Make time to visit Grand Teton National Park, which is just five miles from Jackson Hole. This awe-inspiring park is known for its spectacular scenery and rugged mountains. 2. Visit the National Museum of Wildlife Art All the natural beauty surrounding Jackson has inspired many artists whose works are a must-see at the National Museum of Wildlife Art. The museum has more than 5,000 pieces of wildlife art, including works by Georgia O’Keeffe, Andy Warhol and John James Audubon. Plan your visit around lunchtime and visit the on-site restaurant, which offers incredible views overlooking the National Elk Refuge. 3. Take a tour on horseback Adventure awaits on half-day, full-day or overnight horseback expeditions outside Jackson, available through multiple outfitters. Whether you’ve never ridden a horse or you’re a seasoned rider, you’ll love the opportunity to take in the valley’s scenery from this vantage point. Double down on the experience with a stay at a local dude ranch. 4. Sip on local spirits Jackson Hole Still Works is the hometown (and only) craft distillery, and it’s worth a stop to sample spirits handmade in small batches from Wyoming-grown ingredients. Each year the distiller chooses a local artist’s work to feature on their labels. You can even book a distillery tour to learn how spirits are made. 5. Embrace your inner cowboy The town of Jackson has a decidedly Wild West feel, so if you’re going to make the most of your visit, you should probably look the part. In downtown Jackson and Teton Village, you’ll find boutiques selling Western gear, from boots and belt buckles to gifts and memorabilia. 6. Dine in a log cabin Just a half block from Jackson’s town square in one of the city’s last remaining historic structures is a log cabin listed on the National Register of Historic Places. Inside, Cafe Genevieve offers a cozy ambience and Southern-inspired brunch items like fried chicken and waffles, biscuits with Cajun gravy, and muffulettas. Pair your meal with bottle service mimosas or a spicy Bloody Mary. 7. Get a birds-eye view of the valley Ascend 4,139 vertical feet in just 12 minutes on the Jackson Hole Aerial Tram. As you ride “Big Red,” you’ll discover 360-degree views of the Tetons, Jackson Hole valley and surrounding mountains. At the top, you can enjoy hiking and running trails, try rock climbing, or simply savor some “Top of the World Waffles” at Corbet’s Cabin, elevation 10,450 feet. 8. Enjoy some live music Jackson Hole has a great live music scene and boasts a year-round concert schedule. Whether you want to listen to live country music at a casual Western pub, take in a free outdoor concert, or enjoy classical music at the annual Grand Teton Music Festival, there’s something for every taste. 9. Soak in the hot springs Just an hour outside of Jackson you’ll find Granite Hot Springs, featuring both a natural hot springs bath and a man-made swimming pool. No matter which spot you choose, you’ll be surrounded by a beautiful forest and mountain landscape. Getting to the hot springs is part of the fun, too. In the warmer months, you’ll drive down a bumpy dirt road. In the winter, the only access is via snowmobile, ski or dog sled — which increases the chances you’ll get the place to yourself! 10. Find your dream vacation home Every season, every month and even every day, there’s so much to explore in this rugged Western outpost. Why limit your visits to once a year? When you co-own a Pacaso second home in Jackson Hole, you’ll have ample time to explore everything Wyoming has to offer — don’t forget to pack your cowboy boots.
Is there a more idyllic name for an oceanfront village than Carmel-by-the-Sea? You’d be hard pressed to find a more charming name — or place — than this Central California coast hamlet just south of Monterey. And since it’s located less than two hours from the Bay Area, it makes a perfect weekend destination. Read on for our guide to spending 36 hours in Carmel-by-the-Sea. And fair warning: A weekend is never enough. Friday, 8 p.m. Arrive in beautiful Carmel-by-the-Sea and start your weekend on the right foot: Enjoy dinner at one of the town’s charming restaurants. Every dining experience is unique here, from the Italian-meets-Californian cuisine of Basil to the Asian fusion favorite Pangaea Grill. Many of Carmel’s restaurants feature outdoor dining, so ask to sit under the stars if the weather’s nice (which it usually is). Saturday, 9 a.m. Get an early start with a walk on Carmel Beach, located at the foot of Ocean Avenue. This beach is perfectly picturesque, with a curving coastline and beautiful cypress trees. Can’t start your day without coffee and breakfast? On your way to the beach, stop by one of the village’s local coffee shops, like the Carmel Coffee House or Dutch Door Donuts, then enjoy a beachfront picnic. Ready to get in some steps? The Scenic Bluff Path (3.5 miles round trip) runs above Carmel Beach and leads you through cypress trees and gardens en route to gorgeous views from Carmel Point. Near the south end of the path, you’ll be able to sneak a peek at Frank Lloyd Wright’s Clinton Walker House. Saturday, 11 a.m. While the downtown core of Carmel-by-the-Sea is just one square mile, every block is brimming with quaint charm. Many of the buildings are designed like fairytale cottages, and inside you’ll find local boutiques, sophisticated art galleries, wine tasting rooms and restaurants. You may notice that the storybook village has no street addresses, mailboxes, parking meters or streetlights! It’s all to preserve the enchanted ambiance. Go ahead, wander away! Once you’ve worked up an appetite, find your way to one of Carmel’s casual lunch spots. Without leaving the village, you can find fresh seafood at Catch, California fare at Village Corner, Italian at Enzo and sushi at Toro. Saturday, 1 p.m. The world-famous Pebble Beach golf resort is just up the road from Carmel, and even if this short weekend getaway doesn’t give you time to play 18 holes, it’s worth a visit — the views from this rocky coastline are nothing short of spectacular. The best way to take in the beauty of Pebble Beach is by taking the scenic 17-Mile Drive. You’ll wind your way through Pebble Beach’s most beautiful spots, with 17 marked viewpoints along the way. Leave ample time to stop, explore and take pictures of white sand beaches, dramatic cliffs and the famed Lone Cypress. Saturday, 4 p.m. No trip to Carmel would be complete without sipping wines produced from grapes grown in surrounding Monterey County. With 20 tasting rooms in the village, it’s hard to know where to start. Luckily, the folks at Visit Carmel have put together a self-guided Wine Walk. The free mobile guide takes you on a walkable wine tasting journey, pointing you in the direction of tasting rooms that offer special perks for Wine Walk participants. Saturday, 7 p.m. After a bite to eat, spend your evening indulging in the wonderful cultural scene in and around Carmel. The town has a reputation for celebrating the arts, so there’s always some kind of entertainment to enjoy. Take in a comedy show, musical performance or movie at the outdoor Forest Theater Guild. Enjoy live theater from the Pacific Repertory Theatre. Or see what’s happening at the Sunset Center, a gorgeous gothic theater that plays host to everything from chamber music performances to stand-up comedy. Sunday, 8 a.m. Is it time to leave already? Pick one last adventure for the day — there’s plenty to do in the area surrounding Carmel, including in next-door Monterey. Of course, the world-famous Monterey Bay Aquarium is a must-see. Need more time? A weekend in Carmel is never enough. If you can’t get enough of this charming coastal town, it may be time to become a regular. When you co-own a Pacaso in Carmel, Monterey or Pebble Beach, you’ll have ample time to explore while being able to relax in your own second home between adventures.
San Diego boasts an incredible 70 miles of coastline and enviable year-round weather, with over 265 days of sunshine each year. It’s no wonder people flock to this Southern California hot spot when they’re craving a beach vacation. “America’s Finest City” is especially popular with families. Check out five of our favorite family-friendly beaches, and don’t forget your sunscreen! La Jolla Shores The vibe: With a wide stretch of sandy beach, gentle waves and an adjacent palm-tree lined park with a playground, La Jolla Shores Beach is a quintessential SoCal family beach. Any day of the week, you’ll see kids flying kites, riding scooters on the boardwalk and splashing in the waves — and there are lifeguards on duty year-round. Location: La Jolla Shores is located in a posh seaside enclave just north of downtown (and blissfully removed from the more raucous beach neighborhood of Pacific Beach). This mile-long, crescent-shaped beach is easily accessible thanks to a large (free!) parking lot. Also nearby: The La Jolla coastline is teeming with aquatic wildlife. Head into the heart of La Jolla to the Children’s Pool or La Jolla Cove, the best places to spot sunbathing seals and sea lions. Mission Beach The vibe: Easily one of San Diego’s most popular and well-known beaches, Mission Beach is bursting with activities, no matter the time of year. South Mission Beach is quieter, with wide stretches of beaches, beach volleyball courts and single-family homes. Head north up the boardwalk and you’ll find yourself at Belmont Park, a beachfront amusement park that’s home to the Giant Dipper Roller Coaster, a restored wooden coaster built in 1925. Location: Situated on a sandbar between the Pacific Ocean and Mission Bay, the two-mile beach is just minutes from downtown San Diego and easily accessible from most central San Diego neighborhoods. Also nearby: If you arrive in Mission Beach via freeways, you’ll likely drive past SeaWorld on your way. Less than a 10-minute drive from Mission Beach, SeaWorld is an ever-popular family attraction. Coronado Central Beach The vibe: Often recognized as one of the best beaches in America, Coronado Central Beach boasts golden sand, small waves and sandcastle creations built on a whim by a handful of local experts. At low tide, kids and parents can often be found exploring the tidepools. Any time of day, boogie boarding, stand up paddle boarding and swimming are popular activities. Location: Coronado is an island community connected to San Diego’s mainland (just a stone’s throw from downtown) by a massive bridge, making the journey just as breathtaking as the destination. Also nearby: Coronado is home to the famous Hotel del Coronado, which served as the backdrop for the Marilyn Monroe movie “Some Like It Hot.” And while your kids may not have heard of the movie, the whole family will enjoy wandering through “the Del,” a National Historic Landmark that’s been charming visitors with its Queen Anne architecture since 1888. Torrey Pines State Beach The vibe: The long stretch of pristine beach is framed by red-hued bluffs at Torrey Pines State Beach, which offers a nature-filled escape just a few minutes outside of town. The park has convenient parking, public restrooms and showers to rinse off the sand. Location: Torrey Pines State Beach is located off Highway 101, north of La Jolla. Stick to the central stretch of sand near the lifeguard towers. Swimming and sunbathing below the cliffs is, obviously, not recommended. Also nearby: The beach is nestled below Torrey Pines State Natural Reserve, a 1,750-acre reserve filled with pine forests, sandstone canyons and family-friendly hiking trails – plus incredible Pacific Ocean views. Ocean Beach Dog Beach The vibe: If your family includes a four-legged member, you won’t want to miss Dog Beach in San Diego’s eclectic Ocean Beach neighborhood. One of the first official off-leash beaches in the United States, Dog Beach is the perfect place to let your pooch dig in the sand, splash in the water and make some new furry friends (humans are welcome, too). Location: Dog Beach is located between Mission Beach and Point Loma on the northern tip of Ocean Beach, where the San Diego River meets the Pacific Ocean. Also nearby: The neighborhood of Ocean Beach is worth a stroll once Fido has had his fun. Walk the Ocean Beach Pier, grab some fish tacos, see how many community murals you can spot, stop in the local surf shops, or simply enjoy some good old-fashioned people watching. Find your favorite San Diego beach Every San Diego local has a favorite beach — which will be yours? Become a co-owner of a Pacaso second home, and have all the time you need to explore San Diego’s fantastic beaches and the many other great activities the city has to offer. Plus, Pacaso's Family-Friendly Second Homes™ make it easy to just show up and relax — from cribs and high chairs, to games, pool floaties, streaming services and more, we have you (and your kids) covered.
From the California coast to the Big Apple, there are many great vacation destinations in the United States, but they don’t all offer year-round appeal — you may not want to spend your summer in the triple-digit temperatures of Phoenix or winter in windy Chicago. Other getaway locales are great destinations, regardless of the month — or the weather report. Here are five of the top year-round vacation destinations in the U.S. Jackson Hole, Wyoming Jackson Hole is best known as a winter destination for skiers and snowboarders. After all, the Jackson Hole Mountain Resort has been named the No. 1 ski resort in North America by Forbes magazine eight years in a row! So while it’s well established that Jackson Hole is a great wintertime vacation spot, it’s also a great anytime destination, thanks to its enviable location near both Grand Teton National Park and Yellowstone National Park. Plus, the Jackson Hole area gives you a chance to live out your Wild West fantasies. Wander the wooden boardwalks of Jackson Town Square, sip a cold brew at a traditional cowboy watering hole, or get yourself a ticket to the famous Jackson Hole Rodeo, which has been running every summer since the 1890s. Naples, Florida Located in southwest Florida along the Gulf of Mexico, Naples is known as both a great place to vacation and to retire. Unsurprisingly, the weather plays a role in the city’s ongoing popularity. Naples averages 280 days of sunshine each year, making outdoor activities like golfing, watersports, fishing and beachcombing year-round pursuits. The city itself is also brimming with activities, including over 700 restaurants, the 170-acre Naples Botanical Garden and a vibrant local arts scene. Sun Valley, Idaho Like Jackson Hole, Sun Valley is known as one of the West’s premier ski and snowboard destinations, and it’s buzzing all winter long with visitors looking to experience some of the best powder out there. Winter in Sun Valley also offers snowshoeing, cross-country skiing, sleigh rides and more. But when the snow melts, a whole world of warm-weather activities emerges. Spring, summer and fall in Idaho bring hiking, fly fishing, rafting, golf, mountain biking and horseback riding – all of which come with fewer crowds than in peak ski season. Lake Tahoe, California/Nevada A true outdoor lover’s paradise, Lake Tahoe is a must-see for active travelers and nature enthusiasts. Straddling the border of northern California and Nevada, Lake Tahoe beckons with incredible views and endless activities, no matter the month of the year. When the weather is warm, the lake is the place to be, whether you’re boating, fishing, swimming or exploring the 72 miles of shoreline. There are also more hiking paths that you can tackle in a lifetime, many of which reward your hard work with waterfalls, incredible vistas, and plenty of peace and quiet. Stick around through winter to spend snowy days at your choice of 15 ski resorts – many of which offer views of the crystal-blue waters of the lake. California wine country The country’s most famous wine region, Napa Valley and nearby Sonoma County, are true must-see (and must-sip) destinations for wine lovers. And thanks to a Mediterranean-style climate, there’s never a bad time to visit California wine country. In addition to the region’s hundreds (yes, hundreds) of wineries, Napa and Sonoma have a reputation for world-class cuisine, indulgent spas, great hiking and biking, and championship golf courses. Plus, since both Napa and Sonoma are less than 60 miles from San Francisco, they’re the perfect place for a weekend getaway, no matter the season. Get a true year-round experience When you own a second home in a year-round vacation destination, you can enjoy everything the destination has to offer without peak-season crowds. Browse Pacaso listings in these destinations and many more to find your perfect vacation home.
Every winter, skiers and snowboarders flock to Idaho’s Sun Valley resort for epic powder, heart-pumping downhill runs and some of the best skiing around. SKI Magazine named Sun Valley the top North American ski resort for 2021/2022, the second year in a row it got top honors. But if flying down the slopes isn’t for you, or you just want to try out some new activities, check out these 12 things to do during your next winter vacation in Sun Valley, Idaho. 1. Enjoy a spa day If you’re tired and sore from days spent skiing Bald Mountain and Dollar Mountain — or you simply need a little pampering — a spa day might be just what the doctor ordered. The Spa at Sun Valley Lodge offers an incredible array of spa services, right in the heart of the resort. Choose from facials, eye treatments, massages, body treatments and more. In nearby Ketchum, the award-winning Zenergy Health Club & Spa has a bit of everything. In addition to world-class spa treatments and acupuncture, Zenergy offers nearly 100 fitness classes and small group training sessions each week. They also boast indoor and outdoor saltwater pools and an indoor tennis court. 2. Curl up with a good book and a coffee Pop into Ketchum’s Chapter One Bookstore and pick up the latest bestseller or a well-loved used book. The bookstore has been a local favorite since 1970. Once you’ve found the perfect book, you need a cozy place to curl up. Now, if only you had a nice warm cup of coffee or tea ... Believe it or not, Ketchum’s Starbucks is a must-see — it has a cabin-like feel and floor-to-ceiling log walls. Grab a seat on the leather couch and crack open that new book! 3. Snowshoe or cross-country ski Surround yourself with Idaho’s natural beauty as you get some exercise. The Sun Valley Nordic & Snowshoe Center grooms almost 25 miles of trails daily, making it an ideal destination for a day of cross-country skiing, snowshoeing adventures and other outdoor activities. Grab a map, pay the trail fee and pick up any rental gear you need. First-timers can even schedule a lesson with a local pro. Galena Lodge also has affordable rentals and guided snowshoe tours. Drop by the lodge on Thursday mornings during the winter months for a ranger-led snowshoe tour and learn about winter ecology and animal tracking in the Sawtooth National Recreation Area. 4. Sample local beers and spirits Whether you’re enjoying an apres-ski or just treating yourself to an afternoon happy hour, the area surrounding Sun Valley offers a variety of places to relax with a tasty drink. Just 15 miles from Sun Valley, the town of Hailey, Idaho, is home to the Sawtooth Brewery. Stop by to sample flagship beers and check out the brewing process. They also run the Ketchum Public House, which has 25 beers, wines, ciders and kombucha on tap. Also in Ketchum is the Warfield Distillery & Brewery, which crafts spirits including gin, whiskey and vodka, plus cask ales. Cheers! 5. Listen to live music While the nightlife in and around Sun Valley is admittedly low-key, there are plenty of opportunities to take in some live music. River Run Lodge and Warm Springs Lodge offer live music in the late afternoon on weekends. As night falls, Whiskey Jacques features great music and a lively scene. The Lounge at the Limelight Hotel in nearby Ketchum also has live music Thursday through Monday nights from 6-9 p.m. 6. Indulge in the Ketchum food scene The food culture in this small town is astonishing, with a wide range of culinary options. In the heart of Ketchum is Enoteca, serving Neapolitan-style pizzas fresh from a wood-fired oven. For a mix of Asian-fusion cuisine — Thai Chiang Mai curry or Korean fried chicken, anyone? — be sure to visit Rickshaw. And The Pioneer Saloon is known for authentic Western-themed dining and its famous prime rib. Bon appetit! 7. Hit the ice skating rink Sun Valley Village’s outdoor rink is spacious and beautiful, offering spectacular views of the mountains and valley — you can even schedule lessons for your whole crew. The year-round, full-size indoor rink has a figure skating school and open hockey. Christina Potters Outdoor Ice Rink is another great place to lace up your skates in the winter — it’s the largest non-refrigerated man-made rink in the Northwest, spanning almost two acres. 8. Bowl in your spare time Looking for classic family fun when visiting Sun Valley? Head to the basement of the Sun Valley Lodge for a game at Sun Valley Bowling Alley, a 1950s-style bowling alley (and one of the oldest in the Northwest). Enjoy a fun afternoon or hit the lanes for an evening of bowling and grub. 9. Go horseback riding or sleigh riding Sun Valley offers horseback riding for both seasoned equestrians and novices. Head to Sun Valley Stables for a guided scenic tour or a full day riding experience. You can also book a scenic horse-drawn sleigh ride or sleigh into dinner at Trail Creek Cabin, a highlight during the holiday season. 10. Take a gondola for mountain views Skiing is not the only way to enjoy natural scenery in Central Idaho: Take the gondola up to Bald Mountain for breathtaking mountain views and scenic hiking trails. Be sure to stop by The Roundhouse restaurant at the top, where you’ll delight in delicious fondue and more gorgeous views. 11. Go winter fly fishing Fly fishing season is year-round in Idaho — even when there’s snow. The lighter crowds make it easy for pros and novices alike to snag a catch. Some of the hot spots for fly fishing include Big Wood River, Wood River Valley, Warm Springs Creek and Silver Creek Preserve. Need fishing gear? Head to Silver Creek Outfitters and Lost River Outfitters for top-of-the-line guides and equipment. 12. Embark on a snowmobile adventure Looking for a thrilling activity that doesn’t require too much physical exertion? Try snowmobiling, an exhilarating way to access scenic areas in winter. Take a guided snowmobile tour or rent a snowmobile and equipment at Smiley Creek Lodge. Find your mountain retreat in Sun Valley When you become a co-owner of a Pacaso second home, you simply arrive, unpack and relax. Explore our Sun Valley listings so you can start making unforgettable memories in your luxurious second home.
Located near the northern end of California’s world-famous Napa Valley, St. Helena is part of the American Viticultural Area, which includes over 400 vineyards and 6,800 acres of grapes. Of course, that means it’s a popular destination for wine-loving travelers. But sipping cabernet sauvignon or chardonnay isn’t the only activity in this bucolic Northern California retreat. Here are five more unexpected experiences, all available right in St. Helena. Savor the Spice Islands Marketplace at the Culinary Institute of America A can’t-miss for foodies, the Spice Islands Marketplace is located on the Greystone campus of the Culinary Institute of America (CIA). This incredible marketplace of culinary items offers everything from kitchen gadgets to hard-to-find spices, plus plenty of local Napa Valley specialties. The Marketplace stocks more than 1,700 cookbook titles, many autographed by their authors. Before or after your visit to the Spice Islands Marketplace, consider taking a tour of the CIA’s school. Depending on the tour you choose, you’ll enjoy wine, a dinner at the Gatehouse Restaurant (with dishes prepared by student-chefs) and behind-the-scenes access to the institute’s historic buildings. Check out Crane Park and the St. Helena Farmers Market Right in the heart of St. Helena and an easy walk from some of the town’s most popular wine tasting rooms is 12-acre Crane Park. A wonderful place to enjoy some fresh air and a picnic, the park has recreation areas for tennis, bocce ball, horseshoes and a playground. If you find yourself in St. Helena on a Friday morning between May and September, bring your shopping tote. The park plays host to the St. Helena Farmers Market, where you’ll find fresh local fruits and vegetables, flowers, olive oil, cheeses, crafts and more. Stop by the Robert Louis Stevenson Museum Literary fans will be delighted by the Robert Louis Stevenson Museum. Located in a wing of the St. Helena Public Library, this free exhibit boasts the world’s largest collection of memorabilia from the author of “Treasure Island.” While you wouldn’t expect the Scottish author to have ties to Napa Valley, he and his wife spent their honeymoon in St. Helena and Napa Valley in the spring of 1880. Plus, he spent his later years in the nearby Bay Area. Treat yourself at the Model Bakery Since 1908, 1357 Main Street in downtown St. Helena has been the site of a delicious local bakery. It’s been the Model Bakery for almost 30 years, run by a mother-daughter duo who serve up delicious artisan treats like scones, croissants, breads, cookies, pies and more, still baked in the original brick ovens. Their famous English muffins made Oprah Winfrey’s annual list of favorite things in 2016. While breakfast is obviously a great time to stop in, the bakery offers a lunch menu with seasonal salads, soups, sandwiches and pizzas. Sip wine in a cave No Napa Valley visit would be complete without at least one wine tasting — and this one is definitely a standout. Make yourself a reservation at Del Dotto Winery for the Cave Experience & Barrel Tasting tour. The Del Dotto family has a long history in winemaking, spanning back to the 1440s in Italy. Their St. Helena outpost pays homage to the family’s Venetian roots, with a cathedral-like structure and an impressive traditional wine cave. On the 90-minute tour, you’ll learn how different wood barrels create different tastes and sample a few right from the barrel. And, since the cave stores more than 45 different wines for your guide to choose from, every visit offers something new. Stay awhile With so much to explore in St. Helena and its surrounding wine country towns of Napa, Yountville, Rutherford and Calistoga, it’s no wonder that many visitors to this charming area decide to make it their second home. If you’re tempted to make California wine country your home away from home, consider Pacaso. When you co-own a second home through Pacaso, you enjoy all the benefits of owning a fully furnished luxury home without the headaches. Just arrive, unpack and say cheers to relaxation.
When it comes to Fort Lauderdale beaches, there’s a lot to love. This South Florida city, located just 30 minutes north of Miami, boasts 24 miles of beautiful beachfront. Whether you’re looking for solitude surrounded by nature or a see-and-be-seen vibe, Fort Lauderdale offers plenty of options. Here are five of our favorites in and around Fort Lauderdale for soaking up the sun and sinking your toes in the sand. To experience a quintessential Florida beach: Hollywood Beach Ideally located between Fort Lauderdale and Miami, Hollywood Beach regularly ranks as one of Florida’s top beaches, and it’s easy to see why. It features golden sand, soaring palm trees and a massive brick boardwalk lined by a winding seawall with architectural gates. The 2.5-mile boardwalk is best explored on two or more wheels — bicycles and rollerblades are two of the most popular modes of transportation. The vibe of Hollywood Beach is friendly but upscale, with plenty of luxury hotels, fine dining restaurants, shopping and art galleries in the neighborhood. To avoid the crowds: Hugh Taylor Birch State Park Known as the Central Park of Fort Lauderdale, Hugh Taylor Birch State Park is a 180-acre natural space located between the Atlantic Ocean and the Intracoastal Waterway. A popular first stop in this urban oasis is the park’s Adventure Center, where you can rent canoes, kayaks and paddleboards to explore the gorgeous lagoon. Bicycling, hiking, picnicking, beachcombing and birdwatching are other popular activities. To soak up the sun: Dania Beach Six miles south of Fort Lauderdale, Dania Beach offers soft white sand, rolling dunes, impossibly turquoise water and a peaceful vibe for those looking to lounge in the sun. Dania Beach is also home to the Dania Beach Fishing Pier, for those hoping to catch some dinner. For more active pursuits, Dr. Von D. Mizell-Eula Johnson State Park is just north of the pier and offers kayaking, swimming, hiking and boating. To get underwater: Lauderdale-by-the-Sea Charming Lauderdale-by-the-Sea is located five miles from Fort Lauderdale on a barrier island. While the beach itself is popular with sunbathers and beachcombers, the real action is underwater. A little more than 300 feet from shore is an incredible three-tiered coral reef — no wonder Lauderdale-by-the-Sea was named the Shore Dive Capital of South Florida. There’s an abundance of marine life just below the surface, including tropical fish, spiny lobsters, moray eels and more. Given its proximity to shore and shallow depth, it’s also a popular spot for snorkelers. To catch some fish: Pompano Beach Pompano Beach is such a popular South Florida fishing locale, the town is even named after a fish (pompano are regarded as one of the most delicious warm-water fish). Pompano Beach’s warm, clear waters are ideal for fishing, and the newly renovated Pompano Beach Fishing Pier is a great place to start. Anglers will enjoy wide fishing platforms, ample shade coverage and the chance to catch snapper, mackerel, snook and cobia. Pompano Beach is also a great place to set sail on a fishing charter in search of sportfishing catches like sailfish, mahi mahi, wahoo and kingfish. Find your sunny second home in Fort Lauderdale It takes more than a weekend to discover your favorite Fort Lauderdale beach. Become a regular when you own a second home in South Florida. And when you buy a Pacaso, you can co-own a luxury property at just a fraction of the cost. Plus, we handle all the maintenance and management.